Association for Behavior Analysis International

The Association for Behavior Analysis International® (ABAI) is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice.

Search

48th Annual Convention; Boston, MA; 2022

Program by Day for Saturday, May 28, 2022


 

Noteworthy Activity #13
Speaker Ready Room
Saturday, May 28, 2022
7:00 AM–7:00 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 150

If you would like to test your presentation on the same setup you will have in your presentation room, stop by the speaker ready room. The room is first-come-first-served. Please be respectful of your fellow attendees.

 
 
Noteworthy Activity #13A
Guest Services and Spaces
Saturday, May 28, 2022
7:00 AM–8:00 PM
Boston Convention and Exhibition Center

Nursing Room - Southeast Level 1; Mamava Pod

A private space for nursing. Please download the free Mamava app on your mobile device to unlock and use the pod.

 
 
Special Event #14
CE Offered: BACB
Opening Event and Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis Award Ceremony
Saturday, May 28, 2022
8:00 AM–9:20 AM
Ballroom Level 3; Ballroom East/West
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Erin B. Rasmussen (Idaho State University)
CE Instructor: Erin B. Rasmussen, Ph.D.
 

SABA Award for Distinguished Service: Deisy de Souza

Abstract:

A Long-Lasting Partnership for the Study of Symbolic Behavior From a Behavioral Perspective

This presentation will summarize the achievements of The National Institute of Science and Technology on Behavior, Cognition, and Teaching, as an example of a collective effort in developing and applying Behavior Analysis to the understanding of relational learning and symbolic behavior. I have been coordinating the Institute since 2008, but its foundations were laid long before, under the leadership of Carolina Bori, Maria Amelia Matos, and Julio de Rose. Strong contributions from the E.K. Shriver Center research group and other internationally renowned researchers also helped to shape our research theme, which has been explored in basic, translational, and applied research. The Institute’s Basic research program is devoted to the development of new knowledge and new methodologies relevant to the understanding of symbolic function. The translational research component seeks the validation of new principles or procedures derived from basic studies in preliminary clinical/educational trials. The applied research component intends to develop feasible solutions to the challenge of providing scientifically based procedures in typical service settings, such as schools, clinics, etc. The integration of these research components demonstrates how basic, translational, and applied research constitute a continuum, leading from basic knowledge to service implementation. The Institute has devoted considerable effort in developing teaching programs to promote symbolic behavior and to remedy deficits in this repertoire, aiming to reach increasingly larger groups. Over the years, we have reported the main results of reading programs, but the Institute has also invested in math, music, and second language acquisition, and their prerequisites, with a particular interest in some challenging populations that may need intervention for the development or rehabilitation of symbolic repertoires. The Institute has also invested in the formation of human resources at all levels, from undergraduate students to post-doc researchers, many of which have been incorporated as members of the research team, thus increasing the Institute’s potential for research and application.

 
DEISY DE SOUZA (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
 

Deisy de Souza is Full Professor at the Psychology Department, Universidade Federal de São Carlos (UFSCar), Brazil, where she teaches behavior analysis in graduate and undergraduate courses in Psychology, and in Special Education. She obtained her Ph.D. in Experimental Psychology at Universidade de São Paulo (USP), under the direction of Carolina Bori, and she held a post-doctoral position at the University of Maryland Baltimore County, in Charlie Catania’s Laboratory. She has published articles on avoidance behavior, choice, discriminative learning, and cooperative behavior in non-human subjects, and articles, books, and book chapters on human relational learning, including studies applying the stimulus equivalence paradigm to investigate the acquisition of symbolic relations involved in reading and writing repertoires, and to develop curricula to teach those skills. She is past-Editor of the Brazilian Journal of Behavior Analysis (BJBA), past-Associate Editor of Acta Comportamentalia, and she is currently a member of the Board of Editors of JEAB. She was President and member of the Council of the Brazilian Association of Psychology and member of the Brazilian Association of Psychology and Behavioral Medicine. She received the 2015 Distinguished Contributions to the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Award from the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group (EAHB SIG), she is a Fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI), and she is currently the International Representative in the ABAI Executive Council and in the SABA Board of Directors.

 

SABA Award for Scientific Translation: Stephen Higgins

Abstract:

Leveraging the Reinforcement Process to Improve Health

This presentation will briefly review how the reinforcement process underpins drug use and addiction and can be leveraged to reduce illicit and licit drug use. This potential also extends to improving other challenging public-health problems (e.g., preventing unplanned pregnancies) and adherence with life-saving secondary prevention interventions (e.g., cardiac rehabilitation). Because these health problems are often overrepresented in socio-economically disadvantaged populations, reinforcement-based interventions are also important to reducing health disparities.

 
STEPHEN HIGGINS (University of Vermont)
 
Stephen T. Higgins, Ph.D., is Director of the University of Vermont’s Center on Behavior and Health, and Principal Investigator on multiple NIH grants on the general topic of behavior and health, including an NIGMS Center for Biomedical Research Excellence (COBRE) award, a NIDA/FDA Tobacco Centers of Regulatory Science award, and a NIDA institutional training award. He is the Virginia H. Donaldson Endowed Professor of Translational Science in the Departments of Psychiatry and Psychological Science. He has held many national scientific leadership positions, including terms as President of the College on Problems of Drug Dependence and the American Psychological Association’s Division on Psychopharmacology and Substance Abuse. He has received numerous national awards for research excellence including a 2001 NIH-MERIT Award (NIDA), 2001 Don Hake Basic/Applied Research Award (Div 25, APA), 2011 Brady-Schuster Award for Outstanding Behavioral Science Contributions to Psychopharmacoloy or Substance Abuse (Div 28, APA), and a 2017 Mentorship Award (College on Problems of Drug Dependence). He is the author of more than 425 journal articles and invited book chapters and editor of a dozen volumes and therapist manuals in behavior and health.
 

SABA Award for International Dissemination: Carbone Clinic

Abstract:

“We Happy Few, But Why So Few?”: Dissemination of Radical Behaviorism as a Response to Skinner

In 1981, at the Association for Behavior Analysis annual meeting in Milwaukee, B. F. Skinner presented his “We Happy Few” paper. He lamented about the small number of behavior analysts ready to solve societal problems with behavior analytic methods. In the 40-year period since Skinner’s remarks there has been a substantial increase in the number of behavior analysts. The majority of these individuals are applied behavior analysts responding to the demand for their service to children and adults with autism. While these behavior analysts are addressing a social issue of extreme importance, does their training also prepare them to disseminate the philosophy of radical behaviorism through their daily interactions leading to cultural benefits, e.g., end poverty, eliminate societal inequities, etc? Schlinger (2015) suggests that graduate training programs in behavior analysis that are responding to the demands of the autism epidemic, are not taking advantage of the opportunity to broaden the influence of the field by providing training in the conceptual and theoretical aspects of behavior analysis. Through the Carbone Clinics’ efforts to meet the needs of children with autism internationally, we have acknowledged the need for training in the philosophy of our science by incorporating heavy emphasis upon radical behaviorism. This emphasis can be found in our approach to treatment, trainings and workshops as well exposing our staff to a generalized approach consistent with Michael’s (1977) notion of “Radical Behaviorism as a Way of Life.” Where and how we have approached this dual-purposed mission of international dissemination will be discussed during this brief talk.

 
VINCENT JOSEPH CARBONE (Carbone Clinic)
 
Dr. Vincent J. Carbone is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst-Doctorate and New York State Licensed Behavior Analyst. He received his graduate training in behavior analysis at Drake University and a doctorate in education from Nova-Southeastern University. He ecurrently serves as an adjunct faculty member at Penn State University and previously taught in the graduate programs in Behavior Analysis at the European Institute for the Study of Human Behavior (IESCUM), in Parma, Italy, and at the Medical School at the University of Salerno, Salerno, Italy. His behavior analytic research has been published in several peer-reviewed journals including the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, Behavior Modification, and others. He has provided the requisite university training to hundreds of board certified behavior analysts in the U.S. and internationally. He is the 2017 recipient of the “Jack Michael Outstanding Contributions in Verbal Behavior Award” from the Association for Behavior Analysis International’s Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group. Currently, he serves as the director of the Carbone Clinics in London, UK and Dubai, UAE. All clinics provide behavior analytic consultation, training and therapeutic services to children and young adults with autism and developmental disabilities. The Carbone Clinic is the 2022 recipient of the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis (SABA) award for “International Dissemination of Behavior Analysis”. Dr. Carbone currently serves as a member of the board of directors of the B. F. Skinner Foundation.
 

SABA Award for Enduring Programmatic Contributions: Drake University

Abstract:

The Nonlinear Path of Drake University’s Program in Applied Behavior Analysis

The history of the behavior analysis program at Drake University is long and has undoubtedly experienced a nonlinear path over the last 50 years. Scott Wood, Kenneth and Maggie Lloyd were instrumental in initiating the Master’s program at Drake University in 1974. Four new positions that were added in 1974 were filled by behavior analysts including William Klipec and Larry Alferink in the experimental analysis of behavior (EAB), and John Williams and Maryann Powers in applied analysis of behavior (AAB). Through the seventies the program earned a strong national reputation for excellence in both EAB and AAB with an additional specialists’ degree in school psychology. During this time, in the mid to late 70s, the department, and its faculty, was a prime mover in the organization of Midwestern Association of Behavior Analysis (MABA) and the separation from Midwestern Psychological Association (MPA), which ultimately lead to the formation of the Association of Behavior Analysis (ABA; later added International; ABAI). Despite the contributions to the field, the weight of factors that contributed to its success ultimately led to the demise of the program during the late 80s. Nonetheless, the department continued its emphasis on behavior analysis and continued to send undergraduates to doctoral programs in behavior analysis developed in the 80s. Through the 2000’s, faculty in the program have worked to address the need for behavior analysts within Iowa with faculty holding leadership positions within the Iowa Association for Behavior Analysis. Their contributions led to licensure within the State of Iowa for behavior analysts and professional recognition by the Board of Educational Examiners thus continuing to impact the landscape of the profession on a broader scale. Dr. Klipec will expand upon the history of the department describing the height of the program and the pressures faced at a small liberal arts institution.

 
WILLIAM KLIPEC (Drake University)
 
Dr. Klipec received a B.A. from Kent State University, a M.A. from University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee and a Ph.D. in experimental psychology from the University of Arizona. His main field is behavioral neuroscience and biological bases of learning. Dr. Klipec's primary instructional areas are statistics and research design, learning, and history of psychology and history of neuroscience. His research uses behavioral pharmacology, and electro-encephalography (EEG) recorded from rat brains during ongoing performance of behavioral tasks to investigate the relationship between the mesolimbic reinforcement systems and basic learning processes. Recent research has investigated the relationship between EEG and rat models of Alzheimer’s disease and schizophrenia, and the role of cellular mechanisms in dopamine neurons in the ventral tegmental area in cocaine addiction.
 

Honoring the Legacies of Illustrious Contributors to the Science of Behavior

Abstract:

With sadness and great admiration, we pay tribute to several remarkable individuals who left tremendous footprints in our field. We honor the legacy left behind by these friends, colleagues, and mentors whose contributions are indelible in the fabric of our discipline. While they may be lost to us, the importance of their research, writing, and the many people they have inspired will endure for decades to come.

 
 
 
Target Audience:

All convention registrants are welcome and encouraged to attend.

 
 
 
Invited Symposium #16
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Scholarly Contributions to Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion Paper Competition Winners
Saturday, May 28, 2022
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 102B
Area: DEI; Domain: Translational
Chair: Elizabeth Hughes Fong (Pepperdine University), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)
CE Instructor: Elizabeth Hughes Fong, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This competition is designed to encourage, promote, and reward behavior analytic scholarship on topics and issues in DEI, both in the field of behavior analysis and more broadly. Students (graduate or undergraduate) and post-graduate professionals who have completed empirical or conceptual papers relevant to DEI that are informed, at least in part, by a behavior-analytic perspective were invited to submit. This symposium includes presentations by the 2021 Student category winner, the 2022 Student category winner, and the 2022 Professional category winner.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify the importance of measuring teacher-student interactions in the preschool setting; (2) state at least one reason why considering culture within behavior analysis is important; (3) identify at least one cultural adaptation that has been made within assessment, training, and intervention; (4) reflect on the importance language plays in the context of service delivery; (5) identify challenges in accessing services from the Latinx population and how to create learning opportunities.
 
Diversity submission 

A Behavioral Approach to Analyzing Bias-Based Behaviors in Public Schools

(Theory)
DAPHNE SNYDER (Western Michigan University), Sydney Marie Harmon (Western Michigan University), Nicole Hollins (EdBeeConsultations, LLC)
Abstract:

Students of color are more likely to receive negative teacher-student interactions compared to their peers. Some have attributed the inequalities of teacher-student interactions to implicit bias or bias-based behaviors. Given the impact of bias-based behaviors on student academic and social outcomes, it is critical for school-based practitioners to objectively measure bias-based behaviors to assist in providing culturally relevant and socially significant treatments. The most commonly cited procedure for assessing bias is the Implicit Bias Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP). While the IRAP assessment has produced socially significant results, the utility and acceptability of the IRAP in school-based settings may be limited due to several factors. Moreover, there is limited research that extends the assessment of bias-based behaviors to treatment in primary educational settings. Practitioners must have an efficient data collection system to measure interactions and use the data collection system when providing feedback to school personnel. Thus, the purpose of this paper is to discuss considerations to current procedures being used to assess bias-based behaviors and propose the Teacher Student Interaction Tool (T-SIT) for school-based practitioners. The utility and considerations of the T-SIT will be discussed.

Daphne Snyder, MA, BCBA, LBA, is a doctoral student at Western Michigan University under the direction of Dr. Stephanie Peterson. She received her bachelor’s degree in Psychology and Global Health Studies at Allegheny College. Her main research interests include the assessment and treatment of challenging behavior in the school setting and training teachers to implement effective classroom management strategies. Currently, Daphne is the Project Coordinator for KRESA Classroom Consultations (KCC). KCC provides graduate and undergraduate students with the opportunity to learn about applied behavior analysis and collaborate with multi-disciplinary teams in the school setting.
 
Diversity submission 

Cultural Responsiveness in Assessment, Implementer Training, and Intervention: A Systematic Review

(Theory)
DANIEL KWAK (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

This systematic review consists of 22 peer-reviewed single subject and group design studies that used culturally responsive assessment, implementer training, and intervention to yield positive outcomes for children and adolescents from diverse cultural backgrounds. The studies were published across 15 journals (2010-2021) and included at least 281 implementers and 536 service recipients. The review identified culturally responsive interventions targeting behavioral, social skills, academic, and social-emotional outcomes. Results indicated that most studies considered race, ethnicity, nationality, or language for cultural adaptations in assessment, implementer training, and intervention and addressed the specific culturally sensitive elements suggested by the Ecological Validity Model to some degree. The studies addressed cultural responsiveness in conducting research suggested in the literature, mostly in the area of problem formulation; scant research adequately addressed cultural responsiveness in the area of dissemination. Recommendations, implications, and directions for future research and behavior-analytic practices are discussed.

Daniel Kwak is a Ph.D. candidate in the Applied Behavior Analysis program at University of South Florida under the advisement of Dr. Kwang-Sun Cho Blair. Daniel received his Bachelor of Arts in Psychology with minors in Education and History from University of California, San Diego in 2013. His interest in working with children and students developed when he gained experience in the assessment and treatment of students’ academic, behavioral, and mental health problems in public schools. Daniel received his Master of Arts in Education from University of California, Riverside in 2017. During his time in the program, Daniel found particular interest in behavioral assessment and interventions and began providing behavior-analytic services as direct staff. His passion for behavior analysis led him to receive his Master of Science in Behavioral Psychology from Pepperdine University in 2018. Upon graduating, Daniel was trained and certified as a Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA). To pursue his interest in research and teaching, Daniel enrolled in the Ph.D. program at University of South Florida. In the Ph.D. program, Daniel served as the instructor for several courses including ABA in Autism and Developmental Disabilities, Research Methods and Ethical Issues in Behavior Analysis, Observational Methods and Functional Assessment, and Single Subject Experimental Design in both the undergraduate ABA minor and online master’s degree programs. Additionally, he mentored graduate students in teaching and research by assisting with course development and delivery as well as assisting with conducting literature reviews, developing research questions, running experimental sessions, and writing manuscripts. Daniel’s current research topics include social validity and cultural responsiveness, measurement and analysis, and efficiency and resource allocation. Some specific topics of interest include improving the methods in which social validity of interventions is assessed, determining appropriate ways in which values and cultures of families can be incorporated into service provision, and quantifying effects of interventions to investigate variables that moderate the effects. His dissertation focuses on several of these interests. The purpose of his dissertation is to develop a tool that will be used to culturally adapt behavioral training and interventions, and to evaluate culturally responsive behavioral parent training intervention that is informed by the tool. Through this research, he hopes to provide a tool that behavior analysts can use to take an individualized approach to considering the values and cultures of families. Understanding the lack of consideration of diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) in behavior analysis has led him to take an active role in starting research projects that address this issue. In the future, he hopes to continue incorporating the topic of DEI within his research, teaching/training, and clinical services as well as advocate for improved graduate training and fieldwork supervision in multiculturalism and diversity.
 
Diversity submission 

Understanding the Role of Cultural Values in Applied Behavior Analysis Service Delivery from Latinx Families

(Theory)
MARIELA CASTRO-HOSTETLER (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

The aim of this study was to identify and learn about the cultural values and beliefs held by Latinx families in Nevada. In addition, we also examined barriers faced by Latinx families when accessing ABA services. In Study 1, we distributed the Participant Demographic and Experience Survey to Latinx families who were currently receiving ABA services or had received services in the past. The survey included questions about the family’s cultural identity, their primary language spoken in the home, and parent educational level. The second part of the questionnaire asked the parents to share their experiences in receiving ABA services and the extent to which those services were received. In Study 2, we conducted structured interviews and focus groups with some of the families who participated in Study 1. From the structured interviews and focus groups, we identified four main themes: (1) family and cultural values; (2) reaction of receiving a diagnosis; (3) impact of ABA services (4) future recommendations for the field of ABA. From these themes, we found what aspects were meaningful in receiving ABA services, as well as barriers that families faced when seeking services.

Mariela Castro-Hostetler is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst and Licensed Behavior Analyst in Nevada. She is a Project Coordinator at the Nevada Positive Behavioral Interventions at the University of Nevada, Reno (UNR) and doctoral candidate in the behavior analysis program at UNR. In her role, she provides behavioral support services for families and children with disabilities and dual diagnoses in Nevada. Castro-Hostetler completed her MS in behavior analysis at Southern Illinois University in 2016. Castro-Hostetler’s experience includes more than 8 years working with children and adults across various settings including homes, treatment centers, and schools. Her current research interests include parent and staff training, Acceptance and Commitment Training, and cultural responsiveness for culturally diverse and linguistically diverse individuals.

 
 
Symposium #17
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Theory and Intervention for Misophonia: A Conditioned Aversive Respondent Behavior
Saturday, May 28, 2022
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 104A
Area: CBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Thomas H. Dozier (Misophonia Institute; Misophonia Treatment Institute)
Discussant: Emily Thomas Johnson (Behavior Attention and Developmental Disabilities Consultants, LLC)
CE Instructor: Thomas H. Dozier, M.S.
Abstract:

Misophonia is an understudied but relatively common learned respondent behavior condition, the impact of which ranges from annoying to debilitating. Misophonia is known as a condition where commonly occurring innocuous stimuli (e.g. chewing sound, specific voice) elicit anger and accompanying physiological responses which function as motivating operations for overt aggression, escape, and avoidance. Although there are many common misophonic stimuli, each person has a unique set of trigger stimuli. Misophonia has similarities with general sensory sensitivity which is common with autism, but is distinctly different. Misophonia was first identified and named by audiologists and has been considered a hearing disorder. Recently misophonia has come to be viewed as an anger disorder and the focus of psychologists and neuroscientists, however our research indicates the core of misophonia is a Pavlovian conditioned muscle reflex, so it may be more appropriate to view misophonia as a conditioned behavioral disorder. Once a misophonic respondent behavior develops, it generally strengthens with repeated exposure to the trigger stimulus and persists indefinitely unless there is an intervention to reduce the respondent behavior. One intervention that has been effective for misophonia is counterconditioning of trigger stimuli by paring a continuous positive stimulus with an intermittent trigger.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): ABA Intervention, aggression, counterconditioning, misophonia
Target Audience:

basic

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Identify the core reflex of the misophonia response chain. 2. Identify the neurological learning process that creates and maintains the core reflex of misophonia response chain. 3. Identify one treatment method that can change the misophonic response when used in an intervention. 4. Distinguish between general sensory sensitivity, common to ASD, and misophonia.
 
The Composition of Misophonia: A Conditioned Respondent Behavior
(Basic Research)
THOMAS H. DOZIER (Misophonia Institute; Misophonia Treatment Institute)
Abstract: Misophonia is a recently identified condition in which an individual has an immediate acute emotional response (e.g., anger, disgust, anxiety) when exposed to specific commonly occurring stimuli. We conducted two basic research studies that indicate the core component of misophonia is a Pavlovian conditioned muscle reflex. Following the muscle reflex, misophonia includes an intense conditioned emotional response, which is the hallmark feature of misophonia. An fMRI neurological imaging research study results will be presented which indicates the emotional response develops through experiential learning of emotions. Unconditioned physiological responses are elicited by the distress of the reflex and emotional response and have been validate with skin conductance measurements. Conditioned operant behavior develops around these core responses which often include avoidance, escape, and sometimes aggression. The “learned” nature of misophonia is also supported by age of onset data, and case data which support that counterconditioning the learned physical reflex results in a reduction in the emotional response and overall severity ratings of misophonia.
 

Counterconditioning Intervention for Misophonic Triggered Aggressive Behavior of a Student With Autism

(Service Delivery)
MOLLY LUTZ (Pediatric Therapeutic Services)
Abstract:

Misophonia is a disorder in which specific innocuous stimuli trigger negative emotional and physiological responses. Reactions can range from annoyance to fight-or-flight. Commonly occurring triggers are oral and nasal sounds, but can be any stimulus. This study reports a successful intervention of a male high school student diagnosed with the primary educational classification of intellectual disability, a secondary classification of autism spectrum disorder, and speech and language impairment. Prior to intervention, the student was frequently triggered by vocal stimuli of one student, and he was continually removed from class due to aggressive and perseverative episodes towards that student. Pre-intervention rate of perseverative behavior was 12.3 times per hour. The intervention consisted of 10-30 minute counterconditioning sessions in a public education setting for three recorded trigger stimuli. Counterconditioning was accomplished by pairing continuous preferred stimuli (e.g., video or music) while the trigger played intermittently using the Misophonia Trigger Tamer app on an iPad. Staff observed overt behavior which indicated physiological responses after the trigger played and increased or decreased volume to maintain a minimal response. The intervention successfully reduced the misophonic respondent behavior, and the aggressive behavior extinguished. Preliminary post intervention rate of perseverative behavior is 0 times per hour.

 
 
Panel #18
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analysts and Public Advocacy: Lessons Learned, Pathways Forward
Saturday, May 28, 2022
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 156A
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Elizabeth Meshes, Ph.D.
Chair: Elizabeth Meshes (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology at Los Angeles)
JULIE KORNACK (Center for Autism and Related Disorders)
HOLLI HELEN HENNINGSEN JERDES (BehaviorLytics: A Social Change Agency)
Abstract: Behavior analysts have an ethical duty to disseminate the science and practice of behavior analysis to the public, including third-party funders and government agencies. The success of such initiatives has been observed in the widespread adoption of funding for applied behavior analytic services (ABA) for the autism community in the United States. Given this funding, behavior analysts have become synonymous with treatment for the autism community. However, ABA technologies can positively impact a wide variety of populations and behaviors at both an individual and societal level. To address issues of immediate social importance effectively and expand equity, diversity, and inclusion within ABA practices, behavior analysts need to have the skills to promote the expansion of services to other areas. This panel, sponsored by the Behaviorists for Social Action SIG, will explore the lessons learned from advocacy for securing medical ABA funding for the autism community and discuss the continued obstacles in maintaining this funding, as well as opportunities for expansion of public advocacy for ABA practices into social justice areas.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Interested individuals should have a basic understanding of group contingencies, understand the concept of interlocking contingencies, and understand basic behavior analytic concepts and principles.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Identify potential barriers to organizing social change 2) State potential strategies to increase advocacy efforts in their immediate and expanded communities 3) Identify strategies to recruit community advocates and scientific allies to promote public social changes
Keyword(s): Advocacy, Dissemination, Public Policy, Social Justice
 
 
Symposium #19
CE Offered: BACB
Prosocial: Applications of Applied Behavior Analysis and Acceptance and Commitment Therapy at the Group Level
Saturday, May 28, 2022
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 156B
Area: CSS/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Adryon Ketcham (GOALS For Autism)
Discussant: Yukie Kurumiya (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
CE Instructor: Yukie Kurumiya, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analysis is a science of the behavior of individual organisms interacting with their environment, and yet the intention of the science has always been to create knowledge of great generality, applicable to larger groups of humans (Skinner, 1953). Relatively little research in behavior analysis has been dedicated to group behavior. Prosocial is a recently developed intervention approach combining evolutionary science with applied behavior analysis (ABA) and Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT), for producing positive behavior change in groups, ranging from small groups (e.g., classrooms), to very large groups (e.g., counties or states). Although the principles and procedures that form the components of the Prosocial model are strongly supported by basic and applied research, relatively little research has evaluated the Prosocial approach as a whole. This symposium brings together two presentations and a discussion on the topic of Prosocial. The first presentation, by Dr. Scott Herbst, will describe the Prosocial model, review existing research, and discuss directions for future research and practice. The second presentation, by Tiffany Hamilton, describes a multiple baseline evaluation of the Prosocial model for increasing equity in vocal participation in university classroom instruction. The symposium concludes with a discussion by Dr. Yukie Kurumiya.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): ACT, Evolutionary Science, Prosocial
Target Audience:

The target audience should have a beginner's knowledge of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the core design principles of the Prosocial model of group behavior change; (2) describe existing research on the Prosocial model; (3) describe how the Prosocial model can be used to increase equity in participation in university classes.
 
An Overview of Prosocial: The Method, Results, and Practical Considerations
SCOTT HERBST (SixFlex Training & Consulting), Adryon Ketcham (GOALS For Autism), Mariah Harnish (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Prosocial (Atkins,. Sloan-Wilson & Hayes, 2019) is model of managing group performance that is derived from the Nobel Prize winning work of Elinor Ostrom (1990) as well as practices from Acceptance and Commitment Therapy applied to team behavior. In this presentation, we cover three main points. We will spend the majority of the presentation discussing the design principles of the model including the intention of each along with some practices for use. Second, we will review some of the research conducted from within the model. Finally, we will make some practical recommendations for applying the model with teams and organizations, with an emphasis on behavior change and organizational outcomes that may be indicative of success.
 

Increasing Equity of Active Student Engagement: An Evaluation of Acceptance and Commitment Training Prosocial in Online University Classes

Thomas G. Szabo (Touro University), TIFFANY HAMILTON (University of Southern California), Gabriela Carrillo Naquira (USC), Mariah Harnish (Florida Institute of Technology), Adryon Ketcham (GOALS for Autism), David Legaspi (Center For Applied Behavior Analysis), Megan Ritchey Mayo (Antioch University New England), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Abstract:

This study aimed to identify the necessary and sufficient conditions for improving equity of student engagement in an online graduate school level course. Equity was defined as contingencies that favor balanced duration of vocal responding and participation from all group members during non-proctored, small-group InterTeaching (IT) sessions. Little previous research has evaluated procedures for increasing equity in university instruction. Prosocial is an evolutionary, behavior analytic group-level intervention that, in part, is designed to increase equity in the performance of small groups. However, no previous research has evaluated the effects of Prosocial on university instruction. Therefore, we investigated the use of repeated exposures to brief ACT Prosocial exercises in conjunction with interdependent group contingencies for group performance. We evaluated the effects of Prosocial in increasing equitable participation in discussion, thereby contributing to a more equitable university instruction environment. Results suggested that the prosocial model was effective and that additional treatment components from the OBM literature may also contribute. Results are discussed in terms of implications for university instruction, as well as group-level behavioral interventions aimed at increased equity and social justice.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #20
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Empirically Based Analysis of the Traditional Definitions of Conditional Discrimination, Equivalence Classes, and Contextual Control
Saturday, May 28, 2022
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Ballroom Level 3; Ballroom East/West
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University)
CE Instructor: Paula Debert, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: PAULA DEBERT (University of Sao Paulo)
Abstract: This presentation proposes an empirically based revision of the traditional definitions of conditional discrimination, equivalence classes, and contextual control. Some experiments that employed alternative procedures to matching-to-sample (MTS) will be described and analyzed. Results from these experiments suggested the establishment of behaviors similar to those produced with the MTS procedure. The first experiment to be described indicated that the go/no-go procedure with compound stimuli could generate emergent control by stimulus combinations not presented in training. The second experiment revealed that simple discrimination procedures could generate emergent stimuli substitutability. The final experiment to be described shows that the go/no-go procedure with compound stimuli established what would be called equivalence classes comprising stimuli with multiple class membership without combining them into a single large class. The manner by which stimuli were presented in these experiments does not allow inferring supposed discriminative, conditional, and contextual functions that are specified in the traditional definitions. In order to account for the performances observed in the studies described, it is proposed that the definitions of conditional discrimination, equivalence classes and contextual control specify, respectively, performances that involve stimuli recombination, stimuli substitutability, and stimuli sharing by different equivalence classes without merging them into one. These definitions will allow the use of a wider range of procedures that may be useful in developing new teaching technologies to reach diverse populations and contexts that require procedures alternative to the traditional matching-to-sample.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Basic and applied researchers and practitioners interested in the development of new teaching technology to produce complex behaviors
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe and analyze experiments with alternative procedure to establish emergent behavior; (2) analyze and critic traditional definition of conditional discrimination, equivalence class and contextual control; (3) use new definitions and procedures to establish emergent behaviors.
 
PAULA DEBERT (University of Sao Paulo)
Dr. Paula Debert is a professor of Psychology at Universidade de São Paulo (USP) - Brazil. She is the vice-coordinator of Experimental Psychology Graduate Program in the university and the coordinator of Psychology Undergraduate Program in the Psychology Institute at Universidade de São Paulo. She is a researcher at the Brazilian National Institute of Science and Technology on Behavior, Cognition and Teaching (INCT-ECCE) and a member of the Board of Editors of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. Dr. Debert's research focuses on the study of alternative procedures to generate symbolic emergent behaviors.
 
 
Symposium #21
Behavioral Safety in Different Work Environments
Saturday, May 28, 2022
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 153B
Area: OBM/CSS; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Christoph F. Bördlein (University of Applied Sciences Würzburg-Schweinfurt)
Discussant: Sabrina Liebich (ABA/VB-Therapie & - Beratung)
Abstract:

The typical workplace in modern societies is constantly changing. Automatization and the use of information technology continues to influence the work conditions of workers in an many ways and puts them at unforeseen risks. For example, autonomous robots are more and more commonplace in industrial plants. How do humans and robots interact in a safe way that doesn’t interfere with productivity? But the new technology is not only a source of risk, it’s also an opportunity to improve workplace safety, e. g. with virtual reality included in safety trainings. Challenges resulting from the use of technology are prevalent in the medical sector too. Often forgotten, people helping others, like rescue assistants, have injury rates above average. In this symposium, we will learn about ways of using behavior analytic methods to improve the health and safety of people in this different work environments and occupations.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): BBS, behavioral safety, industry 4.0, paramedic
 

Behavior Based Safety With Rescue Assistants

CHRISTOPH F. BÖRDLEIN (University of Applied Sciences Würzburg-Schweinfurt), Lisa Maria Zeitler (University of Applied Sciences Würzburg-Schweinfurt)
Abstract:

Accident statistics from the German Federal and Railroad Accident Insurance (UVB) revealed that volunteer and full-time rescue workers are exposed to an increased risk of workplace accidents. This is reflected in the accident figures registered by the German Red Cross (DRK), which have been rising continuously since 2011. In part, the increased risk and volume of accidents results from the nature of the job performed by rescue workers in extreme situations. Another cause, however, is the perception of potential risks and the associated safety behavior of employees. Behavior Based Safety (BBS) is considered to be the most well researched and effective method for changing behavior in the field of occupational safety. We report on our research on BBS extended to the field of occupational safety behavior among rescue workers of the DRK. Results indicate that behavioral observations and feedback resulted in significant improvements of %safe in two rescue wards of the DRK. Resources and obstacles for the implementation of BBS practices to the work of rescue assistants are discussed.

 

A Study on Collaboration Work Effects With Robot in Manufacturing Sites

Rieko Hojo (National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health), Masaki Nobuhiro (Toyota Motor Corporation), Kota Kida (Toyota Motor Corporation), Nobuyuki Yasui (Toyota Motor Corporation), YUKA KOREMURA (ballast), Chiemi Kan (National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health, Japan), Yusuke Kobayashi (Toyota Motor Corporation), Shoken Shimizu (National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health, Japan)
Abstract:

At present, cooperative robots are emerging as a labor force to replace workers at manufacturing sites. Compared to humans, cooperative robots do not need to consider fatigue and can be expected to work long hours. However, in a work form in which a person and a robot are paired, there are problems such as the stress of worker felt to robots and the serious risk of occupational accidents. Therefore, in this study, we compared work efficiency by working with a combination of human-human and human-cooperative robots at a certain manufacturing site. The subjects were 8 workers in each group working at the work site. In the actual work, we carry 3 kg of parts, so we are currently working for 5 minutes every 30 minutes. In this experiment, the one-minute work was repeated five times, and the stress felt by the worker and the vitals for each work were measured over time to investigate the effect on the collaborative work with the robot. As a result, it was clarified that the work in the person-to-person combination could perform more work than that with the robot, but the collaborative work with the human was higher in terms of stress.

 

Verification of Work Simulation Effect Under Virtual Reality (VR) for Safety Education

Shoken Shimizu (National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health, Japan), Masaki Nobuhiro (Toyota Motor Corporation), Yusuke Kobayashi (Toyota Motor Corporation), Nobuyuki Yasui (Toyota Motor Corporation), Yuki Asano (Toyota Motor Corporation), YUKA KOREMURA (ballast), Chiemi Kan (National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health, Japan), Kota Kida (Toyota Motor Corporation)
Abstract:

Nowadays, cooperative robots are emerging as labor force to replace workers at manufacturing sites. In fact, a new safety management support system is required at a manufacturing site where robots and workers work in cooperation with each other. However, working with robots carries new risks for workers. Education and training for safe work are essential. Virtual Reality (VR) is expected as a mean to acquire work processes efficiently and effectively in a limited time. However, it is not sufficiently examined if VR training is effective for real work. In addition, it has also not been verified what kind of safety / danger information affect safety behavior of worker. Therefore, in this study, we compared the work efficiency by performing actual work and VR work for workers in factories making automobile parts. In addition, we verified the difference in the method of transmitting safety / danger information in collaboration with the robot. As a result, it was found that there is no difference in work efficiency between actual work and VR, and VR is useful for grasping the process of actual work. It was also clarified that the transmission of safety / danger information contributes to the safety behavior of workers.

 
Observation Analysis at Manufacturing Line Work from the Perspectives of Organizational Context
YUKA KOREMURA (ballast), Shoken Shimizu (National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health, Japan), Chiemi Kan (National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health, Japan), Masaki Nobuhiro (Toyota Motor Corporation), Nobuyuki Yasui (Toyota Motor Corporation), Kota Kida (Toyota Motor Corporation), Rieko Hojo (National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health)
Abstract: Higher productivity in manufacturing industry is ideal, higher productivity with safe and happy is even better. In this presentation, subjects’ behavior of man-machine corporative safety experiment was observed. Sixty-four subjects were participated. Eight subjects were under eight conditions in combinations with signal lights (red, green), buzzer, and sensor. In each condition, subjects engaged in picking the work from the pallet and put it to the shooter so that the work slides down to the next station. From the observation of Condition 1 (no signal lights, busser, sensor) number of completions of the task and durations from picking work to place it to the shooter were recorded (Fig. 1). Variety of body use were observed. The most contrast in result was longer average duration and less task completion (Subject 6), and shorter average duration with more task completion (Subject 7). The difference occurs due to using single hand or both hands was one of the obvious reasons. Since variety of body use were observed, proper body use will be suggested to avoid risk for body damage keep with productivity.
 
 
Panel #22
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Ethical Considerations Regarding Assent and Consent in Behavior Analytic Research
Saturday, May 28, 2022
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 156C
Area: PCH/AUT; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Sarah C. Mead Jasperse, Ph.D.
Chair: Sarah C. Mead Jasperse (Emirates College for Advanced Education)
JONATHAN K FERNAND (Florida Institute of Technology)
SHANNON WARD (Mohammed bin Rashid Center for Special Education operated by The New England Center for Children)
P. RAYMOND JOSLYN (Utah State University)
Abstract: A core feature of applied behavior analytic research is studying behavioral phenomena within the context in which the behaviors are important and with the people who engage in the behaviors in those contexts. It is incumbent upon applied researchers to protect the rights, safety, and dignity of all individuals who participate in their studies. Indeed, seminal guiding documents have delineated the importance of obtaining fully-informed consent from research participants or their legal representatives. To a lesser extent, expectations also have been put forward regarding the obtainment of affirmative assent from participants when consent has been provided by another party. A review of the literature in 2021 by Morris et al. regarding research with participants with autism spectrum disorder and related developmental disabilities found that very few published articles explicitly described assent procedures used in their studies. In this panel, applied researchers with experience conducting research in a variety of clinical contexts will discuss ethical considerations they have had to take into account when developing consent and assent procedures for their projects. Practical recommendations regarding adherence to laws, regulations, and policies will be discussed and issues relating to assent processes in special circumstances will be discussed.
Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience: Basic – Anyone who may participate in or conduct applied behavior analytic research would benefit from attending this panel.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: 1) identify which documents, laws, regulations, ethics codes, and policies guide the consent and assent processes in applied behavior analytic research; 2) describe what ethical considerations should be taken into account when developing consent and assent procedures for applied behavior analytic research; 3) explain how assent processes could be handled ethically in special circumstances.
Keyword(s): assent, consent, research ethics
 
 
Invited Paper Session #23
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
When We Speak of Self…
Saturday, May 28, 2022
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 154
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
Chair: Michael D. Hixson (Central Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Timothy D. Hackenberg, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: TIMOTHY D. HACKENBERG (Reed College)
Abstract: The concept of self has a long and complex history in philosophy and psychology, ranging from an inner cause of behavior (e.g., as in psychodynamic theory) to an illusion (e.g., as in some Eastern religious traditions). In this talk, I consider the concept of self through a behavioral lens by identifying some of the conditions surrounding its use. From a behavioral perspective, the concept of self can be viewed as a kind self-discrimination, where some aspect of one’s own body or behavior serves a discriminative function. This encompasses a wide range of discriminative behavior, some shared with other animals, but mostly unique to human social environments in which we are prompted by others to examine our own behavior and the variables of which it is a function. I will discuss this type of self-descriptive behavior, where it comes from, how it relates to self-awareness, the extent to which it is seen in other animals, and relations between aware and unaware repertoires in the same skin. By grounding the concept of self in the particular conditions surrounding its use, my aim is to demystify it, treating it not as a causal entity separate from behavior, but rather, as behavior itself, a class of environment-behavior relations. This provides the basis for a behavioral view with intriguing parallels to other process-oriented and non-dualistic approaches to self, some of which will be considered in the talk.
Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience: Behavior analysts with an interest in conceptual issues
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: (1) provide a behavioral definition of self; (2) distinguish aware from unaware behavior; (3) identify commonalities with other non-dualistic approaches to self.
 
TIMOTHY D. HACKENBERG (Reed College)
Tim Hackenberg has had the good fortune to work with and learn from great teachers and students over the years. He received a B.A. degree in Psychology from the University of California, Irvine in 1982 and a doctorate in Psychology from Temple University in 1987, under the supervision of Philip Hineline. Following a two year post-doctoral research position at the University of Minnesota with Travis Thompson from 1988-90, he served on the faculty in the Behavior Analysis program at the University of Florida from 1990-2009. He is currently a Professor of Psychology at Reed College in Portland Oregon. He has served on the Board of Directors of the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, of the Society for the Quantitative Analysis of Behavior, as Associate Editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, as President of Division 25 of the American Psychological Association, as the Experimental Representative to the ABAI Council, and as the first Director of the ABAI Science Board. His major research interests are in the area of behavioral economics and comparative cognition, with a particular emphasis on decision-making, token economies, and social behavior. In work funded by the National Science Foundation and the National Institutes of Health, he and his students have developed procedures for cross-species comparisons of complex behavior.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #24
CE Offered: BACB/PSY/QABA
Preventing and Identifying Human Trafficking Among Individuals With Disabilities
Saturday, May 28, 2022
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 256
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Susan Wilczynski (Ball State University)
CE Instructor: Susan Wilczynski, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: LAURA CUSACK (Coalition for Independent Living Options, Inc.)
Abstract:

Individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities are at increased risk for abuse, violence, and human trafficking. According to the Trafficking Victim Protection Act (TVPA), trafficking is the use of force, fraud, or coercion for commercial sex, or if the individual is under 18 years. Labor trafficking includes involuntary servitude, peonage, debt bondage, or slavery. Individuals with disabilities may be targeted as they may be more isolated, be more easily manipulated and groomed or not be able to communicate what is occurring. Sometimes there are signs of abuse such as an increase in certain behaviors, difficulty at school, home or therapy and new behaviors not present prior. Considering that some children with disabilities are nonverbal they may not be able to communicate any abuse that may be occurring. It is vital to teach healthy and unhealthy relationships, appropriate and inappropriate touch, how to communicate an occurrence and who they should confide in. More research should be conducted with individuals with disabilities for identification, screening, and prevention. All clinics should include mandatory training for human trafficking and abuse prevention and identification. Collaboration with therapists and families is vital to increase training and reporting to reduce the rates of human trafficking in this population.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

BCBAs, RBTs, anyone developing treatment plans and/or working with youth or those who may be at risk for abuse

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) explain human trafficking; (2) outline risk factors for human trafficking among clients with disabilities; (3) identify barriers to reporting faced by clients; (4) connect at-risk individuals to national resources.
 
LAURA CUSACK (Coalition for Independent Living Options, Inc.)
Laura Cusack is a Senior Crime Victim Practitioner at the Coalition for Independent Living Options, Inc. and serves as the President for the Human Trafficking Coalition of the Palm Beaches. She currently participates on Palm Beach County’s Sexual Assault Response Team’s Community Action Network and Training Committee. She also serves on the People with Disabilities Community Consultant Panel, as well as is a member of the National Human Trafficking and Disabilities Working Group. Laura’s experience includes providing training to service providers on specific needs of crime victims with disabilities according to the Rehab Act, ADA, and fair housing act, as well as providing training on human trafficking and crimes against children; facilitating psychoeducational groups for high-risk youth with trauma-related disabilities; and leading community outreach efforts. Laura launched the Hope Campaign in Florida, a community outreach in Palm Beach County that works with local hotels to identify missing children and increase public access to the National Human Trafficking Hotline. She has also conducted street outreach with law enforcement to women in street-based prostitution to promote safety and wellness, and has instructed a criminal diversion curriculum to men arrested for buying sex. Laura is a member of the Palm Beach County Human Trafficking Task Force, and regularly attends the Statewide Council on Human Trafficking meetings. Laura earned her Master’s Degree in Social Work (MSW) from Florida Atlantic University and is certified in the My Life My Choice, iEmpathize Empower Youth Program, and Men Breaking Free national curriculum.
 
 
Paper Session #26
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
BCBA Supervision: A framework for the Real World
Saturday, May 28, 2022
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 204A/B
Area: TBA
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Hana Lynn Jurgens (Positive Behavior Supports)
CE Instructor: Nicole Stewart, M.Ed.
 
Shaping Future Behavior Analysts: Reimagining the Framework of BCBA Supervision
Domain: Theory
NICOLE STEWART (Supervision Reimagined), Gabriella Davila (Supervision Reimagined), Megan Dennehy (Supervision Reimagined)
 
Abstract: Fieldwork for board certified behavior analyst (BCBA) certification has continued to become more rigorous over time. With the exponential growth of the field, the quality and experience of supervisors can vary greatly, particularly in settings that lack university affiliations. As a result of many factors to be discussed, uneven development of behavior analytic repertoires occurs across the field while fieldwork remains highly variable. This paper proposes a model that incorporates previous recommendations for supervision (e.g. contracts, establishing expectations), as well as additional behavior analytic principles to create a fieldwork sequence. The three-part sequence starts with fluency with direct care skills ensuring pre-requisites are met early. Next, a clinically applied project embeds motivating operations, self-management and behavior analytic professionalism. Finally, the third phase focuses on mentorship from a current BCBA utilizing a job-model for training. Threaded throughout this framework are competencies, behavioral skills training, opportunities for feedback, task list connections and suggestions to ensure all standards are closely adhered to as a trainee progresses. The further dissemination and adaptation of a framework such as this can support the continued push for ethical development of BCBA fieldwork across many types of settings; improving outcomes for trainees and clients alike.
 
Supervising Beyond the Tasklist: Preparing Your Supervisee to be a Real-World BCBA
Domain: Service Delivery
HANA LYNN JURGENS (Positive Behavior Supports), Yulema Cruz (Rutgers University), Karly L. Cordova (KHY ABA Consulting Group, Inc.)
 
Abstract: For the most part, supervision has primarily focused on teaching items from the task list. However, as supervisors, we often receive feedback regarding‚ soft skills‚ (known as common skills or core skills, including critical thinking, problem solving, public speaking, professional writing, teamwork, leadership, professional attitude, work ethic, career management and cultural competency, among others) that supervisees are lacking. Additionally, supervisors are often at a loss regarding how to systematically fade their supervisory support. Until now, there has not been a sequential means for supervisors to accomplish this, leaving students ready to pass the exam, and ready to work as a BCBA. This paper will highlight a competency-based approach to guiding and measuring soft skills. This includes how to systematically supervise, manage cases, build skills to demonstrate professionalism, as well as how to fade supervision ethically; thus, ensuring supervisees demonstrate competency, readiness, and independence.
 
Target Audience:

Intermediate

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify the importance of developing a sequence and flow for effective supervision (2) classify beginner, intermediate and advanced skills for fieldwork trainees (3) define and provide examples of trainings that adhere to the job-model of training; (4) navigate supervisees’ soft skill deficits; (5) identify supervisory targets beyond the task list; (6) problem solve to help supervisees gain competency.
 
 
Symposium #27
CE Offered: BACB
Teaching Discriminated and Divergent Intraverbal Responses to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Saturday, May 28, 2022
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 255
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India)
Discussant: Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University)
CE Instructor: Smita Awasthi, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Teaching complex intraverbal responses to children with ASD can require careful programming with the incorporation of convergent and divergent controls. In their systematic review, Stauch and Colleagues (2017) identified five studies that addressed responding under divergent control and 21 that taught responding under convergent control. Ingvarsson and colleagues (2016) taught discriminated responses to pairs of questions such as “what do you cut?” and “what do you cut with?” with one exemplar for each question. In this symposium, two studies with 6 participants employ a multiple baseline design across question pairs. These extend the Ingvarsson and colleagues (2016) study, by teaching divergent responses and discriminated responses to the paired questions using two different approaches. The first intervention used simultaneous teaching of discrimination and the second study taught divergent responses to one question followed by specific stimulus relations training. In both the studies researchers used tact sheets (Thakore and Petursdottir, 2021) followed by transfer trials to train divergent intraverbal responses. The studies will address customizing the design of teaching protocols based on student progress with different interventions.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Target Audience:

Should be aware of verbal behavior , recent advances in conditional dis, complex intravernal

Learning Objectives: 1. Methods for teaching divergent responding 2. Procedures to ensure discriminated responding 3. Role of training stimulus relations in complex intraverbal responding
 

All at Once or One at a Time: Teaching Discriminated and Divergent Responses to Three Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

SRIDHAR ARAVAMUDHAN (Behavior Momentum India), Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India), Shushmita K.S (Behavior Momentum India), Annamma T. J (Behavior Momentum India), Pavithra Perumal (Behavior Momentum India)
Abstract:

Sundberg, M.L., and Sundberg, C. T (2011) state that even children with a sizeable repertoire of mands, tacts, and listener responses may fail to acquire a functional intraverbal repertoire. Ingvarsson and colleagues (2016) used a blocked trials procedure to teach discriminated responses to pairs of questions to four children with ASD. The stimuli sets were question pairs of the form “what do you ____?” Vs. What do you ____ with?”. The current study used the random rotation step and tact to intraverbal transfer trials to simultaneously train discriminated and divergent responses. The researchers taught divergent responses to each of the questions (e.g., “wash” – “hands, hair, glass, clothes”; “wash with” – “soap, shampoo, colin and detergent”). Three students aged 4- 10 years, with a good repertoire of mands, tacts, and listener-responding skills but incorrect responses to questions requiring multiple control, participated in this study. We used a multiple baseline design across question pairs for 3 participants. Two participants acquired four divergent responses together, while one participant had to be trained one exemplar at a time. Intervention is underway with additional question pairs for each participant. Researchers will also discuss the generalization effects on responses to untrained pairs of questions.

 

Training Divergent Responses and Stimulus Relations to Teach Discriminated Divergent Responding to Paired Questions to Three School-Going Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

SMITA AWASTHI (Behavior Momentum India), Sridhar Aravamudhan (Behavior Momentum India), Tejashree Dhruvaraj Mujumdar (Behavior Momentum India), Annamma T. J (Behavior Momentum India), Anupama Jagdish (Behavior Momentum India)
Abstract:

Language training to children with ASD requires overcoming stimulus over selectivity and deficits in audio visual conditional discriminations. The current study extended the Ingvarsson and colleagues (2016) study by training three school-going children with ASD, aged 5 to 10 years, to emit discriminated and divergent responses to paired questions. The study used a multiple probe design across four question pairs. Divergent responses to the first question in a pair (e.g., “name things you wash”) were taught first using tact to intraverbal transfer trials. Specific stimulus relations (E.g., wash hair with shampoo, clothes with detergent) were taught in the next stage. Probes were conducted to test if divergent responses emerged to the second question of the question pair (e.g., “name things you wash with”) and if discriminated responses to both the questions emerged without direct discrimination training. The implications of instructional arrangements to teach discriminated and divergent responses and generalization effects will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #28
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP — 
Supervision
Behavioral Skills Training: Applications in Real-World Settings With Typical Caregivers
Saturday, May 28, 2022
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 254A
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Peter Sturmey (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York)
Discussant: Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon)
CE Instructor: Peter Sturmey, Ph.D.
Abstract: Behavioral Skills Training (BST) is an evidence-based practice that behavior analysts must be competent to deliver. Despite its widely recognized importance, further real-world models and evaluations are needed. This symposium will present four examples of applying BST to such varied contexts as training a grandparent to deliver a behavior support plan to an adult with autism spectrum disorders; efficient training of discrete trial teaching to typical staff; training staff to implement correct redirection and restraint procedures; and, training parents via telehealth to implement effective sleep protocols. These studies demonstrate the versatility and robustness of BST in real-world-applied settings.
Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): behavioral-skills training, caregeiver training, telehealth
Target Audience: Advanced: Participants should have at least a basic knowledge of graduate-level ABA such as is described in Cooper et al. including modeling, feedback, contingencies of reinforcement, programming generalization, small N experimental design. This can include current and potential supervisors.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe how to implement behavioral skills training (BST) in at least two contexts; (2) describe the telehealth application of BST; (3) describe strategies to maximize the efficiency of BST.
 

Grandparent-Implemented Interventions to Reduce Challenging Behavior of an Adult With Autism: A Pilot Telehealth Study

EMILY GREGORI (University of Illinois at Chicago), Christine Drew (Auburn University), Catharine Lory (Baylor University), Namhee Kim (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Abstract:

Adults with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often engage in challenging behaviors that require intensive intervention. Due to the lack of services for adults with ASD, their caregivers are often responsible for providing behavioral support. However, caregivers, including grandparents, often lack adequate training and have limited access to ongoing support from professionals that prevents them from providing high-quality behavioral intervention. Telehealth is a mechanism that can potentially increase access to effective intervention for adults with ASD and training for their caregivers. However, most telehealth research has been conducted with young children and their parents. There is limited research to support the use of telehealth as a mechanism for improving service delivery for adults and their caregivers. This study explored the effects of grandparent-implemented interventions on the challenging behavior of an adult male with ASD. Research staff used individualized telehealth training and coaching to teach a grandparent to implement two function-based behavioral interventions. Data were collected on the grandparent’s implementation fidelity of both interventions and on the challenging behavior of the adult with ASD. Results showed that both interventions resulted in low to moderate levels of challenging behavior and that telehealth training and coaching resulted in high levels of implementation fidelity.

 
An Efficiency Tactic for Behavioral Skills Training
BRIAN C. LIU-CONSTANT (The Evergreen Center), John Claude Ward-Horner (Evergreen Center)
Abstract: Behavioral skills training (BST) was used to teach staff members a discrete trial training (DTT) procedure in a setting with a low trainer-to-staff ratio. Although effective, the rehearsal and feedback components of BST can be time-consuming and require more time with an expert trainer than the trainer has available. For the BST protocol, the researcher recorded and presented instructions and modeling on video, and developed scripts that participants followed during rehearsal and feedback. Each participant was assigned to a group of three. Participants took turns in one of three roles (teacher-participant, student-participant, or observer-participant) and, when serving in the role of teacher-participant, practiced the DTT procedure with a student-participant while the observer-participant delivered performance feedback to the teacher-participant. Results indicated that all participants were able to learn the DTT procedure when all feedback was provided by an observer-participant. The procedure was also efficient as evidenced by the expert trainer providing minimal feedback to observer-participants, and participants subsequent to the first participant of each group learning the DTT procedure in less time and with fewer sessions.
 
Behavioural Skills Training for Teaching Safety Skills to Mental Health Clinicians: A Pragmatic Randomized Control Trial.
Elizabeth Lin (Centre for Addiction and Mental Health; University of Toronto), Mais Malhas (Centre for Addiction and Mental Health), Emmanuel Bratsalis (Center for Addiction and Mental Health, Toronto), KENDRA THOMSON (Brock University), Rhonda Boateng (Centre for Addiction and Mental Health; University of Toronto), Fabienne Hargreaves (The Centre for Addiction and Mental Health), Heba Baig (Center for Addiction and Mental Health, Toronto), Louis Paul Alexander Busch (Centre for Addictions and Mental Health)
Abstract: Workplace violence is an increasingly significant topic, particularly as it applies to staff working in mental health settings. The Centre for Addiction and Mental Health, Canada’s largest mental health hospital, considers workplace safety a high priority and consequently has mandated clinical staff safety training. Key components of this training are self-protection and 2–5 person team control skills, which serve as a last resort when other interventions are ineffective (e.g., verbal de-escalation). Training-as-usual (TAU) for the past 20 years has been based on a 3-D approach (description, demonstration, and doing), but without any competency-based assessment. Recent staff reports indicate that the acquisition and retention of these skills is problematic and that there are issues with staff confidence in their ability to address workplace violence. We will present the results of a pragmatic randomized controlled trial designed to evaluate the effectiveness of behavioral skills training (BST) against TAU in terms of the acquisition and 1-month post-training retention of self-protection team control skills as well as the impact on staff confidence. Results to date support the effectiveness of BST vs. TAU for improving staff performance compared to TAU.
 

Evaluation of a Telehealth Parent Training Program for Parents of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder who have Sleep Difficulties

AMANPREET RANDHAWA (Brock University), Julie Koudys (Brock University), Angeline Savard (The Gregory School for Exceptional Learning), Catherine McConnell (Ontario ABA), Meghan Dunnet (Kalyana Support Systems), Jeffrey Esteves (York University), Andrea Valencia (kalyana Support Systems)
Abstract:

Research supports parent-implemented, behavior-analytic sleep interventions to address sleep problems in children with autism spectrum disorder (Jin et al., 2013; Linnehan et al., 2021). Further, some research exists to support distance models of parent education and sleep intervention (Corkum et al, 2016). However, few studies directly assess parents’ ability to accurately implement sleep interventions (i.e., treatment fidelity). This limits our understanding of whether parents are implementing sleep interventions as designed and draws into question whether child behavior changes can be attributed to the interventions. As parents are typically the primary mediators of behavioural sleep interventions––and intervention success depends on the accurate implementation of the procedures and the consistency with which those procedures are implemented in the natural environment––this is a significant gap in the literature. The purpose of this concurrent multiple baseline design across participants study was to evaluate whether parents could accurately implement their child’s behavior-analytic sleep intervention. Four parent-child dyads were recruited. Behavioral skills training and nightly coaching support were provided to parents using a telehealth approach. Nightly coaching support was systematically faded. Results demonstrate that treatment fidelity increased for all participants. Interobserver agreement was above 80%. Clinical implications and future research recommendations will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #29
CE Offered: BACB
Measuring Idiosyncratic Indices of Happiness in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders: Implications for Practice and Research
Saturday, May 28, 2022
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 254B
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Leslie Neely (The University of Texas at San Antonio)
Discussant: Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College)
CE Instructor: Marjorie H. Charlop, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium includes four studies in which internal emotional states of children with autism (ASD) were indirectly measured by monitoring observable behaviors likely correlated with specific emotional states. Study one demonstrated a process to operationally define idiosyncratic indices of happiness (IoH) and empirically assessed the accuracy of operational definitions within single case experimental designs for 4 children with ASD. The second study collected social validity data from parents and practitioners to assess the extent to which they consider systematic monitoring a child’s purported emotional state to be acceptable, useful, or practical. Study three, evaluated effects of a stimulus-stimulus pairing intervention on social approach, social engagement, and IoH for 6 toddlers with characteristics of ASD. Finally, study four measured parent treatment fidelity and IoH within parent-child dyads during a naturalistic caregiver-mediated play-based intervention. Parents’ implement fidelity improved, parent and child IoH increased, and a possible positive correlation in IoH was noted. Together, these studies suggest (a) IoH can be operationally defined and tracked in the context of single case experimental designs, (b) parents and practitioners value IoH data, and (c) IoH should be considered more often in practice and future research.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Autism Intervention,, Emotional States, Happiness, Social Validity
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts and other practitioners with sufficient experience utilizing single case designs; understanding of the difficulty related to assessing internal states

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify complications related to identifying and measuring emotional states of children with ASD; (2) Describe a process to operationally define behavioral indices of happiness for individuals with ASD; (3) The practitioner will be able to determine if tracking indices of emotional states in children with ASD is appropriate and potentially useful in the specific professional context.
 

Empirical Support for Operational Definitions of Idiosyncratic Behavioral Indices of Happiness in Children With Autism

STEPHANIE L WEBB (Clinic for Autism Research Evaluation and Support; Texas State University), Jessica Price (Clinic for Autism Research Evaluation and Support; Texas State University), Katy Davenport (Clinic for Autism Research Evaluation and Support, Texas State University), Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos)
Abstract:

This study demonstrates a to operationally define idiosyncratic expressions of emotion (e.g., happiness) in children with ASD and then to empirically evaluate the accuracy of those operational definitions within single subject experimental designs. First, an iterative process involving parental interview, direct observation, and review of video recordings was used to operationally define observable behaviors that were purported to be indices of happiness (IoH) in four children with ASD by their mothers. The accuracy of the individualized operational definitions were then evaluated in an alternating treatment design wherein IoH data were compared during Higher Preference (HP) conditions and Lower Preference (LP) conditions. Three of the four participants consistently displayed more IoH in HP than in LP conditions, supporting previous research indicating IoH can be operationally defined and tracked in the context of single case experimental designs. Results are considered in terms of potential uses for IoH from a clinical perspective and in terms of directions for future research.

 

Parent and Practitioner Perspectives on Defining and Monitoring Child Indices of Happiness for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

JESSICA PRICE (Clinic for Autism Research Evaluation and Support; Texas State University), Stephanie L Webb (Clinic for Autism Research Evaluation and Support; Texas State University), Katy Davenport (Clinic for Autism Research Evaluation and Support; Texas State University), Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos)
Abstract:

Previous research indicates that unobservable emotional states of children with ASD can be indirectly measured by defining and monitoring observable behaviors likely to be correlated with specific emotional states (e.g., measuring smiles and giggles to indirectly consider “happiness”). However, the extent to which parents and practitioners serving children with ASD consider systematic monitoring a child’s purported emotional state during behavioral services to be acceptable, useful, or practical needs to be considered. This study reports social validity data collected from parents of four children whose behavioral indices of happiness were defined and measured during the context of behavioral services as well as from parents and practitioners (e.g., special education teachers) who were informed regarding the process and purpose. A battery of social validity assessments focused on acceptability of procedures, validity of operational definition, usefulness of data, and open-ended questions designed to elicit reservations regarding systematic monitoring of emotional states in children with ASD were administered. Parents found the procedures to be acceptable and indicated that tracking IoH was a good use of clinical resources. Practitioners report… [data analysis in progress]. Results are discussed in terms of recommendations for practice and directions for future research.

 

Evaluating the Effect of Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing Procedures on Indices of Happiness With Toddlers At-Risk for Autism

Leslie Neely (The University of Texas at San Antonio), KATHERINE CANTRELL (University of Texas at San Antonio), Amarie Carnett (Victoria University of Wellington)
Abstract:

Delays in social communication, lack of social engagement, and repetitive/restrictive behaviors are core characteristics of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) as a developmental disability. Evidence-based interventions incorporating applied behavior analysis have been shown highly effective in treating observable symptoms of ASD. However, limited research has been conducted to evaluate the effect of those interventions on the participants indices of happiness or perceived enjoyment. This study evaluated the effects of a stimulus-stimulus pairing intervention on social approach behavior, social disengagement, and duration of social engagement, as well as indices of happiness for 6 young toddlers displaying characteristics of ASD. The intervention was play-based and followed participants’ lead with preferred items/activities incorporating shared engagement. The indices of happiness were individually defined based on caregiver report and researcher observation. Five out of 6 participants showed an increase in social approach and social engagement, with steadily decreasing levels of social disengagement. These results demonstrate the effectiveness of stimulus pairing as an intervention for young toddlers. However, data on the indices of happiness is still being collected and analyzed.

 

Effects of Caregiver Coaching on Caregiver and Child Indices of Happiness

Leslie Neely (The University of Texas at San Antonio), SIERRA STEGEMANN (University of Texas at San Antonio), Katherine Cantrell (University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract:

Caregiver-mediated, play-based intervention programs have demonstrated positive effects for young children diagnosed with and at-risk for autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The Sunny Starts DANCE program (Decide, Arrange, Now, Count, Enjoy) is a naturalistic-behavioral based caregiver coaching model that incorporates the principles of operant conditioning to support closeness, mutual enjoyment, attending, and social responding. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the impact of coaching on caregiver implementation of the DANCE model and subsequent impacts of DANCE on caregivers and their child indices of happiness. Indices of happiness (IOH) typically include overt behaviors such as smiling and laughing and can be helpful information when working with others who do not verbally describe their private emotional experiences. Four caregiver-child dyads were recruited to participate. A multiple-baseline across participants design was used to demonstrate the effects of coaching on caregiver fidelity and caregiver/child IOH. Although the study was interrupted by the COVID-19 pandemic, caregivers did increase their fidelity of implementation of the DANCE. In addition, three out of the four caregiver-child dyads had an increase in their IOH. We will also discuss correlation between caregiver and child IOH as a measure of harmonious engagement.

 
 
Symposium #30
CE Offered: BACB
Systematic Fading of Restrictive Programming
Saturday, May 28, 2022
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 257B
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Haley Steinhauser (Melmark New England; Regis College)
Discussant: Patrick Romani (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus)
CE Instructor: Haley Steinhauser, Ph.D.
Abstract: The aim of behavior analytic practice and interdisciplinary collaboration is to use the least restrictive and most effective programming. At times, the least restrictive and effective option will involve restrictive procedures such as protective equipment, medication, and physical restraint to ensure the safety and well-being of the individuals receiving services. Restrictive procedures require both data-driven implementation following unsuccessful alternatives and systematic fading and modifications, with the consistent objective of utilizing the least restrictive procedures that promote best outcomes. The four presentations in this symposium address this topic from various angles, including (1) a behavioral-pharmacological intervention corresponding with an increase in successful transitions and decrease in aggression-contingent restraints, (2) an interdisciplinary review team (IRT) approach to medication management, (3) long-term effects of behavioral interventions and electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) in a man with catatonia, life-threatening self-injury, and autism spectrum disorder (ASD), and (4) organizational clinical systems on restrictive programming.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): medication reduction, protective equipment, restraint reduction, restrictive programming
Target Audience: The target audience should have experience or familiarity with severe forms of challenging behavior (e.g., self-injury, aggression).
Learning Objectives: (1) Identify for systematically fading restrictive programming. (2) Describe the utility of interdisciplinary collaboration in the context of medication management. (3) Outline several organizational clinical system options for managing and fading restrictive programming.
 
Clinical Safety in Treating Severe Aggression: Evaluation of Behavioral-Pharmacological Intervention
JAIME ALYSSA SCIBELLI (Melmark New England), Frederick Scibelli (Melmark New England), Julia Hrdina (Melmark New England), Kelly Anglin (Melmark New England), Silva Orchanian (Melmark New England), James Luiselli (Melmark New England; William James College)
Abstract: This case study concerned clinical safety and behavioral-pharmacological intervention with an 18-year-old man who had autism spectrum disorder and high-frequency aggression towards care providers at a specialized school. A multicomponent behavior support plan included antecedent, differential reinforcement, environmental modification, and physical management procedures subsequently combined with neuroleptic medication (aripiprazole). The behavioral-pharmacological intervention eliminated care provider implementation of aggression-contingent physical restraint and was associated with increased transition compliance during the school day. Clinical safety components emphasized comprehensive care provider training, continuous supervision, function-based treatment, and prevention-focused strategies. Intervention effects were long-standing and care providers rated their training, implementation fidelity, and therapeutic outcome favorably.
 

Interdisciplinary Review Team Approach for Medication Management With Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder

FRANK L. BIRD (Melmark New England), Jill Harper (Melmark New England), Andrew Shlesinger (Melmark New England), James Luiselli (Melmark New England; William James College)
Abstract:

The use of psychotropic drugs for individuals with developmental disabilities is common practice. Jobski, Hofer, Hoffman, and Bachmann (2016) documented an overall median use of psychotropic drugs in 45.7% of individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Wink et al., (2018) documented that psychotropic medication usage can be over 90% for youth with ASD admitted to inpatient units. A related concern is the number of psychotropic medications utilized at one time, referred to as polypharmacy (see Masnoon et al., 2017). The interdisciplinary review team (IRT) model was created to establish a continuum of medication management for individuals with complex needs. Core features of the model are multi-disciplinary team members, data-driven decision-making, and high-level administrative support. The objectives of each IRT meeting are: 1) state the current clinical status of the individual; 2) state current clinical needs; 3) foster team discussion; 4) advocate for medication change that maximizes benefit for the individual; 5) minimize multiple treatment changes at once; and 6) minimize risk associated with chosen treatments. Data will be presented across multiple individuals demonstrating the effectiveness of this approach in making clinically informed decisions regarding medication. Care providers, and family members rated the utility of this model favorably and implementation fidelity will be demonstrated.

 

Long-Term Effects of Behavioral Intervention and Electroconvulsive Therapy in a Man With Catatonia, Life-Threatening Self-Injury, and Autism

Frank L. Bird (Melmark New England), RUCHI SHAH (Melmark New England), James Luiselli (Melmark New England; William James College)
Abstract:

Catatonia is a psychiatric condition characterized by the presence of immobility, mutism, body posturing, stereotypy, and unresponsiveness to external stimulation, among other symptoms (American Psychiatric Association, 2013). Several population-based studies have reported catatonia in 12-20% of children, adolescents, and young adults with autism spectrum disorder (Luiselli, Bird, & Wachtel, 2021). A key diagnostic finding in many of these cases was the presence of motor stereotypy and self-injury in persons who went many years without such problems and co-occurred with loss of self-care, daily living, communication, social and other adaptive skills. This multi-phase case study evaluated treatment effects from behavioral intervention and electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) in a man with ASD and diagnosis of catatonia who displayed life-threatening self-injury towards care providers. Recommendation for ECT followed a protracted period of pronounced skill and behavior deterioration the man demonstrated in a residential care setting and subsequent to self-inflicted tissue damage that required hospitalization. Long-term outcome data will report the immediate and long-term effects from self-injury, aggression, the fading of protective equipment and activity engagement as well as parametric analysis of treatment responsiveness to a varied schedule of ECT sessions.

 
Restrictive Procedures: An Organizational Approach to Monitoring and Reduction
SHAWN P. QUIGLEY (Melmark), Brad Stevenson (Melmark), Jill Harper (Melmark New England), Frank L. Bird (Melmark New England), Helena L. Maguire (Melmark New England)
Abstract: The application of behavior analysis varies by population (e.g., child, adult, employee), setting (e.g., community, clinic, home), and need (e.g., social skills, challenging behavior, safety). The differences in application create a context for differential application of behavioral principles, strategies, and technologies. For example, a safety application might involve behavioral skills training, performance rewards (e.g., enhanced pay for following safety practices), and utilization of technology to reduce risk (e.g., motorized lift as opposed to manual lift). Practitioners that serve individuals with complex behavioral challenges must also consider differential application of principles, strategies, and technologies to improve safety for the individuals, family members, and employees. Dependent upon local, regional, and governmental regulations, some applications might be considered restrictive, therefore requiring additional oversight. The purpose of this presentation is a brief review of restrictive procedures, examples of restrictive procedures, and an organizational approach to monitoring and reducing the need for restrictive procedures.
 
 
Symposium #31
Training Teachers to Use Evidence-Based Practices for Autism or Evidence-Based Practices for Autism in Schools
Saturday, May 28, 2022
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 258A
Area: AUT/CSS; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Katie Alvarez (University of Oregon)
Discussant: Christine Drew (Auburn University)
Abstract:

Evidence-based practices (EBPs) for individuals with autism were largely rooted in the principles of applied behavior analysis (ABA). Implementation of EBPs has consistently led to significant improvements for individuals with autism. However, studies on teacher-implemented EBPs are limited, and most teachers still conduct classroom practices with minimal empirical support. Dissemination and adoption of EBPs in school settings encountered various barriers including lack of socially valid interventions and lack of knowledge and training in ABA. There is a pressing need to develop EBPs that fit with the school context and identify specific support areas among teachers, as well as develop effective professional development to improve their use of EBPs. The first presentation explores the efficacy of a professional development series in a sample of 200 special educators. The second presentation examines whether a class-wide function-related intervention leads to an increase in on-task behavior among three students with autism. The third presentation focuses on understanding familiarity with function-based interventions and its relationship with confidence and self-report use of interventions among 80 special educators. The fourth presentation investigates the efficacy of Project ABA TEACHER, which aims to help special education teachers become BCBAs and incorporate ABA into their teaching practices and classroom management.

Instruction Level: Basic
 
Effects of Professional Development on Educators’ Knowledge and Use of Behavior Analytic Interventions
JULIA M HRABAL (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University), Tracey Sulak (Baylor University), Katie Hine (Baylor University), MacKenzie Raye Wicker (Baylor University), Providence Lively (Baylor University), Kailah Hall (Baylor University)
Abstract: Special educators are required by law to implement evidence-based practices for students with autism, most of which are rooted in the concepts and principles of applied behavior analysis. Yet, special education teachers are largely unfamiliar with evidence-based practices for autism (Silveira-Zaldivar & Curtis; 2019); which explains why evidence-based practices are rarely implemented for students with autism in public schools (Locke et al., 2016; Stahmer et al., 2015). We conducted a three-phase professional development series with 200 special educators. The first phase was a 16-hour synchronous workshop, the second phase was 17 hours of self-paced online video modules, and the third phase consisted of 12 hours of small-group consultation. We evaluated the effects of the professional development series using four measures: (a) a multiple-choice knowledge test, (b) survey indicating the educators’ use of evidence-based practices in the classroom, (c) the Autism Self-efficacy Scale for Teachers (ASSET), and (d) the Maslach Burnout Inventory for Educators. Data were collected prior to enrollment in the professional development series and at the completion of each of the three phases of the series. Data indicate participation in the full professional development series results in an increase in knowledge and use of evidence-based practices. Additional outcomes, implications for practice, and recommendations for future research will be discussed.
 

Examining the Efficacy of CW-FIT in a General Education Setting for Three Students With Autism

JOHN AUGUSTINE (Purdue University), Mary Ortman (Burrell Behavioral Health), Rose A. Mason (Purdue University), Linda G. Garrison-Kane (Missouri State University), Taylor Janota (Emergent Learning Center LLC)
Abstract:

Class-wide behavior management strategies can be utilized to decrease problem behavior and increase on-task behavior maximizing student engagement, achievement, and social competence (Sugai, 2011). One limitation of these strategies, however, is that most do not include more intensive, tertiary, supports to facilitated inclusion of students with more intensive needs, including those with autism spectrum disorders. However, class-wide function-related intervention teams (CW-FIT), a class-wide intervention, includes classroom behavior instruction, positive, reinforcement, and an interdependent group contingency as well as embedded individualized support (Wills et al., 2014). Three ABAB (Kazdin, 2011) single-subject design studies were implemented to evaluate the efficacy of CW-FIT for increasing the on-task behavior of three middle school students with autism spectrum disorders in an inclusive classroom. Results yielded immediate increases in on-task behavior for all three participants. Further, social validity assessments indicated positive results from peer models, participants, and teachers. Implications for future research and practice will be discussed.

 

Teacher Familiarity, Confidence, and Use of Function-Based Interventions With Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder in Schools

LAURA C. CHEZAN (Old Dominion University), Meka McCammon (University of South Florida), Katie Wolfe (University of South Carolina), Erik Drasgow (University of South Carolina)
Abstract:

The importance of using function-based interventions (FBIs) to address problem behavior in students with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) has been highlighted in the literature. We conducted a survey of 80 special education teachers working with students with ASD in two southeastern states in the United States. Our purpose in this study was to analyze the relationship between teachers’ level of familiarity and confidence with FBIs and their frequency of use in schools. First, we used descriptive statistics to calculate teachers’ familiarity, confidence, and use of 35 FBIs. Second, we assigned rankings to each FBI from the highest percentage of respondents indicating agreement with being familiar and confident in using FBIs to the lowest percentage. Third, we used Spearman rank-order correlations to determine the association among familiarity, confidence, and use of FBIs. Results indicated that prompting, environmental modifications, modifications to instructional delivery, and continuous reinforcement were ranked highest, and mand training and discrete-trial functional analysis were ranked lowest. All rank order correlations were positive and significant, suggesting that teachers are more likely to use FBIs they are familiar with (? = .891, p < .001***) and are confident in implementing (? = .933, p < .001***). Implications for researchers and practitioners are discussed.

 
A Proposed Method for Supporting Special Education Teachers in Becoming Board Certified Behavior Analysts
MARIE KIRKPATRICK (University of Texas at San Antonio), Leslie Neely (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Hannah Lynn MacNaul (University of Texas at San Antonio), Katherine Cantrell (University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract: There is a widespread lack of access to applied behavior analytic (ABA) based education for children with autism in San Antonio. This is due in part to a lack of availability of Board-Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) professionals who can provide the required supervision to teachers seeking to incorporate ABA into their practices. The goal of Project ABA TEACHER is to address this systemic problem by helping special education teachers become BCBAs and incorporate ABA into their teaching practices and classroom management. The Project ABA TEACHER supervision plan provides participants with weekly supervision meetings with a BCBA or BCBA-D via telehealth, curriculum targeting implementing ABA in the classroom, and an intensive summer experiential learning placement in a hybrid classroom-clinic environment. The effectiveness of this program is measured by BCBA certification attainment, supervision hours earned, and perceived quality and social validity of the supervision. Participants include 9 public-school special education teachers who hold a master’s degree or are currently in a master’s program. Data is still being collected, but results indicate that participants are collecting sufficient supervision hours, implementing ABA and evidence-based interventions in their classroom with fidelity over 90%, and have rated their supervision experience as “excellent” or “very good”.
 
 
Symposium #32
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Advances in the Measurement, Assessment, and Treatment of Stereotypy
Saturday, May 28, 2022
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 258B
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Hannah Lynn MacNaul (University of Texas at San Antonio)
Discussant: Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Stereotypy consists of repetitive, persistent, and invariant responses that are not contextually appropriate (e.g., Hagopian & Toole, 2009; Rapp & Vollmer, 2005) and can include motor or vocal topographies (i.e., motor [MS] and vocal stereotypy [VS]). Although repetitive behaviors do not often result in injury, both MS and VS have been found to emerge into more severe forms of stereotypy that persist into adulthood and can impact an individual’s adaptive, social, and academic functioning (Crutchfield et al., 2015; Lanovaz, et al., 2013; Akers et al., 2020). Moreover, given the topographies of certain stereotypic behavior and the rate in which instances occur, reliable measurement based on observations can be difficult to attain. Therefore, further investigation to measurement, assessment, and intervention for stereotypy is warranted. This symposium will present recent research on stereotypy including innovative uses of artificial intelligence to measure stereotypy as well as novel interpretations of functional analysis outcomes to inform treatment approaches. Previous research as well as innovative evaluations of antecedent-based interventions for stereotypy will be discussed. Taken together, the results of these studies present important considerations and advances for our approach to the assessment and treatment of stereotypy.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Antecedent-based Interventions, Artificial Intelligence, Automatic Reinforcement, Stereotypy
Target Audience:

RBTs, BCBAs, BCBA-Ds

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify novel approaches to the measurement of stereotypy; (2) classify functional analysis outcomes in regard to stereotypy; and (3) understand previous and current research on antecedent-based interventions for stereotypy.
 
Artificial Intelligence for the Measurement of Vocal Stereotypy
MARIE-MICHÈLE DUFOUR (Université de Montréal), Marc J. Lanovaz (Université de Montréal), Patrick Cardinal (École de technologie supérieure)
Abstract: Both researchers and practitioners often rely on direct observation to measure and monitor behavior. When these behaviors are too complex or numerous to be measured in vivo, relying on direct observation using human observers increases the amount of resources required to conduct research and to monitor the effects of interventions in practice. To address this issue, we conducted a proof of concept examining whether artificial intelligence could measure vocal stereotypy in individuals with autism. More specifically, we used an artificial neural network with over 1,500 minutes of audio data from 8 different individuals to train and test models to measure vocal stereotypy. Our results showed that the artificial neural network performed adequately (i.e., session-by-session correlation near or above .80 with a human observer) in measuring engagement in vocal stereotypy for 6 of 8 participants. Additional research is needed to further improve the generalizability of the approach.
 
Various Functional Analysis Patterns of Automatic Reinforcement: A Review and Component Analysis of Treatment Effects
AGUSTIN GONZALO PEREZ-BUSTAMANTE PEREIRA (Hospital Ramón y Cajal), Javier Virues Ortega (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid)
Abstract: Various patterns of differentiation in functional analysis (FA) may predict treatment outcomes of problem behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement. FAs may include antecedent or consequent events that disrupt responding, and could be used to inform the development of individualized interventions. In Study 1, we proposed criteria to classify outcomes as attention condition lowest, demand condition lowest, and play condition lowest, according to the condition where problem behavior was most disrupted. We applied these criteria to 120 datasets and found that 60% could be classified using this method, while 89% of datasets showed a disruption of 50% or higher. In Study 2, we conducted a treatment component analyses for three individuals whose FAs were assigned to each of the three distinct patterns. The results indicated that specific elements of the FA conditions could reduce problem behavior. The possibility that these disruption patterns could help to predict treatment outcomes is discussed.
 

Antecedent-Based Interventions for Motor Stereotypy: A Systematic Review

ALYSSA ROJAS (University of South Florida), Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Motor stereotypy refers to persistent and repetitive fine or gross motor movements (e.g., finger tapping, hand flapping). In most cases, stereotypy does not result in injury to the individual or those around them (Akers et al., 2020). When stereotypy hinders acquisition of skills and social interactions, individualized treatment should be considered (Cook & Rapp, 2018). Previous research has evaluated numerous interventions designed to decrease stereotypy. The current literature review focuses on antecedent-based strategies because they are considered less intrusive. Twenty-nine studies met our inclusion criteria, and all evaluated the use of an antecedent-based strategy (e.g., non-contingent reinforcement, discrimination training) on non-injurious motor stereotypy (e.g., rocking, hand flapping). A total of 58 data sets were analyzed. Of those, 72% were male and 28% were female. Among the 29 studies, 61% of the studies evaluated the effects of non-contingent reinforcement (NCR) on motor stereotypy. To determine if these interventions were effective at reducing motor stereotypy, we calculated mean baseline reduction (MBR; Campbell, 2003). A summary of outcomes of these studies and implications for clinical practice and future research will be discussed.

 
Examining Procedural Variations of Delivering Competing Stimuli in the Treatment of Stereotypy
JULIA LYNNE TOUHEY (The New England Center for Children), Catlyn Li Volsi (The New England Center for Children), Alexis Shostek (The New England Center for Children), Michaela Efflandt (The New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Rooker et al. (2018) reviewed the literature for treating automatically reinforced self-injurious behavior (SIB). They found that noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) was a commonly effective procedure when informed by a competing stimulus assessment (CSA). Jennett et al. (2011) suggested for some cases non-contingent access to competing stimuli may be insufficient at decreasing target responding and additional treatment components may be necessary. The present experiment examined effects of procedural variations when presenting competing stimuli on functional engagement and stereotypy for seven participants with autism. A standard functional analysis of stereotypy was conducted. Next, at least three effective competing stimuli (ECS) were identified per participant via an augment competing stimulus assessment (A-CSA). Then, two procedural variations were examined: rotating competing items (RCI) and prompting functional engagement (PE). Item contact, functional engagement, and stereotypy were evaluated. Interobserver agreement data were collected in at least 33% of sessions in each condition for all dependent measures and mean total agreement was above 85% for each measure. Results suggest that for five participants both procedural variations were associated with lower levels of stereotypy and higher levels of appropriate behavior, and for the other two participants redirection to functional engagement was necessary to achieve desired outcomes.
 
 
Symposium #33
CE Offered: BACB
Factors Influencing Preference and Reinforcer Assessment Outcomes
Saturday, May 28, 2022
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 251
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas)
Discussant: Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Pamela L. Neidert, Ph.D.
Abstract: A substantial body of literature exists demonstrating the use of reinforcement to increase a wide range of socially important behaviors in numerous populations across a range of settings. Systematic preference assessments are effective and efficient methods for identifying stimuli that serve as reinforcers, and numerous studies have demonstrated the predictive validity of a variety of assessment methods. As a result, systematic preference and reinforcer assessments have become a standard feature of both research and clinical practice. However, it has also been shown that numerous factors can influence preference assessment outcomes (presentation method, response requirements, assessment duration, consequence arrangements, etc.) and reinforcement effects (reinforcement parameters and type of schedule arranged during the assessment). The purpose of this symposium is to present the results of four studies examining the influence of a number of these factors. Findings will be discussed in terms of implications for both researchers and practitioners.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): preference assessment, reinforcer assessment
Target Audience: * experience conducting preference and/or reinforcer assessments * intermediate conceptual knowledge of basic concepts & principles of behavior analysis
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) explain the approach to evaluating the reliability and predictive validity of alternate preference assessment modalities; (2) comment on the extent to which session-end criteria can influence break points obtained for individuals responding on progressive-ratio schedules; (3) describe why practitioners may gain the same information from conducting half the number of trials of a paired-stimulus-preference assessment as conducting all trials; and (4) tact that that increasing response requirements during paired-stimulus and multiple-stimulus preference assessments may not result in systematic and reliable shifts in preference hierarchies.
 
Does Adding Effort to Preference Assessment Alter the Conclusions
Tracy Argueta (University of Florida), Nathalie Fernandez (Kenndey Krieger), Brooke Sprague (University of South Florida), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida), PAIGE TALHELM (University of Florida)
Abstract: Several authors have suggested that preference assessments conducted under more stringent conditions that approximate the target clinical context may make better predictions about the relative effectiveness of reinforcers than those conducted under low-effort conditions. However, preference assessments conventionally involve providing access to stimuli contingent on low-effort selection responses such as reaching or pointing. As a first step towards addressing this question, we endeavored to determine whether preferences assessment outcomes differed under low- and high-effort conditions with four individuals with autism ages 3-19. Specifically, we compared the outcomes of paired-stimulus and multiple-stimulus without replacement preference assessments under low-effort and higher-effort conditions. In the lower-effort condition, we conducted “standard” assessments requiring only a selection response. In the higher-effort condition, participants made selections only after completing tasks on a fixed-ratio (FR) schedule similar to that used in their typical clinical programming. Our analysis of changes in stimulus ranks indicated that increasing response requirements did not generally result in systematic and reliable shifts in preference hierarchies.
 

Effects of Session-End Criteria on Break Points and Problem Behavior During Progressive Ratio Assessments

Franchesca Izquierdo (University of Miami), YANERYS LEON (University of Miami), Kamila Garcia Garcia Marchante (University of Miami)
Abstract:

Basic research has shown that session-end criteria can influence break points obtained for pigeons responding on progressive-ratio schedules. Although applied researchers have used progressive ratio schedules to assess reinforcing efficacy of stimuli in clinical populations, there remains a dearth of evidence on optimal parameters (i.e., step-size, session-end criteria) of progressive ratio schedules in this context. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the extent to which session-end criteria impact breakpoints and problem behavior of 5 children with IDD responding on progressive ratio schedules. We retroactively examined data obtained in Leon et al. (2020) and applied the following session-end criteria to second-by-second data streams: 1-min, 2-min, and 3-min of no target response. Breakpoints were nearly identical in the 2- and 3-min criteria sessions for all 5 participants; whereas, breakpoints were lower for 3 of 5 participants in the 1-min criteria condition. Additionally, we observed a parametric effect on the occurrence of problem behavior as the session-end criteria increased, (i.e., more problem behavior in 3-min relative to 2-min and more problem behavior in 2-min relative to 1-min).

 
An Evaluation of an Electronic Picture-Based Multiple-Stimulus-Without-Replacement Preference Assessment
KATHRYN A GORYCKI (The University of Kansas), Breanna R Roberts (University of Kansas), Ashley Romero (University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas)
Abstract: Reinforcers are critical for skill acquisition and behavior reduction for children with and without intellectual and developmental disorders (IDD), and identification of potential reinforcers via direct stimulus preference assessment (SPA) is a routine part of early childhood education and intervention. Alternate stimulus modalities (e.g., pictorial, verbal, video) have been evaluated in an attempt to decrease administration time and allow assessment of protracted events and events difficult to present during the assessment (Heinicke, 2019). Some studies have shown correspondence by alternative-modality SPAs. However, many of the studies provided access to the actual stimuli contingent upon selection, which limits the potential advantage of decreased assessment time. Further, few studies have examined electronic pictorial stimuli as the presentation stimuli. The purpose of this study is to evaluate the reliability and predictive validity of using electronic-picture stimuli during multiple-stimulus-without-replacement (MSWO) preference assessments (without contingent access for selection). Specifically, we conducted numerous, daily session blocks for each participant that consisted of three-pairs (i.e., three rounds) of electronic-picture versus actual-item MSWOs followed by a reinforcer assessment of the highest preferred stimuli identified by both preference assessments. The study will be conducted with at least 6 children. To date, three young children with no known diagnoses have participated. Preliminary results show relatively high reliability of the e-pic MSWO for only 1 of 3 children; however, predictive validity was relatively low for all children.
 
Evaluating a Briefer Version of Paired-Stimulus-Preference Assessments
MARY KATHERINE CAREY (Glenwood, Inc), Renea Rose (Glenwood, Inc)
Abstract: The utility of paired-stimulus-preference assessments for identifying an array of potentially reinforcing stimuli is well documented in applied-behavior-analytic literature. However, guidance as to how many trials are necessary to conduct of the assessment to obtain a reliable rank-order of stimuli has not yet been provided to practitioners. Thus, the current study determined whether conducting 50% of trials of a paired-stimulus preference assessment yielded the same results in terms of rank-order of stimuli and percent selection of stimuli. Additionally, Spearman’s correlation coefficients were calculated to demonstrate the mean correlation between rank-order of stimuli of the partial assessment to the full assessment. A post-hoc analysis of 30 archival paired-stimulus data sets gathered from a center for individuals with autism was conducted. Results thus far show that the mean correlation coefficients exceeded a critical r value of 0.60 for every data set analyzed. Therefore, practitioners may gain the same information from conducting half the number of trials of a paired-stimulus-preference assessment as conducting all trials.
 
 
Symposium #34
CE Offered: BACB
Improving Vocational Skills and Employment Outcomes in Adolescents and Adults With Developmental Disabilities
Saturday, May 28, 2022
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 252A
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Tracie B. Mann (Child Study Center at Cook Children's Medical Center)
Discussant: April N. Kisamore (Hunter College)
CE Instructor: April N. Kisamore, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Adults with developmental disabilities face many barriers when seeking job opportunities, resulting in a significantly lower rate of employment compared to adults without disabilities. Even when employed, individuals in this population tend to work fewer hours and earn less money. One contributing factor to this phenomenon is the lack of preparation individuals with disabilities experience during their school years, which leads to many young adults finding themselves ill-equipped to enter the workforce. This symposium presents the results of four studies, conducted across four different research labs, evaluating variables related to improving vocational skills and employment outcomes in adolescents and adults with developmental disabilities. In the first presentation, Budge et al. present their work on extending LaRue et al.’s (2019) study evaluating the utility of a skill-based assessment to identify individual vocational aptitude, and then comparing performance on aptitude matched and unmatched jobs. Budge et al. expanded the assessment to include environmental factors (e.g., indoor v. outdoor, loud v. quiet. etc.). In the second presentation, Dora et al. describe their study on modifying Lerman et al.’s (2017) assessment of vocational social skills by using videoconferencing software. In the third presentation, Beahm et al. present their work on using an app-based token economy to increase engagement with daily living and vocational tasks in adults with disabilities. Finally, in the fourth presentation, James-Kelly et al. present data from their study on teaching adolescents and adults with developmental disabilities how to participate in an interview. The symposium will conclude with remarks from a discussant.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Adults, BST, employment, Vocational assessment
Target Audience:

BCBAs: practitioners and applied researchers who work with adolescents or adults with autism or other developmental disabilities.

Learning Objectives: (1) Describe a method to assess job-related social skills and job aptitude and identify how to use assessment results; (2) Understand how to use behavioral skills training to teach interview skills; (3) Describe a procedure to use a token economy to improve engagement with daily living and vocational tasks.
 

Accounting for Environmental and Task-Specific Factors for Improving Employment Matching for Adolescents and Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder

JENNA BUDGE (Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University), James Maraventano (Rutgers University), Todd Frischmann (Rutgers University), Caitlin Kehoe (Rutgers University), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Employment rates for adults with autism are significantly lower than those reported for any other population of adults with disabilities (Bush & Tassé, 2017). LaRue and colleagues (2019) developed a skill-based vocational assessment for six individuals diagnosed with ASD. The assessment evaluated preference for specific task characteristics (i.e., interaction, task complexity, movement). The authors used the assessment results to design matched and unmatched work tasks. They found that matched tasks were consistently more preferred and resulted in less disruptive behavior and more on task behavior. While the findings of the LaRue et al. study useful for the purpose of modifying jobs, the initial version of the assessment does not account for other environmental factors that may contribute to job success. In the current investigation, we are expanding the original assessment model proposed by LaRue and colleagues to include environmental factors, including noise level (noisy v. quiet), setting (indoor v. outdoor), and presence of others (crowded v. non-crowded). As in the original study, matched and unmatched jobs will be designed using the environmental assessment results. Preliminary data suggest that the use of this brief, skill-based vocational assessment may be a viable tool for improving employment outcomes for adolescents and adults with ASD.

 
Conducting an Assessment and Intervention of Vocational Social Skills via Telehealth
MEGAN DORA (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Sopia Som (Virginia Institute of Autism), Amanda Davis (University of Houston - Clear Lake)
Abstract: In this study, we implemented a modified version of the assessment of vocational social skills described in Lerman et al. (2017) with participants via videoconferencing software. Any skills deficits identified during the assessment received training using a response-to-intervention approach. The response-to-intervention approach included written instructions, textual prompts, corrective feedback, and Behavior Skills Training (BST). Two participants, ages 16 -19 participated. The trainer introduced intervention components as needed. We also evaluated generalization from telehealth to in vivo sessions. Results indicated that the response-to-intervention approach was effective in improving the targeted skills. In addition, generalized responding from telehealth to in vivo sessions emerged. These findings add to the current literature by demonstrating a method for both assessing job-related social skills and determining the most effective prompting strategy to teach those skills directly via telehealth.
 

Using an App-Based Token Economy to Increase Engagement in Daily Living and Vocational Tasks With Adults With Developmental Disabilities

LYDIA A BEAHM (Virginia Institute of Autism), Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism), Noelle Arico Funk (Virginia Institute of Autism), Lauren Haskins (Virginia Institute of Autism), Jake Frazier (Virginia Institute of Autism, Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

The token economy intervention is an evidence-based practice that improves outcomes across populations, settings, and behaviors. Nonetheless, their complex nature frequently leads to ineffective implementation. Additionally, little is known about the extent to which token economies are effective for increasing engagement in adults with disabilities. Therefore, we conducted a multiple probe across participants study to evaluate the effectiveness of an app-based token economy to increase engagement with daily living and vocational tasks in adults with disabilities. All participants increased their engagement with tasks following the introduction of the intervention. However, social validity results indicate that staff members found some components of the interventions challenging to implement.

 

Using Behavioral Skills Training to Teach Interview Skills to Adolescents and Adults With Developmental Disabilities

KIMBERLY JAMES-KELLY (Child Study Center at Cook Children's), Tracie B. Mann (Child Study Center at Cook Children's)
Abstract:

Adults with developmental disabilities are underemployed compared to their typically developing counterparts. Teaching adolescents and young adults with disabilities interview skills is an important first step toward securing employment. There are data to suggest that behavioral skills training (BST) is effective in this endeavor, but more are needed. We taught adolescents and adults with developmental disabilities to respond to a set of commonly asked interview questions using BST. Correct responding included an appropriate, on-topic answer and appropriate body language. We used a multiple probe design across question categories to evaluate the effects of BST on responding to taught questions. We also measured the extent to which the effects generalized to untaught but similar questions, and to different interview formats (phone and Zoom interviews). Preliminary findings indicate BST is effective in improving interview skills across response components and facilitates some degree of generalization.

 
 
Symposium #35
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Updating Relational Frame Theory: What is it, What are its Implications, and Where is it Going?
Saturday, May 28, 2022
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 153A
Area: EAB/DEV; Domain: Translational
Discussant: Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
CE Instructor: Carolina Coury Silveira de Almeida, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The roots of relational frame theory (RFT) can be traced back to an early conference paper on rule-governed behaviour in 1984. The seminal book-length treatment of RFT is now itself 20 years old. In that time the account has introduced many new terms, concepts and methods that would be unfamiliar to traditional behavior analysis. The current symposium presents four papers that involve critically reappraising this (RFT) work in an effort to determine its value, while also identifying ways in which to move forward. We argue that progress will likely involve being genuinely open to identifying potential weaknesses in analytic strategies, limitations in key concepts, and in a willingness to engage genuinely with alternative approaches to the study of human language and cognition within behavior analysis. Specifically, the four papers will consider (1) recent developments in the analysis of data from an RFT methodology, known as the implicit relational assessment procedure (IRAP); (2) the limited utility of the concepts of pliance, tracking and augmenting within RFT; (3) the use of a new framework in applied behavior analyses of language and cognition; and (4) the potential benefits of drawing on both RFT and Verbal Behavior Development Theory (VBDT) in the experimental analysis of human language and cognition.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): HDML/MDML, IRAP, RFT, Rule-Governed Behavior
Target Audience:

A basic background in behaviour analysis is assumed.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) summarize recent developments in RFT; (2) articulate the way in which recent developments have led to a revaluation of some of the key concepts and methodologies within RFT; (3) provide examples of how recent developments in RFT connect more directly with applied behavior analysis.
 

Pliance, Tracking and Augmenting Within Relational Frame Theory: Vague Concepts Masquerading as High-Precision Technical Terms?

(Theory)
COLIN HARTE (Federal University of São Carlos), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ulster University)
Abstract:

Pliance, tracking and augmenting were defined as functionally distinct categories of rule-governed behavior in 1982. Since this time, however, the terms have rarely been used as the basis for conducting systematic experimental-analytic research, despite their theoretical centrality to the study of rule-governed behavior. 40 years later, it seems useful to reflect upon their place within the literature on the experimental analysis of human behavior, and relational frame theory in particular. In the current talk we evaluate their place within the literature and argue that they should be considered middle-level terms, which lack the relative precision of technical terms within the literature on relational frame theory (RFT). We explore the potential utility of conceptualizing rules as involving increasingly complex derived relational networks and focusing on various dimensions that impact such networks. Finally, we briefly consider a new program of research that has begun to take this approach in the context of up-dating RFT.

 

Evaluating and Training Perspective-Taking Guided by the Multi-Dimensional Multi-Level Framework

(Applied Research)
CAROLINA COURY SILVEIRA DE ALMEIDA (ABAKids: Desenvolvimento Infantil), João Henrique de Almeida (Londrina State University), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (Perspectives Ireland Consulting Psychologists, Ltd.), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ulster University)
Abstract:

Demonstrating awareness of oneself and the states of others is argued to involve a highly complex behavior referred to as perspective taking. Before abstracting or inferring another person's perspective, one depends on a sufficient previously trained relational repertoire. The objective of the current study was to draw on the fundamental units of AARR, specifically with respect to deictic repertoires, using the MDML framework and explore a set of tasks to evaluate and train perspective-taking (PT). A set of non-arbitrary and arbitrary tasks were used to investigate relational repertoires at four levels of relational development (1-mutual entailment, 2-relational framing, 3-relational networking, 4-relating relations) for various generalised patterns of responding (coordination, difference, opposition, comparison, and hierarchy). Data from two children of similar developmental age (one with typical development and one with autism) were collected. The typical development child presented the expected level in abstract relations and showed success in the PT test. The child with autism initially failed the PT test but after an MDML-based intervention showed development in his relational repertoire and finally succeeded in the PT test. This study adds potentially valuable information about the minimal units required for deictic relational responding.

 

An Application of Updated Relational Frame Theory to Study Naming

(Applied Research)
MAITHRI SIVARAMAN (Ghent University, Belgium; Tendrils Centre for Autism, India), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ulster University), Herbert Roeyers (Ghent University)
Abstract:

Conceptual developments in RFT, which have provided a general framework (Hyper Dimensional Multi-Level framework) and a dynamical unit of analysis (Relating, Orienting, and Evoking, ROE) have served to highlight clear points of contact and overlap between the analysis of naming and different levels and dimensions of derived relating, in general. Previous studies on naming have presented the object and its name simultaneously during both training and testing, and thus the training component may establish a transformation of function (ToF) directly between the object and the name. The aim of the current study was to test the emergence of speaker naming and entailed ToF with a non-simultaneous presentation technique and evaluate the effectiveness of Multiple Exemplar Training (MET) if deficits are observed. Five typically-developing toddlers participated in the study, and initially, none of the participants exhibited correct naming responses. Three participants received MET, which led to improvements in speaker naming for all. Of these, one needed additional training with simultaneous stimulus presentation trials. The remaining two participants were tested repeatedly, without MET, and did not show any consistent improvements in naming. The applications of the HDML framework to assess the strength of the levels/dimensions of naming are discussed.

 
 
Symposium #36
CE Offered: BACB
Improving Implementation of Evidence-Based Practices for Students With Autism in School Settings
Saturday, May 28, 2022
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 205A
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Evy Boateng (University of Illinois at Chicago )
Discussant: Jeffrey Chan (Northern Illinois University)
CE Instructor: Jeffrey Chan, M.A.
Abstract:

An evidence-based practice (EBP) is a strategy, intervention, or practice that has been shown through rigorous research to be effective (Iris Center, 2010). Children with autism often benefit from the implementation of EBP. Peer-mediated interventions (PMI), pyramidal training and inclusive practices have been identified to be effective in improving students’ outcomes. A teacher's self-efficacy is likely to play an important role in whether they demonstrated persistence in using EBP to meet students’ goals. The following studies exemplify why improving the implementation of EBPs are important for children with autism in a school setting. This symposium begins with a study demonstrating the use of program evaluations to identify barriers to implementation of inclusive practices. Next, we present a systematic review of pyramidal training literature to identify strengths and gaps in the literature. Then we present a study on self-efficacy which is associated with meeting expectations. Finally, we end with a literature review of PMI to promote further research.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Evidence-Based, Special Education
Target Audience:

Participate should have a basic understanding of behavior analytic interventions and an understanding of the special education system.

Learning Objectives: (1) Describe the importance of evidence-based practice to support inclusion for children with autism in the school setting.; (2) List a few evidence-based practices for children with autism in school settings.; (3) Recite strengths and gaps within the literature surrounding evidence-based practices.
 
Program Evaluation of Special Education Programming in a Public Elementary School
Jasmine Begeske (Purdue University), Eric Shannon (Purdue University), AMANDA M AUSTIN BOROSH (Purdue University), Jingyuan Zhang (Purdue University), Mehmet Sulu (Purdue University), Suneeta Kercood (Butler University), Rose A. Mason (Purdue University)
Abstract: Implementation of inclusive practices in schools is important for improving educational, social, and behavioral outcomes for students with autism and other disabilities (SWDs), however, the execution and maintenance of these practices relies on contextual variables at the organizational level. Using a participatory action research framework, we conducted a program evaluation of special education services in a public elementary school to identify strengths and barriers to implementation of inclusive practices for SWDs. This mixed methods study gathered data by way of semi-structured interviews with special education service providers (SESPs; n = 7) and a survey of general education teachers (GETs; n = 23) and SESPs (n = 10). Qualitative data revealed strengths in special education team collaboration, and access to financial and tangible resources for SWDs. These data also uncovered systemic organizational barriers including very large caseloads, lack of training in evidence-based behavioral and co-teaching strategies, frequent paraprofessional turnover, and lack of scheduled time for collaboration between GETs and SESPs. Quantitative analyses identified significant philosophical discrepancies between GETs and SESPs, especially around inclusion of SWDs who exhibit challenging behavior. The utility and importance of using program evaluations to identify organizational barriers that impact service delivery for SWDs will be discussed.
 
Use of Pyramidal Training in Schools: A Systematic Review
Rachel García (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), REBECCA ANNE RECEVEUR (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Pyramidal training uses an expert to provide training to an individual or small group (Tier 1) who then go on to train other individuals or small groups (Tier 2) to implement the training protocol with a student (Tier 3; Parsons et al., 2013). Schools may benefit from pyramidal training given the need for high fidelity implementation of evidence-based practices balanced with cost- and time-efficient training for teachers and staff. As such, a systematic review of pyramidal training in schools was conducted. Nine studies were identified for inclusion and were summarized based on Tier 1, Tier 2, and Tier 3 characteristics, treatment integrity and outcome measures, and social validity. Results indicated the train-the-trainer model was effective in training general education teachers, special education teachers, administrators, and paraprofessionals to implement behavior analytic assessments and interventions with students. Few studies evaluated social validity, generalization, or maintenance, however those that did identified positive results. Implications for practitioners and areas for future research will be discussed.
 

Special Educators Self-Efficacy in Implementing Evidence-Based Practices for Students With Autism

MACKENZIE RAYE WICKER (Baylor University), Julia M Hrabal (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University), Tracey Sulak (Baylor University), Providence Lively (Baylor University), Kailah Hall (Baylor University), Katie Hine (Baylor University)
Abstract:

Self-efficacy refers to an individual’s perceived ability to accomplish specific expectations. Research indicates that individuals with higher self-efficacy are more likely to demonstrate persistent behaviors associated with meeting expectations. We administered the Autism Self-Efficacy Scale for Teachers (ASSET; Ruble et al., 2013) via a Qualtrics survey to 300 educators who teach students with autism in Texas. Educators were recruited via email and were asked to respond to 30 items describing common responsibilities of teachers of students with autism. The educators responded to each item on a scale of 0 – 100, with the following anchors: 0 = cannot do at all, 50 = moderately can do, 100 = highly certain can do. The mean self-efficacy across all items was 70.0, however individual responding varied across items, ranging 83 – 100 point spread between highest and lowest scores. Special educators need additional support to ensure they are confident in their abilities to implement evidence-based practices with students with autism. The purpose of this study was to determine Texas educator’s self-efficacy relating to teaching students with autism.

 

Evaluating Implementation Fidelity of Peer-Mediated Interventions to Enhance Social Communication: A Systematic and Quality Review

HANNAH CROSLEY (Purdue University), Amanda M Austin Borosh (Purdue University), Rose A. Mason (Purdue University), Christopher Santos (Purdue University), Dylan Nicholls (Purdue University), Sierra Allen (Purdue University)
Abstract:

Peer-mediated intervention (PMI) is an evidence-based practice that utilizes one or more peers to provide ongoing and individualized support to their neurodivergent classmates through the implementation of instructional programs, behavioral strategies, and the facilitation of social interactions. There is a growing body of evidence that demonstrates efficacy and social validity within inclusive middle and high school classrooms utilizing PMIs. However, limited attention has focused on collecting data on the peer partners’ implementation fidelity. This systematic and quality review identified single-case studies addressing PMIs implemented at the secondary level (i.e., grades 6-12) to support students diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), ASD with co-occurring conditions, and intellectual disabilities (ID). Of the 25 PMI studies we identified, 19 studies met What Works Clearinghouse quality standards for single-case research. Among the 19 studies included in the current review, four studies (21%) assessed the peer partner’s implementation fidelity during the intervention. This review provides recommendations for research and practice aimed at identifying strengths and gaps in the literature base related to implementation fidelity of PMIs in secondary schools.

 
 
Symposium #37
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analysis in Classrooms: Applications Across Teachers and Students
Saturday, May 28, 2022
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 205B
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ky'Aria Moses (Western Michigan University )
Discussant: William L. Heward (The Ohio State University)
CE Instructor: Ky'Aria Moses, M.A.
Abstract:

The application of evidenced-based practices in classroom settings are imperative for the advancement of teacher performances and student outcomes. Training teachers to implement classroom management strategies with fidelity can positively impact students’ academic and behavioral performance in the classroom. Studies in this symposium will cover a range of teacher directed trainings, classroom management strategies, and effective interventions for reducing student challenging behaviors. The first presenter will discuss an evaluation of effective teacher training approaches. The second presenter will review the impact of performance feedback and self-monitoring on teachers’ use of behavior specific praise. The third presentation will focus on the use of baseline classroom data to enhance teachers’ implementation of classroom management strategies. The fourth presenter will provide an overview of interventions effective for decreasing challenging behaviors in the classroom. This symposium will highlight considerations for collaborating with teachers, discuss implications for training and implementing classroom management strategies, and outline future research directions.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Challenging Behaviors, Classroom Management, Teacher Training, Treatment Integrity
Target Audience:

BCaBAs, BCBAs, Behavior Consultants; Classroom Consultants

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) Describe effective teacher training approaches to increase implementation of EBP; (2) Identify effective components of effective classroom management; (3) Discuss the utility of baseline classroom conditions on teacher training; and (4) Describe effective interventions to decrease student challenging behaviors.
 

Impact of Training Approach to Enhance Teacher-Implemented Intervention for Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Meta-Analytic Comparison

SUNGWOO KANG (Purdue University), Youjia Hua (University of Virginia), Suzanne Woods-Groves (The University of Iowa)
Abstract:

Best education practices require the well-established procedural integrity of the intervention. Additionally, natural interventionists such as teachers and paraprofessionals have been demonstrated to effectively teach children with autism spectrum disorders in school settings. The overall and moderating effects of these training approaches have remained unknown. Therefore, the purpose of this meta-analysis is to systematically review single case design studies testing the efficacy of training to improve teacher-implemented interventions for students with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD). The overall mean effect size of the training on implementation fidelity was Tau-U = .64 (95% CI [.50, .70]), and moderating variables such as training environment, participant's educational background, training approaches were associated with improving the implementation fidelity. The outcomes from the single-case design literature suggest that consistent monitoring of the implementation positively affects teachers' implementation fidelity.

 

Enhancing Teacher Delivery of Behavior Specific Praise With Performance Feedback and Self-Monitoring

KY'ARIA MOSES (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Van Stratton (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Teachers receive a number of professional development trainings and consultations to develop or enhance their repertoire in various evidenced based practices (EBP) and classroom management strategies. Nevertheless, teachers’ adherence to strategies learned during trainings often decline when external supports are removed (Codding et al., 2015; Oliver et al., 2015) which may lead to challenges in the consistent and accurate implementation of EBP in classroom settings (Shernoff et al., 2020). Performance feedback and self-monitoring have been used to address these challenges and promote teachers’ use and fidelity of EBP in the classroom (Scheeler et al., 2004; Oliver et al., 2015). The purpose of this study is to examine the impact of performance feedback and self-monitoring on teachers’ delivery of behavior specific praise (BSP) in their classrooms using a multiple baseline design across participants. Results suggest performance feedback was successful in increasing the rate of BSP while self-monitoring maintained BSP at a predetermined goal, in the absence of observation or feedback for two teachers. These results align with prior literature, suggesting that performance feedback is effective in changing teacher performance and self-monitoring is potentially a viable strategy to promote maintenance in EBP in the absence of external supports and feedback.

 
Using Baseline Classroom Conditions Data to Train Teachers to Implement Classroom Management Strategies
SYDNEY MARIE HARMON (Western Michigan University), Daphne Snyder (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University), Jennifer Sova (Kalamazoo RESA )
Abstract: Rates of active student responding (ASR), appropriateness of the curriculum, feedback and reinforcement, and effective instructions and transitions are essential components of classroom management (Kestner, Peterson, Eldridge, and Peterson, 2018). These components have a direct impact on students’ academic and behavioral performance in the classroom (Harbour, Evanovich, Sweigart, & Hughes, 2015). Thus, practitioners should consider these components when consulting in the classroom. The purpose of this presentation is to describe how baseline classroom condition data is utilized to provide coaching to preschool teachers in order to improve overall classroom management practices. Following collection of baseline classroom conditions data, consultants met with teachers to discuss their current performance and their goals specifically relating to ASR, feedback and reinforcement, and effective instructions/transitions. Consultants then provided models and coaching of effective classroom management strategies until the classroom teacher met their goals. Results indicate that goal setting and coaching based on baseline classroom conditions data is an effective strategy for training classroom management strategies.
 

School-Based Interventions Targeting Challenging Behavior of Adolescents With Developmental Disabilities: A Meta-Analysis

MARIE DAVID (Purdue University), Rose A. Mason (Purdue University), John Davis (University of Utah), Emily Gregori (University of Illinois at Chicago), Qingli Lei (Purdue University), Catherine Lory (Purdue University)
Abstract:

Challenging behavior tends to increase in levels during adolescence for individuals with developmental disabilities (DD). If not addressed, this can lead to negative post-school outcomes for adolescents with DD. The purposes of this meta-analysis were to examine the effects of behavioral intervention in reducing challenging behaviors of adolescents with DD and to identify variables that could potentially moderate these effects. This meta-analysis included 30 single-case design studies that met standards for methodological rigor and experimental control. Overall, behavioral interventions were found to yield moderate effects for adolescents with DD (overall Tau-U = 0.68, SD = 0.04, [0.62, 0.73]) across settings and types of challenging behaviors. With regard to participant and setting characteristics, verbal ability and classroom setting were found to moderate the effects of the intervention outcomes with statistical significance. No other variables produced similar findings. Furthermore, statistically significant differences were found between interventions that included or did not include planned reinforcement as an intervention component. Several implications for research and practice are discussed.

 
 
Symposium #38
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission What's Technology Got to Do With It? Well Basically Everything Nowadays
Saturday, May 28, 2022
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 203
Area: TBA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Brandon M Franklin (Lee Specialty Clinic)
Discussant: Marc J. Lanovaz (Université de Montréal)
CE Instructor: Marc J. Lanovaz, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavioral principles and procedures have demonstrated their effectiveness when applied in the context of intensive interventions aimed at increasing skill acquisition and reducing challenging behaviors of children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and other neurodiverse populations. However, important limitations may prevent appropriate training of individuals implementing these procedures, such as the lack of regular face-to-face contact with qualified professionals. The current pandemic has only exacerbated this problem and emphasized the need to develop innovative yet practical technologies that facilitate access to evidence-based information and skills training. This symposium seeks to present the respective evaluations and outcomes of four studies examining the use of a) a self-directed online training program, b) telehealth, c) a mobile application, and d) virtual reality training (VRT). Across these studies, participants included experienced volunteers, parents, professionals, university students, and Board Certified Behavior Analysts. Overall results demonstrate that these methods are effective for training individuals possessing different levels of expertise on a wide variety of skill sets. Social validity measures also demonstrate the usefulness and acceptability of the technology employed. The clinical implications are significant in that these proposed methods may address training barriers related to access and cost, thus benefiting service providers and their clients.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): e-learning, telehealth, training technology, VRT
Target Audience:

The participants should be familiar with behavior analytic interventions and have a general understanding of their application via current and emerging technologies.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participants will be able to: 1) Identify and describe common barriers limiting access to expert trainers and early intensive behavioral interventions. 2) Describe the development and application of technologies, such as telehealth, online platforms, mobile apps, and virtual reality training to teach behavioral skills and procedures. 3) Describe the overall effectiveness of these technologies in terms of skill acquisition as well as perceived satisfaction and acceptability.
 
Diversity submission Evaluation of the Simple Steps Online Training Platform: Promoting Diversity and Inclusion in Autism Interventions
GENEVIÈVE N. ROY-WSIAKI (Université de Saint Boniface), Nicolas Gravel (University of Manitoba), Maria Pongoski (Manitoba Association for Behaviour Analysis, University of Manitoba)
Abstract: Over the past two decades, there has been a rapid increase in the prevalence rate of autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Concurrently, there is a greater demand for evidence-based resources and intervention programs, such as early intensive interventions based on applied behavior analysis (ABA). This may create a challenge for families, especially where there are geographic or language constraints. The Simple Steps Autism online teaching platform aims to support parents and professionals by providing step-by-step training on autism and the principles of ABA in several languages. The purpose of this descriptive study was to develop and evaluate the French version of this platform. The evaluation was conducted with French-speaking parents, professionals, and university students in Manitoba, Canada. A total of 10 participants consulted the platform and provided feedback through an online survey. Overall results demonstrate a favorable impression of the site's components, its ease of use, and its usefulness as a pedagogical tool. The results of this study also contribute to existing data regarding the social validity of the Simple Steps platform. The presenter will review these findings and discuss clinical and research implications.
 
Diversity submission Training Behavior Analysts via Telehealth to Conduct Trial-Based Functional Analysis Through Video Modeling
KARIE JOHN (University of South Florida), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), Alyssa Zak (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Functional analyses are considered the “gold standard” for assessing problem behavior, and although many behavior analysts recognize the value of conducting a functional analysis, some report being hesitant to conduct the assessment (Oliver et al., 2015). This may be because there are potential barriers to conducting functional analyses. Two of the most common barriers include setting limitations (Roscoe et al., 2015) and lack of trained staff to conduct the assessment. Researchers within the field of Applied Behavior Analysis have addressed these limitations by developing variations of the traditional FA and demonstrating that those procedures could be taught across various populations. Perhaps the issue related to training isn’t one of quality, but accessibility to quality training. The purpose of this study was to evaluate if a remotely delivered video modeling procedure would be effective at training Board Certified Behavior Analysts to conduct the trial-based functional analysis procedures. Results from this study demonstrated that the remotely delivered video modeling procedure was effective and all participants met mastery criteria.
 
Diversity submission 

Integrating Behavioral Skills Training and Video Modelling Within an E-Learning Modality to Train Volunteers Working With Neurodiverse Populations

KIRSTEN YOUNG (Brock University), Kendra Thomson (Brock University), Priscilla Burnham Riosa (Brock University), Maureen Connolly (Brock University), Julia DeSantis (Brock University)
Abstract:

Volunteers supporting neurodiverse populations require adequate training on instructional strategies to ensure the safety of themselves and those they are supporting. While behavioral skills training (BST) is an empirically validated training framework, it has some constraints such as requiring an experienced trainer. Implementing a BST framework into a mobile application to train volunteers interacting with neurodiverse populations may help to increase volunteers’ implementation accuracy of pre-determined instructional strategies. This study evaluated the efficacy of a mobile application based on BST and voice over video modelling (VMVO) on volunteers’ implementation accuracy of three instructional strategies. Semi-structured interviews with experienced volunteers in an adaptive movement program informed which instructional skills were included in the app (visual schedules, modeling, and high-probability instructional sequence). A multiple probe design across behaviours demonstrated preliminary efficacy of the app for training two novel volunteers. Participants also reported the app to be highly acceptable.

 
Diversity submission Review of Artificial Intelligence Embedded Virtual Reality Trainings
AN AN CHANG (California State University, Northridge), Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge), Roxana Lemus (California State University, Northridge), Matthew Davies (California State University, Northridge), Vahe Esmaeili (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract: Researchers have conducted studies on the integration of autonomous artificial intelligence (AI) in Virtual Reality Training (VRT); however, little is known about the effectiveness of these trainings and the types of skills that are typically taught. Out of the 1,357 related articles found, there were 18 articles that met our inclusionary criteria. We analyzed the 18 articles along the dimensions of participant demographics (e.g., age, disability, ethnicity); skills taught; measurement methods; components of VRTs (e.g., feedback, communication medium, degree of immersion); effectiveness; and social validity. Our results showed that VRT is effective in teaching social, safety, and professional skills (e.g., vocally initiate play, fire escape, job interview) to diverse populations. The results of the present review suggest that VRT is a viable option for scaling behavior skills training, significantly reducing training cost. In this symposium, we will compare the 12 VRTs mentioned in the present review, discuss ways for behavior analysts to leverage VRTs with autonomous AI, and recommendations for future research.
 
 
Symposium #39
CE Offered: BACB
Advances in Verbal Behavior
Saturday, May 28, 2022
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 258C
Area: VBC/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Alexis Constantin Pavlov (Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: Alice Shillingsburg (May Institute)
CE Instructor: Alice Shillingsburg, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will comprise empirical and review studies focusing on the acquisition of verbal behavior across various domains including manding and tacting. We will begin with a literature review of critical components when conducting mand training. Next, we will hear about an empirical evaluation of two methods of teaching mand and tact responses, namely total communication and vocal alone training. Then, we will see data comparing the acquisition of different mand modalities (e.g., sign and picture exchange). Finally, we will close with a literature review on preferences between high- and low-tech mand modalities. This symposium will conclude with a discussion of the above work.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): manding, tacting, verbal behavior
Target Audience:

As this is at the basic instruction level, anyone is appropriate.

Learning Objectives: 1. Summarize the necessary components to mand training. 2. Understand how to assess various strategies to promote teaching a new verbal response. 3. Better understand how to use skills assessment to inform the selection of a mand modality for a given individual.
 
Searching for the Active Ingredients: A Review of the Critical Components in Mand Training Interventions
MEKA MCCAMMON (University of South Florida), Katie Wolfe (University of South Carolina), Aaron Check (University of South Carolina)
Abstract: Identifying the most effective methods for teaching young children to mand is clinically important. These methods should be both feasible and ecologically valid for applied settings and natural change agents. While mand training is a common intervention for children with autism there is a need for determining if procedures are consistent with Skinner’s (1957) conceptual analysis. Additional inquiry is necessary to identify which of these conceptual variables are included in intervention procedures for preschool-aged students and whether functional relations are demonstrated. In the present review, we identified 109 cases and 118 participants across 45 peer-reviewed studies and dissertations implementing mand training. We conducted a systematic descriptive analysis to summarize the extant literature and concluded that researchers variably incorporate the essential components of mand training. Specifically, most researchers account for the motivating operation in some way, but few take measures to ensure a motivating operation exists before providing response prompts. There are inconsistent patterns between the types of response prompts and other instructional procedures utilized, but researchers do not describe the processes for selecting these components. Finally, while researchers seldomly deliver conditioned reinforcers following the emission of the target response, more focus on assessing the evocative effect is necessary. These considerable implications for practice and conceptualization are discussed.
 

A Comparison Study of Total Communication Training and Vocal Alone Teaching Tacts With Individuals With Developmental Delays

HAILEE CATHERINE PEREZ (Bancroft), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft), Kellie P. Goldberg (Bancroft)
Abstract:

Total Communication (TC) consists of teaching both the manual sign and a vocalization for a targeted word originally described by Barrera and Sulzer-Azaroff (1983) and Sisson and Barret (1984). Very few studies have replicated these studies, with the exception of Carbone, Lewis, Sweeney-Kerwin, Dixon, Louden, and Quinn (2006). All three studies found that TC resulted in faster acquisition of the vocal verbal responses. In this study, we compared teaching vocal mand and tact responses to individuals with developmental delays by simultaneously prompting both a manual sign and a vocal response (i.e., TC condition) or by prompting the vocal responses only (i.e., vocal only condition). In both treatments, we utilized a vocal-verbal echoic prompt of the targeted word using a progressive prompt delay, and positive reinforcement for correct responses. Treatments were compared in an alternating treatments design. Trials to criterion were analyzed to determine the efficiency of each teaching procedure. Results were idiosyncratic, but minimal differences in acquisition were noted. Interestingly, individuals independently learned two responses (vocal and sign) in the TC condition, in the same amount of time it took for individuals to learn just the vocal response word in the vocal only condition.

 

Evaluation of a Mand Modality Assessment

COURTNEY MAUZY (University of Georgia), Courtney Hannula (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Slocum (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Previous research indicates that a brief prerequisite skills assessment can help to inform which mand modality will be most efficient to teach (Valentino et al, 2019). The participants in the previous study did not have a history of using any particular mand modality before they participated. This study examined the utility of this prerequisite skills assessment and the rate of acquisition of each mand modality for participants who engage in problem behavior and may have had a short history using a particular modality as a part of their existing treatment for problem behavior. Preliminary results replicate that of previous research, indicating that picture exchange is the most effective and efficient modality for acquiring the target mand. For participants that exhibited problem behavior during the study, preliminary results show that the mand modality sessions that results in the highest rates of problem behavior include the modality that was less effective and efficient for acquiring the target mands.

 

Preference for High- and Low-Tech Augmentative and Alternative Communication Mand Modalities: A Review of the Literature and Current Outcome Data

ALEX PAULS (University of Iowa), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia), Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota)
Abstract:

An important step in developing an effective functional communication training (FCT) program is determining an appropriate mand modality to replace problem behavior. A number of user and modality factors are often considered, such as the response effort required for a particular modality, the history and proficiency of the user with a particular modality, and the user’s preference for each modality. Research on user preference suggests that mand modalities deemed high-preferred may lead to greater persistence of communication when a treatment challenge is encountered (e.g., extinction of mand response; Ringdahl et al., 2018); however, a review of the extant literature shows that most FCT studies do not report conducting mand preference assessments and there is some variability in procedures among those that do. This presentation will provide an overview of the existing research literature on mand modality preference assessments using high- and low-tech augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) options and provide a summary of published and unpublished data from a standardized mand preference assessment for individuals with disabilities. We will discuss the results in relation to previous research findings and in light of the limitations and gaps in the research to date.

 
 
Paper Session #40
CE Offered: BACB
Delivering Applied Behavior Analysis Services in a Special Education Model: Suggested Guidelines for Ethical and Effective Practice
Saturday, May 28, 2022
10:30 AM–10:55 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 205C
Area: EDC
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Maeve G. Donnelly (Northeastern University)
CE Instructor: Maeve G. Donnelly, Ph.D.
 

Delivering Applied Behavior Analysis Services in a Special Education Model: Suggested Guidelines for Ethical and Effective Practice

Domain: Service Delivery
MAEVE G. DONNELLY (Northeastern University)
 
Abstract:

As Board-Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) begin to apply the Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts in 2022, they will note an emphasis on following applicable laws across settings. When applied behavior analysis (ABA) services are delivered in an elementary or secondary school setting and/or as part of an Individualized Education Program (IEP), practitioners must adhere to professional ethical practice guidelines as well as comply with federal mandates established by the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA). Board-Certified Behavior Analysts may not be aware of IDEA principles because they are not specifically noted in the BACB Task List (5th ed.) and, thus, may not have been included in professional training or coursework. Standards for best practice in ABA service delivery may appear to be in conflict with federal standards for education of individuals with disabilities (e.g., emphasis on least restrictive environment). In this talk, the author (a BCBA-Doctoral and licensed special education administrator in Massachusetts) will discuss historical and current federal mandates that affect ABA service delivery in elementary and secondary education settings in the United States, ethical considerations for service delivery in these settings, and recommendations for providing effective, ethical, comprehensive, and compliant ABA services in schools.

 
Target Audience:

The target audience for this talk is practicing BCBAs working in elementary or secondary education settings in the United States. Any level of experience is welcome; however, BCBAs that are relatively new to working in public school environments may find this talk especially beneficial. Additionally, BCBAs working in private schools who implement IEPs will also find this talk useful.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Describe the six foundational principles of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA, 2004) 2) Identify how the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act affects BCBA practice in elementary and secondary school settings 3) Describe solutions to ethical challenges that may arise when maintaining compliance with both IDEA and the Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts
 
 
Paper Session #41
CE Offered: BACB
Managing the Key Behaviors in Training a New Dog: Most of Them are NOT the Dog's
Saturday, May 28, 2022
11:00 AM–11:25 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 154
Area: AAB
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Matthew Gross (Shippensburg University)
CE Instructor: Richard Cook, M.D.
 
Managing the Key Behaviors in Training a New Dog: Most of Them are NOT the Dog's
Domain: Service Delivery
MATTHEW GROSS (Shippensburg University), Richard Cook (Applied Behavior Medicine Associates of Hershey)
 
Abstract: Successfully "training" a new dog is a function of mindfulness of their own behaviors by the dog's "people," and their ability to manage those behaviors in the context of the interactions with the dog, and in their interactions with other humans regarding the dog's behavior. Multiple behaviors, overt and private, must be emitted in the process of adopting a dog. Once adopted, the rituals begin of training the dog to emit or not emit targeted behaviors. Interactions with other humans can be a threat to consistency needed in the early phases of treatment Once the owner(s) has developed a position regarding a behavior in various situations, it behooves the training process consistency to have a concise and clear plan to communicate the desired behavior plan to those who might interact with the dog, and teach it to those humans. For example, if the owner prefers that the dog not be allowed to jump up onto a person when greeting, or not be given table food, those preferences should be made clear to any human interacting with the dog. Other domains of human behaviors include interactions of persons with the dog regarding tricks, treats, greeting and petting, preferences for walking or holding the dog, and the essentials of communication between humans regarding dog behaviors. Interactions with other animals, and with owners of other animals, as well as the intersection of the dog and the environment either at home or out in the world encountered when going for a walk become the real world of maintenance, generalization, and discrimination of dog behavior, such as the interaction of the new dog with other dogs, other house pets, other humans, and wild animals. It is the owner to other human behaviors that lay the foundation of the dog's behavior. If the "owner" is a couple, there is an exponential increase in behaviors human behaviors emitted, including "private" behaviors such as attitudes toward and understanding of basic behavior principles such as reinforcement and punishment, all of which which need to be defined and shaped. To the extent the owner understands principles of behavior, and can explain them to others in the context of increasing or decreasing specific dog behaviors, such as barking, chasing, marking, etc., it can help make for more consistent training for the dog, and less arguments for the people. This presentation will highlight domains of human behaviors which need to be shaped when adopting and training a new dog.
 
Target Audience:

attendees who own dogs, like dogs, want to own a dog, train dogs, think they know how to train a dog; attendees who realize that the focus in training a dog must first be on training the owner to emit desired behaviors, from the initial stages of thinking about getting a dog, thru selection, and then training, with other humans, with interactions with other dogs

Learning Objectives: 1. articulate steps in teaching an OWNER how to consider selection of a dog 2. discuss owner behaviors that must be shaped with respect to dog parks, walking the dog, interacting with other dogs and owners 3. demonstrate the approaches to teaching the dog consistently, buy first teaching others who will interact with the dog to emit desired dog interactive behaviors in a consistent fashion
 
 
Paper Session #42
CE Offered: BACB
From Faculty to the Front Lines: Living the Research to Practice Gap
Saturday, May 28, 2022
11:00 AM–11:25 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 205C
Area: EDC
Instruction Level: Advanced
Chair: Ginger Kelso (Northwestern State University of Louisiana)
CE Instructor: Ginger Kelso, Ph.D.
 

From Faculty to the Front Lines: Living the Research to Practice Gap

Domain: Service Delivery
GINGER KELSO (Northwestern State University of Louisiana)
 
Abstract:

This presentation will detail my personal experience of how the research to practice gap is affecting schools, teachers, and students. I will explain my journey from higher education to the front lines of special education as an elementary school teacher and back to higher education. As a behavior analyst and former professor, I became a teacher. However, I encountered barriers to providing research-based practices in special education classrooms. These barriers include confusion by school and district administrators about what constitutes evidence and how this resulted in selection of curricula that were ineffective. A lack of understanding of basic principles of behavior also led to Positive Behavior Support programs that required young children to wait too long to earn a reward for their behavior. Amidst these struggles, the teachers and administrators were motivated to improve the academic and behavioral outcomes of children. However, the gap between research and practice is so wide that small steps are needed to slowly change the knowledge and skills of school administrators and teachers in order to produce meaningful effects for children. Recommendations for ways to begin this journey will be provided.

 
Target Audience:

The target audience are individuals working in higher education, teacher training, and in supervision of BCBAs or BCaBAs in school settings. Prerequisite skills include an understanding of public school systems including curricula development and selection, evidence-based practices, and legal/ethical issues in K-12 education.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) evaluate a minimum of three processes within the K-12 school system that prevent behavior analytic practices from being implemented with fidelity, 2) identify key professionals in a school setting who could benefit from training in principles of behavior, and 3) produce a minimum of three reasonable steps to begin improving behavior analytic practices in schools.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #43
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Partnering With Caregivers to Support Development in Young Children With Autism
Saturday, May 28, 2022
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Ballroom Level 3; Ballroom East/West
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Corina Jimenez-Gomez (Auburn University)
CE Instructor: Aubyn C. Stahmer, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: AUBYN STAHMER (UC Davis Health)
Abstract:

Caregiver-mediated early interventions have demonstrated positive child and family outcomes for young children with, or at high likelihood of having, autism (Zwaigenbaum et al., 2015; Burrell & Borrego, 2012). Additionally, there is consensus that effective early intervention includes a caregiver component, including input in the development of treatment goals and priorities, identifying support for the family, and learning specific strategies to support their child’s development. However, many intervention providers working with children with autism and their families have limited training in how to partner with parents or how to coach them in the use of evidence-based intervention strategies. Recent research has identified key elements for caregiver coaching and engagement (e.g., Pellecchia et al., 2020). This presentation will examine the literature on effective coaching strategies and provide methods to increase caregiver partnership in the intervention process. The use of telehealth to deliver coaching will be examined.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Target Audience: Providers and researchers interested in engaging caregivers in delivering interventions
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe at least three strategies for engaging caregivers in early intervention; (2) identify at least three barriers to caregiver participation in early intervention and strategies to address those barriers; (3) consider methods for individualizing caregiver involvement in intervention based on family characteristics and needs; (4) identify common elements of caregiver coaching across evidence-based early interventions; (5) identify potential benefits and drawbacks of caregiver coaching through telehealth platforms.
 
AUBYN STAHMER (UC Davis Health)
Dr. Aubyn Stahmer is a professor of psychiatry and behavioral sciences at the UC Davis MIND Institute, a clinical psychologist and a board certified behavior analyst. She directs the Center of Excellence in Developmental Disabilities. Dr. Stahmer has over 25 years of experience in implementation of evidence-based practices for children with autism, including a range of caregiver-implemented interventions. She is an expert in the translation of evidence-based autism research to community-based practice and delivery. She is an internationally respected expert in the use of naturalistic developmental behavioral interventions which are validated treatments for autism. Dr. Stahmer has conducted extensive research in the areas of caregiver coaching, early intervention, inclusive education and services research in autism spectrum disorders. Dr. Stahmer leads several grants funded through the U.S. Department of Education that involve adapting evidence-based practices for children with autism in collaboration with teachers and community providers.
 
 
Symposium #44
CE Offered: BACB
Shaping Behavior Analysis Through Technology: The Road to Optimal Outcomes
Saturday, May 28, 2022
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 104A
Area: CBM/PCH; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Ian M. Santus (Springtide Child Development)
Discussant: Nathan Allen Albright (The Cedar Group)
CE Instructor: Nathan Allen Albright, M.S.
Abstract:

The field of behavior analysis has grown exponentially in the last decade. With growth, comes growing pains. There is a systematic inconsistency in our field’s applied therapeutic practice. While there are published ethical codes of conduct from the Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB) and practice care guidelines outline by the Council of Autism Service Providers (CASP), this is a limited set of parameters, which leaves a practicing behavior analyst to rely on their coursework and individual supervised experience for decision making. Given the vast number of different graduate programs and options for supervision, certified behavior analysts have varying degrees of experience and areas of competence. The response to this disconnect has been to lean on those more experienced, which has resulted in a strain of resources. This is not a viable or practical long-term solution to this pervasive problem. Clinical decision support systems are an interactive algorithmic decision making technology that offer clinicians the ability to identify variables that affect various clinical decisions, the resources to guide the decision making process, and action plans for best outcomes - regardless of the clinician’s experience or background.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): applied-behavior-analysis, decision-modeling, technology
Target Audience:

Participants should possess a basic understanding of decision making processes, as well as an understanding of where and how to access current research articles and systems. In addition, participants should be able to explain basic processes (ie, intake, assessment) of the client life cycle to understand where clinical decision modeling fits within that practice.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe and define decision making; (2) Describe and define Clinical Decision Support Systems: (3) Begin to develop or enhance current clinical practices using the general Clinical Decision Support Systems process.
 
 
Symposium #45
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Diversity submission Social Justice, Quality of Life, and Other Essential Dimensions of Applied Behavior Analysis in 2022
Saturday, May 28, 2022
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 156B
Area: CSS/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Sarah E. Pinkelman (Utah State University)
Discussant: Ilene S. Schwartz (University of Washington)
CE Instructor: Sarah E. Pinkelman, Ph.D.
Abstract: Improvement of quality of life and the well-being of humanity is inherent in the spirit of the science of applied behavior analysis. From a human rights perspective, vulnerable persons (e.g., children, persons with intellectual and developmental disabilities, marginalized groups) are entitled to special protections to prevent or minimize harm and enhance quality of life. This session will (a) describe why quality of life should be the primary outcome variable of behavioral intervention, (b) explain how a focus on quality of life sets the occasion for ethical behavior analytic practice that upholds the full dignity and humanity of all persons, and (c) outline an abolitionist approach to promoting effective and equitable learning environments and improving quality of life for marginalized groups in a setting that all children experience—schools.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): abolitionism, equity, qualityof life, schools
Target Audience: symposium is being submitted at the "basic" level
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the importance of focusing on quality of life as a primary outcome variable, (2) describe how a focus on quality of life promotes ethical behavior analytic practice that upholds the full dignity and humanity of all persons, and (3) identify ways that behavior analysts working in schools can promote equitable outcomes and enhance quality of life for minoritized groups through an abolitionist approach.
 
Diversity submission Quality of Life for People with Disabilities: Why Applied Behavior Analysts Should Consider This a Primary Dependent Variable
Ilene S. Schwartz (University of Washington), ELIZABETH KELLY (University of Washington)
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis (ABA) is a natural science dedicated to using behavioral principles to address socially important problems. One area in which behavior analysts have made compelling gains in the last 50 years is in developing, evaluating, and disseminating effective interventions for people with significant intellectual and developmental disabilities. As the science of ABA has matured, many practitioners, researchers, and consumers have questioned how our field should define appropriate outcomes of behavioral interventions. We propose an improved quality of life should be the ultimate outcome for consumers receiving behavioral interventions. We explore definitions of quality of life and suggest some strategies that behavior analysts can use to more clearly center quality of life as an outcome variable.
 
Diversity submission Behavior Analysis and Equity in Public Education: An Abolitionist Approach
MALIKA N. PRITCHETT (University of Kansas), Sarah E. Pinkelman (Utah State University), Shahla Susan Ala'i (University of North Texas), Dylan Murphy Zimmerman (Utah State University)
Abstract: It is increasingly clear that black and brown students encounter damaging learning environments that assault the dignity and humanity every child deserves. Behavior analysts working in schools can be part of the collective endeavor to uphold the rights of students by arranging environmental conditions that nurture growth, accelerate progress, and celebrate each child’s unique and valuable contributions. Behavior analysts in schools are often called to action to address “problem behaviors” that result from problematic contingencies. If behavior analysts fail to address problematic contingencies and focus on the result of these contingencies, they become complicit in perpetuating inequities. Behavior analysts can be of best service to students that are likely to be marginalized and excluded from classroom learning opportunities, if they identify, analyze, and dismantle systems that perpetuate inequities. Integrating the spirit and praxis of abolitionism, abolitionist teaching intervenes at a systemic level to dismantle conditions that perpetuate injustices and create systems that promote freedom-dreaming, thriving, and joy (Love, 2019). From an abolitionist view, joy is a directional guide to inclusive well-being. Freedom and liberation depend on designing environments where exposure to new and loving contingencies produces broad shifts, cusps, leading to enhanced quality of life for children and the collective.
 
 
Symposium #46
CE Offered: BACB
Investigating Instructional Practices to Accelerate Learning
Saturday, May 28, 2022
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 102A
Area: DEV/TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: JeanneMarie Speckman (Fred S. Keller School Teachers College Columbia University)
Discussant: Jennifer Longano (Fred S. Keller School; Teachers College Columbia University)
CE Instructor: JeanneMarie Speckman, Ph.D.
Abstract: We report on several procedures that were tested to determine their effects on preschool students' rate of learning. In the first study, we compared two types of data analyses to determine which led to faster rates of acquisition of new operants by preschool students with disabilities. In the second study we investigated the effects of two verbal developmental protocols on foundational verbal cusps. We tested the effects of a stimulus- stimulus pairing procedure on preschool students' echoic responses, and we tested the effects of an IPAD based voice conditioning procedure on the observing responses and listener responses of pre-verbal preschoolers. The authors will present the results and discuss the efficiency of the teaching procedrues.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Attendees should have a working knowledge of the verbal behavior about the science, advanced repertoires in working with children with disabilities, advanced knowledge of tactics and procedures used with students with Autism and other developmental delays.
Learning Objectives: (1) Describe the stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure (2) List the necessary dependent variables to determine if voices are conditioned as reinforcing stimuli (3) Describe the difference between set analysis and operant analysis
 
Investigating the Effects of Foundational Verbal Developmental Protocols on Early Listener and Speaker Repertoires
JEANNEMARIE SPECKMAN (Fred S. Keller School Teachers College Columbia University), Katherine Loomis (Fred S. Keller School; Teachers College Columbia University), Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: We report on two protocols designed to induce foundational verbal developmental cusps in preschoolers with disabilities. The first was a stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure that was implemented with children who did not have echoic, tact or mand repertoires. A multiple baseline across students was used to determine the effects of the stimulus-stimulus pairing on student echoic responses. The second protocol on which we are reporting was an IPAD based voice conditioning procedure. We looked at three dependent measures for effects of this protocol: 1) students’ observing responses to adult voices, 2) students’ orienting responses towards adults telling a story without a book and 3) rate of learning for listener programs as measured by learn units to criterion. For this study we used a pre- and post- probe design with repeated measures across students. The results of both studies will be discussed in terms of how changing the reinforcing properties of stimuli affect student learning. Data are in progress.
 

A Comparison of Set Analysis and Operant Analysis in Tact Learning for Children With Developmental Disabilities

LIN DU (Teachers College, Columbia University), JeanneMarie Speckman (Fred S. Keller School Teachers College Columbia University), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

The current study aimed to extend the existing research (e.g., Wong et al, 2021) by applying the two conditions to tact instruction for preschoolers. The study compared the efficiency of set analysis (SA) and operant analysis (OA) during tact instruction for four preschool boys. The participants were diagnosed with preschoolers with a disability and functioned at varied verbal behavior levels. We applied the criterion level (100% one session) and the decision analysis (e.g., two sessions of zero correct responses leads to a stop decision and an added tactic) to the set level (SA) and the operant level (OA) during the two conditions. We measured the participants’ number of mastered targets and the number of learn units to criterion under the two conditions. We would also assess the participants’ maintenance of the tacts four weeks after they show mastery of all the tacts. An adapted alternating treatment design was used to compare two interventions. Our results so far showed that most participants demonstrated a faster learning rate in the OA condition. However, the discrepancy between the two conditions was not dramatic. The study is still ongoing.

 
 
Panel #47
CE Offered: BACB
Creating Your Dream Job: Self-Advocacy and Burnout Prevention in Applied Work Settings
Saturday, May 28, 2022
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 153C
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Christina M King, Ph.D.
Chair: Christina M King (Simmons University )
ELIZABETH KELSEY (RCS Learning Center)
COLLEEN YORLETS (RCS Behavioral & Educational Consulting; Simmons University)
Abstract:

A global workplace survey conducted by Gallup, Inc. in 2020 indicated that 20% of employees were engaged at work, a decrease of 2% from the prior year. Interestingly, up until 2020, survey data showed an increasing trend for workplace engagement. Additionally, during the period that has been termed by some as the “Great Resignation”, a 2021 Gallup poll indicated that 48% of working Americans are searching for a new job. While this trend is observed across industries, in the human service field, the impact can be directly observed by decreases in enrollments and services available. Specific to behavior analysts, Plantiveau and colleagues in their 2018 survey, found that more than 60% of individuals surveyed reported experiencing burnout and low satisfaction at work. Given the need for behavior analytic services and the impact that these services can have on clients, these data are particularly concerning. Panelists will discuss some of the cited reasons for these patterns, specifically within the field of behavior analysis, and analyze contingencies that may be involved. Additionally, they will suggest actions that individuals may take in order to arrange their environment, both workplace and personal, such that sufficient reinforcers are available to maintain responding.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Participants should be able to identify and analyze complex behavioral contingencies. Participants should be able to identify ways in which reinforcers can be conditioned and assessed.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify environmental variables which may affect job satisfaction; (2) identify behavior analytic strategies which individuals may use to improve job satisfaction; (3) identify organizational strategies which may be utilized to improve job satisfaction.
Keyword(s): contingency management, professional development
 
 
Invited Panel #48
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Diversity submission Integrating Cultural Responsiveness Into Supervision: Understanding the Context, Meeting the Need, and Suggestions for Practice
Saturday, May 28, 2022
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 253A-C
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College)
CE Instructor: Mary Jane Weiss, Ph.D.
Panelists: KIM EDWARDS (SIQS Educational Consulting, LLC), ADRIANA RODRIGUEZ (Rollins), BRIAN CONNERS (Seton Hall University)
Abstract:

In recent years, much more emphasis has been placed on cultural competence, humility, and responsiveness, as they relate to ABA service provision. These concepts have received attention in published literature, in discussions about issues facing the field, and in our new Ethics Code. The field is making progress in defining these skills, and much discussion exists around the teaching and training of this skill set for practitioners. In addition to these needs, there is an obligation to integrate the coverage of these issues into supervision. In this panel discussion, panelists will review the context and need for this expansion of supervision, the development of a tool to assess the extent to which supervision is culturally responsive, the associated issues in practice and mentorship that should be considered in this context, and future directions for mentoring.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) summarize the ways in which cultural responsiveness enhances the quality and effectiveness of supervision, and how it fulfills our ethical obligations to supervise; (2) describe a tool that has been developed to assess the extent to which cultural responsiveness has been integrated into behavior analytic supervision; (3) discuss a variety of strategies that can be used to model cultural responsiveness within supervision.
KIM EDWARDS (SIQS Educational Consulting, LLC)
Ms. Kimberly Edwards, M.Ed., is a Program Manager and educator in Washington, DC. Kimberly has worked in the field of education for more than 10 years. She received a Master of Education from the University of Virginia in 2011 and a Graduate Certificate in Applied Behavior Analysis from George Mason University in 2018. Prior to moving to Washington, DC, Ms. Edwards worked in Richmond, VA, in therapeutic day schools and public schools. Her current work aligns with her research interests, centering on coaching staff on culturally responsive and impactful learning pathways; instructing behavior management; focused professional development; strategizing and developing school-wide anti-racism and effective social behavior practices.
ADRIANA RODRIGUEZ (Rollins)
Adriana Rodriguez is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA). She earned her master’s degree in Applied Behavior Analysis and Clinical Science from Rollins College. Adriana has experience working with individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD), Attention Deficit and Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD), and Fragile X syndrome, she has worked with a variety of age groups ranging from early intervention to young adults. Ms. Rodriguez’s graduate research focused on the effect of including cultural concerns when providing parent training on behavioral interventions.
BRIAN CONNERS (Seton Hall University)
Brian Conners, Ph.D., BCBA, is a New Jersey Department of Education certified school psychologist and a Board Certified Behavior Analyst. He originally developed the graduate program in Applied Behavior Analysis at Seton Hall University, where he currently serves on their faculty and is their Interim Associate Dean for Academic Affairs for the College of Education and Human Services. He has worked within various sectors as a behavior analyst and consultant including public and private schools, psychiatric hospitals, and community agencies. He has presented at state and national conferences and has published articles and book chapters in multicultural and diversity issues in behavior analysis, crisis intervention, and restraint and seclusion practices in schools. He was the editor for the first book ever to be published on diversity issues in the field of ABA entitled, Multiculturalism and Diversity in Applied Behavior Analysis: Bridging Theory and Application.
 
 
Panel #49
CE Offered: BACB
Addressing Ethical Dilemmas for the Behavior Analyst: An Interactive Panel Discussion of Ethics Using Video Recorded Scenarios
Saturday, May 28, 2022
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 156C
Area: PCH; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Justin A. DiDomenico, M.S.
Chair: Justin A. DiDomenico (Brett DiNovi & Associates, LLC)
DEBBIE RUFF (Brett DiNovi & Associates California)
BRIANNA SNYDER (Brett DiNovi and Associates)
TIMOTHY HINCHEY (Brett DiNovi and Associates)
Abstract:

It is essential for practitioners of behavior analysis to regularly examine their responses to ethical dilemmas, especially in light of the new ethics code to be released in January of 2022 by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB). At times, behavior analysts can find themselves in precarious situations that challenge the core values and principles of applied behavior analysis, and the ethical decision may not be clearly evident or previously addressed in the ethics code. In this interactive panel discussion, participants will be presented with short, video recoded scenarios that represent such situations, and given the opportunity to discuss the most appropriate ethical response to each scenario. Panelists will field questions, provide guidance and equip participants with pertinent BACB standards and research to assist in making the most appropriate ethical decisions. The panelists from Brett DiNovi and Associates NJ and California have years of experience navigating ethical dilemmas. They will offer their respective expertise to answer audience members’ questions about the BACB ethical code and common ethical scenarios and dilemmas.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

BCBAs or BCaBAs with 1-3 years experience

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify ethical indicators from the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) 2022 code; (2) navigate ethical challenges presented as related to Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) service delivery; (3) analyze key distinctions in ethical dilemmas presented in video scenarios.
Keyword(s): BACB 2022, Ethics, Video Scenarios
 
 
Invited Tutorial #50
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Discrete Trial Teaching: The Worst Form of Instruction Except for All Those Other Forms of Instruction
Saturday, May 28, 2022
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 256
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: John McEachin, Ph.D.
Chair: Susan Wilczynski (Ball State University)
Presenting Authors: : JOHN MCEACHIN (Autism Partnership)
Abstract:

Discrete trial teaching (DTT) is one of the most widely implemented interventions for children with autism and at the same time one of the most maligned. It can be an incredibly powerful tool and is an acknowledged key component in intensive early intervention for children with autism. But it is also the intervention that everyone loves to hate: “It is too rigid and formulaic…Behavior change does not generalize to real-world contexts…It is overly contrived and unnatural…It does not have curb appeal.” But we have to consider whether all these purported shortcomings are inherent in the DDT model or are they by-products of rigidly formulated or incompletely implemented translations of the model. This talk will propose a broader conceptualization of DTT that allows for flexible application along a number of relevant continua according to the readiness of the learner. It will be argued that while the structure that is commonly viewed as a defining characteristic of DTT and arguably a major contributor to its effectiveness can and should be varied according to the needs of the student. In other words, we should aim to provide the just right amount of structure. This flexible but systematic approach has been referred to as progressive (e.g. Leaf et al., 2016). Within this progressive model all elements of DTT are fair game for rethinking what we do and why we do it. Willingness to contrive learning opportunities and space them closely together could actually be an advantage, not a shortcoming of DTT. The research behind this model will be described and the areas where more research is needed will be highlighted.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Instructional program developers and interventionists

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the historical development of DTT and the application to learners with autism; (2) name three examples of widely held rules for DTT that we should reconsider based on currently available evidence; (3) describe a continuum of structured vs. naturalistic teaching style and three important considerations for where to position your instruction on that continuum; (4) name a potential important advantage of willingness to contrive learning opportunities.
 
JOHN MCEACHIN (Autism Partnership)
John McEachin is a licensed psychologist and behavior analyst who has been providing intervention to children with autism as well as adolescents and adults with a wide range of developmental disabilities since 1974. He received his graduate training under Ivar Lovaas at the UCLA Young Autism Project. During his 11 years at UCLA, Dr. McEachin served in various roles including Clinic Supervisor, Research and Teaching Assistant, and Lecturer. His research has included a long-term follow-up study of the children who received intensive behavioral treatment at the UCLA YAP, which was published in 1993. In 1994 he joined with Ron Leaf in forming Autism Partnership, which they continue to co-direct. In 1999 they published A Work in Progress, a widely used behavioral treatment manual and curriculum for children with autism. Dr. McEachin has lectured throughout the world and co-authored numerous books and research articles. He is an instructor at Long Beach State University and consults regularly to families, agencies, and school districts, assisting in the development of treatment programs and providing training to parents, interventionists and teachers.
 
 
Invited Tutorial #51
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
SQAB Tutorial: Creating Artificial Organisms Animated by a Selectionist Theory of Adaptive Behavior Dynamics
Saturday, May 28, 2022
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 151A/B
Area: SCI; Domain: Theory
PSY/BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Jack J. McDowell, Ph.D.
Chair: Peter R. Killeen (Arizona State University)
Presenting Authors: : JACK J. MCDOWELL (Emory University)
Abstract:

The evolutionary theory of behavior dynamics (ETBD) is a complexity theory, which means that it is stated in the form of simple low-level rules, the repeated operation of which generates high level outcomes that can be compared to data. The low-level rules of the theory implement Darwinian processes of selection, reproduction, and mutation. This tutorial is an introduction to the ETBD, and will illustrate how the theory is used to animate artificial organisms that behave freely, and continuously, in any desired experimental environment. Extensive research has shown that the behavior of artificial organisms animated by the theory successfully reproduces the behavior of live organisms, in qualitative and quantitative detail, in a wide variety of experimental environments, including concurrent ratio schedules with equal and unequal ratios in the components, and concurrent interval schedules with and without punishment superimposed on one or both alternatives. An overview and summary of the research testing the ETBD will be provided. The material interpretation of the theory as an instance of supervenient realism will also be discussed. Finally, possible future directions will be considered with an eye toward identifying the most valuable path or paths for future development.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts interested in the basic science; individuals interested in computational theories of behavior or machine learning; individuals interested in modeling clinically significant human behavior

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) create artificial organisms animated by the selectionist theory; (2) run artificial organisms in experimental environments; (3) summarize empirical support for the theory; (4) consider possible material interpretations of the theory; (5) consider fruitful paths for further development of the theory.
 
JACK J. MCDOWELL (Emory University)
J. J McDowell received an A. B. from Yale University in 1972 and a Ph.D. from the State University of New York at Stony Brook in 1979. After completing his clinical internship, he joined the faculty of Emory University, where he is currently a professor in the Department of Psychology. Dr. McDowell is also a licensed clinical psychologist, and maintains a private practice of behavior therapy in Atlanta. Dr. McDowell's research has focused on the quantitative analysis of behavior. He has conducted tests of matching theory in experiments with humans, rats, and pigeons, has made formal mathematical contributions to the matching theory literature, and has proposed a computational theory of behavior dynamics. He has also written on the relevance of mathematical and computational accounts of behavior for the treatment of clinical problems. Dr. McDowell's current research is focused on his computational theory of selection by consequences, including studies of behavior generated by the theory's genetic algorithm, and possible implementations of the theory in neural circuitry. His work, including collaborations with students and former students, has been funded by NIMH, NSF, and NIDA. Dr. McDowell is a Fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis International.
 
 
Panel #52
PDS: You Want Me to What? Responding to Reviewer Comments
Saturday, May 28, 2022
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 204A/B
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Donald A. Hantula (Temple University)
STEPHANIE M. PETERSON (Western Michigan University)
M. CHRISTOPHER NEWLAND (Auburn University)
MITCH FRYLING (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract:

Authors often struggle with understanding and replying to comments from reviewers and editors. This is especially the case for less experienced authors and students. This PDS is hosted by the ABAI Publications Council and features ABAI journal editors providing guidance and tips for responding to editorial comments during the manuscript resubmission process. Panelists will respond to questions such as: My paper was not accepted but was not rejected. What do I do now? How do I handle a ‘reject but resubmit’ decision? How should reviewer and editorial comments be interpreted? Must I respond to every editorial comment and recommendation? What do I do if reviewers’ comments conflict with one another? How do I handle reviewer requests that I cannot meet (e.g., asking for more data, different quantitative analyses, more detail than I am permitted to disclose)? Is it acceptable to disagree with a reviewer’s or editor’s recommendations? What do ABAI journal editors want to see in my responses to reviewer and editorial comments? As with previous ABAI Publications Council PDS sessions, we will leave ample time for audience questions.

Instruction Level: Basic
 
 
Symposium #53
CE Offered: BACB
Advances in a Behavior Analytic Account of Complex Human Behavior: Relational Density Theory and PEAK-T as Tools for Analysis
Saturday, May 28, 2022
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 255
Area: VBC/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Breanna Lee (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota)
CE Instructor: Amanda N. Chastain, M.S.
Abstract: As our understanding of complex human behavior has evolved, we have begun to uncover more about the role of verbal behavior throughout the human condition. The current symposium reviews two experiments that measured individuals’ complex verbal behavior and its relationship to measures of psychological flexibility, which is at the core of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy. The first study analyzes the relationship between self-compassion, idea of self, and psychological flexibility through the lens of Relational Density Theory both pre and post ACT intervention. In the second study, researchers evaluated the relationship between an individual’s ability to engage in derived relational responding, their responses to a delay discounting task, and their correlations with measures of psychological flexibility and mindfulness. A greater understanding of how to study complex verbal behavior has implications the improvement of language rehabilitation and development, as well as more precise and efficient use of Acceptance and Commitment Training.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Discounting, Perspective Taking, Psychological Flexibility, Self Compassion
Target Audience: Behavior analysts, students, and faculty
Learning Objectives: (1) define psychological flexibility; (2) discuss the relationship between perspective taking and psychological flexibility; (3) describe the relationship between self, self-compassion, and psychological flexibility
 
Evaluating the Interrelatedness and Responsiveness of Psychological Flexibility, Self-Compassion, and Sense of Self in a College Student Sample
(Basic Research)
BRITTANY A SELLERS (Missouri State University), Meredith Matthews (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University)
Abstract: The psychological / behavioral processes of psychological flexibility and self-compassion have garnered increasing attention within behavior analytic research and practice. Both approaches are predicated on a Relational Frame Theory (RFT) account of human language and cognition; however, we do not know how relational frames around these two processes interact around a centralized sense of self. We evaluated a novel way to measure interrelations among processes consistent with advances in Relational Density Theory using a mu multidimensional scaling (MDS) technique. Results show how self-compassion, psychological flexibility, and ‘self’ are related within our college student sample. To measure the sensitivity of this approach to changes in self-compassion and psychological flexibility, participants were assigned into 2 groups. Utilizing a cross over experimental design, both groups received a 6-week ACT and self-compassion focused intervention The MDS was then re-administered at the end of each phase to compare changes in interrelations between self and self-compassion and flexibility processes, as well as changes within these processes themselves. Data provide a novel approach to measurement and analysis based on contemporary advances in RFT.
 
Correlations Between Derived Relational Responding, Delay Discounting, and Psychological Flexibility
(Basic Research)
AMANDA N. CHASTAIN (University of Illinois, Chicago), Jessica M. Hinman (University of Illinois at Chicago), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Abstract: Prior research has pointed to correlations between monetary delay discounting tasks and measures of psychological flexibility. Previous literature has also posited a potential relationship between an individual’s ability to engage in derive relational responding and their overall psychological flexibility. While functional contextualist therapist such as Acceptance and Commitment Therapy is rooted in this conceptual foundation, there remains limited research evaluating the relationship between complex language abilities and psychological flexibility. Thus, the current study evaluated the relationships between derived relational responding, psychological flexibility, and delay discounting in adults. Participants were administered an online test of relational abilities (PCA-T-E), the Acceptance and Action Questionnaire (AAQ-II), the Mindfulness whatever (MAAS), and a hypothetical monetary discounting task. Results indicate statistically significant correlations between variables. Results for the relationship between relational abilities, delay discounting, and psychological flexibility are presented. Implications for an analysis of relational abilities, delay discounting, and psychological flexibility are discussed.
 
 
Symposium #55
Basic and Applied Investigations of Resurgence: A Translational Approach to Demonstrating and Mitigating Relapse
Saturday, May 28, 2022
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 152
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Jessica L French (Rutgers University - Rutgers University - Children's Specialized Hospital Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services)
Discussant: Christopher A. Podlesnik (Auburn University)
Abstract:

Resurgence is the recurrence of a previously reduced target response (e.g., problem behavior) following a worsening in reinforcement conditions for a recently increased alternative response (e.g., a communication request). Recent investigations of resurgence have demonstrated the utility of a bidirectional translational approach wherein basic studies help inform applied treatment refinements and important phenomena observed in the applied setting are brought into the laboratory for rigorous examination. This cycle then continues, enriching both conceptual understanding of resurgence phenomena and improving clinical care. This symposium showcases that unique blend of investigations between basic and applied researchers. Two presentations highlight challenges encountered during laboratory evaluations of resurgence with typically developing adult participants (e.g., persistent responding during extinction) as well as potential methodological refinements to minimize these issues (e.g., manipulating response effort). The two final presentations investigate resurgence of severe destructive behavior within clinical settings and examine the use of mitigation strategies derived from basic literature (e.g., treatment modifications informed by behavioral momentum theory). Dr. ChrisPodlensik, an expert in basic and applied studies of treatment relapse, will discuss the implications of these studies as they relate to understanding and mitigating resurgence.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): Persistence, Resurgence, Translational Research, Treatment Relapse
 

High- and Low-Technology Resurgence Preparations Fail to Produce Extinction

(Basic Research)
MAYSARAH G MOHAMED (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Valdeep Saini (Brock University), Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Nicole M. DeRosa (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Arohan Rimal (William Patterson University), Kate Elizabeth Derrenbacker (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Henry S. Roane (Upstate Medical University and Elemy Autism Care)
Abstract:

Resurgence is observed when a previously extinguished behavior reemerges while a more recently reinforced behavior is extinguished. Resurgence is further defined as responding that is greater than an inactive-control response that never produced reinforcement. Recent studies of resurgence in human-laboratory investigations have produced discrepant patterns of responding compared to nonhuman animal-laboratory studies when comparing control response performance. Namely, human-laboratory investigations have produced no differences between target and control responding and persistence across the resurgence-test phase. In the present study, we conducted two human-laboratory experiments to determine if these effects were a product of the history of reinforcement associated with the target response, as well as the types of technology used in human-laboratory studies. For all participants, we found no differences in levels of resurgence and occurrence for the target and control response, respectively. Moreover, we observed persistence of all response types across the resurgence-test phase. This finding was apparent even when the length of baseline (i.e., reinforcement for the target) was increased, when the length of extinction was increased, and when low-technology stimuli were used. We highlight the implications of this outcome in the context of human-laboratory studies and discuss the possible role of verbal mediation in these investigations.

 

The Impact of Exposures to Extinction During Functional Communication Training on Resurgence During Intervention Disruption

(Applied Research)
KELLY M. SCHIELTZ (University of Iowa), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia)
Abstract:

To mitigate resurgence, translational research has largely focused on the role of reinforcement. In treatment programs, components, such as extinction, are much less frequently studied. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the impact of exposures to extinction during functional communication training (FCT) on resurgence of problem behavior when intervention was disrupted. In this study, FCT was implemented across two conditions: (a) brief and (b) extended exposures to extinction. In each condition, a mand opportunity was restricted for brief or extended periods of time in the functional establishing operation. Restricted access to the mand opportunity in the extended condition was three times the length of time used in the brief condition. When problem behavior reduced by 80% of baseline levels in each FCT condition, FCT was disrupted with extinction. For tests of disruption, the hypothesis (based on Schieltz et al., 2017) was that resurgence would occur at higher levels in the FCT condition that resulted in less exposures to extinction (i.e., brief condition) than the condition with more exposures to extinction (i.e., extended condition). The first two completed cases showing different results from an ongoing project will be presented with discussion of methodologic issues related to these differences.

 

The Combined and Individual Effects of Rates of Reinforcement in Baseline and in Treatment and Treatment Duration on the Resurgence of Destructive Behavior

(Applied Research)
ASHLEY MARIE FUHRMAN (Rutgers University), Wayne W. Fisher (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School), Brian D. Greer (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School), Daniel R. Mitteer (Rutgers University - Children's Specialized Hospital Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services), Grace Kurywczak (Children’s Specialized Hospital Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services), Shannon Angley (Children’s Specialized Hospital Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services)
Abstract:

Recent research has shown that functional communication training (FCT) treatments are susceptible to treatment relapse in the form of resurgence of destructive behavior when individuals contact periods in which reinforcers are unavailable. We completed a series of four studies that evaluated how specific behavioral momentum theory (BMT)-informed adjustments to FCT would help reduce the resurgence of destructive behavior during extended periods of extinction for the functional communication response (FCR). The adjustments included (a) delivering a low rate of reinforcement for destructive behavior during baseline (Study 1); (b) delivering a low rate of reinforcement for the FCR during FCT (Study 2); (c) conducting a large number of FCT sessions before exposing the FCR to periods of extinction (Study 3); and, (d) the combination of these three adjustments (Study 4). Study 4 was the only study in which we observed consistently lower levels of resurgence in the context that was designed to mitigate resurgence. Thus, combining the refinements reduced resurgence of destructive behavior to a greater extent than each of the individual refinements. Overall, the results suggest that additional research is needed to replicate and extend these findings before we can recommend incorporating these adjustments into clinical standards of care.

 

The Effects of Response Effort on Extinction and Relapse During Human-Laboratory Experiments on Resurgence

(Applied Research)
ANDREW R. CRAIG (SUNY Upstate Medical University), William Sullivan (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Valdeep Saini (Brock University), Charlene Nicole Agnew (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Kate Elizabeth Derrenbacker (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Abbie Cooper (Brock University), David Mathews (Brock University), Henry S. Roane (Upstate Medical University and Elemy Autism Care)
Abstract:

Human-laboratory research on resurgence from our group and others’ has generated data that do not closely resemble those generated from basic-laboratory or clinical evaluations of this form of relapse. In particular, participants’ target behavior tends to persist during the extinction + alternative-reinforcement phase, and participants tend to indiscriminately and persistently allocate their behavior between response options during relapse testing, whether or not those options have been associated with reinforcement. In the present experiment, we asked whether differences in response effort between research settings might partially explain these findings. Participants completed a high-effort and a low-effort resurgence evaluation across two laboratory visits. Effort was manipulated by increasing the physical distance between operanda (BIGmack buttons). In both evaluations, pressing target and alternative buttons produced point reinforcers during the baseline and extinction + alternative-reinforcement phases, respectively. Finally, reinforcement was suspended to test for resurgence. Outcomes from the low-effort condition replicated previous findings from human-laboratory evaluations of resurgence described above. In the high-effort condition, however, target-button pressing was suppressed during the extinction + alternative-reinforcement phase, and responding was differentiated during resurgence testing. Implications of these data for human-laboratory evaluations of resurgence will be discussed.

 
 
Paper Session #56
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analysts’ and Mental Health Specialists’ Perspectives on Interdisciplinary Collaboration for Intensive Intervention
Saturday, May 28, 2022
11:30 AM–11:55 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 205C
Area: EDC
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Marney Squires Pollack (Vanderbilt University)
CE Instructor: Marney Squires Pollack, M.S.
 
Behavior Analysts’ and Mental Health Specialists’ Perspectives on Interdisciplinary Collaboration for Intensive Intervention
Domain: Applied Research
MARNEY SQUIRES POLLACK (Vanderbilt University), Blair Lloyd (Vanderbilt University), Gabrielle Crowell (Vanderbilt University), Matthew Santini (Vanderbilt University), Olivia Reznik (Vanderbilt University), Emily Baran (Vanderbilt University)
 
Abstract: Students who engage in challenging behavior often experience challenges across multiple domains (e.g., behavioral, social-emotional, mental health; Perfect et al., 2016). As a result, these students may receive support from a variety of specialists, including behavior analysts, school counselors, and other mental health specialists (Splett et al., 2017). Behavior analysts are responsible for collaborating with other professionals (i.e., code 2.10, Behavior Analyst Certification Board, 2020), but report receiving minimal training to do so (Kelly & Tincani, 2013). We conducted one-on-one semi-structured interviews with 9 behavior analysts and 15 mental health specialists who provide or oversee direct supports for students in grades K–8 with behavioral and/or social-emotional challenges and intensive intervention needs. Interview questions focused on their unique experiences and perspectives around interdisciplinary collaboration for intensive intervention. After transcribing audio-recorded interviews, we used a collaborative approach to qualitative data analysis (Saldaña, 2015) that involved deductive coding to form structural codes based on the primary research questions and inductive, open coding to identify finer-tuned categories within each structural code (Corbin & Strauss, 2008). Results of this qualitative study highlight the need to better prepare behavior analysts to collaborate with mental health specialists, both in training programs and school-based professional development.
 
Target Audience:

The target audience for this session includes practicing behavior analysts who oversee behavior change programs that address challenging behavior. Audience members should be competent in selecting, designing, and implementing behavior change interventions. Previous experience collaborating with professionals outside of behavior analysis is recommended, but not required.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) describe how behavior analysts and mental health specialists view their respective professional roles and responsibilities when it comes to supporting students with behavioral and/or social-emotional challenges; (2) identify commonly reported barriers and facilitators to effective collaboration between behavior analysts and mental health specialists; (3) describe potential strategies for improving training on interdisciplinary collaboration, both for pre-service preparation programs and in-service professional development programs.
 
 
Symposium #57
CE Offered: BACB
Increasing Compliance With COVID-19-Related Preventative Health Measures
Saturday, May 28, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 254B
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Shawn J Janetzke (The New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Wayne W. Fisher (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School)
CE Instructor: Shawn J Janetzke, M.S.
Abstract:

Individuals with autism spectrum disorder can have a particularly challenging time completing necessary preventative measures for the health and safety of themselves and those around them. This has become especially evident during the past year as society responds to the COVID-19 pandemic. Limiting the spread of viruses, such a COVID-19, is extremely important. This symposium includes two presentations on increasing compliance with COVID-19-related preventative practices such as mask wearing and nasopharyngeal testing. In the first study, a graduated exposure procedure was used to teach mask wearing for a minimum of one hour in an early intensive behavioral intervention clinic to three children diagnosed with autism. The second study, evaluated the effects of differential reinforcement without extinction and stimulus fading on disruptive behavior during a nasopharyngeal swab procedure for five individuals diagnosed with autism. Together, these papers contribute to the research on methods used to increase compliance with preventative health measures in individuals with autism by providing efficient methods to increase compliance in the absence of more intrusive and restrictive procedures. Implications of the findings of each study will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): COVID-19, Differential Reinforcement, Graduated Exposure, Stimulus Fading
Target Audience:

Target audience is graduate students, practitioners - BCaBA, BCBA, and BCBA-D Necessary prerequisite skills and competencies the audience should have include: Functional Analysis, Preference Assessments, Differential Reinforcement, Stimulus Fading, Graduated Exposure, Generalization

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe the importance of increasing tolerance among individuals with developmental disabilities and possible adverse effects if not addressed; (2) Describe how to increase compliance during routine medical and preventative health procedures among this population; (3) Describe and design a graduated exposure intervention to increase tolerance (4) Describe and design a differential reinforcement without extinction and differential without extinction plus stimulus fading interventions to decrease disruption and increase compliance
 

Evaluation of a Graduated Exposure Procedure to Teach Extended Mask Wearing to Children With Autism

CHRISTINA MARIE SHEPPARD (Florida Institute of Technology), Hallie Marie Ertel (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Ansley Catherine Hodges (Nemours Children's Hospital)
Abstract:

During the COVID-19 outbreak, the Center for Disease Control (CDC) recommended that everyone 2 years and older wear a face mask while in a community setting. However, children with autism may be reluctant to wear a mask, particularly for extended durations. In the current study, we implemented a graduated exposure procedure to teach mask wearing for a minimum of one hour in an early intensive behavioral (EIBI) intervention clinic to 3 children diagnosed with autism. We subsequently probed mask wearing, and if necessary implemented the graduated exposure procedure, in each participant’s home and in a mock physician’s office. Finally, we collected probe data on mask wearing in another community setting and one month post-treatment maintenance data in the EIBI clinic. During baseline, participants wore masks for 0 s to 5 min. After treatment, all participants wore the mask for at least one hour in each setting, with maintenance probes indicating 4-5 hour mask tolerance.

 

Increasing Compliance With Nasopharyngeal Swab Procedures

SHAWN J JANETZKE (The New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children), Makenzie Briere (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) can exhibit low levels of compliance with, and engage in disruptive behavior during medical procedures. Research has shown that differential reinforcement without extinction and stimulus fading have been successful in increasing compliance with these procedures. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effects of differential reinforcement without extinction and differential reinforcement without extinction plus stimulus fading on disruptive behavior during a nasopharyngeal swab procedure, often used to test for COVID-19 and the flu, for five participants with autism. A functional analysis showed that disruptive behavior was maintained by escape from the nasal swab procedure. Differential reinforcement without extinction alone was successful for one of the five participants to increase compliance with and decrease disruptive behavior during a nasopharyngeal swab procedure. The addition of stimulus fading was effective in increasing compliance and decreasing disruptive behavior for the remaining four participants. Maintenance of compliance with the nasopharyngeal swab procedure was observed for all five of the participants.

 
 
Panel #58
CE Offered: BACB
Towards a More Meaningful Collaboration: A Frank Discussion on Collaborating around AAC with SLPs and BCBAs
Saturday, May 28, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 255
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Amy Rachel Bukszpan, M.S.
Chair: Amy Rachel Bukszpan (Endicott College, Butterfly Effects)
MELANIE OLSON GILES (Endicott College)
REBEKAH LEE (Endicott College)
VICTORIA BOONE (Endicott College)
Abstract: Augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) systems (e.g., communication books of line drawings, computer-based voice output systems) offer individuals with severe communication disabilities increased opportunities for participation in home, school, and community activities. AAC can be life-saving and life-changing for individuals who are nonvocal (whether temporarily or permanently) or who have difficulty developing communication skills. Individuals who may benefit from an AAC system are more likely to acquire and successfully use that system when guided by a multidisciplinary team of professionals. This panel will provide an overview of AAC to include a review of basic procedures and applications, answers to frequently asked questions, dispelling common myths (such as whether an AAC system impairs or encourages spoken language skills), addressing how to instruct a learner on becoming a communicator in addition to learning how to use a communication system, discussion of core versus fringe vocabulary and how to determine which is best, aided language stimulation, speech generating and other selection based as compared with topography based systems, teaching functional communication and the role a behavior analyst has in the implementation of this process
Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience: basic
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to identify strategies to improve collaboration between SLPs and BCBAs in the selection and programming of AAC devices. 2.Participants will be able to identify the difference between teaching communication skills and teaching use of an AAC system 3. Participants will be able to identify the best types of AAC for an individual based on their communication needs
 
 
Panel #59
CE Offered: BACB
Current Trends in Applied Behavior Analysis Service Delivery Quality
Saturday, May 28, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 254A
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Bryant C. Silbaugh, Ph.D.
Chair: Bryant C. Silbaugh (Maraca Learning, Inc.)
ROBBIE FATTAL (Maraca Learning)
IVY M CHONG (The May Institute, Inc.)
ERICK M. DUBUQUE (The Council of Autism Service Providers)
Abstract:

Applied behavior analysis (ABA) as a profession and treatment for autism spectrum disorder has grown exponentially in the past decade, with more certified behavior analysts and registered behavior technicians than ever before. Behavior analysts strive to provide high-quality services in autism care settings, but the industry is not yet aligned on standards for quality care. In other industries, history has shown that increased demand for services and products can adversely impact quality, but also stimulate innovation in standards development and process improvement. Researchers have called for more public discourse about empirical approaches to assessing and promoting ABA service delivery quality (ASDQ) but work in this area is only emerging. In this event, we bring together a diverse panel of researchers and representatives from major professional organizations and ABA service providers to increase public discourse on trends in how the industry and our science address quality. The discussion will cover multiple issues on this topic which could include the ASDQ framework, and the relationship between quality and value-based healthcare, standards, accreditation, certification, private equity, outcomes, consumer experience, or industry threats. Attendees will learn to consider quality from multiple perspectives and gain insight into what providers can do now to promote quality ABA service delivery.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Target Audience:

Leaders and executives in the ABA service delivery industry serving individuals with autism will likely benefit most from this panel, however the discourse is likely to appeal to a wide range of professionals and academics within the field.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) identify trends and issues related to the quality of ABA services for individuals with autism, (2) describe some relations between quality, standards, and outcomes, and (3) discuss steps leaders and executive can take to promote service quality within their organization.
Keyword(s): accreditation, ASDQ, outcomes, quality
 
 
Symposium #60
CE Offered: BACB
The Use of Biomarkers for Behavioral Decision Making
Saturday, May 28, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 258B
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Colleen Suzio (Center for Children with Special Needs (CCSN))
CE Instructor: Roxanne Gayle, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Evaluating behavior-environment relationships using biological events may aid in the identification of conditions under which higher rates of challenging behaviors are emitted. As well as be used for decision making for ongoing treatment of challenging behavior. One study evaluated the use of heart rate as a measure to indicate arousal during dental and haircut appointments to better assess if the participant was both compliant and comfortable throughout the procedure. The second study evaluated defecation patterns and their relation to rates of challenging behavior with both a molecular and molar analysis. Both studies discuss the need for interdisciplinary collaboration to better inform treatment.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): behavior reduction, Biological events, Biomarkers, heart rate
Target Audience:

Prerequisite skills include differentiation of molecular and molar analysis, experience with functional analysis, familiarity with graduated exposure procedures

Learning Objectives: (1) Participants will be able to identify and describe at least two biomarkers that can be used to aide assessment and ongoing treatment of challenging behavior; (2) Participants will be able to describe the collaboration process with interdisciplinary teams and the information obtained from such collaboration; (3) Participants will be able to identify additional measures to consider to determine level of comfort during appointments; (4) Participants will be able to identify compassionate care and cultural considerations when teaching adherence with appointments
 
Autonomic Arousal and Adherence with Appointments
ROXANNE GAYLE (Trumpet Behavioral Health, Endicott College, Pepperdine University)
Abstract: Children with developmental disabilities sometimes display avoidance responses such as noncompliance, aggression, and vocal refusal when completing healthcare routines such as dental cleanings and haircuts. This study evaluated the effects of both graduated exposure and a differential reinforcement procedure on the acquisition, maintenance, and generalization of compliance with dental and haircut routines. In addition, autonomic responses were used as an ancillary measure of distress or comfort and were included in the decision tree of practitioner actions. Procedures were completed in a simulated context of a haircut appointment or dental examination. Probes (test trials) were assessed in the analog (simulated) setting periodically to assess criteria for mastery prior to assessing the skill in the natural environment. Probes were also conducted in the actual environments used by hair stylists and dentists, to determine the extent to which compliance and autonomic responses generalized. The results of this study may lead to more comprehensive treatment plans that include the use of physiological responses in addition to compliance with procedures as an indicator that a fear/avoidance response has been extinguished. Assessing autonomic arousal is a useful addition to the procedures of exposing participants to haircuts and dental visit routines, to improve adaptation, compliance, and generalization.
 
Relationship Between Biological Events and Challenging Behavior: A Molecular and Molar Analysis
JAVIER SOTOMAYOR (Endicott)
Abstract: Current assessment methodologies tend to focus on molecular analyses to identify the function of behavior. The data used to identify the function of behavior often does not incorporate biological processes that span molar time frames. For instance, abnormal defecation patterns (e.g., constipation) lasting days or weeks may lead to increasing rates of challenging behaviors. In this study, we evaluated the relationship between amount of stool discharge and challenging behaviors in one individual for varying time spans of days, weeks, and months. We found that higher production of formed stools was inversely related to challenging behaviors when data were aggregated at the 30-day level. Conversely, we observed a positive relationship between loose stools and challenging behaviors. Evaluating behavior-environment relationships using biological events spanning molar time frames allowed us to identify the conditions under which higher rates of challenging behaviors occurred. This analytic approach provides an example framework that might inform interdisciplinary collaboration with physicians and the resulting treatment for individuals with comorbid medical issues.
 
 
Symposium #61
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Insurance-Funded Applied Behavior Analysis Intervention Amidst the COVID-19 Pandemic: Telehealth and Learner Outcomes
Saturday, May 28, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 258A
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Valerie R. Rogers (The ABRITE Organization)
Discussant: Kendra B. Newsome (Fit Learning)
CE Instructor: Valerie R. Rogers, Ph.D.
Abstract: Though the COVID-19 pandemic has brought many challenges related to securing and maintaining access to applied behavior analysis (ABA) intervention for children with autism, it also brought forth an opportunity to evaluate changes in treatment modality, intensity or dose of treatment, and overall access to intervention on learner gains and outcomes. For many ABA agencies, insurance-funded medically necessary ABA has changed in many ways since the onset of the pandemic. This includes the uses of telehealth not only for supervisory practices, but also for direct intervention via the behavior technician. Moreover, with risks safely mitigated, the pandemic even resulted in increased access to treatment for some learners. Still, these changes require systematic evaluation. The current symposium addresses these needs. The first paper examines the outcomes achieved with the use of telehealth at the individual and group level across different types of learners receiving varying intensities of treatment. The second paper provides an analysis of outcome data for a sample of learners and discussed in relation to learner specific variables, barriers overcome, and treatment modalities. The symposium will conclude with a discussion of the two papers and recommendations for further outcome research.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Insurance-funded, Outcomes, Telehealth
Target Audience: Data analysis, familiarity with insurance-funded ABA services, familiarity with standardized assessments and skill acquisition data
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe at least 3 variables in need of investigation by behavior analysts related to learner outcomes from telehealth services; (2) describe the relationship between rates of skill acquisition, treatment modality, proportion of recommended treatment hours received, and learner variables including telehealth prerequisite skills; (3) describe at least 2 factors correlating with improved learner outcomes.
 
An Examination of Telehealth and the Outcomes Achieved Across Various Types of Learners
GINGER R. RAABE (The ABRITE Organization), Valerie R. Rogers (The ABRITE Organization), Janice Frederick (The ABRITE Organization)
Abstract: The importance of a research practitioner approach within the field of behavior analysis has never been more important than in the presence of the current context. The pandemic has created what might be considered a paradigm shift in the delivery of behavior analytic services. To sustain access to services, telepractice was explored sparking additional questions in need of investigation. Within the arena of autism treatment and medical necessity, behavior analysts are continuing to navigate changes put forth by the various funders and continued examination of the outcomes produced would benefit the clinicians and the children and families served. The shift towards telehealth at all levels of service delivery has created new questions to be explored. Is telehealth at the behavior technician level effective? For what type of learner is telehealth effective? Do learners make the same, less than or more gains with this new service mode? This presentation will address these questions and examine the outcomes that were achieved with the use of telehealth at the individual and group level across various types of learners with autism receiving various amounts of service delivery in this fashion. In addition, the discussion will focus on access and medical necessity.
 

Pandemic Silver Linings: An Investigation of Parameters Related to Individual Learner Outcomes for Insurance-Funded Applied Behavior Analysis Intervention

VALERIE R. ROGERS (The ABRITE Organization), Ginger R. Raabe (The ABRITE Organization), Janice Frederick (The ABRITE Organization)
Abstract:

The COVID-19 pandemic has changed the way insurance-funded intervention has been implemented for many learners with autism including modifications in treatment modality, intensity of treatment, and overall access to intervention. The pandemic provided rare treatment conditions for many learners and therefore necessitates ongoing investigation of the outcomes associated with these conditions. Examples of such conditions include learners receiving direct behavior technician intervention via telehealth and school aged children receiving comprehensive treatment programs given increased availability. The current paper provides a refined analysis of individual learner outcome data for a set of learners for whom barriers to accessing treatment were overcome. Specifically, outcome data for a sample of different learners receiving ABA insurance-funded treatment during the pandemic will be presented and discussed in relation to learner specific variables. An analysis of skill acquisition data in relation to variables such as age, modality of intervention, proportion of recommended treatment hours received, standardized assessment results, and treatment goals met will be presented across multiple participants. Results are discussed in terms of factors correlating with improved outcomes, removing common barriers to treatment, and providing support for insurance funded ABA treatment under these conditions. The need for additional outcome analyses and future research are discussed.

 
 
Symposium #63
CE Offered: BACB
Efficient Learning: Basic and Applied Investigations in Skill Acquisition and Application
Saturday, May 28, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 258C
Area: AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Abraao Melo (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Donny Newsome (Fit Learning)
CE Instructor: Laura Barcelos Nomicos, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Effective and efficient behavior analytic practices are an ongoing focus of research within our field. This is especially relevant given the limited time and resources available to meet the many academic and life skill targets our clients require. With increases in the available technology that can be incorporated into behavior analytic interventions, further research is needed at the basic and applied levels. The current symposium will focus on the efficiency of training targeted skills. The first presentation addresses academic skills, evaluated at the basic level, analyzing how stimuli are sequenced and presented on an online platform. The second presentation, evaluated at the applied level, analyzes the use of virtual reality on acquiring necessary day-to-day skills including grocery shopping and pedestrian skills. The current presentations offer different analyses of the variables relevant to efficiently training essential skills. In addition, both presentations provide guidance for using technology to improve skill acquisition and application.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): application, endurance, fluency, virtual reality
Target Audience:

This symposium is geared toward practitioners and researchers

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: 1) describe the role of technology in skill acquisition, 2) identify new areas of research incorporating virtual reality and 3) discuss efficiency of two different types of stimulus presentations.
 

Efficient Learning: An Analysis of Stimulus Presentation on Fluent Performance

(Basic Research)
COURTNEY SMITH (University of Nevada, Reno), Matt Locey (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Research at the experimental level is needed in order to extend a behavior analytic understanding of the variables participating in skill acquisition as it relates to fluency outcomes. The current study manipulated how stimuli are presented using an alternating treatments design. One presentation type, the Additive Presentation, presented an array of stimuli in which the array was increased in size until all stimuli were presented. This presentation was compared with the Complete Presentation, in which all stimuli were presented. Three groups of stimuli were presented to compare the two presentation types: 5 stimuli, 7 stimuli, and 9 stimuli. Results indicate that the Additive Presentation of stimuli is correlated with more time to meet criteria (defined by fluency aims) than is a Complete Presentation in conditions that can be described as more difficult. Difficult conditions are defined as either 1) having less exposure to a similar procedure and 2) larger number of stimuli presented in an array.

 

Efficient Learning: The Use of Virtual Reality and Eye-Tracking in Interventions for Children With Autism

(Applied Research)
LAURA BARCELOS NOMICOS (University of Nevada, Reno), Hana Alarifi (University of Nevada, Reno Center for Autism Research), Hesham Aldhalaan (Center for Autism Research), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

With the increased accessibility and affordability of virtual reality, the therapeutic application of this technology has increased. Within the realm of autism treatment there are several ways this technology can improve teaching. Virtual reality can allow for more teaching to occur in environments as similar as possible to the natural environments. Improving generalization and minimizing risk. Virtual reality headsets can provide eye-tracking data that can inform prompting strategies and provide better assessments of attending in real time. While research in this area is increasing there remains a lack of data examining the most efficient teaching strategies and the best combination of technological features. A series of studies were conducted in Saudi Arabia and the US utilizing headsets of varying capabilities. Finding items in the grocery store and pedestrian skills were taught across environments. Recommendations on best practices and the minimum technical requirements for efficient teaching will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #64
CE Offered: BACB
Applied Behavior Analysis in Integrative Healthcare
Saturday, May 28, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 103
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific)
CE Instructor: Matthew P. Normand, Ph.D.
Abstract: Because being healthy typically involves behaving healthy, healthcare professionals and applied behavior analysts have much in common, and there is great potential for collaboration in integrated healthcare settings. In this symposium, we present three studies that explore different applications of behavior analysis to two such areas of healthcare: health coaching to increase physical activity, and physical therapy to increase mobility. First, we present two single-case design studies that evaluate variations of goal setting and client-centered components of health coaching, respectively, to increase physical activity in adults in a telehealth format. Next, we present a group design study that evaluated a behavior-analytic technology in comparison with standard physical therapy protocols to address barriers that impede neuromuscular retraining following total knee arthroplasty. Results of these three studies suggest directions for the application of behavior analysis to health coaching and physical therapy. Implications for applied behavior analysis in integrated healthcare will be discussed.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Health Coaching, Healthcare, Physical Activity, Physical Therapy
Target Audience: Intermediate level behavior analysts. The target audience has an intermediate knowledge of applied behavior analytic interventions and health care settings.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify applications of behavior analysis to integrated healthcare settings; (2) describe the effects of an electromyography and gamification technology on neuromuscular retraining, and (3) describe the effects of various health coaching interventions on physical activity of adults.
 
Evaluating the Effects of Nondirective and Directive Health Coaching Packages on Physical Activity
HAILEY EVELYN DONOHUE (University of the Pacific), Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific)
Abstract: Physical inactivity is a worldwide public health problem. Applied behavior analysis has demonstrated success in this area; interventions such as goal setting, self-monitoring, and feedback have produced increases in physical activity of adults. Nevertheless, strategies with a more nondirective approach, such as health coaching, are gaining increased traction in healthcare settings. We do not know about the relative effects of nondirective approaches and the established, directive interventions in applied behavior analysis, or about client preference for nondirective and directive approaches. The present study employed a multiple baseline across participants design to evaluate a largely nondirective, client-centered health coaching approach for increasing physical activity of adults and the subsequent introduction of a directive coaching approach to goal setting and feedback components. Four adult females participated in the study remotely via telehealth. Active zone minutes were the primary dependent variable in the present study, and physical activity metrics were measured by the Fitbit Inspire 2. Meaningful increases in active zone minutes were observed for 1 of 4 participants, and preference for nondirective and directive coaching styles varied across participants.
 
Evaluating the Effects of Client-Set Versus Coach-Set Goals in the Context of a Health Coaching Intervention for Physical Activity
J. LOGAN GIBSON (University of the Pacific), Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific)
Abstract: Health coaching is a relatively new integrated health role in which practitioners use a combination of behavioral interventions to evoke health-related behavior changes; however, there is a lack of valid evidence to support health-based claims. We investigated the effect of an approximation of a health coaching intervention on three college students' number of steps per day. We provided participants with weekly tele-health coaching sessions focused on goal-setting and feedback and used Fitbits to track the results. We used a multiple baseline across participants design to compare daily steps across four phases; self-monitoring, self-monitoring with experimenter-set goals and feedback, self-monitoring with participant-set goals and feedback, and finally, a choice phase in which participants could continue to set their own goals or have the experimenter set goals for them. All experimenter-set goals were selected using a weekly percentile schedule. In aggregate, all participants took more steps in the goal-setting phases than during the self-monitoring only phase. However, we cannot determine why, as there is no notable difference between self-set goals and experimenter-set goals. When offered, all participants chose to continue the intervention for an additional one to two weeks.
 
The Role of Applied Behavior Analysis in Healthcare: Examples from Physical Therapy
BRENNAN PATRICK ARMSHAW (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Problems that characteristically fall within the domains of medicine and healthcare have behavioral components. These components contribute to the prognosis of the condition. Applied behavior analytic techniques can optimize these behavioral components which can improve the prognosis of various medical conditions. We adopted this strategy to interpret osteoarthritis and recovery from total knee arthroplasty (Vaidya & Armshaw, 2021; Armshaw & Vaidya, in prep). Specifically, we identified some contingencies that might lead to reduced use and atrophy of a muscle group important for typical knee extension and flexion required for many activities. Additionally, we identified features such as loss of proprioception that hinder the neuromuscular retraining necessary to regain functional use of the knee. We then developed a technology using surface electromyography and gamification to address some barriers that impede neuromuscular retraining. Results with healthy participants suggested that the technology worked. In this presentation, we present data from 18 participants who had undergone total knee arthroplasty. In a group design, participants were exposed to either our technology or the standard physical therapy protocols. We will describe and discuss the results in the context of a renewed role for applied behavior analysis in healthcare and medicine.
 
 
Panel #65
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
Diversity submission Queering Our Science: How Behavior Analysts Can Work Toward LGBTQ+ Liberation
Saturday, May 28, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 156B
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Fernanda Suemi Oda, M.A.
Chair: Fernanda Suemi Oda (The University of Kansas)
MATTHEW CAPRIOTTI (San Jose State University)
SARAH CAMPAU (University of Arkansas)
CODY MORRIS (Salve Regina University)
Abstract:

The last thirty years have seen enormous growth in the application of psychological science to better the lives of LGBTQ+ people. Behavior analysts have been largely absent from this movement (Morris, Goetz, & Gabriele-Black, 2021). There has been a recent discourse around harms that behavior analysts have enacted upon LGBTQ+ people in the past, accompanied by a discussion of steps we can take to “do better” in the future. This panel focuses on future actions that behavior analysts can take to support LGBTQ+ people’s wellbeing. Panelists have each done significant professional work in support of LGBTQ+ people; two are members of LGBTQ+ communities, and one has done this work in an ally role. We will discuss both what behavior analysts can do in the domains of research, practice, and organizational behavior and how they can do it. We will also discuss particular considerations behavior analysts at various career stages (e.g., graduate student, early career faculty) and spheres of professional practice. The panel will conclude with ample time for audience questions and discussion.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

N/A, level is beginner

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, attendees will be able to: (1) Describe behavior analysts' contributions to research on LGBTQ+ issues. (2) Discuss areas of applied research through which behavior analysts can contribute to knowledge about best practices for promoting the wellness of LGBTQ+ people. (3) Identify current best practices for supporting LGBTQ+ clients, staff, and students.
Keyword(s): diversity, ethics, LGBTQ, social justice
 
 
Symposium #66
CE Offered: BACB
Building Durable Behavioral Treatments: Advancements In and Discussions On Relapse Mitigation and Clinical Implications
Saturday, May 28, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 251
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Michael P. Kranak (Oakland University; Oakland University Center for Autism)
Discussant: Daniel R. Mitteer (Rutgers University - Children's Specialized Hospital Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services)
CE Instructor: Michael P. Kranak, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavioral treatments such as differential reinforcement are an effective means of reducing problem behavior. These treatments are frequently implemented by highly trained staff in well-controlled settings. After a clinically relevant reduction in problem behavior is achieved, these treatments are then transferred from clinics to the community (e.g., homes and schools), and from trained therapists to parents, caregivers, and other intervention agents. However, these treatments will be challenged during community implementation, potentially—and likely—leading to relapse (e.g., resurgence, renewal) and eventual treatment failure. Fortunately, researchers have developed some strategies to supplement behavioral treatments and improve their durability (i.e., able to withstand everyday challenges). In this symposium, the presenters will discuss common treatment challenges and their corresponding forms of relapse; as well as strategies practitioners can implement to improve the durability of their treatments. They will also describe relevant next steps for researchers in the area relapse and its mitigation. Following the presentations, audience members will be able to identify scenarios likely to result in relapse and ways in which they can mitigate relapse.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): relapse, renewal, research-to-practice, resurgence
Target Audience:

The intended audience is behavior analysts who have or currently work with individuals that engage in problem behavior, as well as researchers who work in the area of relapse. Audience members should be mildly familiar with relapse. However, presenters will provide some background and contextualization on various forms of relapse.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentations, participants will be able to: (1) identify areas of treatment provision that could result in relapse; (2) describe strategies for mitigating relapse; (3) demarcate the differences between various forms of relapse and their implications for treatment.
 
On the Prospective Application of Quantitative Models in the Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior
(Theory)
MICHAEL P. KRANAK (Oakland University; Oakland University Center for Autism), John Falligant (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Griffin Rooker (Mount St. Mary's University)
Abstract: Behavioral treatments are effective in reducing problem behavior and equipping individuals with adaptive ways to communicate. However, these same treatments can lose their effectiveness in contexts where lapses in treatment integrity occur. These lapses in treatment integrity, both omission and commission errors, are two common treatment challenges that threaten long-term treatment gains. Although some recurrence of problem behavior and minor lapses in treatment integrity are expected, the risk of relapse of problem behavior increases as a function of increased recurrence of problem behavior and treatment integrity errors. In short, recurrence of problem behavior and treatment integrity errors can be the first steps in a chain that leads to eventual treatment failure. Quantitative models (e.g., Resurgence as Choice, behavioral momentum theory) have been an effort to better understand how challenges, such as lapses in treatment integrity, affect the durability of treatment. However, the extent to which these models are used in clinical practice is unknown. The presenter will (1) discuss recent findings on the application of quantitative models, (2) describe strategies for mitigating resurgence, and (3) review implications for clinicians and areas for researchers regarding durable treatments and behavioral inoculation.
 
Six Things Practitioners Should Know About Renewal
(Theory)
RYAN KIMBALL (University of Saint Joseph), Michael P. Kranak (Oakland University; Oakland University Center for Autism)
Abstract: Individuals with and without developmental disabilities who engage in problem behavior receive treatment services in various settings such as their homes, schools, and clinics. These individuals also likely experience treatment provision from various practitioners such as therapists, teachers, and caregivers. Accordingly, changes in the treatment setting or intervention agent (i.e., context) will occur often and likely cause renewal. Renewal is the form of relapse that occurs when a previously eliminated behavior returns due to a change in context. The current paper describes six things practitioners should know about renewal. These reasons are the (1) distinction between renewal and another form of relapse (i.e., resurgence), (2) generality of renewal, (3) potential for renewal even when alternative reinforcement is available, (4) close relationship between renewal and the generalization of behavior change, (5) similarity between renewal testing procedures and situations that practitioners commonly encounter, and (6) variables that impact renewal and potential mitigation strategies. The current paper asserts that practitioners should prepare for renewal during context changes when working with their clients, especially during changes to the treatment setting or intervention agent. While discussion will be most relevant to practitioners, the paper also considers directions for future research on renewal in applied settings.
 
 
Symposium #67
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Machine Learning Applications for Improving Behavior Analyst Decision-Making in Practice and Research
Saturday, May 28, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 252A
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: John E. Staubitz (Vanderbilt University Medical Center, TRIAD)
CE Instructor: John E. Staubitz, M.Ed.
Abstract:

Machine learning holds great promise for improving behavior analytic practice and research (Turgeon & Lanovaz, 2020). Historically, behavior analysts have collected and analyzed data as a means of making decisions to improve socially significant client outcomes. When analyzing large data sets reflecting organizations-wide outcomes or the complex outputs that can be captured by sensors, there is a possibility for enhancing the decision-making of behavior analysts. Response effort can limit the extent to which humans can complete analyses or make predictions in time to be beneficial. By nature, machine learning can allow for rapid or even real-time analyses that would be impossible for a human. The first presentation will describe how behavior analysts at an educational center are using sensors to collect physiological and behavioral data and applying machine learning to analyze data and inform decision-making. The second presentation will share data from a multimodal model of sensor data collection and machine learning that allows for real-time prediction of behavioral escalation within a modified Practical Functional Assessment. Finally, presenters will describe a machine learning model for analyzing service delivery and satisfaction data across many organizations over the course of multiple years that allows for improvement in organizational decision-making models.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Decision-making, Electrodermal Activity, Machine learning, sensors
Target Audience:

The target audience for this session includes practicing behavior analysts who oversee behavior change programs that address severe problem behavior, or who oversee ABA agencies and are responsible for making organization-level decisions. This session is also intended to be of interest to those interested in the practical or ethical context surrounding the use of machine learning and or sensors.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify ways in which existing technology can enhance their behavior analytic practice (2) Demonstrate basic understanding of how machine learning and signal processing approaches may be helpful to behavior analysts in the future (3) Demonstrate an understanding of the extent to which using a structured, non-dangerous assessment context may limit assessment time, risk, and resources (4) Describe three strengths and limitations to using machine learning to predict patient outcomes
 

Integrating Traditional Behavior Analytic Practices With Emerging Technology to Understand and Treat Challenging Behaviors

JOHANNA F LANTZ (The Center for Discovery), Tania Villavicencio (The Center for Discovery), Corey Olvera (The Center for Discovery), Ali Rad (Emory University School of Medicine, Department of Biomedical Informatics)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts understand behavior through observation of learners in the environment. Technological advances offer a view of what is happening inside of the learner as well. The presenter will describe a program at The Center for Discovery (TCFD) where students in a specially equipped classroom wear sensors that track physiological and movement data. Video data from this naturalistic setting are aligned with sensor data. The presenter will explain how behavior analysts from TCFD integrate data from the sensors with traditional ABA methodology to design better treatments for learners with autism spectrum disorder and maladaptive behaviors. Physiological and behavioral data representing significant clinical findings will be shared. In addition to using technology to inform clinical decisions, the presenter will describe collaborations between TCFD and computer scientists. These scientists are using machine learning and biomedical signal analysis to analyze TCFD’s rich dataset with the desired outcome of automatic detection and prediction of behaviors. The ultimate goal of this relationship is to develop technology that a.) sends alerts to caregivers that a behavior is imminent or that it is time to re-engage following a behavior and b.) detects behaviors automatically as a potential replacement for live data collection.

 
Predicting Problem Behavior through a Multimodal Machine Learning-Based Predictive Framework
JOHN E. STAUBITZ (Vanderbilt University Medical Center, TRIAD), Zhaobo Zheng (Vanderbilt University), Lauren Shibley (VUMC: TRIAD), Nibraas Khan (Vanderbilt University), Amy Weitlauf (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), David Reichley (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), Johanna Staubitz (Vanderbilt University), Nilanjan Sarkar (Vanderbilt University School of Engineering)
Abstract: Previous research has established the potential for machine learning and physiological data to enhance evidence-based practices for assessing problem behavior. While investigators have demonstrated the capability to predict problem behavior, there are limits to predictive precision, and the assessments needed to build such a model have been time- and resource-intensive, requiring repeated exposures to behavior that poses safety risks to the learner or assessor (Ozdenizci et al., 2018; Goodwin et al., 2019). The practical functional assessment (PFA) allows assessors to efficiently evoke a high number of non-dangerous precursor behaviors in a short period of time. By integrating direct observation data with multimodal data from several sensors capturing the physiological and motion performance of the learner within a modified PFA, we were able to create a model that predicts behavioral escalation with 98.5% accuracy after 1-2 brief assessment sessions. We discuss our process for developing an integrated hardware and software platform with the specific goal of enhancing evidence-based practice in ABA. Additionally, we will connect this promising technology with our existing code of ethics, especially as it relates to minimizing client risk and ensuring informed consent for engagement with technologies that are new.
 

A Machine Learning Analysis of Applied Behavior Analysis Service Delivery Characteristics That Predict Improved Patient Outcomes

DAVID J. COX (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence; Endicott College), Zachary Harrison Morford (Texas Association for Behavior Analysis), Jacob Sosine (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence), Cora Gnikobou (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence)
Abstract:

The delivery of ABA services involves a complex interaction of behavioral systems. Patients need to be interested in and seek out ABA services; and, once in ABA, to continue improving their quality of life. Employees need to be hired in sufficient numbers, properly trained, adequately resourced, and appropriately matched with patients they are competent to serve. And payors need to see progress being made within reasonable costs and time frames. In this presentation, we discuss how the Behavioral Health Center of Excellence is leveraging machine learning to describe and understand these complex and interacting behavioral systems. Specifically, we leveraged data collected from 500+ organizations over six years to analyze the interaction between ABA organizations’ systems and processes; staff satisfaction and turnover; service delivery (e.g., utilization rates, hours of ABA contacted); and patient satisfaction with ABA services. We also discuss how these data can predict patient reported progress, improvement in quality of life, and changes on norm-referenced and criterion-referenced assessments. This presentation provides a first look at the variables that might be important to describe and improve the complex interaction of behavioral systems that comprise ABA service delivery.

 
 
Panel #68
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Diversity submission PDS: Navigating Graduate School as a Student of Color: Recommendations and Considerations From BIPOC in Academia
Saturday, May 28, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 205C
Area: EDC/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Stacha Leslie, M.Ed.
Chair: Stacha Leslie (University of Kansas)
ANITA LI (Western Michigan University)
MARREN MARIE LEON-BARAJAS (The University of Kansas)
KAREN A. TOUSSAINT (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Black, Indigenous, and people of color (BIPOC) are underrepresented in graduate school programs and make up only 12% of certified behavior analysts (Behavior Analysis Certification Board; BACB 2020). BIPOC students are often met with challenges such as microaggressions, gaslighting, victim blaming, and other nuanced forms of discrimination. Additionally, the lack of representation may create feelings of isolation among peers and seclusion from community resources. Such challenges have potential to create an unbalanced learning environment in which students are still expected to make reputable contributions to the field. Given this, BIPOC students must have access to additional resources to ensure they are supported throughout their tenure and have the tools they need to confront and disrupt discriminatory behaviors. This panel serves to 1) highlight the importance of community through representation 2) discuss the need for mentorship and allyship, 3) promote self-care strategies that have proven effective at mitigating the effects of discrimination, and 4) offer a safe space and reprieve during an otherwise strenuous journey. The panelists will also share personal experiences and resources that proved successful as they navigated their own journeys through graduate school.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Target Audience: Graduate students (BCBAs), Graduate School faculty (associate and full professors, BCBAs and/or BCBA-Ds), individuals providing supervision services to prospective BCBAs

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Acknowledge the importance of community through representation for BIPOC students (2) Identify specific challenges and discriminations faced by BIPOC students during graduate school (3) Identify self-care strategies and resources to support BIPOC students during graduate school
 
 
Symposium #69
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
What Works to Reduce Bullying from Applied Behavior Analytic Perspective
Saturday, May 28, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 205A
Area: EDC/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Jeridith Ann Lord (Endicott College)
Discussant: Robert F. Putnam (May Institute)
CE Instructor: Robert F. Putnam, Ph.D.
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis principles have been used to improve numerous behavior problems in schools. For example, there are many programs available to schools that purport to reduce bullying. Unfortunately, few published programs purport to use and incorporate applied behavior analytic principles as the core of their interventions. This session will analyze these programs as reviewed in the literature from an applied behavior analysis perspective. The first paper will review the literature regarding reducing bullying from the unit of analysis of the whole school and its impact on students, parents, and teachers. A PRISMA model literature review will be presented on the existing literature. Finally, data will be shown on the extent to which these studies included competency assessment, generalization assessment, and social validity measures. The second paper will further analyze five of the most popular bullying programs. These programs were chosen because they were evaluated more than two times across different programs and different evaluators. It was found that staff training and parent involvement, hotspots monitoring, and treatment fidelity were associated with higher success. Data on these and other elements will be summarized, and implications for practice and training will be highlighted.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Intermediate - knowledge of school-based applied behavior analytical interventions
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) recite the components of effective anti-bullying programs (2) analyze anti-bullying programs for these effective components (3) list the the most effective components of anti-bullying programs
 

A Systematic Literature Review of Anti-Bullying Interventions

JACQUELINE J. WEBER (Endicott College), Brian Keith Mason (Endicott College)
Abstract:

1. Bullying in schools is a severe problem with implications for safety, mental health, and education. Schools around the world are implementing anti-bullying programs to address bullying. There are many different types of interventions available and in use, and it isn't easy to know which programs are most effective. Some programs are more efficacious than others, but what constitutes success is that the intervention must address the needs of the whole school, including students, teachers, and parents. Additionally, such programs must be implemented continuously and with fidelity. This paper will review the literature on anti-bullying programs to offer insight into what programs and program components are most effective in reducing bullying and victimization among students. A PRISMA model literature review will be presented on the existing literature. Initial searches yielded 351 articles; with additional requirements, the final analysis included 39 papers. Data will be shown on the extent to which these studies included competency assessment, generalization assessment, and social validity measures.

 
A Systematic Analysis of the Components of Effective Bullying Programs
BRIAN KEITH MASON (Endicott College), Jacqueline J. Weber (Endicott College)
Abstract: As an extension of the PRISMA model analysis of the existing literature, an additional analysis was done on five anti-bullying programs. As districts often implement a particular approach, this level of analysis seemed important. The programs selected were: Olweus, KiVA, Steps to Respect, Restorative Practices, and NoTrap! These programs were chosen because they were evaluated more than two times across different programs and different evaluators, lending some credibility to them. In addition, core elements of anti-bullying programs were assessed as to whether they were included in these models. Examples of these elements included: whole-school approach; parent involvement; teacher training; inclusion of classroom rules; curricular integration; working with peers, bullies, and victims; and hotspot supervision. A core component of bullying prevention programs is a whole school approach (Limber et al., 2011; Gaffney et al., 2019). Additionally, staff training and parent involvement were associated with higher success. An effective component that contributed additional value included the monitoring of hotspots. Not surprisingly, treatment fidelity was also associated with a higher impact from the intervention. Data on these and other elements will be summarized, and implications for practice and training will be highlighted.
 
 
Symposium #70
CE Offered: BACB
Behavioral Interventions Targeting Teacher Stress and Burnout
Saturday, May 28, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 205B
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: JULIANNE DICOCCO (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology/ Union School District)
Discussant: Anthony Biglan (Oregon Research Institute; President, Values to Action )
CE Instructor: Melissa A. Diaz, M.A.
Abstract: The field of education is seeing record numbers of teachers leave the field. Ongoing stress and burnout may be why 30-46% of new teachers leave the field within the first five years (Newberry & Allsop, 2017). Add to this the additional stress of teaching during a global pandemic on recent survey by the American Teacher Panel found that one in four teachers reported they were highly likely to leave the field at the end of the 21-22 school year. This highlights the importance of interventions targeted to address teacher stress and burnout. This symposium examines well-established procedures to reduce teacher stress and burnout out as well as more recent mindfulness-based interventions delivered in person and through phone-based applications.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): ACT-Interventions, Burnout, Educators, Self-Care
Target Audience: Intermediate. Junior BCBAs; behavior analysts in their first 5 years of practice; including practitioners, supervisors, or currently enrolled in or recently completed graduate-level work.
Learning Objectives: 1. Identity different measures of teacher stress and burnout 2. Identify actions towards and away specific values 3. Identify implications of incorporating ACT-based interventions for educators.
 
Teacher Burnout and Self-Care
NICOLE BARTON (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Amanda Mahoney (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Yors A. Garcia (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Robyn M. Catagnus (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Teachers report high levels of burnout, and teacher attrition is costly and disruptive to the learning of students. Burnout is a concept that has a constellation of effects from physical to psychological (García-Carmona et al., 2018l; Kim et al., 2017; Novack et al, 2020). Self-management interventions are cost effective means to intervene on a variety of areas from work performance to weight loss. Self-management program was utilized to increase self-care, which is area that may help produce protective measures against burnout. Much of the research on teacher burnout utilizes non-direct measurement, this study attempts to examine verbal behavior to see if it varies as the self-care intervention is implemented. Teacher verbal behavior would also be compared to self-report measures to determine if it was an indicator of burnout. Self-care was increased for participants during the intervention but not at follow up. Teacher verbal behavior did not vary with changes in self-care, but teacher verbal behavior did show patterns which might suggest utility as a direct measure of burnout. Finally, teacher self-report measures did not change from pre- to post-assessment. This study suggests more direct means to measure burnout and that self-report measures may not be sensitive enough measured for concepts such as burnout.
 
Using the ACT Matrix to Improve Psychological Flexibility, Stress, and Burnout in Special Education Teachers
MELISSA A. DIAZ (Shelby County Public Schools, Simmons University, The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Yors A. Garcia (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Thomas G. Szabo (Touro University), Tyler Ré (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Currently, special education teachers are burning out and leaving their jobs due to stress, work overload, access to professional development, organizational climate, organizational follow-up, student behaviors, pressure from parents of the students, pressure from administrators, and interactions with co-workers or paraprofessionals (Billingsley et al., 2019; Cancio et al., 2013; Emery, & Vandenberg, 2010). Teachers who are experiencing burnout may not be experiencing day to day successes that align with their values. The purpose of the study will be to use the ACT Matrix to increase psychological flexibility and overt value driven behaviors with special education teachers. In session data will be collected on the ability to conditionally discriminate the choices associated with access to positive or negative reinforcement made during their day. Participants will learn how to increase their perspective taking skills about work situations using the ACT Matrix. Ecological momentary assessment for daily reporting will be used to collect data outside of sessions for value driven behaviors. By learning to identify their values, match their measurable actions to those values, gain the ability to stop in the moment, and take perspective to implement value driven actions, teachers should gain increased psychological flexibility while decrease symptoms of stress and burnout.
 
 
Symposium #71
Agile Leadership and ABS
Saturday, May 28, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 153B
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Amy Durgin (Aspirant)
Discussant: Judy A. Johnson (Aspirant)
Abstract: Despite being mired in buzzword galore, Agile Leadership is an approach to leadership that promotes incremental, deliberate efforts focused on supporting team members to deliver customer value. Agile leaders exhibit values such as feedback, learning, collaboration, and humility. During this discussion, we’ll explore exactly what the leadership approach entails as well as its real value when applied individually and systematically. Regardless of whether you’re working in an Organizational Behavior Management type of role or as a clinician in the Health and Human Services sector, you’ll learn three techniques for adapting an agile approach, integrating the approach into your organization and establishing continuous improvement mechanisms to ensure integrity and improvement for your organization. We’ll also share an example of how our proprietary software can shed light on the most efficient strategy for an adopting and implementing Agile leadership principles to improve overall organizational and leadership performance.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Agile leadership, continuous improvement, leadership
 

Agile Leadership and ABS

Judy A. Johnson (Aspirant), AMY DURGIN (Aspirant)
Abstract:

Despite being mired in buzzword galore, Agile Leadership is an approach to leadership that promotes incremental, deliberate efforts focused on supporting team members to deliver customer value. Agile leaders exhibit values such as feedback, learning, collaboration, and humility. During this discussion, we’ll explore exactly what the leadership approach entails as well as its real value when applied individually and systematically. Regardless of whether you’re working in an Organizational Behavior Management type of role or as a clinician in the Health and Human Services sector, you’ll learn three techniques for adapting an agile approach, integrating the approach into your organization and establishing continuous improvement mechanisms to ensure integrity and improvement for your organization. We’ll also share an example of how our proprietary software can shed light on the most efficient strategy for an adopting and implementing Agile leadership principles to improve overall organizational and leadership performance.

 
Using Technology to Improve Leadership in a Remote Environment
JUDY A. JOHNSON (Aspirant), Amy Durgin (Aspirant)
Abstract: This discussion will build on the agile leadership presentation by sharing examples of how a virtual interview platform can be used in a variety of ways to navigate organizational challenges in hybrid or fully remote environments. We’ll discuss strategies for building remote relationships, improving engagement and implementing agile leadership principles to improve overall leadership performance.
 
 
Invited Panel #72
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Diversity submission Students' Perspective on Diversity and Culturally Responsive Supervisory Practices and Feedback
Saturday, May 28, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 253A-C
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Fernande Deguenon (Brooklyn Autism Center)
CE Instructor: Tanya Lopez, M.S.
Panelists: MAJDI BUZOOR (Arab American University-Palestine; Florida Institute Technology), ANNABEL GARZA (The University of Texas at Austin), TANYA LOPEZ (Positive Behavior Supports)
Abstract:

A critical step in the preparation toward certification as a Behavior Analyst is supervision (Turner et al., 2016). The purpose of supervision is to equip applied behavior analysis (ABA) students with behavior analytic, professional, and ethical skills necessary for effective client treatment in practice (BACB, 2021). The rules for supervision are found in the BACB Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts, also known as “the Code” (Sellers et al., 2016b). A successful supervision experience involves clearly defined expectations at the onset of the relationship (Sellers et al., 2016a), and accurate training and feedback by the supervisor (Sellers et al., 2019). Factors that are considered include the supervisees’ beliefs and values originating from previous supervision experiences (Turner et al., 2016). Supervisees from different linguistic and cultural backgrounds may also require unique interactions with the supervisors while still satisfying the BACB’s objectives. One aspect of supervision that should be discussed and explored further are the modifications made to the supervision experience for supervisees from different linguistic and cultural backgrounds. These candidates may require unique interactions with supervisors while still satisfying the BACB’s objectives. This panel discussion will explore the importance of cultural diversity and responsiveness in the supervision experience, challenges that may be experienced by relevant supervisees, and suggested solutions to address them. References Behavior Analyst Certification Board (2016). 2022 Eligibility Requirements. https://www.bacb.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/BCBA-2022EligibilityRequirements_210513.pdf Sellers, T. P., Valentino, A. L., & LeBlanc, L. A. (2016a). Recommended practices for individual supervision of aspiring behavior analysts. Behavior Analysis in Practice, 9(4), 274-286. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40617-016-0110-7 Sellers, T. P., Alai-Rosales, S., & MacDonald, R. P. F. (2016b). Taking full responsibility: The ethics of supervision in behavior analytic practice. Behavior Analysis in Practice, 9(4), 299-308. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40617-016-0144-x Sellers, T. P., Valentino, A. L., Landon, T. J., & Aiello, S. (2019). Board certified behavior analysts’ supervisory practices of trainees: Survey results and recommendations. Behavior Analysis in Practice, 12(3), 536-546. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40617-019-00367-0 Turner, L. B., Fischer, A. J., & Luiselli, J. K. (2016). Towards a competency-based, ethical, and socially valid approach to the supervision of applied behavior analytic trainees. Behavior Analysis in Practice, 9(4), 287-298. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40617-016-0121-4

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe current and future states of BCBAs’ perceptions of supervisory practices; (2) identify at least three challenges and three practical solutions to supervisory practices; (3) describe components of supervisory practices that support cultural diversity and responsiveness.
MAJDI BUZOOR (Arab American University-Palestine; Florida Institute Technology)
Majdi Buzoor graduated in 2006 as an Occupational Therapist from Arab American University-Palestine. He is a certified Sensory Integration Specialist from USC 2012 and started his BCaBA course program at FIT last May and his fieldwork supervised experience with three “amazing” supervisors. Majdi loves his job as an OT, however, the field of applied behavior analysis (ABA) has significantly augmented his professional practice, enriched, and improved the quality of his service delivery, which in turn has supported his passion to help many more children who need specialized, individualized effective interventions based on the science of ABA.
ANNABEL GARZA (The University of Texas at Austin)
Annabel Garza graduated from The University of Texas at Austin with a master’s degree in special education with a concentration in autism and developmental disabilities. She is currently working on finishing up her fieldwork experience hours at an early intervention center for children with autism in Austin, Texas. She is planning on sitting for the BCBA exam in the fall of 2022. Annabel enjoys working closely with families and coaching parents/caregivers during direct therapy sessions.
TANYA LOPEZ (Positive Behavior Supports)
Tanya Lopez graduated from Bay Path University with a master’s degree in applied behavior analysis (ABA). She is currently working as a board-certified behavior analyst (BCBA) for Positive Behavior Supports (PBS), providing in-home services for children diagnosed with autism in the state of Massachusetts. In her free time, Tanya enjoys spending time with her husband and son, shopping at Target and ordering Starbucks.
 
 
Symposium #73
CE Offered: BACB
When Nothing Works: On the Concept of Treatment Refractory Problem Behaviors in Applied Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 28, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 153C
Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Elizabeth A. Sanabria-Fitter (CCSN: The Center of Child with Special Needs)
CE Instructor: Elizabeth Fitter, M.A.
Abstract:

The term “treatment refractory” is generally used across disciplines to describe conditions that do not respond to treatment or do not respond to a prescribed hierarchy of established treatments. For example, in psychiatry conditions such as depression, bipolar disorder, and schizophrenia are often labeled treatment refractory. In behavior analysis, the identification of behavior function(s) leads to a specific set of treatment interventions that are likely to be effective in reducing the frequency of the assessed problem behavior. Yet, for some individuals, problem behaviors persist despite precise implementation of well-established treatment packages. Here, we explore the concept of treatment refractory problem behaviors. First, characteristics, criteria, and implications of treatment refractory conditions outside of behavior analysis are reviewed. Second, factors contributing to the development of treatment refractory behaviors are discussed. Finally, specific individual cases of treatment refractory problem behaviors are reviewed and discussed. The conceptual of treatment refractory problem behaviors is important for treatment selection, consumer education, and research.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): aggression, problem behaviors, self-injury, treatment refractory
Target Audience:

The participants should have knowledge or the range of interventions and experience with treatment refractory cases.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. List criteria used by other disciplines to classify a problem behaviors treatment refractory. 2. List contributing factors to the development of treatment refractory problem behaviors. 3. Identify long-term solutions to mitigate harm associated with treatment refractory behaviors.
 

Definitions of "Treatment Refractory" from Other Disciplines

LYNDE KAYSER (The Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Abstract:

The term “treatment refractory” is generally used across disciplines to describe conditions that do not respond to treatment or do not respond to a prescribed hierarchy of established treatments. For example, in psychiatry conditions such as depression, bipolar disorder, and schizophrenia are often labeled treatment refractory. In other medical specialties, treatment refractory conditions are routinely described and defined (e.g. neurology defines treatment refractory and even super-refractory status epilepticus). Here we review the terminology and criteria that have been utilized by other disciplines. In some cases, refractory simply implies that no treatment has caused a therapeutic effect. However, in other cases, treatment refractory implies a certain set of treatment procedures have been implemented and failed. In all cases, treatment refractory does not preclude the possibility that some intervention will be efficacious.

 
Factors Contributing to the Development of Treatment Refractory Problem Behaviors
JESSICA LINDSAY (The Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Abstract: Behavior analytic interventions are not universally effective. Despite comprehensive research, consultation, medical rule outs, preference assessments, functional assessment, implementation of evidence based procedures, some behavior problems do not improve. The clinical picture become more complicated with the topographies result in ongoing severe injury to the individual or others, including blindness, hearing loss, broken bones, brain injury, infection, etc. There are several factors that may contribute to the classification of a behavior problem as treatment refractory. For example, temporal factors associated with behavioral consequences, historical schedules of reinforcement, the physical size and strength of the patient, idiosyncratic medical conditions, and biological factors that affect learning (e.g. traumatic brain injuries). Taken together, such factors may prevent the implementation of procedures such as differential reinforcement, extinction, time-out, etc.
 
Case Examples of Treatment Refractory Problem Behaviors
JOSEPH TACOSIK (Judge Rotenberg Education Center)
Abstract: Behavioral procedures are often effective in addressing severe problem behaviors. However, in some cases, behavioral procedures are partially effective or ineffective in reducing the frequency of a given problem behavior. Here, individual cases meeting the aforementioned criteria are discussed. Individual case studies describing problem behaviors refractory to standard behavioral interventions are presented. For each case, assessment results leading to specific functional hypothesis and the associated function based behavioral interventions are described. The specific factors and decision making that led to the treatment refractory conclusion and subsequent decision making are reviewed and discussed. The use of protective equipment, long-term safety procedures, non-behavior analytic interventions, and other measures are described and considered in the context of a risk benefit analysis.
 
 
Symposium #74
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Adhering to Our Ethical Core Principles for the Promotion of Humanistic Behavior Analytic Treatment
Saturday, May 28, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 156C
Area: PCH; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Marla c Nascimento (Nascimento New Directions Inc.)
Discussant: Candace Barrett (University of Miami)
CE Instructor: Elisa M. Cruz-Torres, Ed.D.
Abstract: Controversial treatments and approaches in the delivery of behavior analytic procedures have caused irreparable harm to the individuals they were intended to help and, subsequently, have created an undesirable reputation for the field of applied behavior analysis. Though there have been many notable advancements in the field of ABA over the past several years, including the introduction of ethics standards to help guide the practice and implementation of ABA-based interventions, there is still much room for improvement. With an update to our ethics code (effective January 2022), it is evident that our field is beginning to embrace and promote more humanistic approaches. This symposium combines two presentations focused on identifying necessary skills and competencies to promote humanistic behavior analytic treatment among behavior analysis practitioners. The first presentation will identify skills aimed at promoting an ethical, compassionate, and culturally competent therapeutic repertoire in ABA practitioners. The second presentation will provide practical guidance for training direct care professionals on implementing humane behavior interventions for individuals who engage in severe maladaptive behaviors. Implications for practice will be discussed.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): compassionate practice, cultural competence, Ethics
Target Audience: Intermediate - This presentation is appropriate for behavior analysts who have a full repertoire of behavior change strategies but may benefit from identifying which strategies provide the most benefit and least risks to their clients. This session is also beneficial for behavior analysts who want to understand how to integrate more humanistic approaches into their practice. Lastly, this may be beneficial for behavior analysts who are in supervisory positions and may be tasked with training and supervising staff with less training (e.g., RBTs, paraprofessionals).
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion this symposium, participants will be able to: 1. Identify interpersonal skills required for the development and maintenance of a therapeutic repertoire comprised of empathy, compassion, and cultural competence. 2. Identify relevant competencies for training direct care staff to provide humane, respectful, and beneficial behavior intervention.
 

Compassionate Care: Reconnecting to the "Applied" Dimension in Applied Behavior Analysis

ELISA M. CRUZ-TORRES (Florida Atlantic University)
Abstract:

Despite the decades of evidence of the effectiveness of ABA-based procedures for the autism population, critics of ABA continue to express their discontent with our field. From former consumers becoming self-advocates to behavior analysts denouncing the practice of ABA, it is clear that there is some work to do if we want to continue to honor the socially significant dimension of our field and embody the foundational principles of our Ethics Code. This presentation will identify specific interpersonal skills aimed at building a compassionate, empathetic, and culturally competent therapeutic repertoire that can help practitioners build capacity in establishing trust and rapport and promote a collaborative and compassionate therapist-client relationship.

 
Identifying Competencies for Training Direct Care Staff to Implement Humane, Respectful, and Beneficial Behavior Interventions
JESSICA NAOMI CADETTE DUNN (Orlando Health)
Abstract: Behavior analysts working in educational and community settings are often tasked with training and supervising direct care staff (e.g., paraprofessionals, behavior technicians) who work directly with individuals who may engage in moderate to severe maladaptive behaviors. Since behavior analysts are not always available to respond to behavioral incidents that occur, they must rely on these direct care staff to carry out behavioral interventions effectively, while maintaining the safety of the clients and those in close proximity. In addition, behavior analysts have an ethical obligation to ensure that their clients are treated with dignity and respect, and receive treatment that is beneficial and minimizes risk, regardless of the behavioral situations that may arise. Repeated exposure to high stress behavioral situations may weaken direct care staff’s efficacy, resulting in drift, and possibly increasing the likelihood that less humane behavioral interventions may be implemented (e.g., use of physical restraints). This presentation will identify relevant competencies for training direct care staff to provide humane, respectful, and beneficial behavior intervention.
 
 
Invited Tutorial #75
CE Offered: BACB
SQAB Tutorial: The PORTL Laboratory
Saturday, May 28, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 151A/B
Area: SCI; Domain: Applied Research
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Claire C. St. Peter, Ph.D.
Chair: Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University)
Presenting Authors: : MARY ELIZABETH HUNTER (Behavior Explorer)
Abstract: Laboratory experiences allow students to see basic concepts in action and ask questions about behavior. Historically, the operant chamber has been used as a laboratory apparatus by behavior analysts. It can be used for both teaching and experimental investigations. However, most students no longer have access to hands-on experiences in animal laboratories. PORTL (the Portable Operant Research and Teaching Lab) can fill this void. PORTL is a table-top game that creates a free-operant environment for studying the principles of behavior and their application. In this tutorial, you will learn how PORTL works and how it can be used to teach concepts such as reinforcement, extinction, shaping, and chaining. In addition to its use as a teaching tool, PORTL can be used to replicate research studies and ask research questions. You will learn how PORTL provides a convenient and inexpensive way for students to gain experience designing their own apparatus and identifying and manipulating relevant variables.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: This tutorial is designed for anyone who is interested in teaching others about basic behavioral principles. In particular, it will be of interest to university professors, researchers, and BCBAs.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss the relationship between PORTL and the operant chamber; (2) describe how the game PORTL is played; (3) describe how PORTL can be used for teaching; (4) describe how PORTL can be used for research.
 
MARY ELIZABETH HUNTER (Behavior Explorer)
Mary Hunter earned an undergraduate degree in biology from the University of Chicago in 2008 and a master's degree in behavior analysis from the University of North Texas in 2013. She provides animal training services to people and their pets, working mainly with dogs and horses. She also serves as president of the Art and Science of Animal Training nonprofit organization. In addition, Mary has taught as an adjunct instructor at the University of North Texas. As an instructor, her interest in teaching led her to convert an upper-level undergraduate class into an entirely self-paced, mastery-based course using Dr. Fred Keller’s Personalized System of Instruction. In 2019, Mary and Dr. Jesús Rosales-Ruiz published their first book, PORTL: The Portable Operant Research and Teaching Lab. Mary’s research interests include studying the process of shaping and finding better ways to teach people and to train animals. Her master's thesis, which examined the effects of a single reinforcer during shaping, was published in 2019.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #76
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Assessment of Cannabis’ Relative Value: Laboratory Evaluation of Reward Processing Among Those Who Use Cannabis
Saturday, May 28, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Ballroom Level 3; Ballroom East/West
Area: SCI; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Elizabeth Aston, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: ELIZABETH ASTON (Brown University)
Abstract: Behavioral economics, an interdisciplinary field that prioritizes the assessment of reinforcer valuation, provides a powerful approach to examine the relative value of cannabis. Demand, an integral component of a behavioral economic approach to studying cannabis use, characterizes the value of a given reinforcer and facilitates identification of excessive substance valuation. Demand may be obtained via systematic assessment of hypothetical consumption across escalating price on the Marijuana Purchase Task. This talk will present the utility of demand as a potential marker of cannabis risk severity, including use frequency, use of high-potency cannabis formulations, and engagement in hazardous behaviors such as driving following use. This presentation will focus on demand assessment paired with ad libitum cannabis administration in the laboratory, including simulated purchasing behavior, subjective intoxication, and smoking topography (i.e., the way in which one smokes). The talk will conclude with discussion of clinical applications for demand assessment, how behavioral economic approaches can inform policy surrounding cannabis, and how we can tailor demand assessment in the wake of ever-evolving cannabis formulations, modes of administration, and legislation.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Attendees at the MA or Ph.D. level with interest in behavioral economics of substance use

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) explain behavioral economic theory and its applications as a marker of cannabis use severity; (2) justify how substance demand, or perceived reward value, is a critical individual difference variable with respect to cannabis use; (3) describe how behavioral economic demand indices can be used to assess the influence of cannabis value in the laboratory and in daily life, as well as related clinical and policy implications.
 
ELIZABETH ASTON (Brown University)
Dr. Elizabeth Aston completed her Ph.D. in Neuroscience at Wake Forest School of Medicine. She is currently an Assistant Professor in the Center for Alcohol and Addiction Studies at the Brown University School of Public Health. She studies the behavioral economics of cannabis use, as well as predictors of cannabis-related outcomes (e.g., frequency, cannabis use disorder, problems) among individuals who use cannabis. She recently completed a K01 career development award from the National Institute on Drug Abuse using qualitative and quantitative methods to modify and validate a behavioral economic measure of demand for cannabis. She is also interested in cannabis’ medical applications, and is currently using qualitative and quantitative methods to study potential medical benefits of cannabis in the treatment of pain and inflammation for individuals with rheumatic diseases (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis).
 
 
Invited Paper Session #77
CE Offered: BACB/PSY/QABA
Diversity submission Defining, Measuring, and Ensuring the Social Validity of Skills in Interprofessional Collaboration, Compassionate Care, and Cultural Humility in Behavior Analysts
Saturday, May 28, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 204A/B
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Peter F. Gerhardt (The EPIC School)
CE Instructor: Mary Jane Weiss, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: MARY JANE WEISS (Endicott College)
Abstract: In recent years, there has been some discussion of the need to increase the training of behavior analysts in soft skills. Examples of soft skills that have been discussed include active listening, engagement, empathetic statements, and the provision of support. Specifically, some sources of data indicate that behavior analysts may be less skilled in these areas than is ideal (e.g., Taylor et al., 2018; LeBlanc et al., 2019). Given the humanitarian foundations of the field, the focus on the improvement of the human condition, and the associations between consumer satisfaction and outcomes, it is important to maximize the extent to which behavior analysts master and demonstrate these skills. Challenges include operationally defining terms that may be mentalistic in nature, and measuring behaviors that are inherently somewhat subjective. Additional challenges include ensuring that there is a genuineness and authenticity to the demonstration of the skills, and that social validity measures support that they are received well by clients. In recent years, progress has been made in issuing calls to action in the realms of interprofessional collaboration (e.g., Brodhead, 2015), compassionate care (e.g., Taylor et al, 2018; LeBlanc et al, 2019) and cultural humility (e.g., Fong et al, 2016; Miller et al, 2019; Wright, 2019). Models from other fields have been reviewed, adaptations of existing tools and models have been suggested, and the BACB Code of Ethics has been expanded to include these obligations (BACB, 2020). Several recent empirical explorations of work in these areas will be shared, and directions for future research and training will be suggested. Reasons for enthusiasm and hope will be reviewed, as the field both returns to its roots and meets the challenges of the future in this endeavor to expand the skill sets of practicing behavior analysts.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate student.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) list several component skills that have been suggested as lacking in the professional repertoires of behavior analysts; (2) describe how soft skill components might enhance outcomes of behavior analytic intervention and of collaboration with other professionals; (3) provide examples of how the component skills of compassionate care, interprofessional collaboration, and cultural humility might be defined for the contexts of collaboration and service provision; (4) review challenges in evaluating the mastery of these skills, including generalization to natural contexts, passing tests of authenticity, ensuing culturally responsive skill development, and obtaining social validity ratings from multiple stakeholders and experts; (5) identify future research questions and current strategies for student/staff training in these areas.
 
MARY JANE WEISS (Endicott College)
Mary Jane Weiss, Ph.D., BCBA-D, LABA, is a Professor at Endicott College, where she has been for 10 years, and where she serves as the Executive Director of ABA and Autism Programs, including overseeing the master’s programs in ABA and directing the Ph.D. Program in ABA. She also does research with the team at Melmark. She has worked in the field of ABA and Autism for over 35 years. She received her Ph.D. in Clinical Psychology from Rutgers University in 1990 and she became a Board Certified Behavior Analyst in 2000. She previously worked for 16 years at the Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center at Rutgers University. Her clinical and research interests center on defining best practice ABA techniques, exploring ways to enhance the ethical conduct of practitioners, teaching social skills to learners with autism, training staff to be optimally effective at instruction and at collaboration, and maximizing family members’ expertise and adaptation. She serves on the Scientific Council of the Organization for Autism Research, is on the board of Association for Science in Autism Treatment, is a regular contributor to the ABA Ethics Hotline, and is an advisor to the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies. She is a regular reviewer for several professional journals, and is a frequent member of service committees for a variety of organizations.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #78
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Understanding Language Development: The Deeper Wisdom in B. F. Skinner’s Completely Incorrect Theory
Saturday, May 28, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 256
Area: VBC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell)
CE Instructor: Catherine Snow, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: CATHERINE SNOW (Harvard University)
Abstract:

In 1959 Noam Chomsky published a famously scathing review of Skinner’s 1957 book, Verbal Behavior. For the next 30 or so years, invoking the role of the child’s language environment in explaining acquisition was viewed positively only in limited clinical and restricted educational contexts, while the majority of legitimate child language researchers focused on children’s acquisition of rules and abstract patterns remote from their actual verbal behavior. However, the role of the child’s language environment was never fully ignored as a research topic, and in the last 30 years has regained legitimacy as an explanation for individual and group differences in rate and course of acquisition. Although some might take this as an affirmation of the claims in Verbal Behavior, child language researchers would vehemently reject that interpretation, noting, for example, the central role that must be attributed to infants’ innate social-pragmatic categories and their general cognitive capacities, which far transcend the learning mechanisms Skinner posited. This talk will summarize the findings supporting a role for variation in the child’s language environment in explaining aspects of language development, and argue that the polarizing dispute between Skinner and Chomsky retarded progress toward understanding how children’s innate socio-pragmatic skills and linguistic input interact to support language development.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Anyone interested in language development or the intellectual history of behavior analysis.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) explain to parents or supervisors the mechanism by which producing verbal behavior can contribute to learning language; (2) explain to parents or supervisors why success at inducing verbal behavior falls so far short of supporting language acquisition; (3) reconsider the wisdom of engaging in polarized debates about language development.
 
CATHERINE SNOW (Harvard University)
Catherine Snow is the Patricia Albjerg Graham Professor at the Harvard Graduate School of Education. She received her Ph.D. in 1971 from McGill University, having written a dissertation on Mothers’ Speech to Children in which she argued against Chomsky’s claim that the ‘primary linguistic data’ available to children was misleading, degraded, and ungrammatical. She subsequently worked for 8 years in the Linguistics Department of the University of Amsterdam, and has worked since 1980 at Harvard. Her current work focuses on the quality of early childhood programs, and on promoting discussion to support learning in elementary classrooms.
 
 
Noteworthy Activity #78A
Author Signing
Saturday, May 28, 2022
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A; ABAI Bookstore

Purchase one of the many available titles at the bookstore and stop by to have it signed by the author!

 
 
Noteworthy Activity #78B
Presenter Meet and Greet
Saturday, May 28, 2022
1:00 PM–2:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A

Meet presenters to discuss their research, ask questions, or just say "hi."

Authors:

  • Alexandra Protopopova (Table 1)
  • Aubyn Stahmer (Table 2)
  • Yukiko Washio (Table 3)
  • Mary Jane Weiss (Table 4)

 
 
Noteworthy Activity #78C
Professional Photographs
Saturday, May 28, 2022
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A

Bring your badge and have your professional photograph taken for use in social media, professional online bios, and more!

 
 
Poster Session #79
AAB Saturday Poster Session: Odd-Numbered Posters
Saturday, May 28, 2022
1:00 PM–2:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
1. Consent and Coercion in Positive Reinforcement Animal Training
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
HANNAH DAVIS MCGEE (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Veronica J. Howard (University of Alaska Anchorage)
Abstract: The use of positive reinforcement-based training techniques with captive animals is widely considered non-aversive. In recent years, the use of differential positive reinforcement to teach animals to consent to training and husbandry behaviors has gained popularity among animal trainers and pet owners. The animal receives a reinforcer when desired behavior is offered, creating the appearance that the animal is both consenting and benefiting from this procedure. However, if we take into account the contingencies available to the captive animal, the animal may be choosing to participate because the animal has limited alternatives. This experiment showed that manipulating the contingencies available to a captive animal changed the allocation of behaviors. When a rat’s access to different reinforcement contingencies was restricted, the rat was more likely to participate in training sessions, perform certain behaviors, and participate in sessions for a longer duration. These results support the idea that true consent cannot be obtained from a participant when the participant has limited alternatives for obtaining reinforcement and these options are controlled by the individual seeking consent.
 
 
 
Poster Session #80
BPN Saturday Poster Session: Odd-Numbered Posters
Saturday, May 28, 2022
1:00 PM–2:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Kelly M. Banna (Millersville University of Pennsylvania)
7. Applied Behavioural Pharmacology: A User’s Guide to the Literature
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
NAZURAH KHOKHAR (Brock University), Alison Cox (Brock University)
Discussant: Kelly M. Banna (Millersville University of Pennsylvania)
Abstract: Individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities may engage in problem behaviour that is unlikely to subside without intervention. As such, psychotropic medications are often prescribed to treat problem behaviours in this population. Applied behavioural pharmacology explores how drugs (i.e., psychotropic medications) may influence behaviour. Unfortunately, research in this area is scarce compared to how frequently psychotropic medications are used in practice. A systematic review on this topic featuring single case experimental designs, that also comments on study quality to inform the development of a guide to this literature is overdue. Studies included in the review featured participants: • with a diagnosis of intellectual and developmental disabilities, • with an identified problem behaviour that was an intervention target, and • were receiving psychotropic medications to address problem behaviour. 56 articles met criteria and were coded and scored using a literature-informed Quality Indicator Checklist. Total checklist scores ranged between 32 and 81%, with a mean of 52%. This suggests room for improvement regarding the methodological rigour in applied behavioural pharmacology research. Barriers and possible solutions to improving study quality (rigour), as well as clinical and research implications of the results will be discussed.
 
9. A Clinical Comparison of Fixed and Escalating Incentive Schedules on Cocaine Abstinence in Contingency Management
Area: BPN; Domain: Applied Research
SEAN REGNIER (University of Kentucky), Justin Charles Strickland (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), William Stoops (University of Kentucky College of Medicine)
Discussant: Kelly M. Banna (Millersville University of Pennsylvania)
Abstract: Aim: Contingency management (CM) interventions are the most effective psychosocial interventions for substance use disorders. However, there are several underdeveloped areas of CM research that require further investigation to create the most robust intervention possible. This study aimed to compare fixed versus escalating and resetting alternative reinforcers on cocaine abstinence in an outpatient trial. Methods: The procedures discussed in this manuscript are from a randomized controlled trial aimed at demonstrating the effects of reduced cocaine use on cardiovascular, immune, and psychosocial function. In this analysis, thirty-four treatment-seeking individuals with Cocaine Use Disorder were provided either fixed incentives or escalating and resetting incentives. Within all conditions, participants received either high or low value incentives, or were in a non-contingent control group. Results: Escalating and resetting reinforcer values did not have a differential effect on abstinence or consecutive negative urine samples compared to fixed values. Abstinence was best predicted by the magnitude of the incentive. Conclusions: This study contributes to a limited body of literature on the comparative efficacy of fixed and escalating reinforcement schedules on drug abstinence. Future research comparing fixed and escalating schedules on cocaine abstinence in a randomized control trial with a larger sample size is required.
 
 
 
Poster Session #81
EAB Saturday Poster Session: Odd-Numbered Posters
Saturday, May 28, 2022
1:00 PM–2:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Jonathan E. Friedel (Georgia Southern University)
13. Resistance to Change and Transferability: Can Persistence Transfer to Other Stimuli?
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
BEATRIZ ELENA ARROYO ANTUNEZ (Universidad de Guadalajara; Centro de Estudios e Investigaciones en Comportamiento), Carlos Javier Flores Aguirre (Universidad de Guadalajara)
Discussant: Cinthia Hernandez (Universidad de Guadalajara (CEIC))
Abstract:

Transferability of resistance to change was assessed. On Experiment 1, five pigeons were exposed to a control and experimental conditions. Control condition consisted of pigeons trained on a multiple schedule, with a rich component (VI 30s) and a lean component (VI 120s), signaled by different key lights. Pigeons were then exposed to the presentation of a pair of neutral stimuli, with no programmed consequences. Extinction and prefeeding probe sessions were done afterwards with the presentation of the neutral and discriminative stimuli. Experimental condition consisted on the same manipulations, however, pigeons were exposed to a second order conditioning procedure, using the neutral stimuli as second order stimuli and discriminative stimuli of the multiple schedule as first order stimuli. Probes were done afterwards. Results are interpreted according to Behavioral Momentum Theory, assessing transfer of function. Experiment 2, assessed transfer of persistence with five pigeons without a control condition. Pigeons were exposed directly to experimental conditions, as mentioned above, in order to avoid effects of history. Extinction probes were done in order to assess persistence to both neutral and discriminative stimuli.

 
15. An Efficient Method for Studying Variables That Impact Impulsive Choice in Rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
RYAN CHARLES BLEJEWSKI (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Elizabeth Katherine Garcia (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Justin T Van Heukelom (UNCW), Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Cinthia Hernandez (Universidad de Guadalajara (CEIC))
Abstract:

When confronted with a choice between a smaller-sooner reinforcer (SSR) and a larger-later reinforcer (LLR), selecting the SSR over the LLR is considered impulsive. These two options differ in both magnitude and delay. The present study sought to develop an experimental arrangement to determine how each of these reinforcer dimensions contribute to impulsive choice. Rats responded under a concurrent-chains procedure. The magnitude and delay for one option was constant across the experiment, whereas the magnitude and delay for the other option changed across session blocks. Baseline data indicated that choice was controlled by the combined effects of reinforcement magnitude and delay. Using the generalized matching equation, sensitivity to magnitude was, on average, slightly higher than sensitivity to delay (.83 vs. .77, respectively) but this varied somewhat across rats. These data suggest this may be a practical and efficient method for quantifying the impact of the individual reinforcer dimensions when choice involves combinations of reinforcement dimensions (e.g., impulsive choice) in rats. Such a method may provide a sensitive baseline to examine the effects of neurobiological manipulations (e.g., drug administration) on impulsive choice.

 
17. Verifying Pre-Experimental Equivalence Relations Using Sorting Tests
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Ramon Marin (Universidade Federal de São Carlos - Brazil), DEISY DE SOUZA (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
Discussant: Cinthia Hernandez (Universidad de Guadalajara (CEIC))
Abstract:

Based on the assumption that meaningful stimuli can be members of pre-experimentally established equivalence classes, this ongoing research aims to assess the reliability of online sorting tests for verifying pre-experimental relations. Ten participants were asked to sort 40 pictures based on what they considered as correct and then, to name the sorted sets. These pictures were taken from seven likely pre-experimental classes; Birds (A1B1C1D1E1), Vessels (A2B2C2D2), Gardening (A3B3C3D3), Dentistry (A4B4C4D4E4F4), Baking (A5B5C5D5E5F5), Car Mechanics (A6B6C6D6E6F6), and Abstract items (A7B7C7E7F7G7H7I7). Each class comprised physically similar and dissimilar pictures in order to assess non-arbitrary and arbitrary relations. Five participants sorted stimuli according to the expected classes. Three participants mixed classes and named them according to their mixed features (e.g., P101 blended Birds and Gardening classes and named them as one single class, “Nature”). Two participants sorted Abstract items into different classes. Partial results support sorting as a reliable strategy for assessing stimulus relations. Although participants have mostly sorted the pictures as expected, differences were exhibited when they clustered pre-experimentally defined classes. Naming requirements may help to identify discriminative controls for relational responses. Future stages will expand the size of each class and analyze the consistency of relations across participants.

 
19. Resurgence of Movement Patterns During the Acquisition of Sequences
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JOSEF HARRIS (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas), Mary Elizabeth Hunter (Behavior Explorer)
Discussant: Cinthia Hernandez (Universidad de Guadalajara (CEIC))
Abstract: Reid (1994) taught rats to complete three-response sequences using a right and left lever. When subjects were shifted to a new response sequence, faster learning occurred when the last element in the sequence was changed as compared to the first element. Harris, Rosales-Ruiz, and Hunter (2020) replicated Reid using human participants and found similar results. Both experiments assumed that participants learned a sequence of left and right responses, such as left-left-right. However, this pattern can also be interpreted as a “stay” response followed by a “switch” response. This study conducted a reanalysis of the data from Harris, Rosales-Ruiz, and Hunter in terms of stay and switch responses. Data analysis showed that when a new response pattern was required, subjects persisted with the previous pattern and then resurged to earlier learned patterns of stay and switch responses. These results indicate that the difficulty of learning a new sequence depended less on whether the first or last element in the sequence was changed and more on what movement patterns were previously reinforced.
 
21. Impacts of Stimulus Type on Behavioral Contrast and Resurgence
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
AMANDA MILES (West Virginia University), Anthony Oliver (University of Vermont), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Cinthia Hernandez (Universidad de Guadalajara (CEIC))
Abstract: Resurgence and behavioral contrast involve increased responding during a constant component when reinforcement conditions are worsened during another component. The present experiment was conducted to determine the impact of the presence or absence of associated stimuli on responding to the unchanged component in both resurgence and contrast paradigms. Four white Carneau pigeons were exposed to a series of counterbalanced conditions and stimuli exposures. A concurrent schedule was used for all conditions, with one key arranging a multiple schedule with multiple stimuli. During the critical phases, one of the key colors was darkened during the multiple schedule. Given a change in conditions, responding in the unchanged component increased for all pigeons (as of the completion of the first half of the experiment). Resurgence of the target response occurred only when the alternative key was darkened. Absence of a distinct stimulus during the resurgence test phase increased the amount of resurgence observed (i.e., more responding to the target when the alternative key was darkened). There were no observed differences in contrast as a function of the stimulus in the alternative component. These results add to the understanding of stimulus variables that impact responding when the conditions of reinforcement of alternative responding worsen
 
23. The Effects of Blocking Episodic Future Thinking on Measures of Delay Discounting
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MIKE HARMAN (Briar Cliff University), James House (The Pier Center for Autism)
Discussant: Jonathan E. Friedel (Georgia Southern University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was twofold. First, to evaluate the extent to which engaging in ongoing overt episodic future thinking for 30 s affected measures of delay discounting. Second, to evaluate the effects of a 30-s verbal blocking task on measures of delay discounting. Twenty-six college students served as participants. Participants were presented a hypothetical monetary scenario and instructed to report the smallest amount of money that they would be willing to receive now instead of waiting to receive $1,000. Seven delays between 1 day and 5 years were used. Participants were instructed to wait 30 s before providing their response. During the 30-s wait interval, participants were instructed to sit quietly (control condition), describe in as much detail as possible what they believe they will be doing at the specified date in the future (EFT condition), or list as many English words that start with a given consonant (blocking condition). Area under curve (AUC) measures were calculated and compared across conditions. Mean AUC measures significantly differed across conditions. The blocking condition yielded significantly lower mean AUC values compared to the control and EFT conditions. The results of the current study provide support for the role of verbal behavior in mediating decisions in delay discounting contexts.
 
25. The Effects of Variability Constraints, in the Form of Lag Schedules, on Structure Diversity in a Virtual Block Building Environment
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
LAUREN PALMATEER (Western New England University, The New England Center for Children), Jonathan W. Pinkston (Western New England University)
Discussant: Jonathan E. Friedel (Georgia Southern University)
Abstract: Variability has been considered a dimension of operant behavior that can be learned (Page & Neuringer, 1985), and that high variability is crucial to the facilitation of learning (Stokes et al., 2008). One type of environmental constraint that determines variability in a learning task is a variability constraint, which determines how something must be done in order to access reinforcement (Stokes & Harrison, 2002). An example of a variability constraint is a lag schedule, which is a manipulation where the current response must differ from the last number of “X” responses to result in reinforcement (Page & Neuringer, 1985). The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of lag schedules on structure building in an individual diagnosed with autism. We designed a computerized block-building environment, where the participant moved through several phases that imposed different lag values, requiring them to vary the structures they are building with blocks shown on screen. Our preliminary data suggest that lag schedules did not come to control this participant’s behavior. One interesting finding is that the general increase in structures across sessions may point to our task gaining reinforcing value, like findings in Napolitano et al. (2010).
 
27. Assessing Infants’ Social Evaluations: Virtual Replication and Extension Using Repeated Measures
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MARIEL MONTES (University of the Pacific), samantha crooks (University of the Pacific), Alondra Del Real (University of the Pacific), Ashley Bonfoey (University of the Pacific), Angel Zhong (University of the Pacific), Mark Matz (University of the Pacific), Carolynn S. Kohn (University of the Pacific)
Discussant: Jonathan E. Friedel (Georgia Southern University)
Abstract: Highly cited research on infant social evaluations suggest that infants have an unlearned preference for prosocial others. However, these studies use a single measure of the dependent variable (puppet choice), which does not allow choice stability to be evaluated within and across participants. Several failed replications have been published, including replications using single-case designs with repeated measures. Although not limited by a single choice, repeated measures after one puppet show may result in side perseveration (choosing a puppet on the same side). To address these limitations, we extended typical methodology by using repeated measures and having infants watch puppet shows before each choice. We assessed six infants virtually due to COVID-19 restrictions. Infants first watched a puppet show depicting a helper (prosocial) puppet and a hinderer puppet, then were prompted to choose between them. This sequence was repeated three additional times. We observed no clear patterns in infant choices, and several failed to make a choice. Results suggest a virtual format may not be suitable to evaluate infants’ choices. Given the number of published failed replications, researchers ought to assess infants’ choice stability by examining the conditions under which infants make puppet choices and placing these choices under experimental control.
 
29. Rate of Positive Alternative Reinforcement Affects Resurgence of Negatively Reinforced Target Behavior
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
LUCIE ROMANO (Western Michigan University), Gregory S. Smith (University of Dayton; University of Nevada, Reno School of Medicine), Brooke M. Smith (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Jonathan E. Friedel (Georgia Southern University)
Abstract: Exposure therapy is the gold-standard treatment for anxiety and related disorders. Resurgence is a useful model for conceptualizing the mechanisms of operant suppression and relapse during exposure therapy. Previous resurgence studies have manipulated rates of alternative reinforcement, but most have examined positively reinforced target and alternative behaviors. As a model of exposure therapy, however, it is important to study resurgence using negatively reinforced target and positively reinforced alternative behaviors. The current study investigated the effects of rich and lean rates of alternative reinforcement on suppression and resurgence of escape/avoidance behavior in typically developing humans. In phase 1, three groups could escape/avoid a loud noise by clicking an object on a computer screen (target response). In phase 2, groups received points on either a rich, lean, or extinction (no reinforcement) schedule for clicking another object (alternative response). In phase 3, all groups underwent extinction for both responses. Results showed moderate suppression of the target response in all three groups during phase 2. During phase 3, there was marked resurgence of the target response in the Rich condition and minimal resurgence in Lean and Control. Implications for translating these findings to the treatment of anxiety and related disorders will be discussed.
 
31. A Remote Application of the Matching Law to Social Dynamics
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
KAYLA N MINEHART (Western New England University; The New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children), Brenna Michele Anderson (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University)
Discussant: Jonathan E. Friedel (Georgia Southern University)
Abstract: The Matching Law is a quantitative representation of the relation between response and reinforcement rate (Herrnstein, 1974). Studying the application of the Matching Law entails arranging concurrent schedules of reinforcement and measuring the subject’s responding on either schedule. The purpose of our study was to extend the matching methodology used in Borrero and colleagues (2007) to social dynamics using a remote preparation. We arranged for typically developing, adult participants to experience conditions of varying ratios of reinforcement on a concurrent schedule. During sessions, reinforcement was delivered on non-independent concurrent random ratio schedules via a text messaging preparation. We observed undermatching with all participants. IOA data were not collected due to the texting application saving permanent product recordings of each session conducted. This study is important to the Matching Law as it extends the Matching Law literature by demonstrating matching in adult, neurotypical humans in a remote, gamified text messaging preparation.
 
33. An Evaluation of the Effects of the Number of Options Within an Array and Time Constraints on an Individual's Preference for Choice Contexts
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ANDREA B. WILSON (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Kathryn L. Kalafut (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jack Spear (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Jonathan E. Friedel (Georgia Southern University)
Abstract:

Previous research has found that choice in and of itself can be a reinforcer; however, research has also found there are limits to this, such as when there are too many choices. The current study, replicated and extended behavior-economic research using behavior-analytic methods by (a) determining the prevalence of preference for choice in a large number of adults, (b) evaluating large numbers of options on preference for choice and satisfaction, and (c) evaluating the effects of time constraints on an individual’s preference for choice and satisfaction with those choices. Results showed that many participants preferred choice over no-choice contexts. One third of the participants reached a breaking point during the choice overload phase and time constraint phase. Additionally, results indicated that it was more difficult to choose when there were more choices and when there was less time. These findings demonstrate that offering extensive amounts of options may have negative effects but suggest further research be conducted on more substantial contexts.

 
35. Effect of C:t Ratios on Sign-Tracking and Conditioned Reinforcer Efficacy
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
SABA MAHMOUDI (Utah State University), Sara Peck (Utah State University), Joshua Jones (Utah State University), Gregory Madden (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Conditioned reinforcement is widely used in applied behavior analysis, but variables influencing its efficacy are not well understood. Pavlovian learning underlies conditioned reinforcement and larger C:t ratios facilitate that learning (C is the inter-reinforcer interval and t is the conditioned stimulus (CS) ---> reinforcer interval). Following Pavlovian training with nonhumans, the CS evokes sign-tracking (CS approach) and/or goal-tracking (feeder entry). Prior studies have shown that larger C:t values promote sign-tracking, and separate studies report that the CS is more reinforcing in rats’ that naturally sign-track. In this rat study, we combined these separate findings by manipulating C:t values across groups (1.75, 3.5, and 12). Sign-tracking was measured during training and CS reinforcer efficacy was measured in sessions in which an operant nosepoke produced the CS alone. With data-collection ongoing, more sign-tracking occurs in the C:t 12 than in the 1.75 group (Figure 1). The amount of sign-tracking was a significant predictor of operant responding for the CS on testing day 1 (Figure 2). Finally, C:t 12 rats responded more for the CS than C:t 3.5 rats; the difference between C:t 1.75 and 12, thus far, only approaches significance. These findings suggest C:t ratios and sign-tracking play a role in conditioned reinforcer efficacy.

 
 
 
Poster Session #82
PCH Saturday Poster Session: Odd-Numbered Posters
Saturday, May 28, 2022
1:00 PM–2:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Sherry L. Serdikoff (Savannah State University)
37. Quantifying Research Impact of Faculty in Behavior Analysis Programs via the h-index
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
MATTHEW SPANN (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
Discussant: Sherry L. Serdikoff (Savannah State University)
Abstract: The h-index is a measure of scholarly impact (Hirsch, 2005) and is defined as the largest number h, such that an individual has published at least h works that have each been cited as least h times. The larger the value, the more impactful one’s research. We sought to determine the mean value of the h-index, by academic rank (e.g., assistant professors, associate professors), for faculty of record associated with behavior analysis programs in the United States. We began with ABAI-accredited programs and expanded to include other programs. For this study, we used two popular databases, Google Scholar and ResearchGate. Scores from Google Scholar were calculated using software known as Harzing’s Publish or Perish whereas h-index scores from ResearchGate were determined by reviewing scores provided on their website. h-index scores from each database are compared and presented by academic rank, and results are interpreted with an eye for effective dissemination for the field of applied behavior analysis.
 
39. Systematic Literature Reviews in Applied Behavior Analysis: A Brief How to
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
RACHAEL SCHNEIDER (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Brittany Beaver (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jane Goodman Tammik (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Tyler Ré (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Sherry L. Serdikoff (Savannah State University)
Abstract: Systematic Literature Reviews (SLRs) are important in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in order to synthesize information on particular topics to evaluate if the strategy meets criteria for evidence-based practice. Experimental studies can be lengthy and include technical language and jargon that may impact a reader’s ability to comprehend the strategy fully and then apply the strategy in practice. SLRs can be used for summarizing literature on a particular topic, and suggesting potential future directions of research; thus providing readers an overview of a particular topic. This poster will talk about strategies for conducting SLRs in ABA. Lessons learned and strategies will be shared from other fields for completing all parts of the SLR, including the introduction, methods, results, and discussion. Best practices in regards to completing SLRs will be shared and strategies for publishing and presenting SLRs will be included.
 
41. The Irish Society for Behaviour Analysis: History & Future Planning in the Professional Regulatory Context of Ireland.
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
BRIAN FENNELL (Queen's University Belfast), Alan Leo Tennyson (Brothers of Charity), Laura Skelly (University of Ulster - MSC Applied Behaviour Analysis), David Scannell (Trinity College Dublin), Saskia Dodebier (Psychology Society of Ireland - Division of Behaviour Analysis), Catherine Wells (Trinity College Dublin)
Discussant: Sherry L. Serdikoff (Savannah State University)
Abstract: Ireland's vibrant ABA community has historically lacked statutory regulation as a profession. As in other European countries, the Behaviour Analytic community in Ireland coalesced under the minimum practice standards and ethical framework provided by the Behaviour Analysts Certification Board (BACB). The announcement by the Behaviour Analysis Certification Board in December 2019 to cease international certification brought our profession's lack of statutory regulation into sharp focus. In this presentation we will provide an account of the formation of the Irish Society for Behaviour Analysis and recent developments in the professional structures for Behaviour Analysis. Before placing these developments in the historical context of ABA in Ireland, we will describe the policy and statutory environment in which Irish Behaviour Analysts are working and how this presents both opportunities and risks. Finally we will place the development of Irish ABA in the broader European context and describe our hopes for ABA on the island of Ireland in the coming years. We will make the case for the development of European ethical and practice standards, while simultaneously addressing professional recognition at a national level.
 
 
 
Poster Session #83
EDC Saturday Poster Session: Odd-Numbered Posters
Saturday, May 28, 2022
1:00 PM–2:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Melissa L. Olive (Cultivate Behavioral Health & Education)
43. Remotely Assessing Visual Attention Online in Participants of Differing Ages
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
NANCY H. HUGUENIN (Behavior Analysis & Technology, Inc.)
Discussant: Melissa L. Olive (Cultivate Behavioral Health & Education)
Abstract: Discovering manipulations that affect how children attend to complex stimuli is important because of attentional deficits that many children possess which interfere with their development. Establishing prior reinforcement histories for separate stimulus components was examined to determine if they controlled which features of compound visual cues four participants, who differed in age, attended to. The response topographies and test performance of the participants indicated they selectively attended to the symbol with an unchanged prior reinforcement history in the stimulus compound. Symbols with a reversed prior reinforcement history were usually ignored. The procedures were administered automatically online at remote sites where the author was not present and were effective in determining how the participants attended to a stimulus compound. Although prior reinforcement histories failed to initially control how a young child attended to a visual compound, when the procedures were repeated, he too selectively attended to the unchanged stimulus element. Because of the increase in children with autism, it is difficult to provide adequate services at an early age. Online programs, such as the procedures in this study, could be provided to young children in the home with parental supervision to provide attentional assessments to both identify and reduce attentional impairments.
 
47. Training School-Based Practitioners to Conduct Functional Behavioral Assessments and Develop Function-Based Intervention Plans
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
SAMANTHA GOLDMAN (Assumption University), Allison Negron (Worcester Public Schools), Nanho Vander Hart (Assumption University)
Discussant: Melissa L. Olive (Cultivate Behavioral Health & Education)
Abstract: Although it is well documented that effective function-based behavior intervention plans (BIP) should be based on results of high-quality functional behavioral assessment (FBA), school practitioners who are responsible for these tasks are often not properly trained in these procedures. In this pilot study conducted in an urban school district, we compared FBAs and BIPs developed by four school practitioners responsible for conducting FBAs before and after completion of a 4-session professional development series. This PD series was presented by a district Behavior Intervention Consultant and was primarily focused on FBAs and the basics of behavior. Using the FBA/BIP Technical Adequacy Tool for Evaluation (TATE), we coded each FBA/BIP for the presence of 18 essential components on a scale from 0 to 2 (reliability = 87%). Comparing from pre-training to post-training, overall TATE scores increased by an average of 9.5 points. Participants improved more on 9 FBA-related items (6.25 point average increase) than on 9 BIP-related items (3.25 point average increase). Although additional training is needed, results suggest that participants gained some understanding of the FBA and BIP process that they were able to put into practice with support.
 
49. An Evaluation of Active Student Responding (ASR) Requirements to Teach Updated APA Guidelines to Graduate Students via Online Modules
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
CRYSTAL FIELDS (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Gena Pacitto (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Nicole Kanew (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Roger Frank Bass (Bass Behavioral Consulting)
Discussant: Melissa L. Olive (Cultivate Behavioral Health & Education)
Abstract: Active Student Responding (ASR) is a common procedure used in schools and clinics in which students are required to emit a response following an instruction or question. There is considerable literature showing the effectiveness of ASR across settings and populations; however, ASR is often part of a treatment package, meaning it is paired with additional procedures, such as error correction or praise. The purpose of the current study was to replicate and extend previous research by evaluating three levels of ASR (e.g., errorless learning, multiple choice, and fill in the blank) independent of a treatment package to teach graduate students in behavior analysis to follow the updated guidelines provided by Publication Manual of the American Psychological Association. There were 9 students enrolled in an online graduate program participating in this study. Based on the results of pre- and post-test, there has been limited acquisition across the first three participants. Although there is some acquisition, it is likely that some sort of additional procedure (e.g., feedback) is necessary to facilitate learning.
 
51. Telehealth Application of PEERS® Informed Social Skills Training for Adults with Autism
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ASHLEY MCCLENNEN (Devereux Advanced Behavioral Health), Hadley Kunz (Devereux Advanced Behavioral Health), Kara Constantine (Devereux Advanced Behavioral Health), Amanda Duffy (Devereux Advanced Behavioral Health), Kate A Langston Rooney (Delaware ABAI), Sasha Birosik (Devereux Advanced Behavioral Health), Todd Harris (Devereux Advanced Behavioral Health), Megan Robinson Joy (Devereux Advanced Behavioral Health)
Discussant: Melissa L. Olive (Cultivate Behavioral Health & Education)
Abstract:

For autistic adults, social skills can often be a challenge that impacts the ability to make and maintain meaningful relationships, and currently there is limited research on social skills interventions. The current study investigated the effectiveness of social skills instruction delivered via telehealth in a community-based program for autistic adults. Ten adults aged 23-36 years with a diagnosis of autism or other developmental disability and their support staff participated in this study. During the program, participants attended weekly virtual social skills instruction, supplemented by homework assignments to practice skills. Instruction was based on PEERS®, an evidence-based intervention for young adults with autism. Data were analyzed using a paired-samples t test. Results indicated that participants’ scores significantly increased (t(8) = -4.21, p = .00) on a knowledge assessment based on PEERS® content from pretest (M = 29.89, SD = 5.44) to posttest (M = 36.11, SD = 2.52) shown in Figure 1. Staff and participants both rated the intervention as having high social validity, shown in Figure 2. These results suggest that a virtual social skills intervention based on PEERS® was associated with increased knowledge assessment scores in autistic adults and could be used in a community setting.

 
53. Technology Within Applied Behavior Analysis
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory
BETHANY A PATTERSON (Helianthus Positive Behavior Supports), Tiffany Michels (Helianthus Positive Behavior Supports LLC)
Discussant: Melissa L. Olive (Cultivate Behavioral Health & Education)
Abstract: Technology has been an inseparable part of Applied Behavior Analysis. B.F. Skinner’s work was pioneering with his teaching machines and programmed instructions (Skinner, 1965). Today, emerging technologies continue to grow and increase usefulness within teaching. Although, multimedia and multi-reality technology within teaching is relatively new, technology is growing and evolving their usefulness within education. Technology allows for a diversity of topics and deepen their knowledge and broaden their horizons. Technology promotes a variety of programing types, which engage the learner and motivates them to continue. This rise of technology continues throughout behavior analysis today. This literature review summarizes the advantages and disadvantages of currently used technologies within Applied Behavior Analysis and what types of technology, practitioners can look forward in the future.
 
 
 
Poster Session #84
TBA Saturday Poster Session: Odd-Numbered Posters
Saturday, May 28, 2022
1:00 PM–2:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Avner Fraidlin (Western Michigan University)
55. CBAI Field Supervision Curriculum
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
RACHEL L. WHITE (Good Behavior Beginnings), Rebecca Erli Parenteau (6810)
Discussant: Avner Fraidlin (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The Capacity Building for Autism Interventions (CBAI) Field Supervision Curriculum is a 35-topic curriculum free to those supervising trainees pursuing BCBA and BCaBA certification. It can be completed in sequence, or used in sections according to topic. Each lesson has key teaching points and references, as well as assignments to demonstrate mastery of the topic. The curriculum also contains a scoring guide for assignments and additional resources, materials, and examples. Data has been collected on the duration to mastery on each assignment, suggesting which topics take more skill and fluency to complete, and where students commonly need more guidance. Social validity data on the program has also been collected per trainee satisfaction surveys. Lastly, data has also been aggregated to show how many former field supervision trainees are now certified and their field of work.
 
57. Supporting Caregivers of Children with ASD: Preliminary Effects and Feasibility of a Telehealth ABA Program
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
KRISTINA MCGINNIS (Baylor University), Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University), Marie Kirkpatrick (University of Texas at San Antonio), Stephanie Fritz (Baylor University)
Discussant: Avner Fraidlin (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often experience skill deficits that can act as a barrier for independent living. Caregiver-implemented interventions based on applied behavior analysis (ABA) lead to improvements in targeted skills. The purpose of this study was to expand on current research that evaluated the efficacy of a caregiver training program, delivered via telehealth technology. A sample of 30 children with ASD and their caregivers (e.g., parents, grandparents) participated in all phases of the study. The single-case effect sizes indicated large or very large improvement for more than half of the goals addressed. Caregivers typically implemented the program with higher than 90% fidelity on average, indicating the coaching resulted in caregivers’ accurate implementation of the interventions. Based on the current sample of social validity scores, we found high levels of caregiver acceptability for a telehealth coaching model. These results, along with the results of previous studies, provide preliminary support for the feasibility and social validity of using telehealth to provide ABA services.
 
59. Toward a Data-based Approach to the Selection of ABA Program Characteristics
Area: TBA; Domain: Basic Research
TRACY L. LEPPER (Franciscan Missionaries of Our Lady University), Jordan Bailey (Franciscan Missionaries of Our Lady University), Emily Anne Whittington (Franciscan Missionaries of Our Lady University), Michelle Nicole Topham (Franciscan Missionaries of Our Lady University)
Discussant: Avner Fraidlin (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: There is a paucity of data that describe how program characteristics relate to program outcome goals. This gap limits the use of data to guide and support decisions concerning the selection of ABA program characteristics. Therefore, the purpose of the present study was to describe a methodology for the evaluation of the relationships between program characteristics and program outcome goals in the context of identifying the ideal program characteristics to propose for a new Master of Science in ABA at Franciscan Missionaries of Our Lady University (FranU). For FranU, 11 program characteristics, Board Certified Behavior Analyst® pass rates and enrollment were selected as variables. We provide description of the procedures, data analysis and general overview of our findings. The utility of the methodology for future research is also discussed.
 
61. Assessing ‘Behavioral Artistry’ Staff Training on Behavior Technician’s Use of Behavioral Artistry Traits and the Behavior of Young Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
EMILIA NOTARIANNI (Michigan State University), Rebecca Saur (Michigan State University), Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University)
Discussant: Avner Fraidlin (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Training high quality practitioners continues to be a priority in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis. The concept of behavioral artistry (BA) identifies traits that may contribute to an individual’s success as a behavior analyst, including attributes such as resilience, sense of humor, and compassion. Despite BA’s potential for meaningful impact in the field, research in this area remains limited. The current study aimed to behaviorally define the BA trait “likes people” and investigated the effects of a behavioral skills training and video self-modeling on the development of behaviors representative of that BA trait. Additionally, data were collected on client behaviors, in order to examine the effects of the BA training on client behavior. Four dyads consisting of one behavior technician and one young child diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder participated in the study, which took place in an EIBI clinic affiliated with a midwestern university. Results will be discussed in addition to implications for further research.
 
 
 
Poster Session #85
CSS Saturday Poster Session: Odd-Numbered Posters
Saturday, May 28, 2022
1:00 PM–2:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Amanda N. Kelly (BEHAVIORBABE )
63. Improving Team Behaviors of Youth Cheerleaders using a Group Contingency and Public Posting
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
KELLY NORRIS (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Nicole Kanew (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Amanda N. Kelly (BEHAVIORBABE)
Abstract:

This study examined an intervention package using a group contingency and public posting to increase the on-task behaviors of youth cheerleaders. Previous research has used group contingencies and public posting to increase on-task behaviors. Additional research has used treatment packages including one of these interventions, but not both. We used an intervention package, using both a group contingency and public posting, to increase pro-social behaviors, including on-task behaviors. Currently, there is no research using these specific components in an intervention package to increase on-task behaviors in a sports team. In this current study, a withdrawal design was used with a team of junior high cheerleaders to increase on-task behaviors. Momentary time sampling was used to record the on-task behaviors of each member of the team. Public posting and an interdependent group contingency were used to reinforce the on-task behaviors of the participants. The results of the first intervention phase showed an increase in on-task behaviors, with a decline during return to baseline, and an immediate increase with the return to intervention. The results showed the intervention package using a group contingency and public posting was successful in increasing the on-task behaviors of youth cheerleaders.

 
Diversity submission 67. A preliminary investigation of political views: A relational flexibility perspective
Area: CSS; Domain: Basic Research
JESSICA M. HINMAN (University of Illinois at Chicago), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois Chicago), Zhihui Yi (University of Illinois Chicago)
Discussant: Amanda N. Kelly (BEHAVIORBABE)
Abstract: A contextual behavior analytic framework can be utilized to understand how an individual perceives racial discrimination, LGBTQIA+ rights, climate change, and national security. Previous research has demonstrated the relationship between complex language and biases and found an association between derived relational responses and implicit biases. The current study expands upon prior research by utilizing contemporary and traditional behavior analytic methods to examine the relationship between political identity, complex language, psychological flexibility, and how individuals perceive various social justice topics. Sixty individuals across the United States completed a series of online self-report measures, including an online version of the PEAK Compressive Assessment Transformation-Expressive (PCA-T-E) subtest and psychological flexibility questionnaires. They completed a paired choice preference assessment of twelve social justice issues to determine which topics they found most important. Our findings suggest that individuals who identified as being more liberal scored higher on the PCA-T-E (r = -0.548, p = 0.0002) and were more mindful (r = 0.3659, p = 0.017) compared to those who identified as more conservative. These findings suggest a relationship between relational ability, political identity, and how one perceives various social justice issues and supports the need for more research examining this relationship between complex language and social justice.
 
 
 
Poster Session #86
OBM Saturday Poster Session: Odd-Numbered Posters
Saturday, May 28, 2022
1:00 PM–2:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Kacie McGarry (Florida Institute of Technology)
71. Evaluation of behavioral skills training on Behavior Technicians adherence to COVID-19 protocols at an Applied Behavior Analysis clinic.
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
VICTOR XIMENEZ (UTSA), Leslie Neely (University of Texas at San Antonio)
Discussant: Kacie McGarry (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: The COVID-19 was the third leading cause of death in the United States in 2020 and individuals with underlying medical conditions were at high risk of severe illness (Ahmad et al., 2021). Behaviors protecting against the spread of the COVID-19 include mask wearing, handwashing, and social distancing (Center for Disease Control and Prevention, 2021). The purpose of this presentation is to present the results of an evaluation conducted by the authors of a group training on clinician adherence to COVID-19 prevention protocols at an outpatient applied behavior analysis clinic. The group training consisting of verbal instruction, written instruction (checklist), written feedback via email, graphic feedback via email, and verbal feedback prior to the next session. The clinic managers also implemented reinforcement contingencies (e.g., t-shirt day) for reaching adherence (80% completion of checklist across three consecutive data collection sessions). The clinic implemented a staggered training for the shifts, which allowed the authors to evaluate the effects of the training through a multiple baseline design. Results indicate that all four shifts had low levels of adherence prior to the explicit training. All four shifts had low levels of adherence prior to the explicit training. All four shifts performed at least 80% of the performance checklist after three to five shifts.
 
73. An Evaluation of Multiple Interventions to Reduce the Frequency of Significant Medication Errors
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CHRISTOPHER JAMES HARGRAVE (The Arc Mercer), Timothy McKenna (The Arc Mercer), Steven Cook (The Arc Mercer), Michael Toland (The Arc Mercer), Jessica Shaw (The Arc Mercer)
Discussant: Kacie McGarry (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Medication errors, a common issue in long-term care residential facilities, can lead to life-threatening harm (Pierson et al., 2007). This study builds on previous research in Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) which has demonstrated that interventions such as pyramidal training (Haberlin et al., 2012) and group contingencies (Allison et al., 1993) can significantly impact employee behavior change. These interventions were applied at a community-based residential provider for adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities in an effort to reduce the frequency of medication errors. Data collected from 2012 through 2021 was used to identify significant errors amongst doses administered to 176 residents by approximately 550 direct support professionals. Significant medication errors included those in which an incorrect medication or dose was administered. Implementation of a positive punishment procedure as a standalone intervention was followed by the addition of a pyramidal system of training and later, a small group contingency program. Data analysis demonstrated that the standalone punishment procedure produced an immediate, albeit short-lived reduction in medication errors. However, a multicomponent system of interventions, which included those which are OBM-based, resulted in a 95.55% reduction in significant medication errors when compared to baseline.
 
75. Staff Safety While Conducting Functional Analyses
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
BRODY CAVANAUGH (Kennedy Krieger Institute, University of Maryland - Baltimore County), Samantha Hardesty (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Mirela Cengher (UMBC)
Discussant: Kacie McGarry (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: While many behavior analysts have adopted the functional analysis methodology (Iwata et al., 1982/1994), misconceptions regarding its safety still persist due to a lack of shared information regarding the use of safeguards during these assessments. Concerns regarding patient safety have been examined and found to be minimal (Kahng et al., 2015), but no known studies exist regarding the safety of the clinicians who conduct these sessions. In the current study, data were collected on staff injuries that occurred during functional analysis sessions on an inpatient severe behavioral unit over a 3-month time period. Specifically, clinicians recorded whether or not an injury occurred, the severity of the injury (IRS-S, Hardesty, 2020), the presence and type of personal protective equipment used, and the type of session conducted. Results found that staff injuries occurred infrequently, and were low in severity when they did occur. These preliminary findings suggest that safeguards and appropriate use of personal protective equipment may be effective in reducing the frequency and severity of staff injury in this setting. These findings, along with results from Kahng et al. (2015) and Hardesty (2020) suggest that functional analyses are safe to conduct with highly-trained individuals in a controlled environment.
 
 
 
Poster Session #87
CBM Saturday Poster Session: Odd-Numbered Posters
Saturday, May 28, 2022
1:00 PM–2:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Nichole D. Collins (CCSN Behavioral Health)
77. Pattern-Setting as a Behavioral Technology to Reduce Smoking Behavior
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
JUAN PABLO MOLANO GALLARDO (Universidad Nacional de Colombia), Alvaro A. Clavijo Alvarez (Universidad Nacional de Colombia)
Discussant: Nichole D. Collins (CCSN Behavioral Health)
Abstract:

Around 60% of smokers attempt to quit smoking, but only 4% of those attempts without cessation assistance are successful, and proven behavioral and pharmacological interventions raise the percentage between 7% to 15% (World Health Organization, 2021). This study aimed to assess a pattern-setting program as a behavioral technology to reduce smoking behavior. First, we report a single case pre-experiment based upon a proposal advanced by Rachlin for establishing patterns within his soft commitment framework (2016). When the program started, the participant smoked around 11 cigarettes per day and ceased to smoke entirely at the end of the intervention after 117 days. The next step is to run an experiment with a larger sample, a control group, and a group evaluating only the effect of self-monitoring over smoking behavior. Finally, we discuss some limitations and suggest strategies to assess pattern-setting to help smokers who want to quit smoking and how new and effective behavioral technologies facilitate smoking cessation.

 
79. Behavioral Interventions for Selective Mutism: A Review
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
NIRUBA RASURATNAM (Brock University), Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University)
Discussant: Nichole D. Collins (CCSN Behavioral Health)
Abstract:

Selective mutism is characterized in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-5) as the consistent failure to speak in specific social situations (American Psychiatric Association, 2013). There are several treatment approaches in the literature for the treatment of selective mutism, including pharmacological, psychodynamic, cognitive, family systems, multimodal, and behavioral (Cohan et al., 2006). The behavioral conceptualization of selective mutism is that it is a learned behavior – and one that typically serves an attention or escape from anxiety function (Cohan et al., 2006). Behavioral interventions typically combine strategies, such as contingency management (Amari et al., 1999), graduated exposure/systematic desensitization (Ale et al., 2013), intensive exposure (Bunnell & Beidel, 2013), systematic prompt fading (Beare et al., 2008), self-modeling (Blum et al., 1998; Kehle et al., 1990), role-playing (Fisak et al., 2006; Lang et al., 2011), social skills training (Rye & Ullman, 1999), prompting and practice opportunities (Howe & Barnett, 2013), and Social Effectiveness Therapy (SET; Fisak et al., 2006). The purpose of this poster is to present the results of a literature review of behavioral interventions to treat selective mutism. Results will be discussed within the context of practical implications and suggestions for future research.

 
81. A Behavioral Analytic Perspective on Resilience.
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory
RACHEL KRILCICH (University of North Texas), Daniele Ortu (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Nichole D. Collins (CCSN Behavioral Health)
Abstract: One thing is for certain, many of us are emerging from the COVID-19 pandemic with a new sense of resilience. Resilience is often quoted as an intangible personality trait. However, as behavior analysts, we cannot help but trying to understand what are the environmental variables involved in selecting resilient behavior. While other accounts have not gone in vain, an environment-based analysis of resilience may help creating behavioral technologies to facilitate adaptation during especially trying times. Here we offer a theoretical perspective on resilient behavior based on basic research on resistance to extinction and behavioral momentum. These interpretations may supplement the current clinical literature on resilience by providing a pragmatic set of possible interventions.
 
83. Trauma-informed functional analysis of severe behavior
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory
LAUREN CHRISTINE NARDUCCI (UNMC-Munroe Meyer Institute), Tara A. Fahmie (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Nichole D. Collins (CCSN Behavioral Health)
Abstract: The field of behavioral health has an evolving understanding of trauma. While behavior analysis has contributed a robust technology for assessing and treating severe challenging behavior in individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities, there is not much currently known about the effect of trauma on the outcomes of these evidence-based practices. Recently, the vast literature on trauma-informed care (TIC) has been applied to behavior analytic practice broadly. The field is overdue for a more nuanced discussion about the intersection of trauma and challenging behavior as it relates to the functional behavior assessment process. Behavior analysts often work with niche populations, who are at higher risk of trauma or already carry their own. The inclusion of TIC within functional analyses can help to provide enhanced care resulting in quicker rates of behavior change while helping prevent new trauma or causing re-traumatization. In this poster, we review existing literature on TIC through conceptual analysis, dissect the functional assessment and treatment process, and highlight practical considerations for the care of individuals with trauma. Lastly, we emphasize the many avenues for future research needed in this area.
 
85. Training Caregivers How to Implement Feeding Assessments with Integrity
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
LINDSEY ELSON (University of Nebraska Medical Center - Munroe Meyer Institute), Laura E Phipps (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Bethany Hansen (Munroe Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Nichole D. Collins (CCSN Behavioral Health)
Abstract: Clinical feeding assessments, such as structured mealtime observations, help to inform the development of successful, individualized treatments for children with feeding disorders (Bachmeyer et al., 2019). One variable of concern when caregivers conduct structured mealtime observations, instead of trained therapists, is the degree of their procedural integrity. Research suggests multicomponent training packages that include written protocols, verbal instructions, and modeling are effective at increasing caregiver’s procedural integrity of feeding interventions (Mueller et al., 2003). In this study, we used a nonconcurrent multiple baseline design across three caregivers, as well as a concurrent multiple baseline design across presentation formats (e.g., nonself and self) with each caregiver, to evaluate the effects of modeling and verbal feedback with written instructions on the caregiver’s procedural integrity of a feeding assessment. We added therapist modeling and verbal feedback to written instructions to train caregivers to reach 100% integrity for 3 consecutive sessions. The results suggest that modeling and verbal feedback with written instructions is an effective multicomponent training package for increasing caregiver procedural integrity of feeding assessment implementation.
 
 
 
Poster Session #88
DEV Saturday Poster Session: Odd-Numbered Posters
Saturday, May 28, 2022
1:00 PM–2:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Annette Estes (University of Washington)
87. Teaching With Acoustical Guidance: A Scoping Review
Area: DEV; Domain: Theory
SAMANTHA PAIGE KUNO (Brock University), Arezu Alami (Brock University), Nicole Bajcar (Brock University), Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University)
Discussant: Annette Estes (University of Washington)
Abstract:

Teaching with acoustical guidance (TAG) is a behavioral intervention that involves the delivery of an audible stimulus contingent on the performance of the desired response (Stokes et al., 2010), and may also be used in intervention packages, such as TAGteach (TAGteach International, 2004). TAG, TAGteach, or both, have been evaluated in a variety of domains including sports (e.g., Ennett et al., 2020; Harrison & Pyles, 2013; Quinn et al., 2015), gait rehabilitation (Baram & Miller; 2007; Cassamassima et al., 2014), and daily living skills (Wertalik et al., 2018); however, the terms TAG and TAGteach have been used somewhat inconsistently in the literature. The purpose of this poster is to discuss the findings of our scoping review on TAG and TAGteach interventions and to explicitly differentiate these two interventions. This scoping review followed the systematic methodology guidelines outlined in PRISMA-SR. In doing so, we searched MEDLINE, PsychINFO, and ERIC to locate peer-reviewed articles written in English that incorporated an audible stimulus to provide feedback during skill acquisition. Two independent reviewers screened the articles and extracted and synthesized the data. The results will be discussed within the context of practical implications and suggestions for future research.

 
89. Effects of Presession and Interspersed Attention on the Disruptive Behaviors of an Elementary Student in an Inclusive Classroom
Area: DEV; Domain: Basic Research
KERRY KISINGER (Eastern Washington University)
Discussant: Annette Estes (University of Washington)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of presession and interspersed attention in the disruptive behaviors and academic achievement of an elementary school student with disruptive behavior. Social validity measures were also conducted at the completion of the study to determine the student’s perception of the intervention as well as the teacher’s opinions pertaining to the feasibility of implementation and overall effectiveness of the intervention. Visual analysis of results indicated a decrease in disruptive behaviors during both presession and interspersed interventions, as well as an overall increase in academic achievement across treatment conditions. Social validity measures indicated the student was satisfied overall with the intervention and felt that it had a positive impact on his classroom behavior. Additionally, social validity measures completed by the classroom teacher indicated that while both interventions were reasonable to implement, appropriate for addressing the student’s disruptive behaviors, did not detract from the learning environment, and possibly improved classroom productivity, she preferred the presession attention intervention based on its simplicity and ease of implementation.

 
 
 
Poster Session #89
VRB Saturday Poster Session: Odd-Numbered Posters
Saturday, May 28, 2022
1:00 PM–2:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India)
91. Preliminary Results of the Comparison of Multiple- and Single-Exemplar Instruction to Strengthen Bidirectional Naming
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
HEIDI SKORGE OLAFF (OsloMet - Oslo Metropolitan University), Vibeke Haaland (Affiliation One: OsloMet – Oslo Metropolitan University Affiliation Two: Ecura Supervision and Habilitation ), Per Holth (OsloMet -- Oslo Metropolitan University)
Discussant: Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India)
Abstract: One type of bidirectional naming (BiN) involves that both listener and speaker responses can emerge out of observing another person’s tact. Greer et al. (2007) found that multiple-exemplar instruction (MEI) was superior to single-exemplar instruction (SEI) when it comes to producing emerged BiN skills. The present study is based on Greer et al. (2007) and included four children with language delays or autism. They were matched in pairs where one participant received an equal number of trials in the SEI-condition as the other participant needed to achieve a mastery criterion during the MEI-condition. In contrast to previous research, the naming experience was repeated if the participants did not achieve the emergence criterion for BiN. The results showed that both procedures had limited effect on strengthening BiN skills. However, the findings indicate that the repetition of the naming experience led to more emergent responses after a history with MEI compared to SEI.
 
93. Increasing Response Effort of SGD use to Increase Echoics: Single Case Efficacy and Ethical Considerations
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
ANDREA CLEMENTS (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Maya Fallon (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kevin C. Luczynski (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Paige O'Neill (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Leslie VanWinkle (Munroe-Meyer Institute; University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India)
Abstract: Speech Generating Devices (SGDs) can be used by non-verbal children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) to develop a verbal repertoire. A potential concern of parents is that their child will not learn to communicate vocally; therefore, procedures designed to increase vocal-verbal responses (e.g., vocal mands) can be implemented while the SGD remains in place. When developing such procedures, clinicians may need to consider conditions under which an extinction procedure for SGD use may benefit vocal-verbal emergence. Our participant was a 6-year-old male who participated in intervention for 14 months and engaged in problem behavior and self-injurious behavior. Typical mand training and pairing procedures without extinction were initially evaluated to increase manding. These procedures did not restrict access to his SGD. The child never independently manded and rarely responded to an echoic prompt. His treatment team discussed ethical considerations for the use of extinction during teaching and environments in which SGD would not be readily available. Extending the establishing operation was deemed more ethically sound than traditional extinction; that is, problem behavior would contact extinction for no more than a minute before a trial ended. Following this treatment modification, the child emitted prompted and independent mands within 13 sessions.
 
95. Multidimensional Visual Analyses: Performance Mapping of Verbal Behavior using Permutated Radar Charts
Area: VBC; Domain: Theory
LEE L MASON (Cook Children's Health Care System), Alonzo Alfredo Andrews (The University of Texas at San Antonio)
Discussant: Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India)
Abstract:

The functional analysis of verbal behavior requires an evaluation of responses across multiple sources of control. These data are typically arranged for visual analysis using time-series graphs or pie charts that treat each verbal operant independently of one another. Here, we extend the work of Porter and Niksiar (2018) by exploring the use of a multidimensional visualization strategy to compare the relative performance distributions of verbal behavior across N ≥ 3 properties on a radial, multi-axis radar chart. Leveraging the radar chart's plotting of data in the form of closed polygonal profiles affords the use of shape descriptors for quantitative comparisons. Through multiple-exemplar training, we demonstrate the multiple control over verbal behavior, and explore visual analyses of stimulus overselectivity. We also compare the relative strength of functionally distinct verbal operants to demonstrate the potential of radar charts for multidimensional models of the composite verbal repertoire.

 
97. Teaching Children with Autism to Mand for Information Across Tact and Intraverbal Operants
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
JAMIE GILMORE-BLACK (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Nicole M. Rodriguez (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Desiree Dawson (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Michael Aragon (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India)
Abstract: We replicated and extended research on teaching children with autism to mand for information (e.g., Ingvarsson and Hollobaugh, 2019) by evaluating transfer of the “I don’t know please tell me” (IDKPTM) response across operants. We used a progressive prompt delay to an echoic prompt to teach two school-aged boys diagnosed with autism to mand for information when presented with unknown questions (intraverbals) and unknown pictures (tacts). Sessions consisted of three known targets intermixed with six unknown targets, only three of which were exposed to the teaching procedures. For both participants, we saw generalization of IDKPTM within but not across operants. In addition, both participants required some exposure, albeit brief, to direct prompting and reinforcing of the correct answer directly following presentation of the initial question. Upon returning to a delayed prompt to the mand for information, both participants acquired the target intraverbals and tacts based on the therapists answers to their mands for information. Ivan did not need this additional exposure to prompting and reinforcement to the correct answer in the subsequent operant whereas Xander did. Although generalization of the IDKPTM response was observed within operant, acquisition after acquiring this mand for information in the baseline condition differed across participants.
 
99. Arranging Instruction to Promote Derived Rule-following and Transformation of Stimulus Functions
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
JESSICA LEE PARANCZAK (Vanderbilt University), Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University), Bailey Copeland (Vanderbilt University), Margaret Jane Macdonald (Vanderbilt University)
Discussant: Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India)
Abstract: Derived relational responding in traditional match-to-sample (MTS) tasks has a rich history, but less is known regarding derived rule-following and corresponding transformations of stimulus function. The present evaluation includes two experiments conducted with young children (i.e., 5-8 years old) within the context of a common board game (i.e., Candyland). In Experiment 1, a multiple probe across participants design was used to evaluate the effects of MTS training on (a) derived responding (i.e., C-A relations) and (b) transformation of stimulus function (i.e., correct responses in game play). In Experiment 2, frames of opposition were trained and subsequently, a participant’s ability to relate relations and engage in transformation of stimulus function (i.e., respond correctly in game play) was evaluated. Results from both experiments demonstrate that instruction can be arranged to promote derived rule following in young children. These results expand upon existing literature by (a) demonstrating derived responding through rigorous experimental design, (b) evaluating transformation of stimulus function for complex relations (e.g., relating relations) and (c) involving frames other than coordination (e.g., opposition).
 
 
 
Poster Session #90
DDA Saturday Poster Session: Odd-Numbered Posters
Saturday, May 28, 2022
1:00 PM–2:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Noor Younus Syed (SUNY Empire State College; Anderson Center International; Endicott College)
101. How am I Doing? The Role of Self-Evaluation in an Authentic Work Setting for Individuals With a Developmental Disability
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
TRACY EILEEN SINCLAIR (The University of Connecticut)
Discussant: Noor Younus Syed (SUNY Empire State College; Anderson Center International; Endicott College)
Abstract:

Individuals with an intellectual or developmental disability experience poorer postsecondary outcomes compared to same-age peers. Research identified barriers to employment include soft skills. This single case study examined the application of self-evaluation to employable soft skill behaviors for three individuals with an intellectual or developmental disability. Technology was integrated into the evaluation process to increase efficiency. All participants worked in a Project SEARCH site for the majority of their school day fully immersed in an authentic work experience program. This study explored the effect of self-evaluation on a self-selected target employable soft skill behavior, how closely student self-evaluation scores matched with job coach evaluation scores, and the potential relation to self-determination. Data collection were halted due to the COVID-19 pandemic; however, results demonstrated self-evaluation may be a promising practice applied to employable soft skills. As students participated in the self-evaluation intervention, their target behaviors increased, and scores began to trend similarly to the job coach evaluation scores. Social validity evaluation showed key stakeholders felt the intervention was useful, easy to implement, and an important skill to learn to improve self-determined behaviors. Findings from this study provide practitioners with a practical, easy to incorporate strategy within an authentic work experience program.

 
103. Assessing Interactions Between Array Size and Reinforcement Probability on Preferences for Choice and No-Choice Conditions
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
HANNAH EFFERTZ (Marquette University), Jeffrey H. Tiger (Marquette University), Madelynn A Lillie (Pier Center for Autism)
Discussant: Noor Younus Syed (SUNY Empire State College; Anderson Center International; Endicott College)
Abstract:

Some human and non-human animals have been shown to prefer free-choice over forced-choice conditions, even when both conditions result in identical consequences. Some variables that may influence this preference for choice include variability of items, differing probabilities of reinforcement, and array size. Previous research has shown increasing array size to both increase and decrease individuals’ preferences of choice-making opportunities. Methodologically, these studies have varied and do not hold the probability of reinforcement or reinforcer loss steady. Therefore, the purpose of this study is to examine the main and interactive effects of (a) array size and (b) reinforcer probability on school-aged children’s preference for choice-making conditions.

 
Sustainability submission 105. Children With Neurodevelopmental and Behavioral Challenges: A Descriptive Case Study Examining the Integration of Dance and Behavior Therapy Within Day Treatment
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
DANA KALIL (Brock University), Tricia Corinne Vause (Brock University), Linda Morrice (Brock University), Sarah Davis (Brock University), Priscilla Burnham Riosa (Brock University), Maureen Connolly (Brock University)
Discussant: Noor Younus Syed (SUNY Empire State College; Anderson Center International; Endicott College)
Abstract:

Dance is a form of physical activity that may improve motor skills and coordination while simultaneously providing opportunities for social interaction and development of socio-emotional skills. A manualized program, Dance with a B-E-A-T! (Behavior Analysis and Therapy), combines recreational dance with components of behavior analysis and therapy to help facilitate improvements in motor skills, social skills, emotional regulation, and self-coping. Building on a pilot study completed by Davis and colleagues, the present study evaluated a similar program incorporating behavioral components such as antecedent strategies, positive reinforcement, shaping, priming, task analyses, and a token economy. In collaboration with day treatment staff of a mental health centre, the blended program was integrated within the school program provided by children’s day treatment. The intensive dance program was offered for five consecutive days to five participants who were 7-9 years of age from the same cohort according to COVID-19 protocol. These children presented with challenges including Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder and Oppositional Defiant Disorder. The aim of this project was to evaluate a behavior therapy and dance program to teach three dance combinations and examine collateral benefits. Observational probes at pre- and post-test measured percent of dance skills completed correctly (as per the task analyses), and in-person semi-structured interviews with a counsellor and elementary school teacher evaluated satisfaction and perceived challenges of the program within day treatment. Results suggest a positive impact on the motor skills of participants and high consumer satisfaction.

 
109. Effect of Behavior Skills Training on Stimulus Control Transfer Procedures for Teachers of Adults With Developmental Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
LYDIA LIBRIZZI (Daemen College), Helen McCabe (Daemen University)
Discussant: Noor Younus Syed (SUNY Empire State College; Anderson Center International; Endicott College)
Abstract:

This study investigated the effects of Behavior Skills Training (BST) on classroom staff transfer of stimulus control techniques. These techniques included both least to most prompting procedures and the Limit-One Sd Delivery Method, limiting discriminative stimulus delivery to only one per opportunity. This study addressed the lack of training and knowledge of these techniques for classroom staff represented in the current literature. Without proper and systematic transfer of stimulus control, students are at risk of becoming prompt dependent, yet independent responding is essential for individuals with disabilities to live as independently as possible in their adult lives. The results of this study demonstrate that BST is an effective procedure to teach transfer of stimulus control techniques; all staff data represented an increase in their skills of prompting and Sd delivery. Although BST proved to be effective for the purposes of the current study, further research is needed, including more effective strategies for generalization and ways to address emotional distress that came with learning new, difficult skills with BST in this study.

 
111. An Evaluation of Procedural Drift in the Implementation of Crisis Management Techniques
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
STEPHEN F. WALKER (Northern Illinois University), Lauren Michele Schwass (APARA Autism Center), Brooke Nicole Koczmara (Oswego Community School District), Natalie Andzik (Northern Illinois University)
Discussant: Matthew L. Edelstein (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Implementation of crisis management techniques (e.g., restraint) requires training from a certified instructor. Properly implementing these procedures can significantly reduce the risk of injury or death associated with crisis management techniques. The current studies evaluated the implementation fidelity of two crisis management techniques: the most and least frequently used at a local therapeutic day school, the two-person prone BARR technique (Study 1 & 2), and the two-person transportation technique (Study 2). In both studies, the fidelity of implementation of these techniques was evaluated across two groups of participants: staff who regularly implement crisis management procedures and staff who rarely implement crisis management procedures. If participants did not implement each of these procedures at 100% fidelity, Behavioral Skills Training (BST) was utilized to retrain these crisis management techniques. The results indicated that neither group of participants implemented either procedure with 100% fidelity during initial baseline sessions. However, BST was an effective method for teaching all participants to implement the procedures with 100% accuracy.
 
113. Modifications to the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) in the Classroom
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ASHLEY BOUDREAU (Endicott College), Anna Linnehan (Endicott College), Lisa Tereshko (Endicott College)
Discussant: Matthew L. Edelstein (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: When individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) do not begin to communicate vocally, they are often introduced to alternative means of communication. The Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) is a picture-based system that allows these individuals to communicate with others. As written, the PECS system can be used by a wide variety of individuals. However, not all clients make progress as expected and the program is not as accessible to those with additional physical disabilities. The purpose of this paper is to review the literature surrounding modifications made to the PECS protocol that allow a wider variety of individuals access to communication in this system. The results can then be used to guide intervention and future research.
 
115. The Effects of Functional Communication Training on Multiply-Controlled Problem Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JOCELYN VANESSA MCCORMACK (Salve Regina University/Pathways Strategic Teaching Center), Jesse Perrin (Pathways), Andrea Giacobbe (Pathways), Cody Morris (Salve Regina University)
Discussant: Matthew L. Edelstein (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is an effective intervention for decreasing problem behavior. FCT procedures consist of teaching a client to engage in an appropriate alternative behavior in the form of a communicative act that produces the same reinforcement associated with the problem behavior. However, little research has been conducted that evaluates FCT procedures when more than one function controls the problem behaviors (i.e., the problem behavior is multiply-controlled). The purpose of this study was to investigate the effects of FCT targeting to separate functions for a client whose problem behavior was maintained by multiple functions: escape from demands and access to tangibles. The results of this study determined that implementing FCT for both the tangible and escape functions separately decreased problem behavior and increased appropriate responding to respective picture cards per condition. IOA was collected for 70% of trials with a mean interval-by-interval exact agreement of 97% (range: 80% to 100%).
 
117. Assessment and Treatment of Challenging Behavior Maintained by Access to Restricted Interests
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
HANNAH CHRISTINE GREY (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center; Salve Regina University), Jesse Perrin (Pathways), Natanielle Hatfield (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center), Cody Morris (Salve Regina University)
Discussant: Matthew L. Edelstein (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Functional Communication Training (FCT) is an effective intervention to replace problem behavior with appropriate communicative acts. However, little research has evaluated the effectiveness of FCT in treating highly idiosyncratic functions of behavior such as gaining access to restricted interests. Thus, the purpose of this project was to demonstrate the effects of FCT in treating a client who engaged in problem behavior maintained by access to restricted interests. The participant was a 12-year-old male diagnosed with ASD who engaged in aggression related to a restricted interest. A trial based functional analysis (TBFA) was used to determine the function of the aggression. The results confirmed that the behavior was controlled by access to restricted interests. Next, an ABAB design with maintenance probes was used to evaluate the FCT treatment. The results of the treatment evaluation demonstrated that FCT was an effective intervention. IOA was calculated for 95% of TBFA trials with a mean trial-by-trial agreement of 100%. IOA was collected for 77% of treatment evaluation trials with a mean trial-by-trial agreement of 94% for latency to problem behavior and 97% for latency to approach.
 
 
 
Poster Session #91
AUT Saturday Poster Session: Odd-Numbered Posters
Saturday, May 28, 2022
1:00 PM–2:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Jessica Zawacki (PAAL)
119. Further Evaluation of Multiple Schedules to Rapidly Establish Discriminated Manding during Functional Communication Training
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ALEXANDRA RAMIREZ (University of Miami), Yanerys Leon (University of Miami), Shermetrius Mack-Gray (University of Miami)
Discussant: Jessica Zawacki (PAAL)
Abstract: Multiple schedules are commonly used to thin the schedule of reinforcement following functional communication training (FCT; Hagopian et al., 2011). One method of schedule thinning involves slowly introducing periods of signaled extinction for the functional communication response (FCR) and gradually increasing the duration of the extinction period (Hanley et al., 2001). Betz et al., 2013 demonstrated that a two- part multiple schedule (60s/60s and 60s/240s) was effective in decreasing the overall level of the FCR while maintaining low rates of problem behavior without the lengthy schedule-thinning procedure. One limitation of Betz et al. is that all the participation had sophisticated language and responded well to verbal instruction. The purpose of this study was to systematically replicate the procedures described by Betz et al. with children with ASD with limited language. Additionally, we conducted a terminal probe as the first step in the exposure to the multiple schedule. Preliminary results show that the rapid stimulus control procedure described by Betz et al. was successful in decreasing the rate of the FCR and maintaining low levels of problem behavior one participant with moderate language skills.
 
121. An Evaluation of Robot-directed Prompts to Facilitate Interactions with Learners with Autism Spectrum Disorder.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ROBERT C. PENNINGTON (University of North Carolina-Charlotte), Karla Welch (University of Louisville)
Discussant: Jessica Zawacki (PAAL)
Abstract: In the current investigation, we used an alternating treatments design to evaluate the effects of a robot directed prompts on the percent of intervals with communicative interactions of dyads of children with autism spectrum disorder. Data indicated mixed results across participants. Implications for future research and practice will be described.
 
123. Comparison of Escape Treatments
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JANAE' PENDERGRASS (Marcus Autism Center; Children's Healthcare of Atlanta), Catherine Williams (Marcus Autism Center; Children's Healthcare of Atlanta; Emory University School of Medicine), Sarah Slocum (Marcus Autism Center; Children's Healthcare of Atlanta; Emory School of Medicine)
Discussant: Jessica Zawacki (PAAL)
Abstract: Although prior research has demonstrated the effectiveness of several interventions for escape behaviors, the purpose of this study is to conduct a between-subjects comparison of three escape interventions for challenging behaviors. These interventions include demand fading, differential reinforcement of alternative behaviors (DRA) using edibles, and DRA using breaks. Even though all of these interventions have been successful at decreasing problematic behaviors, the relative effectiveness and efficiency of each treatment is unknown. We examined data for 13 participants, to date, who were randomly assigned to receive one of these treatments, where treatment duration and change in challenging behaviors were assessed. Three of 5 participants displayed an 80% reduction in challenging behavior with demand fading, 4 of 4 for DRA with Edibles, and 2 of 4 with DRA + Extinction. Overall, DRA with edibles may be more likely to be effective for individuals with escape behavior, at least in the short term.
 
125. Teaching Quality Engagement during Play in a Residential Setting
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KATELYN MARIE ARRAIOL (May Institute), Robin K. Landa (May Institute), Danielle Cotton (May Institute)
Discussant: Jessica Zawacki (PAAL)
Abstract: The opportunity to engage in personally enjoyable, child-directed play has been internationally recognized as a fundamental right for all children (United Nations Council for the Rights of Children [UNRC], 2013). However, children with disabilities may face barriers to accessing play, some of which may stem from mistaken assumptions regarding their interests or capabilities, an overemphasis on play as a vehicle for instruction, or fears regarding the possibility of “risky” play. Residential staff serving children and adolescents with autism reported that residents preferred playing alone, and staff therefore often refrained from interacting with them during their play except to ask questions or provide instructions or redirection. We used behavioral skills training to teach staff to offer residents opportunities to play in a child-directed manner either with staff or alone. Measures included staff behavior (e.g., gaining assent, following the resident’s lead, refraining from instruction and interference) and student assent to play together versus alone. Staff performance improved following intervention, and assent data showed that residents chose playing with staff over playing alone. Considerations for providing protected times and spaces for child-directed play in residential settings will be discussed.
 
127. Examining the Use of In-vivo Feedback and the Effects of Generalization during Caregiver Training
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
XUEHUA ZHAO (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Jessica Zawacki (PAAL)
Abstract: A behavioral skills training package often includes multiple components that are commonly used during caregiver training for implementation of pediatric feeding protocols. Previous research has shown that using fewer behavioral skills training components during caregiver training was effective and produced high levels of correct implementation integrity. We examined the effects of using fewer behavioral skills training components (i.e., written instructions and in-vivo feedback) and added generalization components during caregiver training. The baseline condition included the provision of written instructions only. During the treatment condition, in-vivo feedback was provided and novel changes were systematically incorporated after caregiver demonstrated high levels of correct implementation integrity. Results showed moderate levels of correct implementation during baseline, but increased with the addition of in-vivo feedback. Levels of correct implementation by caregivers decreased when generalization components were introduced, however, caregiver performance improved to mastery criteria with continuous implementation of the protocol and in-vivo feedback.
 
129. Implementation of a Visual Choice-Making Schedule to Reduce Screaming Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MARISSA DEL VECCHIO (University of South Florida), Sheridan Tihista (Behavior Analysis Support Services (BASS)), Mary Spivey (Behavior Analysis Support Services (BASS))
Discussant: Jessica Zawacki (PAAL)
Abstract: Antecedent strategies such as visual schedules and choice of tasks have been identified as effective methods to reduce problem behavior that is maintained by escape (Horner et al., 2002; Romaniuk et al., 2002). The combined use of visual schedules, verbal warnings and the alteration of environmental variables have been shown to increase appropriate transitions while simultaneously decreasing problem behavior (Cale et al., 2009). The implementation of a visual schedule with a choice-making component was introduced in attempt to decrease the screaming behavior of a 4-year-old male with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) in a clinic setting in Florida. The client’s screaming behavior was maintained by access to tangibles and escape from nonpreferred activities and tasks. Results from the first phase of the intervention did not show to be effective in decreasing the frequency of problem behavior. Various limitations were present as staff members that worked directly with the client were inconsistent, the presentation of novel schedule changes occurred and the client was suffering from allergies. Future directions for this research include the incorporation of a “teacher’s choice” component as well as the client’s choice based on the level of problem behavior that occurs during identified problematic periods in the client’s day.
 
131. Assessment of Protective Equipment to Minimize Severe Self-Injurious Behavior: A Demonstration in a Hospital-Based Inpatient Setting
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
TYLER ROSADO (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Emily Ann Chesbrough (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John Falligant (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Brittany Ruth Schmidt (BASS ABA Therapy)
Abstract: Although reinforcement-based interventions are the most preferred method to decrease severe self-injurious behavior (SIB), restrictive protective equipment is sometimes necessary to further decrease severe SIB (Powers et al., 2007). As such, it is important to identify a variety of protective equipment required to minimize problem behavior. In this clinical study, the participant was a 12-year-old male diagnosed with autism, whose problem behaviors were multiply controlled (e.g., attention, tangible, and escape maintained). Within a multielement design, various levels of arm-splint rigidity (e.g., 16 total flexible splints, 8 total flexible splints, 2 total flexible splints, 1 total flexible splint, no splints, and no arm restraint) and different protective helmets (e.g., Ringside helmet with and without a face cage, a Macho helmet, a weighted baseball hat, and a weightless baseball hat with and without an elastic chin strap) were assessed in order to identify the least-restrictive protective equipment required to minimize problem behavior and maintain high rates of engagement with toys (e.g., tablet and joke books). As a result of gradually thinning the protective equipment, this assessment revealed that the subject was able to tolerate the application of a baseball hat with an elastic chin strap without the application of arm restraints for 20 minutes with high rates of toy engagement. Clinical recommendations for practitioners and implications for future research will be discussed.
 
133. An Evaluation of Escape-Maintained Problem Behavior across Multiple Stimulus Classes of Demands
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
BRIANNA BLUE (Kennedy Krieger), Alexa Noppenberger (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Margaret R. Wright (Kennedy Krieger)
Discussant: Brittany Ruth Schmidt (BASS ABA Therapy)
Abstract: Demand assessments have been conducted to empirically determine demands to include in functional analyses. However, the assessments often include a variety of demands and it is unclear whether individuals with escape-maintained problem behavior exhibit a general tendency toward escape or whether only specific demand classes evoke problem behavior. This study systematically assessed different stimulus classes of demands in an abbreviated demand assessment and then validated the outcomes in an extended functional analysis with an adolescent female diagnosed with autism and an intellectual disability who was admitted to an inpatient program for the treatment of severe problem behavior. Demands for which the participant engaged in high rates of problem behavior and had a shorter latency to problem behavior in the demand assessment coincided with high rates of problem behavior in the escape condition of the functional analysis. Demands for which the participant engaged in low rates of problem behavior in the demand assessment and had a longer latency to problem behavior coincided with lower rates of problem behavior in the escape condition of the functional analysis. Results indicated that there were different rates of problem behavior exhibited in different stimulus classes of demands. These results support the need for a direct demand assessment in addition to conducting a functional analysis to ensure that no false positives occur.
 
135. Differential Reinforcement of Correct Responses during Baseline Conditions: A Preliminary Investigation
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KAITLYN JUDTIH FRASER (TACT, LLC), Cory Whelan (The Autism Community Therapists, LLC), Rachelle de Saint Phalle (TACT, LLC), Kara LaCroix (TACT, LLC)
Discussant: Brittany Ruth Schmidt (BASS ABA Therapy)
Abstract: Behavior analytic practitioners often implement baseline conditions for skill acquisition programs by withholding differential consequences to evaluate the learners’ skills in the absence of reinforcement and prompting. A wide body of research has been conducted utilizing baseline conditions in this manner, but recent research has evaluated the effects of differentially reinforcing correct responses early rather than later in teaching conditions (Campanaro et al., 2020). The purpose of the current study is to compare the effects of differentially reinforcing correct responses in baseline conditions versus a more traditional baseline condition on the acquisition rate of a listener responding skill. Following three exposures to each baseline condition, acquisition rate will be compared via trials to mastery (e.g., 80% independent responding across two consecutive sessions). The first participant is a four-year-old male diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder who communicates using vocal verbal behavior. Results will be discussed by comparing the rate of skill acquisition on listener responding targets following exposure to each baseline condition. Companaro, A., Vladescu, J., DeBar, R., & Nippes, K. (2020). Comparing skill acquisition under varying onsets of differential reinforcement: A preliminary analysis. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 53(2), 690-706.
 
139. An Evaluation of the Number of Sessions in MSWO Preference Assessments for Social Interaction
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Samuel L Morris (Southeastern Louisiana University), ALVA ELIZABETH ALLEN (Southeastern Louisiana University; Rollins College), Madison Leigh Gallagher (Southeastern Louisiana University)
Discussant: Brittany Ruth Schmidt (BASS ABA Therapy)
Abstract: The multiple stimulus without replacement preference assessment (MSWO) has frequently been evaluated or utilized in research. Some research has evaluated how the number of MSWO sessions used to obtain a hierarchy of preference can impact the assessment’s outcomes. To date, no research has conducted such evaluations with MSWOs for social interactions or with a reinforcer assessment including all of the same stimuli as a point of comparison. In the current study, we utilized previously published data from MSWOs for social interactions to compare one, two, and three-sessions MSWOs to four-session MSWOs and a progressive-ratio reinforcer assessment. Results indicated that, relative to four-session MSWOs, two and three-session MSWOs produced hierarchies about as similar to the reinforcer assessment hierarchies and identified the same most reinforcing stimuli about as often. Results generated by comparing one, two, or three-session MSWOs to the reinforcer assessment were much different than those generated by comparing them to the four-session MSWOs. Implications for clinical use of, and future research on, MSWOs is discussed.
 
141. Treatment of Self-Injurious Behavior through Intervention on Precursor Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MARIATU FORNAH (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Emily Ann Chesbrough (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Mount St. Mary's University), Alyssa Fisher (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Brittany Ruth Schmidt (BASS ABA Therapy)
Abstract: Severe problem behavior (SPB), such as self-injurious behavior (SIB), poses an imminent risk of harm. Thus, identifying treatments that intervene before SPB occurs are highly desirable. Research has suggested there may be responses that reliably precede and predict the occurrence of SPB, called precursors (e.g., Fahmie & Iwata, 2011). Intervening on the precursor may decrease the probability of occurrence of the SPB itself. This study reports on an assessment designed to disrupt the occurrence of automatically maintained SIB (ASIB) exhibited by a 17-year-old male diagnosed with autism by intervening on a precursor hypothesized to form a behavior chain culminating in SIB. The adolescent’s ASIB was categorized as subtype II, which is highly resistant to treatment involving reinforcement alone (Hagopian, Rooker, & Zarcone, 2015). Rates of the precursor and SIB were evaluated when no disruption procedure was in place and then compared to rates during the implementation of three different disruption procedures. Each was implemented for 5 s contingent on the precursor or SIB. Relatively lower rates of SIB were observed across the three disruption procedures. These data suggest that intervening on a precursor for ASIB may decrease the frequency of SPB and therefore reduce risk of injury.
 
143. Assessment of Intraverbal Errors in Children with and without Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
NICOLE PANTANO (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Hunter College)
Discussant: Eric Shannon (Purdue University)
Abstract: Intraverbals are not easily acquired by individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Previous literature has included a qualitative assessment of intraverbal errors (Sundberg and Sundberg, 2011) and provided quantitative analysis of errors with neurotypical children (Devine et al., 2016). However, an assessment that includes a quantitative analysis of intraverbal errors for children with ASD has not been completed. The purpose of this study was to complete an analysis of errors children made in intraverbal responses. Modifications were made to the Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment Placement Program’s (VB-MAPP) intraverbal subtest. The Assessment of Intraverbal Repertoire was administered to children of typical development and children diagnosed with ASD. Data are presented on error types identified during intraverbal assessment. This information may be used to facilitate goal selection and teaching procedures for children diagnosed with ASD.
 
145. Qualitative Features of Synthesized Reinforcement Contingencies
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
RACHEL METRAS (Virginia Institute of Autism), Gregory P. Hanley (FTF Behavioral Consulting; Western New England University)
Discussant: Eric Shannon (Purdue University)
Abstract: Slaton and Hanley’s (2018) review revealed that synthesized reinforcement contingencies, or contingencies with multiple establishing operations, targeted responses, and reinforcers, have been used in function-based assessments and treatments of multiply-controlled problem behavior since 1997. This finding is significant because the term synthesized reinforcement contingency emerged relatively recently within the functional analytic literature (see Hanley et al., 2014). Given that synthesized reinforcement contingencies were documented in functional analytic research prior to Hanley et al.’s 2014 publication, it is likely that they are also documented in other areas of applied behavior analytic research. However, there are currently no reviews describing how synthesized reinforcement contingencies are used outside of the functional assessment and treatment of problem behavior. Therefore, the purposes of the present review are (1) to identify examples of synthesized reinforcement contingencies in applied behavior analytic research (2) published outside of the functional assessment and treatment of problem behavior literature, and (3) to describe common qualitative features of the synthesized contingencies.
 
147. Differential Reinforcement and Stimulus Fading to Teach Tolerance of a Polysomnography (Overnight Sleep Study) Setup
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
SARAH ELIZABETH MARTINEZ ROWE (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Seth Walker (Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Eric Shannon (Purdue University)
Abstract: There are a growing number of publications supporting the use of behavior analytic strategies to increase compliance with medical procedures. However, little research has been conducted on the application of applied behavior analysis to the setup required for an overnight sleep study (i.e., polysomnography). The participant in the current study presented with autism, cerebral palsy, epilepsy, and severe destructive behavior (i.e., aggression, property destruction, self-injury). These conditions combined with a poor sleep/wake schedule and gasping during the night necessitated a sleep study. The caregiver referred the participant to outpatient services due to a history of failed similar procedures (i.e., EEGs). We used an ABCBC design to evaluate the effects of differential reinforcement and differential reinforcement plus stimulus fading on compliance and reduction of destructive behavior with the 25-step sleep study procedure. Our approach successfully taught tolerance of the procedure and reduced problem behavior. The participant completed the scheduled sleep study and received a diagnosis of mild obstructive sleep apnea.
 
149. A Comparison of the Effects of Mastery Criteria on Skill Maintenance
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AMBER R. PADEN (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Madison Schaller (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Mikayla Crawford (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Megan Marie Harper (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute), Regina A. Carroll (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Eric Shannon (Purdue University)
Abstract: Clinicians in early intervention often require a mastery criterion of a certain percentage across several sessions when teaching skills. A survey by Richling et al. (2019) found that clinicians commonly require three sessions at or above 80% accuracy. Selected criteria are often based on the clinician’s previous experiences but is not supported by empirical data. Previous researchers have compared the effects of 80%, 90% and 100% criterion across three sessions and found the skills assigned to the 100% criterion resulted in better maintenance (Longino et al., 2021). These findings suggest that the most common criterion chosen by clinicians may not lead to the maintenance of skills. Therefore, the purpose of the present investigation was to provide evidence to support the relationship between varying levels of mastery criteria and the effects on maintenance. The present investigation evaluated the effects of six different mastery criteria (one or three sessions at 80%, 90%, and 100%) on the maintenance of receptive skills taught using a prompt delay procedure. Preliminary results suggest some difference in maintenance across criteria for one high-level learner. We continue to implement this protocol with additional participants. Implications for clinical service delivery and related future research suggestions will be provided.
 
151. Guiding Medication Changes Based on the Results of a Functional Analysis
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AMANDA MARIE FINLAY (Melmark), Lauren Carol Carson (Melmark)
Discussant: Eric Shannon (Purdue University)
Abstract: According to Spencer, et.al., 2013, 64% of children and adolescents with Autism are prescribed at least 1 psychotropic medication, 35% are prescribed at least 2 psychotropic medications and 15% are prescribed 3 or more. George, 17-year-old Male, presented with head directed self-injurious behavior which caused significant injuries resulting in hematomas to either side of his head. A functional behavior assessment including indirect assessments and ABC data concluded that George would engage in self-injury to escape demands. A function based treatment in the form of a break response was trialed however did not produce a significant reduction in self-injury. Through a functional analysis conducted by behavior analysts and collaboration with a psychiatric nurse practitioner a major reduction in self-injury was noted. The functional analysis (FA) was able to determine a social avoidance function, which then informed the introduction of an antidepressant to treat potential social anxiety. Overall, due to this collaborative approach George has since demonstrated a 71.6% reduction in self-injury since his admission. Spencer, D., Marshall, J., Post, B., Kulakodlu, M., Newschaffer, C., Dennen, T., Azocar, F., & Jain, A. (2013). Psychotropic medication use and polypharmacy in children with autism spectrum disorders. Pediatrics, 132(5), 833–840. https://doi.org/10.1542/peds.2012-3774
 
153. An Assessment of the Prevalence of Feeding Difficulties in Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ANGIE VAN ARSDALE (University of Florida), Vivian F Ibanez (University of Florida), Emma Grauerholz-Fisher (Salve Regina University), Kerri P. Peters (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Discussant: Eric Shannon (Purdue University)
Abstract: Many children have feeding disorders in the form of insufficient quantity, insufficient quality, or both. These difficulties have been observed in children with and without developmental disabilities; however, the prevalence is much greater in children with autism spectrum disorder (Twachtman-Reilly et al., 2008). Still, limited studies have assessed the prevalence of reported food selectivity, food refusal, inappropriate mealtime behavior, and other feeding related patterns in children with autism spectrum disorder enrolled in early intervention clinics. In this study, we collected data from 256 intake packets, including age, height, weight, diagnosis, and relevant feeding information, to determine the prevalence of feeding difficulties in this population. Data will be analyzed by calculating the correlation between feeding-related behaviors and other variables, such as age, diagnosis, other feeding-related behaviors, etc. The prevalence of feeding difficulties determined for the population in this assessment, as well as the implications for children with autism spectrum disorder as a whole, will be discussed.
 
155. Functional Relation between Modeled Communication to a Learner Using Their Primary Communication Modality and Expressive Communication
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Amira Ahmad (BASS ABA Therapy), brittany Nicole farrell (BASS Autism), BRITTANY RUTH SCHMIDT (BASS ABA Therapy)
Discussant: Maria Jose Otero (Child Study Center, Cook Children's)
Abstract: Numerous studies have been conducted on the functional relation between alternative communication devices and verbal communication within the Autism Spectrum Disorder population. However, there is a current gap in the literature regarding the impact of caregivers’ use of an individual's primary communication modality on the individual's expressive communication. Using an ABA design, this study aimed to bridge this gap by solely communicating to the participant in his primary communication modality (Augmentative & Alternative Communication device) during their sessions. During baseline, the frequency of spontaneous mands emitted was collected, rate of acquisition was calculated, and the Sampling Utterances and Grammatical Analysis Revised (SUGAR) assessment and Expressive Vocabulary Test (EVT-III) were conducted. The intervention phase involved running a mand session, discrete training session with novel tacts, and a natural environment training session (NET) while exclusively using the participant’s primary communication modality. A second baseline was run following the intervention phase to assess progress. Hypothesized results will likely indicate that modeling an individual's primary communication modality is an effective intervention for increasing one’s expressive communication. The results of this study will benefit the field of Applied Behavior Analysis and support the current body of literature due to the similar findings and results.
 
157. The Effects of Behavioral Skills Training on Parental Implementation of a Positive Bedtime Routine with Children with Autism and Intellectual Disabilities to Increase Child Total Sleep Duration
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JOSEPH DAVID PANNOZZO (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Amanda C. Philp (Teachers College, Columbia University), Chrystal Jansz Rieken (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Maria Jose Otero (Child Study Center, Cook Children's)
Abstract: Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders often have difficulty falling asleep or staying asleep. These issues can be detrimental not only to the child, but the parents, as they are responsible for ensuring their children fall asleep and/or stay asleep. There have been many research studies looking at increasing sleep, and one common procedure is the implementation of consistent sleep routines. We examined the effects of parent training using Behavioral Skills Training (BST) on parental implementation of positive bedtime routines with their children who had disabilities on child total sleep duration. The study included two sets of parent-child dyads with the children ranging in age from 6 to 13 years old. Children participants all had a diagnosis of either autism spectrum disorder or intellectual disability and exhibited low levels of total sleep duration at the onset of the study. Results indicated parent implemented positive bedtime routines were effective in increasing sleep duration for both child participants. Limitations and future research were further discussed.
 
159. Effects of Practice-Based Coaching via Telehealth on Parent Implementation of Functional Communication Training
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University), CHARISSA DONN VOORHIS (Purdue University), Amanda M Austin Borosh (Purdue University), Rose A. Mason (Purdue University), Eric Shannon (Purdue University)
Discussant: Maria Jose Otero (Child Study Center, Cook Children's)
Abstract: Parent-mediated interventions are an important component of treatment planning to increase access to behavioral interventions for individuals with neurodevelopmental disabilities. Telehealth service-delivery is a useful and promising method for training caregivers to use evidence-based behavioral interventions. We conducted a single-case nonconcurrent multiple-baseline across participants design evaluating the use of a telehealth approach to coach parents of children with autism or Fragile X to implement functional communication training (FCT) during home routines. Researchers used a practice-based coaching (PBC) framework to collaboratively form weekly action plans and goals with parent participants to guide their implementation of FCT. Results indicate PBC via telehealth can be used to improve parent implementation of FCT, which subsequently effectively reduced target challenging behaviors while increasing the use of functionally communicative responses of young children with neurodevelopmental disorders. Across participants, different approaches and coaching intensity were required to reach mastery criteria for FCT implementation. While some participants successfully implemented FCT receiving weekly 30 min coaching sessions with researchers, others required more intensive support via in vivo bug-in-ear coaching with their child. Suggestions for future research and implications for practice are presented.
 
161. The Effect of Multiple Exemplar Training in Relational Training
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Zhihui Yi (Univeristy of Illinois at Chicago), Claire Holmes (University of Illinois at Chicago), Jessica M. Hinman (University of Illinois at Chicago), Amanda N. Chastain (University of Illinois, Chicago), JASMINE RANDHAWA (University of Illinois at Chicago), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Discussant: Maria Jose Otero (Child Study Center, Cook Children's)
Abstract:

There has been an increasing interest in using relational training procedures during clinical interventions for autistic individuals. The current study investigated the effect of using multiple exemplar training (MET) in promoting the derivation of untrained stimulus-stimulus relationship for a 7-year-old autistic boy in teaching causality. The participant was first taught to answer five why- questions on providing the rationale for an action (A-B training). For example, the participant was asked, “why do you laugh,” and an acceptable answer was, “because I hear a joke.” After reaching the mastery criteria, probes were conducted in several 10-trial blocks where the participant was asked to answer five novel corresponding what- questions (B-A testing). For example, the participant was asked, “what do you do when you hear a joke?” Results showed that the participant failed to show derivation. MET was subsequently delivered with two stimulus classes serving as exemplars. Following the MET, the participant successfully derived the correct response for the three remaining class members during the B-A testing. Implications for using MET during clinical interventions were discussed.

 
163. Evaluating the Efficiency of Conducting a Brief Bidirectional Naming Assessment on CentralReach
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
KARLY COVALL (May Institute), Laura Eisen (May Institute), Sarah C Connolly (May Institute), Sarah Frampton (May Institute)
Discussant: Maria Jose Otero (Child Study Center, Cook Children's)
Abstract: Recent literature has focused on the critical elements of language programming that addresses the establishment of bidirectional naming (BiN; Frampton et al., 2017; Miguel 2016). Several studies have demonstrated that the establishment of a tact repertoire is equally or more efficient than listener training for promoting the emergence of responding in the opposite relation (Conine et al., 2020; Delfs et al., 2014; Frampton et al. 2020; Kodak & Paden, 2015; Sprinkle & Miguel, 2012). Such findings have been extended the demonstration of speaker training’s efficacy for promoting the emergence of listener responding in young children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD; Contreras et al., 2019). Furthermore, researchers have developed assessment methods to determine the presence or absence of a BiN repertoire to maximize language programming efficiency (Miguel 2016). Despite these collective findings, practioners face numerous barriers translating research to daily practice with clients. Leveraging electronic data collection and shared program banks may be an effective means to disseminate practices within organizations. The present study utilized CentralReach to conduct a brief assessment of bidirectional naming with 3 young children with ASD. These data have implications for dissemination on a larger scale within organizations.
 
165. Using Progressive Ratio Functional Analysis to Understand Persistence in Extinction
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
BAILEY COPELAND (Vanderbilt University), Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University), Jessica Lee Paranczak (Vanderbilt University), Margaret Jane Macdonald (Vanderbilt University)
Discussant: Maria Jose Otero (Child Study Center, Cook Children's)
Abstract: n the first study, researchers combined a progressive ratio schedule of reinforcement with the methods of a standard functional analysis to determine behavioral functions and reinforcer value for three participants who engaged in challenging behavior. In the second study, researchers assessed each participant’s caregiver’s tolerance in implementing two behavior reduction strategies, extinction and noncontingent reinforcement. Results depict that the relationship between a parent’s tolerance for ignoring challenging behavior and their child’s breakpoint in reinforcer value may provide insight into when extinction could be successful and implemented with greater fidelity. In cases in which extinction is necessary (e.g., severe destructive behavior, socially inappropriate behavior) but a child’s response output and breakpoint are greater than their parent’s tolerance, a motivating augmental training may increase a parent’s fidelity and tolerance (i.e., duration) in implementing extinction.
 
167. Identifying Sensitivity to Conversational Attention and Assessing Conversation Skills
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Sylvia Aquino (Marquette University), JESEY MARIE GOPEZ (Marquette University), Stephanie A. Hood (Marquette University), Michelle Castillo (University of Northern Texas)
Discussant: Michael P. Kranak (Oakland University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate an assessment to differentiate treatments to increase conversational skills (e.g., Stocco et al. 2020; and Hood et al., 2017). We replicated the functional analysis of on topic or restricted speech (Stocco et al., 2020) while collecting data on additional conversation skills (e.g., shifting the conversation given a progression of subtle to salient cues of uninterest). During a conversation, subsequent changes in the topic of conversation may be influenced by the topics initiated by both conversation partners. As demonstrated in Stocco et al., participants rarely changed the topic of conversation when the therapist reinforced any topic and did not initiate other topics of conversation. Thus, we compared participants conversational skills and preferences for conversations whether or not the therapist initiate topics of conversation. Participant 1’s speech was sensitive to conversational attention. That is, differential attention increased on topic speech, but skill deficits in following and shifting the conversation persisted. Participant 1 showed a preference for conversations wherein the therapist did not initiate conversations. Implications of preference and conversational arrangements will be discussed (e.g., balancing potential aversive properties of evocative situation to assess skill deficits).
 
Diversity submission 169. Non-medical intervention publication trends for individuals with autism spectrum disorder in China
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
WENYONG QU (Tennessee Technological University), Krystal Kennedy (Tennessee Technological University), George Chitiyo (Tennessee Technological University)
Discussant: Michael P. Kranak (Oakland University)
Abstract:

Applied behavior analysis and autism spectrum disorder diagnosis are two emerging areas in China resulting in large responsibilities placed on new BCBAs. Like the US, China is creating a certification system, however, their system is a leveled, unique certification system with two additional technician-like certifications. Regardless of the credential, behavior analytic professionals must rely on literature when seeking effective and conceptually systematic interventions. Furthermore, practitioners in therapeutic and educational fields such as ABA often find themselves educating families on their child’s diagnosis while providing vetted resources with accurate information. In China, literature is typically accessed through a university or purchased on an individual bases. As such, Chinese practitioners of ABA need to be aware of trending and accessible literature. This poster will review trends related to behavior analytic interventions but will extend the review beyond ABA interventions by also reviewing trends related to additional non-medical interventions related to individuals with autism spectrum disorder.

 
171. Utilizing Telehealth to Improve Access to Social Skills Groups During and Post-Pandemic
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Lilian Hernandez (360 Behavioral Health; California Psychcare), ELIZABETH ANNE PASCUAL (360 Behavioral Health; California Psychcare)
Discussant: Michael P. Kranak (Oakland University)
Abstract:

Social skills groups are used to provide opportunities for learners to practice social skills with peers regularly. Groups are typically organized based on age and interests, and are offered for kids, preteens, teens and young adults. Social skills groups are usually conducted face-to-face, however, during the COVID-19 crisis, conducting social skills groups in person presented many challenges. Telehealth has evolved as a new platform for participants to gather virtually to continue developing their social skills. Without the social interactions learners typically access while in school, participating in a social skills group virtually provides a safe and supportive environment where they can continue to learn the skills needed to improve social-emotional development. Compared to in-person social skills groups, through the use of Telehealth, we’ve been able to increase both the number of different social skills groups being conducted at a given time as well as the number of participants attending each group. Additionally, we have been able to increase the variety of groups we offer and further specialize them to their ages and needs. Social skills through Telehealth is a service delivery model that has offered us the opportunity to increase our outreach and will continue to post-pandemic.

 
173. Crisis Admissions Program: An Alternative Pilot Discharge Plan for Patients with Autism Presenting in Behavioral Crisis
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
EDIE GRACE BRUSH (Marcus Autism Center), Alexis Constantin Pavlov (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: Michael P. Kranak (Oakland University)
Abstract: Children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) are more likely to be admitted to the emergency department (ED) for behavioral or psychiatric reasons than their typically developing peers. These children have higher rates of inpatient psychiatric admissions and often require longer lengths of stay, ultimately incurring significantly larger medical costs. Additionally, specialized inpatient treatment centers for the assessment and treatment of challenging behavior are limited and most often consist of a purely pharmacologic approach to crisis intervention. Given the limited access to inpatient services and potentially inappropriate approach to care for these patients, a pilot program was developed to fill the gap in care for patients with ASD experiencing a behavioral health crisis. The Crisis Admissions Program focuses on identifying triggers through functional-behavioral assessment and individualized de-escalation strategies based on applied behavior analysis are developed and generalized to the home environment. The admissions also focus on parent training with an emphasis on environmental engineering, crisis prevention, and behavioral management to provide the caregivers tools to mitigate future hospitalizations. This poster will illustrate this unique treatment model and present preliminary clinical data on caregiver satisfaction ratings and 6-month readmission rate to the ED for 13 participants.
 
177. The Role Parental Stress Plays on the Intelligence Test of 5-year-old Children With Potential Autism Trait
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
SHEOW YUN SIE (Queens College, City University of New York), Donato DeIngeniis (CUNY Queens College), Christine Ginalis (CUNY Queens College), Harold Butler (Fordham University), Yoko Nomura (CUNY Queens College)
Discussant: Michael P. Kranak (Oakland University)
Abstract:

Research on the effects of parental stress on a child’s cognitive function has insubstantial results, particularly among children with potential Autism trait. The current study examined whether parental stress is associated with cognitive scores among children with potential Autism trait relative to children without Autism trait. A subsample of 97 mothers and their 5-year-old children was extracted from the Stress in Pregnancy Study. Mothers completed a Parenting Stress Index, reporting magnitude of stress in the parent, and an Autism Spectrum Quotient questionnaire, disclosing possible Autism trait in their child. Children were administered the Wechsler Preschool and Primary Scale of Intelligence to assess different domains of cognitive function. A two-by-two Factorial ANOVA was conducted to compare main effects of predictors (parental stress and child’s potential Autism trait) and its interaction on child’s cognitive performance. The results showed a significant interaction toward the Children Full Scale IQ, F(1, 93)= 11.46, p= .001, Verbal Comprehension, F(1, 93)= 6.54, p= .01, Visual Spatial, F(1, 93)= 4.64, p= .03, Fluid Reasoning, F(1, 93)= 5.81, p= .02, and Working Memory, F(1, 93)= 13.25, p< .001. Notably, there was an increase in cognitive function among children with potential Autism trait and higher stress parent.

 
 
 
Poster Session #92
AAB Saturday Poster Session: Even-Numbered Posters
Saturday, May 28, 2022
2:00 PM–3:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University)
2. Training a wild squirrel to approach and accept food from the hand of humans using shaping procedures
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
TEJASHREE DHRUVARAJ MUJUMDAR (Behavior Momentum India), Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India)
Discussant: Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University)
Abstract:

Squirrels by nature are not domesticated. In this behavioral experiment, a wild and untamed squirrel was trained to reach out and take food from the hands of the experimenter and others within 10 feet periphery in an open environment using shaping procedures through a changing-criterion design. The initial target behavior was reaching out to take food from distance. A step-by-step modification of target behaviors was planned and introduced in order to receive food. Using shaping procedures for systematic delivery of reinforcement for the achievement of successive target behaviors was established. The subject showed 100% mastery and acquired 9 different target behaviors in 28 days. The average latency reduced from 24.1 sec for Target Behaviour-1 to 2.9 sec for Target Behavior-9. In addition to achieving the target operant class, the subject also showed additional behaviors (accepting gentle strokes, showing up on its own, lingering around, making sustained eye contact, etc.) and generalization across people as the behavior-consequence contingency was strengthened.

 
4. Concerns, Advantages, and Roles of "Positive Only" vs. "Balanced Training Including Use of Aversives" for Dog Training
Area: AAB; Domain: Service Delivery
MATTHEW GROSS (Shippensburg University), Richard Cook (Applied Behavior Medicine Associates of Hershey)
Discussant: Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University)
Abstract: In the world of dog training there exists opposing schools of thought about the use of aversive methods when training dogs. Some adhere to "Positive Only" approaches, adamantly excluding procedures or methods considered to be aversive, while others choose to employ a fuller range of approaches, generally reserving aversive approaches for severe or difficult behaviors. Practitioners of Positive-only/Force-free methods utilize only positive reinforcement and negative punishment procedures while training dogs, and often extend their philosophies to the stated opposition of methods which include the use of aversive (negative reinforcement and positive punishment) procedures. "Balanced" dog training practitioners advocate for the use of all operant conditioning procedures when appropriate, and do exclude aversive methods. A concern arising from this controversy is that excluding the use of aversive/punishing techniques removes tools from the bag that might be the most appropriate, or even only, method to address certain dog-related behaviors, including to but not limited to severe behaviors, which may lead to situations where the dog is not successfully trained, or worse, euthanized. This controversy arises not only over disagreement over the use of aversive methodologies themselves, but also stems from erroneous assumptions and incomplete or differing understanding of the behavioral terms. This presentation will highlight and attempt to clarify the issues and misunderstandings related to this controversy, while allowing the viewer to form their own opinion on the matter.
 
 
 
Poster Session #93
BPN Saturday Poster Session: Even-Numbered Posters
Saturday, May 28, 2022
2:00 PM–3:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Jared T Armshaw (UNT)
6. Oxycodone and Impulsive Choice: Effects on Sensitivity to Reinforcement Magnitude and Delay in Female/Male Rats
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
JUSTIN T VAN HEUKELOM (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Isabelle R Rinkert (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Thomas Wagner (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Jared T Armshaw
Abstract: Opioid use/abuse is associated with impulsive behavior. Given the extent of prescription opioid (e.g., oxycodone) abuse, research is needed investigating behavioral mechanisms involved in opioid effects on impulsive choice. The aim of the present study was to investigate oxycodone’s effects on choice controlled by reinforcement magnitude and by reinforcement delay, and to compare those effects across sexes. Separate groups of rats completed sessions under concurrent-chains procedures in which either magnitude (1, 3, or 9 dipper presentations of a sucrose solution with a 3-s delay) or delay (3-s, 9-s, or 27-s delay to 3 dipper presentations) was manipulated within-sessions; each reinforcer dimension (magnitude and delay) was studied separately in both females (n=6) and males (n=8). Sensitivity estimates under non-drug conditions indicated that females had higher sensitivity to magnitude (M=0.67) than males (M=0.54), but males had higher sensitivity to delay (M=0.76) than females (M=0.63). Acute administration of oxycodone doses (0.1-1.0 mg/kg) decreased sensitivity to both magnitude and delay in both females and males. Although this effect was qualitatively similar across both reinforcer dimensions and across sexes, oxycodone’s effects were most reliably predicted by sensitivity during baseline; thus, oxycodone’s effects appeared to be baseline dependent.
 
8. TPA023B has Chlordiazepoxide-Like Discriminative Stimulus Effects but Lacks Acute Withdrawal-Like Effects
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
JEMMA E. COOK (West Virginia University Institute of Technology), Andria Nanney (University of Mississippi Medical Center), Jessica Tran (University of Mississippi Medical Center), James K. Rowlett (University of Mississippi Medical Center)
Discussant: Jared T Armshaw
Abstract: While benzodiazepines are among the most commonly prescribed psychiatric medications, their use is limited by abuse liability and dependence for which there is no currently approved treatment. One potential therapeutic candidate is TPA023B, an α2/3/5GABAA-subtype partial positive allosteric modulator. A pre-clinical evaluation of TPA023B’s potential clinical use was conducted in rats that examined TPA-023B’s ability to 1.) Substitute for the nonselective benzodiazepine, chlordiazepoxide, in a drug discrimination task, 2.) Impair motor performance in a schedule-controlled behavior task compared to the nonselective benzodiazepine, diazepam, 3.) Antagonize the response rate-impairing effects of diazepam 4.) Induce benzodiazepine withdrawal-like effects in an acute-dependence arrangement compared to the benzodiazepine antagonist flumazenil. In the drug discrimination task, TPA023B fully substituted for chlordiazepoxide. In the schedule-controlled behavior task, TPA023B did not impair food-maintained behavior maintained on a fixed-ratio schedule and antagonized the response rate-impairing effects of diazepam. In the acute-dependence arrangement, TPA-023B did not induce withdrawal-like effects (i.e., disruption of responding following diazepam treatment) while flumazenil did. These results support the potential for TPA023B to substitute for benzodiazepines while not inducing significant disruption to operant behavior nor withdrawal effects in those individuals seeking to discontinue benzodiazepine use or treatment for sedative, hypnotic, and anxiolytic use disorder.
 
10. Evaluating Preference Stability Across Psychotropic Medication Changes in Persons with Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities
Area: BPN; Domain: Applied Research
AUTUMN KOZLUK (Brock University), Alison Cox (Brock University)
Discussant: Jared T Armshaw
Abstract: Common treatment practices for individuals diagnosed with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) who engage in severe challenging behaviour include psychopharmacological intervention, behavioural intervention, or combined approaches. Some behaviour analytic researchers have suggested that psychotropic medications may act as motivating operations, in that they can alter the effectiveness of stimuli as reinforcers or punishers (Carlson et al., 2012). Thus, an individual’s experience with environmental variables and stimuli, such as foods, toys, or activities may shift in accordance with a psychotropic medication adjustment. The current project investigates the effects of psychotropic medication adjustments on preference stability, preference displacement, and participant non-selection in two persons with an IDD. Weekly preference assessments were conducted at the same time on the same day each week across a series of naturally occurring medication changes. These data were used to inform a series of analyses (e.g., correlation, visual inspection) to the project’s research questions.
 
 
 
Poster Session #94
EAB Saturday Poster Session: Even-Numbered Posters
Saturday, May 28, 2022
2:00 PM–3:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Nicole M. Davis (Northeastern University)
12. An Analysis of Preference for Delayed Timeout in the Pigeon
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ELIZABETH PAIGE THUMAN (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Nicole M. Davis (Northeastern University)
Abstract: Timeout from positive reinforcement can be an effective punisher, and it has been argued that timeout may function aversively. According to?Leitenberg?(1965), an event or stimulus is considered aversive if behavior that prevents (avoidance) or terminates (escape) the event is maintained.?Avoidance and escape from?timeout?might be maintained by the increased access to positive reinforcement brought on by the avoidance of?timeout?periods?or by a reduction in the overall frequency of?timeouts.?Thus,?determining the function of?timeout?can be?difficult?as?timeout?postponement can be?conceptualized as either negative reinforcement (avoidance of TO) or positive reinforcement (increasing access to time-in).??The purpose of the current study was to assess pigeons’ preference for timeout when presented after a short or long delay, when the timeouts did not decrease in frequency nor did the access to the time-in component increase. Results indicated that pigeons’ choice behavior showed a preference for the delayed timeouts, however some pigeons exhibited a bias when contingency reversals were implemented. Multiple reversals were conducted in order to determine the source of bias. A discussion of bias and future directions are also presented.
 
14. Concurrent-Chains Procedures and Polydipsia in Spontaneously Hypertensive and Lewis Rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MALANA JEAN MALONSON (West Virginia University), Carlos F. Aparicio Naranjo Naranjo (Salem State University)
Discussant: Nicole M. Davis (Northeastern University)
Abstract:

This poster extends the generality of finding showing that polydipsia is induced by food delivery acting as a phylogenetical important event (PIE). Spontaneously Hypertensive (SHR) and Lewis (LEW) rats pressed on two levers simultaneously available in the initial link of a concurrent-chains procedure. Two random interval schedules (conc RI 11s RI 11 s) arranged entries to two terminal links. One terminal link delayed the delivery of 4-food pellets according to 6-delay components (0.1, 5, 10, 20, 40, and 80 s) randomly presented in the session. The other terminal link delivered 1-food pellet immediately. In one condition (W) a 100-ml bottle containing tap water was continuously available in the session recording the behavior of licking the metal tube of the bottle. In the no water condition (NW) an empty bottle was placed in the chamber. The SHRs developed a stronger polydipsia than the LEWs, with the SHRs showing a higher number of licks than the LEWs to start each cycle, during the initial and terminal links of each cycle, and during the 60-s blackout following each delay component. These results support the idea that the LEW is an appropriate control for the SHR rat, showing more motor impulsivity induced by food (liking behavior) in the latter than in the former strain of rats.

 
16. Living and Eating Alone: Conspecifics Modulate Spatial Behavior in a Food-Searching Task in Rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
FRYDA ABRIL DIAZ (Center for Studies and Research in Human Knowledge and Learning; University of Veracruz), Varsovia Hernandez Eslava Eslava (Universidad Veracruzana), Alejandro Leon (University of Veracruz), Bernardo Castro (University of Veracruz)
Discussant: Nicole M. Davis (Northeastern University)
Abstract:

Previous studies have reported that individual vs. gregarious-housing conditions affects spatial behavior in a food-searching task in rats. Also, literature has shown that effort to obtain food affects food-searching behavior. The present study evaluated the effect of early exposure to individual vs gregarious housing and two conditions of access to food (restricted vs free) on the spatial food-searching behavior in rats. Six male-Wistar rats (38 days old) were exposed, for 19 weeks, to one housing condition (Individual N=3; Gregarious N=3); and then they were exposed to a food searching task, in a 1mx1m arena with nine food containers in two conditions (restricted vs free) for 12 sessions. We compared the spatial behavior (routes, recurrence, time in zone, distance, and entropy) between housing and food access conditions. We discuss the results in terms of the modulating function of these variables over the spatial behavior in a food-searching task.

 
18. Selection and Rejection Control by Discriminative Compounds: The Role Of Observation
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
PABLO ANDRÉS LEDESMA (Master's student), Alvaro A. Clavijo Alvarez (Universidad Nacional de Colombia)
Discussant: Nicole M. Davis (Northeastern University)
Abstract: Some measures of stimulus control that feature S+ and S- compounds have demonstrated control by more than one S+ component, and even by S- components. Not all components that feature control attain visual contact, which might be explained by rejection control: responses to non-observed components are controlled by rejection of observed ones. One way to determine whether control is established via selection or rejection involves eye-tracking. The present study examined the relation between a component’s visual formal aspects and direct observation during discrimination training, and whether those aspects control responses in extinction via selection or rejection. Four experiments reinforced and punished responses to discriminative compounds and measured observational responding. Subsequent extinction tests measured response rates and latencies to the components compared against each other. For ‘explorers’ who fixated proportionally and for longer on all components—above 10 seconds in acquisition—both S+ components controlled via selection and S- ones controlled via rejection. ‘Fast learners’ fixated the least, leading to lack of or weak control by only the highly fixated components—generally colors. Discriminative patterned compounds strongly hindered acquisition, but not reversion. Suggestions for future research are encouraged to further advance in the field.
 
20. Hyperbole or Actually Hyperbolic? An Evaluation of Demand Analysis Using Hyperbolic Curve-Fitting
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ALBERT MALKIN (Southern Illinois University / Western University), Eric A. Jacobs (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
Discussant: Nicole M. Davis (Northeastern University)
Abstract:

Common approaches used to describe and analyze the demand for reinforcers have undergone several permutations over approximately the past two decades (e.g., exponential, exponentiated, mixed-effects modeling, zero-bounded, etc.). The aim of each approach is to fit a curve most precisely to data used to quantitatively describe complex cost-reinforcer relationships. Further, each of the above methods has improved upon the others by accounting for more of the data or reducing the number of parameters. This poster will propose to re-purpose a commonly used approach to describe a different type of behavioral economic data - discounting. We will demonstrate the use of an alternative approach for the purposes of analyzing demand data, using a one-parameter exponential decay, a one-parameter hyperbola model. We re-analyzed published data on dosage-level effects (Ko et al., 2002; Winger et al., 2002). Results suggest that a hyperbola model provides a reasonable description of the data (Mean R2 = .90; Median = .95; SD = .14) comparable to other newly proposed one-parameter models of demand (e.g., zero-bounded). We will discuss the advantages and disadvantages of the use of a hyperbola model to analyze demand (e.g., to describe a relationship with discounting).

 
22. The Effect of "Hidden Zeros" on Delay Discounting of Monetary Rewards
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
AMANDA SIMON (Millersville University of Pennsylvania), Kelly M. Banna (Millersville University of Pennsylvania)
Discussant: Nicole M. Davis (Northeastern University)
Abstract: The extent to which individuals discount delayed rewards is associated with many factors, including age, substance abuse, and contextual factors, such as framing. Understanding the conditions under which framing influences discounting may contribute to the development of interventions that reduce discounting, thereby decreasing risky behavior and increasing long term gains. The present study investigated the effect of the explicit zero frame on delay discounting using a titrating procedure (Du et al., 2002). Participants recruited from Amazon Turk (N=83; Female=55.4%; Age=29–65, M = 45.7, s = 9.6; African American=4.5%, Asian=3.6%, Caucasian=85.5%, Hispanic/Latino=3%) completed the discounting task in one of two conditions: one that used a standard discounting frame (e.g., “Would you prefer $100 now or $200 in 3 months?”) or one that used an explicit zero frame (e.g., “Would you prefer $100 now and $0 in 3 months or $0 now and $200 in 3 months?”). An independent samples t-test (two-tailed, α = 0.05) failed to find an effect of framing condition on area under the curve, t(81) = .95, p = .3469, 95% CI [–.098, .275]. Contrary to previous research, these data do not suggest that the explicit zero frame reduces discounting.
 
26. Relational Behavior in Rats With Successive Auditory Stimuli
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
SANDINO ALEJANDRO PERALTA VILLAFAÑA (Universidad Veracruzana), Mario Serrano (UNIVERSIDAD VERACRUZANA)
Discussant: Natalie Buddiga (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

In order to explore relational behavior in animals, rats were exposed to a discrete-trial successive-discrimination procedure using different pairs of auditory stimuli. The length of stimuli was 5s, 10s and 15s and reinforcement was contingent upon a lever-pressing response if and only if the second stimulus presented was longer (Group 1) or shorter (Group 3) than the first stimulus. For the other two groups of rats, refraining from responding in negative trials was also followed by reinforcement. Percentages of obtained reinforcers were similarly low for all groups of rats but for different reasons. Rats in groups 1 and 2 usually responded in both positive and negative trials, while rats in groups 3 and 4 tended to stop responding in both kinds of trials. Results are discussed in relation to previous experiments on transposition.

 
28. Examining Children’s Preference for Behavioral Treatment of Food Refusal
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
RITA MARIE DRUFFNER (Kennedy Krieger Institute; University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute; University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
Discussant: Natalie Buddiga (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The current investigation sought to replicate the concurrent operants procedure conducted by Dozier et al. (2007) to determine client preference for baseline or a function-based treatment conditions aimed to increase bite acceptance and decrease inappropriate mealtime behavior. Three children who were patients in an intensive pediatric feeding program participated in the study. Functional behavior assessments and treatment analyses were conducted to identify and target the variables (potentially) maintaining inappropriate mealtime behavior for each of the participants. During the choice assessment, a treatment room was divided into two sides with one side for baseline and the other side for treatment. Participants were given the opportunity to choose a side of the room. The cumulative choice allocations were used as a measure of preference. Results showed that two of the three participants preferred the treatment condition to the baseline condition. The third participant was indifferent toward either condition. Future research should continue to assess child (and caregiver) preference for elements of feeding interventions.
 
30. Effects of Goal-Setting Methods on Basketball Dribbling Rate and Fluency
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ALEX NIETO (University of Nevada, Reno), Matthew Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Natalie Buddiga (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Research in the area of youth sports coaching has demonstrated a lack of evidence to support many coaching practices. Shortcomings of common coaching practices include large proportions of downtime, lengthy instructional sessions, and ineffective speeches and drill design. Furthermore, precise measurement of behavior rarely occurs in the context of most youth sports coaching, and relatively little is known about relations between environments arranged by coaches during practice and performance in competitive play. More research is needed to identify the most effective and efficient way to teach youth athletes specific skills and how drills/practice for fundamental component skills impact more complex composite sports behaviors in competitive play. The aim of this study is to examine these issues through a) comparison of goal-setting methods (progressive-ratio versus percentile methods) for training a fundamental basketball skill (dribbling) and b) observation of the effects of goal-setting methods for this skill in practice on dribbling performances in situations more similar to those prevailing during competitive play.
 
32. Interactive Effects of Extinction in Multiple Contexts and Cues Associated with Alternative Reinforcement on Resurgence
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CARLOS DANIEL EVERARDO RIVERA (Centro de Estudios e Investigaciones en Comportamiento, Universidad de Guadalajara), Carlos Javier Flores Aguirre (Centro de Estudios e Investigaciones en Comportamiento, Universidad de Guadalajara), L. Rebeca Mateos Morfin (Instituto de Gestión del Conocimiento y el Aprendizaje en Ambientes Virtuales, Universidad de Guadalajara)
Discussant: Natalie Buddiga (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Understanding what procedures can mitigate recovery effects of extinguished behaviors can have important implications in applied settings. In the resurgence procedure, a target response (TR) is established during an initial phase, afterwards the TR is extinguished in a second phase while an alternative response (AR) is reinforced and then both responses are extinguished in a test phase. The TR tends to recover during the test. Cues associated with extinction during alternative reinforcement have shown to effectively mitigate the resurgence effect. At the same time, there’s evidence that carrying out an extinction procedure in multiple contexts can also mitigate other recovery effects. Both procedures in the same preparation could have an additive on resurgence. This study evaluated the effects of cues associated with extinction during alternative reinforcement and extinction in multiple contexts on resurgence in humans. Four groups of human participants were exposed to the resurgence procedure varying the inclusion or exclusion of extinction in multiple contexts and a cue associated with alternative reinforcement. Results showed that extinction in multiple contexts and cues associated with alternative reinforcement were effective to mitigate resurgence in the same preparation, but cues were more effective on their own account.
 
34. Comparison of Reinforcer Duration during the Functional Analysis
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
MARGARET CAVANAUGH (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole Hausman (Journey Autism & Behavioral Care Centers), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Natalie Buddiga (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Varying durations of reinforcement between conditions of the functional analysis may result in unequal exposure to the establishing operation for problem behavior. The current study sought to compare the effects of differing reinforcement durations (i.e., contingent 30 s versus contingent brief verbal comment) in the attention condition on the outcomes of the functional analysis with two individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder and intellectual disabilities on an inpatient hospital unit. Results were mixed across participants; an attention function was only found in the condition when longer durations of attention were provided for one individual. For the second, within session patterns of responding during the longer duration attention condition suggested target behavior was automatically-maintained. Findings suggest that the duration of attention may be an important factor in determining behavioral function.
 
 
 
Poster Session #95
PCH Saturday Poster Session: Even-Numbered Posters
Saturday, May 28, 2022
2:00 PM–3:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette)
36. Toward an Explicit Technology of Ecological Validity
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
BRINEA OSBORNE (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Javid Rahaman (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Tara A. Fahmie (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kevin C. Luczynski (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Nicole M. Rodriguez (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette),
Abstract: Despite the importance of extending behavior analytic research outside of highly controlled settings, surprisingly little has been written about ecological validity in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). Historically, the term ecological validity was used in the psychological sciences to refer to the extent to which experimental conditions of the investigation relate to a real-world context (Schmuckler, 2001). The term has undergone considerable definitional drift over the years, and it is sometimes conflated with external or social validity; thus, an explicit technology of ecological validity requires clarification of the use of the term in behavior analysis. The current poster will display the results of a review of seventy-three articles published in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis that reference ecological validity. The purpose of the review was to identify the procedural manipulations that authors have reported when they refer to ecological validity. Based on the outcomes of the review, we also propose a rubric that researchers can use to organize and evaluate study features that are modified to enhance ecological validity.
 
38. Data Structures for Stimulus Equivalence Software development: Sets or Graphs?
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
CELSO SOCORRO OLIVEIRA (APA)
Discussant: Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette),
Abstract: The development of software to use in Stimulus Equivalence experiments requires special planning and the choice of adequate data structures to be in consonance with the theory. The choice of Sets data structure proved to be inadequate to apply the Matching-to-sample tasks and tests, because of some inaccurate details on the procedure using Sets, such as cloning set elements. The choice of linked lists using pointers proved to be more efficient and adequate to the procedures when applying the Graph approach because fixed the bugs and kept traceback information. The Graph Theory uses as main concepts the words: node, arcs, and graph. It also handles properties such as nodal distance, the weight of the arc, node properties, paths, trees, and many others yet to be included in the behavioral experiments, that could be easily implemented in the software.
 
40. A Survey of the State of the Field of Applied Behavior Analysis in Vermont
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
MEGAN RITCHEY MAYO (Antioch University New England), Audrey N. Hoffmann (Utah Behavior Services)
Discussant: Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette),
Abstract: As demand for Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) in the state of Vermont grows, it is increasingly important to evaluate the status of the Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) workforce. The goal of this study was to evaluate the current status of the field of ABA within the state of Vermont. We surveyed practicing Registered Behavior Technicians, Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analysts, BCBAs, and BCBA-Ds within Vermont. We gathered and analyzed information regarding practitioner training and supervision experiences, current work conditions, strengths and barriers related to education, supervision, practices, and historical and demographic information within the field of ABA in Vermont. This poster summarizes results from the workforce survey and analysis.
 
 
 
Poster Session #96
EDC Saturday Poster Session: Even-Numbered Posters
Saturday, May 28, 2022
2:00 PM–3:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
42. Increasing Caregivers’ Access to Behavioral Practices in Israel: Developing Culturally and Linguistically Adapted Online Modules
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
SHIRI AYVAZO (Kinneret Academic College; David Yellin Academic College), Hagit Inbar-Furst (David Yellin Academic College), Hedda Meadan (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign)
Discussant: Kristina Axenova
Abstract: Social-communication skills impact academic achievement, social-emotional development, and relationships with others. Therefore, early interventions that support and promote the development of these skills are needed for young children with disabilities who have delays or deficits in their communication skills. To date, in Israel, there are limited training materials in native language for caregivers related to practices that support social-communication skills development of young children with disabilities. Access to quality training is very restricted due to a shortage in native-speaking qualified experts in this area and the cost of such training. The clinical purpose of the project entailed translations and cultural adaptations of online self-paced, self-directed training modules developed in the US which include information on evidence-based behavioral practices caregivers and professionals to promote children's' social-communication skills. Based on the ecology validity framework, the research purpose was to assess the feasibility and acceptability of the online training. Participants (n=12) were speech therapists, behavior analysts, and kindergarten teachers who participated in focus groups and responded to satisfaction questionnaires and knowledge quizzes. Quantitative findings show minor changes from pre to post-knowledge assessment. Focus groups activity generated recommendations for improved cultural adaptation and indicated on the extent of ecological validity of the modules.
 
44. A comparison of two methods for increasing college student attendance and punctuality
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ELIAN ALJADEFF-ABERGEL (Kinneret College on the Sea of Galilee)
Discussant: Kristina Axenova
Abstract: Research suggests that college students’ attendance predicts academic success. However, few studies have been aimed at improving college students’ attendance. The purpose of this study was to compare the effectiveness of two procedures for monitoring students’ attendance and modifying the consequences for being absent or attending class on students’ punctuality and attendance. Participants were students in the behavioral sciences program at a college in Israel. Participants were divided into two sections of the same course. In section one, attendance was checked every class session. In this section, four absences led to a reduction of 5 points from the final grade and five absences led to the removal of the student from the course (i.e., negative reinforcement for attendance). In section two, attendance was checked randomly during 45% of the class sessions at the beginning of the session. In this section, students earned one bonus point on their final grade for each time they were present in class during attendance checking (i.e., positive reinforcement for attendance). The poster will present differences in students’ punctuality and absences between the two sections. In addition, implications and benefits of the two methods will be discussed.
 
46. Effects of a Multicomponent Telehealth Intervention on Reading and Behavioral Outcomes for an Adolescent with Autism
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
SARAH DEANGELO (University of Illinois at Chicago), Emily Gregori (University of Illinois at Chicago), So Yeon Kim (Independent Researcher), Sunyoung Kim (University of Illinois at Chicago), Angie Fermin-Hernandez (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Discussant: Kristina Axenova
Abstract: Adolescents diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders often experience difficulties across developmental domains. This may include difficulties with both reading comprehension and engagement in problem behaviors. When these difficulties co-occur, they can often produce deficits greater than the sum of the individual difficulties. We used a multiple baseline design across reading content areas to determine if telehealth intervention in both reading comprehension and desired behavior would lead to increased reading comprehension and decreased occurrence of problem behavior for an 11-year-old male diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. Reading comprehension was measured as the percentage of questions answered correctly, while problem behavior was measured by the number of problem behaviors per hour. Initial findings demonstrate that the intervention results in increased reading comprehension in addition to variable responding related to rates of problem behavior.
 
48. Exploring the use of virtual reality to train pre-service teachers to implement a trial-based functional analysis
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
LYNDSAY ANN FAIRCHILD (Mississippi State University, Kennedy Krieger Institute), Daniel L Gadke (Mississippi State University), Kasee Stratton-Gadke (Mississippi State University), Tawny N. Evans-McCleon (Mississippi State University), Kevin Armstrong (Mississippi State University)
Discussant: Kristina Axenova
Abstract: The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the use of 360° virtual reality training videos to teach pre-service teachers to implement a Trial-Based Functional Analysis. Additionally, the current study sought to assess if following training, participants could generalize the assessment skills learned to a novel problem behavior. Three undergraduate education majors in their junior year of coursework participated in the study, and were exposed to 360° virtual reality training videos for each of the Trial-Based Functional Analysis conditions (attention, demand, and tangible) in various orders in a multiple-probe design. Results from the study indicated that the videos were effective in teaching participants to conduct a Trial-Based Functional Analysis, and none of the participants required performance feedback to reach mastery criteria. Additionally, all participants were able to successfully generalize the skills learned to a novel problem behavior. When asked about their perceptions of the virtual reality training methods through a social validity questionnaire, participants gave high ratings indicating that these training methods overall were useful, effective, and acceptable. Limitations and directions for future research are discussed
 
50. Response to Intervention (RTI): A Mixed-Methods Study Evaluating the Effects of Behavior Training Software on Behavior of In-School Suspension Students
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
ROSIE NICOLE COOPER-NEARY (Louisiana State University at Shreveport)
Discussant: Kristina Axenova
Abstract: Excessive classroom disruption is prevalent among today's public high schools and is a deterrent to the academic and social achievements of students. Using Response to Intervention (RTI) to equip in-school suspension (ISS) programs with a research-based behavioral curriculum is one possible solution to efficiently and cost-effectively remediating the behaviors of at-risk students. Further investigation into this problem was necessary to evaluate its effectiveness; therefore, a software based behavioral intervention program called Ripple Effects for Teens was integrated into the ISS program of an urban high school. A mixed methods approach was used to evaluate the outcome of intervention on recidivism rates of students assigned to ISS and to explore students’, teachers’, and administrators’ perceptions of the effects of the intervention. A statistically significant decrease in recidivism rates of students in grade nine was found when compared to the intervention year. When the effects of the intervention were analyzed across subgroups, a significant interaction was found across gender indicating that males who received the intervention had fewer overall visits to ISS than males who did not receive the intervention. Inclusively, the findings promoted using ISS programs as an effective means of delivering RTI to behaviorally at-risk students in a high school.
 
52. Using pyramidal training to coach educators on reinforcement-based interventions to decrease student challenging behavior
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
COURTNEY THOMPSON (University of Texas at San Antonio), Hannah Lynn MacNaul (University of Texas at San Antonio)
Discussant: Kristina Axenova
Abstract: Challenging behavior exhibited by students in the school setting are one of the most significant obstructions to students learning (Boutlet et al., 2009). These behaviors often warrant specialized interventions delivered by educators in the presence of typically developing peers; however, availability of personnel to prepare educators to implement said interventions is limited (Killu, 2008). One viable solution may be to leverage a pyramidal training model (Andzik & Schaefer, 2020). In the current study, one expert trainer utilized pyramidal training to prepare four educators to implement functional communication training without extinction to decrease aggression toward peers for one student in an inclusionary early childhood education setting. With written instruction only (similar to what a teacher might receive as part of a behavior intervention plan), all educators implemented in the intervention with low fidelity (M= 15% steps completed correctly). Post-intervention, all educators were able to implement the intervention with the trainer at or above 80% fidelity, and skills improved to 100% fidelity during in-situ training with the student. For the student, aggression toward peers was reduced to 0% of intervals and independent communication responses increased to 100% of intervals. Implications for research and practice will be discussed.
 
 
 
Poster Session #97
TBA Saturday Poster Session: Even-Numbered Posters
Saturday, May 28, 2022
2:00 PM–3:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Amanda M Adams (Anderson Center for Autism & Capella University)
56. Appropriate Interactions by Officers and Individuals with Developmental Disabilities
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
TAMI JURSICH (Lauren's Institute for Education), Kaitlyn Venberg Wittig (Lauren's Institute for Education), April Chaires (Lauren's Institute for Education), Danielle Cannizzaro (Lauren's Institute for Education)
Discussant: Amanda M Adams (Anderson Center for Autism & Capella University)
Abstract: Abstract: In our current climate, interactions between police and the special needs community are often unnecessarily negative in nature. Many times, the only interactions that individuals with special needs have with police is when there is already an emergency in place or in high stress situations such as car accidents and medical emergencies. Neither party are familiar with the other and thus those interactions have led to sometimes dangerous interactions between the police and those on the autism spectrum. To pair uniformed officers with neutral or positive interactions as opposed to negative or high stress ones, we can increase appropriate responses from uniformed police officers to those in the special needs community. This allows for uniformed officers to engage in positive interactions with those in the special needs community, reducing the idea that individuals with special needs may be a threat. Teaching law enforcement officers how to assess motivation for an individual with special needs and to use appropriate language we will see an increase in the number of positive interactions between law enforcement and the special needs community.
 
58. Teaching Behaviour Analysts Statistical Approaches to Analyse Extended Clinical Data
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
MARIE-CHANEL MONIQUE MORGAN (Brock University), Nazurah Khokhar (Brock University), Alison Cox (Brock University), Jonathan E. Friedel (Georgia Southern University)
Discussant: Amanda M Adams (Anderson Center for Autism & Capella University)
Abstract: Presently, graduate training in applied behaviour analysis neglects group design and corresponding statistical analyses as evidenced by graduate course sequences typically excluding quantitative statistics courses (Young, 2018). The general disregard for building a practical skill set in this area can place behaviour analysts at a disadvantage. When a dataset does not lend itself well to visual analysis (e.g., extended data collected over years; Cox et al., 2021), behaviour analysts may miss opportunities to analyze and answer important research or clinical questions. In behaviour analytic work, researchers have begun to explore the efficacy of using video modeling to train students and practitioners on more complex computer skill sets (Mitteer et al., 2018). However, this research is scarce and generally limited to training on graphing. The purpose of the current study is to create and evaluate the effectiveness of a virtual training package comprised of: (1) written instructions, (2) a statistical analysis tool, and (3) a video model, to teach behaviour analysts to correctly conduct and interpret statistical analyses in reference to large datasets, wherein visual analysis cannot answer the questions being posed. Preliminary results and the impacts this may have on behaviour analysts’ analysis of complex datasets will be discussed.
 
60. Survey of Former BACB 4th Ed. Task List Trainees’ Experiences in Fieldwork Supervision
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Marija Colic (University of Hawai'i at Mānoa), Jennifer Ninci (University of Hawai'i at Mānoa), Rachelle Huntington (University of Hawai'i at Mānoa), ROXANNE MICHEL BRISTOL (University of Hawai'i at Mānoa), Gregory Taylor (University of Hawai'i at Mānoa)
Discussant: Amanda M Adams (Anderson Center for Autism & Capella University)
Abstract: With growing demand for professionals with a Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) certification, quality control in supervising trainees through their fieldwork experience has become an increasingly high-stakes issue. Although survey studies have targeted supervisors as respondents, there are no survey studies evaluating trainees’ perceptions of their fieldwork experiences. The purpose of this survey was to explore recently former 4th Ed. Task List trainees’ experiences with their fieldwork supervision. A total of 33 questions, including multiple choice and open-ended options, were included. Of 103 persons who attempted to complete the survey, 63 were eligible to complete it; this is an acceptable sample considering the estimated population size. Most eligible respondents spanned all regions of the United States and four respondents were located outside of the United States. Questions explored respondent demographics, supervision structure characteristics, uses and perceived utility of different supervision methods, barriers to effective supervision, prevalence of competency-based supervision, and trainees’ satisfaction with supervised experiences. Outcomes show that a number of environmental barriers may have hindered opportunities for trainees’ to consistently gain a quality, competency-based fieldwork experiences. Positive highlights as well as areas for improvements will be discussed with consideration of current supervision requirements.
 
 
 
Poster Session #98
CSS Saturday Poster Session: Even-Numbered Posters
Saturday, May 28, 2022
2:00 PM–3:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Thomas G. Szabo (Touro University)
62. How Socially Controlled Are Protective Behaviors Against COVID-19?
Area: CSS; Domain: Basic Research
CRISTIAN YESID URBANO MEJIA (Universidad Nacional de Colombia; Centro de Investigación e Innovación en Análisis de la Conducta), Juan Pablo Molano Gallardo (Universidad Nacional de Colombia; Centro de Investigación e Innovación en Análisis de la Conducta), Julian Zanguña (Universidad Nacional de Colombia; Centro de Investigación e Innovación en Análisis de la Conducta), Alvaro A. Clavijo Alvarez (Universidad Nacional de Colombia; Centro de Investigación e Innovación en Análisis de la Conducta)
Discussant: Thomas G. Szabo (Touro University)
Abstract: Adherence to protective behaviors is fundamental to mitigating the COVID-19 pandemic. A behavior analyst framework could help understand the variables controlling those protective behaviors. Social interactions could be a relevant source of reinforcement. This study aimed to assess whether two social contexts with different operant contingencies predicted reported adherence to protective behaviors against COVID-19. 637 Colombian residents filled an online survey. They reported how much they had adhered to the protective behaviors and how much social reinforcement and punishment they had received. We measured four protective behaviors: mask-wearing, social distancing, hand washing, and correcting others in two social contexts: outdoors and indoors with visitors. In addition, we assessed four types of social consequences: to receive social approval, to avoid being judged, to receive social rejection, and to lose gratification in social relationships. We found people adhered more in an outdoor context than indoors with visitors. The more social approval received, the greater the adherence to protective behaviors, and the lesser gratification in social relationships, the lesser the adherence to protective behaviors. Also, the effect of social consequences was more significant in the indoor than in the outdoor context. These results support the use of social stimuli to increase protective behaviors.
 
64. Are You Unhealthy? Let’s Fix It: An Evaluation of Virtual Behavior Interventions on Increasing Healthy Lifestyle Choices
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
JANE GOODMAN TAMMIK (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Kristin McCoy (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Robyn M. Catagnus (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Nicholas Green (BehaviorFit)
Discussant: Thomas G. Szabo (Touro University)
Abstract: Being overweight and/or suffering from obesity are health issues that have been a topic of both basic and applied research for over 50 years. These are preventable health conditions that affect millions of people across the world. The industry for weight loss is astronomically large, yet overweight and obesity rates continue to rise despite the countless programs that promise results. Standard behavioral treatment (SBT) for weight loss includes monitoring and reducing caloric intake, increasing physical exercise, and training in behavioral strategies. The types of behavior strategies used in research have included self-monitoring, cognitive restructuring, stimulus control and goal setting, to name a few. Although a significant amount of research has been conducted to evaluate weight loss, the majority of research using behavioral strategies has been conducted in person. Since the COVID-19 pandemic, virtual interventions are more and more prevalent and needed. The purpose of this study is to evaluate the effects of self-monitoring and virtual social interaction on weight loss and improved health outcomes.
 
Diversity submission 66. Examining the Impact of a Multicomponent Violence Intervention and Prevention Initiative on Participant Experiences of Violence
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
JOSHUA HARSIN (University of Kansas), Jomella Watson-Thompson (University of Kansas), Malika N. Pritchett (University of Kansas), Marvia Jones (Aim4Peace)
Discussant: Thomas G. Szabo (Touro University)
Abstract: Interpersonal violence is a significant behavioral and public health concern in the United States. Although violent crime has steadily decreased since the 1990s, these trends have begun to reverse in recent years. In Kansas City, Missouri (KCMO), the number of homicides has doubled since 2014; in 2021, the city had the 7th highest homicide rate in the country. Moreover, such violence disproportionately impacts people of color and those living in poverty, making it an issue of racial and economic justice. Aim4Peace (A4P), a comprehensive, multicomponent community-based initiative, supports violence prevention and intervention efforts in KCMO. This multicomponent intervention includes responding to ongoing conflicts to prevent escalation and to local hospitals to prevent retaliatory violence, offering service referrals to address the social determinants of health (e.g., stable housing), and creating a plan to address each of a participant’s risk factors (e.g., being a weapon carrier), to reduce the likelihood of future experiences of violence. Tracking experiences of violence represents an important metric in understanding the effectiveness of such a program. This poster examines this metric in relation to participant risk factors and risk level and will also demonstrate the importance of a multisectoral approach in addressing violence (i.e., applied behavioral science and public health).
 
 
 
Poster Session #99
OBM Saturday Poster Session: Even-Numbered Posters
Saturday, May 28, 2022
2:00 PM–3:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Nicole Gravina (University of Florida)
70. The Continued Use of Incentives to Increase Staff Participation in Training
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
JAMES SHERMAN (Evergreen Center), Joseph M. Vedora (Evergreen Center)
Discussant: Nicole Gravina (University of Florida)
Abstract: Staff working in residential treatment programs are often assigned trainings to complete to help them perform their jobs more effectively. When staff do not complete trainings employers frequently provide corrective feedback to them. However, such feedback may not have the desired effect of increasing staff participation. In the current ongoing study, staff were provided verbal and written feedback during baseline if they did not complete their assigned trainings by agency due dates. During the intervention phase, staff were offered incentives for completing quarterly trainings before a specified deadline. Once staff completed the assigned training, they were entered into a randomized drawing for gift cards to popular locations. Staff could earn more entries into the drawing for completing training earlier in the quarter. The results indicated that incentives increased the number of staff that completed the quarterly trainings. As an extension, adjustments were made to the reinforcement delivery schedule in 2020 and reinforcement values in 2021. Incentives continue to demonstrate fidelity in increasing staff compliance. The implications of using incentives and different schedules of reinforcement in a human service organizations are discussed.
 
72. Examining Relationships in Applied Behavior Analysis: Training in Compassion, Burnout, Self-Compassion, and Inflexibility
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
CATHERINE MARY FULLER (Salem State University), Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University), Nele Schulze (Golden Steps ABA)
Discussant: Nicole Gravina (University of Florida)
Abstract: Compassionate care has been shown to have a positive impact on treatment outcomes and is embedded as part of the 2022 Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts. Historically, applied behavior analyst training programs have not universally focused on training in compassion and building therapeutic relationships. It is also not clear to what extent behavior analysts incorporate compassion into their own professional roles (e.g., as practitioners, supervisors/supervisees, or trainers), or engage in additional professional or personal training in this area. A further aim was to investigate whether there are any relationships between the self-reported scores on the amount of training in compassion, burnout, self-compassion, and psychological inflexibility. In the present study, behavior analytic practitioners (n=96) were surveyed on their self-reported educational and professional training experiences in compassion and building therapeutic relationships, and their levels of burnout (OLBI), self-compassion (SCS-SF), and psychological inflexibility (AAQ-2). The self-reported results indicate little training in this area, moderate levels of burnout and self-compassion, and generally low levels of psychological inflexibility. Further, there is a negative relationship between self-compassion and inflexibility. These findings suggest a first step in which more specific training in compassion and psychological flexibility should be incorporated into graduate programs and the workplace.
 
74. Is It Only Skin Deep? Behavioral Systems Analysis and Consumer Analysis of a Facial Bar
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
MADELYN UPTHEGROVE (Temple University), Lindsay Ouellette (Temple University), Donald A. Hantula (Temple University)
Discussant: Nicole Gravina (University of Florida)
Abstract: A behavior systems analysis was conducted for a facial bar within the health and wellness industry. The analysis encompassed not only the behavior and processes of the employees within the organization, but also a consumer behavior analysis of the customers. Direct observations and interviews were conducted about current processes, sales were analyzed to determine which customers were more likely to purchase products and add-on services, and scheduling was examined to maximize staff utilization and client bookings. Process maps were created. Suggested changes were discussed with the owner-operator throughout the process and final recommendations were presented at the end of the consultation. Based on analysis of organizational processes, recommendations presented to owner-operator included process map revisions to include (1) changes to the pre-facial consultation and the addition of a post-facial consultation, (2) the addition of a job aide for facial bar employees to promote product and service selections for staff, and (3) scheduling changes for both the owner-operator and further investigation on the expansion of general business operating hours.
 
 
 
Poster Session #100
CBM Saturday Poster Session: Even-Numbered Posters
Saturday, May 28, 2022
2:00 PM–3:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Kendra Thomson (Brock University )
76. Functional Analysis of Problem Behavior in Brazil: A Systematic Review
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
FELIPE MAGALHÃES LEMOS (Universidade Federal de São Carlos; Luna ABA), Christiana Almeida Goncalves Meira Goncalves Meira (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), João S. Carmo (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Joshua Jessel (Queens College, City University of New York)
Discussant: Kendra Thomson (Brock University)
Abstract:

Functional assessment is a process for understanding environmental influences of problem behavior and can be conducted in practice using questionnaires with caregivers, direct observations of the individual, and systematic analyses. . We present a systematic review of empirical studies conducted in Brazil wherein we describe common functional assessment procedures of problem behavior and evaluate function-based treatment outcomes. This study includes peer-reviewed studies that have been conducted in Brazil containing functional assessment as pre-treatment through experimental procedures, direct or indirect observation, and measurement of behavior problems demonstrating a relationship between environmental events and behavior. The studies were primarily conducted with adults (66%). The school was slightly more utilized as a setting, with 21%. And the most common pathology associated with evaluations was schizophrenia (25%). The most studied topography was the inappropriate speech of schizophrenic patients (25%). Only five studies used functional analysis. Only one study was conducted with a single test. Only 40% of the five studies presented the results in line charts. Only one of the articles presented graphs with function differentiation in one phase of the research. We conclude that there is a scarcity of research on functional analysis of behavior problems conducted with the Brazilian public.

 
78. Not Just for Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Systematic Literature Review on the Effectiveness of Applied Behavior Analysis With Individuals of Different Disorders
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory
MONICA GILBERT (Crystal Minds New Beginning), Chanel Nunez (Crystal Minds New Beginning), Misleiny Acosta Valdes (Crystal Minds New Beginning), Bridgette Bayate (Crystal Minds New Beginning)
Discussant: Kendra Thomson (Brock University)
Abstract:

Historically, applied behavior analysis (ABA) has gained the connotation of being a therapy that solely treats individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). However, clinicians in the field have noted that the principles of ABA can be applied to children, adolescents, and adults of different disorders (and non-disorders). There is a concern with insurance companies in some states since they do not identify ABA as a therapy that meets medical necessity to treat disorders outside of autism. Therefore, funding sources for families of children with for instance; attention deficit hyperactivity disorder, anxiety disorder, conduct disorder amongst others are in a disadvantage in that they have to pay for services out of their pocket. One way to change this is to stimulate more studies that demonstrate the effectiveness of ABA, not only with individuals diagnosed with ASDbut other disorders as well. The goal of this systematic literature review is to investigate whether there are empirical studies that show the effectiveness of ABA with other disorders and to provide a summary of the disorders that have gained the most studies that show a "good prognosis" for individuals treated with ABA.

 
Diversity submission 80. A Behavioral-Analytic Analysis of the Loneliness of Black Women in Brazil
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory
TÁHCITA MEDRADO MIZAEL (São Paulo University (USP - Brazil)), Maria Helena Leite Hunziker (Universidade de Sao Paulo)
Discussant: Kendra Thomson (Brock University)
Abstract:

There are more than 53 million Black women in Brazil. Studying the intersection of race, class, and gender can help us better understand the reasons why those women are oppressed in society (e.g., have less access to reinforcement related to social status and financial resources for centuries). Black women are the majority of individuals who seek psychotherapy in public services in Brazil, and they often describe a specific feeling of loneliness. Taking into account that behavior analysis is a science that could help understanding this type of suffering in a more precise way, i.e., looking into the variables that cause this behavior, the aim of this study was to interpret in behavior-analytic terms what processes may be involved in the feeling described as “Black women’s loneliness”. We reviewed the Brazilian literature on the phenomenon and hypothesize some behavioral processes that may be involved in this feeling (e.g., extinction), among other contributions from the field, such as deprivation and its role as motivating operations, leading to a higher chance to engage in exploitative romantic and work relationships. We hope these analyses could help counselors to a better understanding of this feeling and, consequently, interventions better suited for this population.

 
84. Functional Assessment of Social Media Use
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research
RINISHA NAIDU (California State University-East Bay), Elizabeth Kyonka (California State University - East Bay)
Discussant: Kendra Thomson (Brock University)
Abstract: The purpose of this pilot study was to develop a preliminary functional assessment of social media use. We designed the Social Media Use Consequences Questionnaire - Preliminary (SMCQ-P) to identify the consequences that maintained individuals’ use of social media. It includes five items putatively related to each of six possible functions: positive reinforcement in the form of tangible benefits, attention, or sensory reinforcement, and escape from demand, offline social interaction, or private events, with higher scores on each subscale indicating greater frequency. Thirty-one introductory psychology students completed the SMCQ-P and answered other questions about their internet use online via a web browser. The students reported using social media on an average of 15.34 hours per week and most (84%) reported that they want to change the way they use social media.Total scores on the SMCQ-P were correlated with scores on measures assessing consequences maintaining internet use (r = .54, p = .002), social media dependence (r = .41, p = .02), and internet addiction (r = .47, p = .01), which suggests that social media use and internet use may be functionally equivalent response classes. Means scores were relatively high for four subscales (attention, sensory, demand, and private events). They were relatively low for tangible reinforcement and social negative reinforcement. The pattern of subscale scores indicates that psychology students’ social media use is typically maintained by multiple consequences, but not financial gain or escape from offline social interaction.
 
 
 
Poster Session #101
DEV Saturday Poster Session: Even-Numbered Posters
Saturday, May 28, 2022
2:00 PM–3:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Jo Ann Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University)
86. The Effect of Intensive Listener Instruction and Intensive Tact Instruction on Joint Attention
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
NANA ISHIKAWA (Teachers College Columbia University)
Discussant: Jo Ann Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

Infants who require early intervention services often times do not have joint attention skills in repertoire. Previous research show that having joint attention skills is important for a child’s development. The purpose of this study was to induce joint attention using an Intensive Tact Instruction (ITI) for children with listener and speaker skills while using an Intensive Listener Instruction (ILI) for children with listener, but no speaker skills. They were all receiving Special Instruction services at an Early Intervention center or a Preschool during the time of the study. The dependent variables in the study included the measure of responding to joint attention (RJA), initiating joint attention (IJA), observing responses, and whether praise functioned as a reinforcer. A nonconcurrent multiple baseline design was used to measure the effect of the ITI and ILI on joint attention (RJA and IJA) and observing responses. Results indicate that a child requires specific cusps and capabilities to benefit from the intervention.

 
90. The Effects of an Accelerated Auditory Matching Protocol for Early Intervention Students
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
TIANYUE SUN (Teacher College, Columbia), Yifei Sun (Fred S Keller School), Cesira K. Farrell (Fred S. Keller School), Song Choi (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Discussant: Jo Ann Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: We investigated the effectiveness of an accelerated auditory matching protocol on the improvement of echoic clarity to a 20 two-syllable words probe. Three participants (two males and one female aged between 35 to 37 months) who attended an early intervention school because of their classification of developmental delays/disabilities participated in the study. All participants emitted some speaker behaviors that lacked clarity. We conducted the protocol (eight basic phases and 13 advanced phases) using an iPad App to teach matching target sound with an exemplar sound in the presence of a negative exemplar. This study employed a multiple probe design across participants. All participants demonstrated improvements in the emission of accurate echoic responses upon mastery of auditory matching. Moreover, compared to those who received the full dosage of the same protocol in previous studies, the participants in this study required fewer learn units to master all phases and to demonstrate improvement.
 
 
 
Poster Session #102
VRB Saturday Poster Session: Even-Numbered Posters
Saturday, May 28, 2022
2:00 PM–3:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
92. An Extension of Analyses of Verbal Operants: Identifying the Functions of Perseverative Speech
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
SAGAR PATEL (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole Hausman (Journey Autism & Behavioral Care Centers), Melissa Theodore (May Institute), Margaret Cavanaugh (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) commonly display repetitive forms of language concentrated on singular subjects, often referred to as perseverative speech. Perseverations may be mediated by environmental variables, such as social attention (e.g., Rehfeldt & Chambers, 2003). Children with limited vocabulary skills may also perseverate on preferred items in an attempt to request, or mand for, appetitive stimuli (Gilliam et al, 2013). Individuals with excessive perseverative speech may have difficulty developing adaptive skills and such perseverations may be disruptive in social interactions (Kuntz, Santos, & Kennedy, 2019). Understanding perseverations within the scope of verbal behavior can aid in understanding communication deficits and building appropriate, adaptive communication. The current study extends the analysis of verbal operants exhibited by individuals with disabilities (e.g., Lerman et al., 2005) by examining the functions of perseverative speech of a young boy diagnosed with ASD who also had a limited expressive language repertoire. While his verbal behavior was excessive and his responses appeared to be repetitive and similar topographically, results of the analysis revealed that they were actually functionally independent and differed in slight, but important ways. This information was used to develop an intervention designed to increase other aspects of his functional speech.
 
94. Effects of Fluency Training on Conditional Discrimination and Emergent Relations Across Verbal Operants
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
FAYE SIMPSON (Endicott College), Sarah Jarakji (Ball State University), Jessica Piazza (Endicott College), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Lisa Tereshko (Endicott College)
Discussant: Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: The overall goal of the current study is to evaluate the effects of using fluency based instruction, a technique that measures how quickly and accurately an individual can respond to specific information asked, on one area of language development and indirectly impact other related language areas. Fluency based instruction involves reflecting on the individuals rate of responding and provides reinforcement and rewards contingent on emitting fast and accurate responses (Fienup & Doepke, 2008). More specifically, the purpose of the current study is to examine the relation between listener and speaker behavior. The experimenter will evaluate the efficacy of using fluency-based instruction to teach students with autism, who do not predominately use verbal speech to communicate their needs, wants, desires, or use verbal speech to label and describe items and actions within the world around them, to receptively identify pictures of common nouns (people, places, emotions, animal, common items seen in home, community, and school) in rapid and fluent order when asked. The experimenter will pair American Sign Language (ASL) and verbal speech to ask for the subject to identify specific pictures of common nouns people, places, emotions, animal, common items seen in home, community, and school) within 1 minute. Following intervention, the experimenter will test the participants indirectly learned how to label the pictures taught during fluency training using no, partial, or fully emitted verbal language or ASL signs.
 
96. Programmed Equivalence Based Self-Instruction (PEBI) to Teach Behavior Analytic Concepts
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
LAUREN A ALIBERTE (Salem State University), OLGA SIRBU (Salem State University), Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University), Catherine Salvetti (Salem State University), Jurnee Dunn (Salem State University)
Discussant: Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: Complex, higher order thinking skills are expected of university students; one measure of such complexity is the extent to which appropriate intraverbals are developed. While most courses rely on reading and lecture or discussion, the use of programmed self-instruction modules (PSIM) may also benefit learners. PSIM sequences frames with fill ins of 1-2 words each within larger modules to learn material. The question is how best to sequence material, and incorporate equivalence based instruction (EBI) into lectures and online formats. In this poster, two studies are reported in which programmed self-instruction designed through EBI (PEBI) was used to teach either operant reinforcement or prompting concepts and procedures. Undergraduate participants (n = 6) completed a pre-test, the respective online PEBI modules, post-test, and post-assessment surveys. The dependent measures include (a) percentage of correct fill-in and generative answers on pre- and post-tests; (b) latency and cumulative latency for correct responses; (c) and number of trials/frames to mastery criteria within modules. The results of this study indicate that the PEBI system can be used to teach these concepts, and most of the participants’ scores increased on the post-tests versus the pre-tests. While preliminary, this method shows promise for future studies using PEBI.
 
98. Evaluation of a contingency-based assessment of vocal production in a neurotypical learner
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
PIPPIN LENFESTEY (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Matthew L. Edelstein (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract:

Functional Communication Training (FCT) is a function-based intervention designed to increase socially-acceptable communicative responses through differential reinforcement. A wealth of research supports its effectiveness across a variety of populations, including those with diagnoses of autism, intellectual disability, adaptive functioning deficits, and severe problem behavior. Despite clear evidence regarding the effectiveness of FCT, research on procedural variations is needed for individuals with pre-existing vocal communication repertoires, moderate and mild behavioral concerns, and those with high incidence disabilities such as attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder and learning disorders. The current investigation seeks to expand best practice to broaden the applicability of procedures consistent with functional communication training to benefit novel clinical populations. Authors evaluated an assessment designed to systematically analyze socially mediating variables thought to impact the verbal repertoire of a typically developing 3-year-old patient with a history of challenging behavior. Assessment procedures created evocative contexts to evaluate social variables hypothesized to contribute to the learner’s vocal utterances. Results of the assessment revealed that approximately 20% of the patient’s communication repertoire was unintelligible, thereby increasing her risk of developing challenging behavior. Implications for preventative, function-based treatment procedures are discussed.

 
 
 
Poster Session #103
DDA Saturday Poster Session: Even-Numbered Posters
Saturday, May 28, 2022
2:00 PM–3:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Melissa Hunsinger-Harris (Bay Path University)
102. Establishing Discriminative Control in a Multioperant Setting
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
STEPHANIE BONFONTE (The New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Melissa Hunsinger-Harris (Bay Path University)
Abstract: The development of functional communication is an important goal for individuals diagnosed with autism. It is common to begin with dense schedules of reinforcement when establishing mands, however schedule thinning is important for meaningful outcomes. Although multiple schedules can be used to bring mands under discriminative control and avoid high rates of manding when a reinforcer is unavailable, it is important to extend research to multioperant environments in which several reinforcers are available idiosyncratically. We evaluated a method for establishing discriminative control over multiple distinct mands, using a discrimination board and icons correlated with distinct edible reinforcers. Participants included individuals aged 15-22, with verbal repertoires ranging from brief requests to full sentences. All participants attended a school for individuals with autism and related diagnoses. Interobserver agreement was scored for 30% of sessions, with an average of 99% agreement. Baseline sessions involved the delivery of undifferentiated consequences (FR 1) for mands on both components of a multiple schedule. Then, experimenters arranged sequential exposure of each icon to one component stimulus associated with extinction. Our findings demonstrate control over several mand topographies and the establishment of S∆ control such that new mands were discriminated in the absence of extended exposure to extinction.
 
104. Modification of Skills Based Treatment to Decrease Maladaptive Behaviors in Children With Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
ALLISON SCHEAR (Helping Hands Family & Helping Hands Licensed Behavior Analysts), Jordan Freeman (Helping Hands Family & Helping Hands Licensed Behavior Analysts), Justina Fischetti (Helping Hands Family & Helping Hands Licensed Behavior Analysts)
Discussant: Melissa Hunsinger-Harris (Bay Path University)
Abstract:

Using the basis of Practical Functional Assessment and Skills Based Treatment, modifications were made in order to meet the individualized needs of the subjects. Subjects were chosen based on significant rates of problem behavior including aggression, property destruction and screaming. For one subject the modifications included the use and fading of edibles as well as the conditioning of non-edible reinforcement. For the other subject the modifications included the use and exchange of money. Both modifications proved successful in promoting the acquisition of acceptance of denial and delay. In order to demonstrate generality and effectiveness of Skills Based Treatment, the setting for each subject differed. One subject attended clinic-based sessions while the other subject was taught in a self-contained classroom setting. Acquisition occurred both when taught in small blocks of 2 to 3 hours and when taught across an entire school day. The data demonstrates that as acceptance of delay and denial is learned, problem behaviors decrease to socially significant levels. Additionally, functional communication skills were acquired and generalized across people and settings.

 
106. Telehealth Parent Training and Coaching to Improve Exploratory Motor Behaviors in Infants With Down Syndrome
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
E AMANDA DIGANGI (Arizona State University), Samuel DiGangi (Arizona State University)
Discussant: Melissa Hunsinger-Harris (Bay Path University)
Abstract:

One in 691 children born in the US have Down syndrome, the most common chromosomal abnormality and leading cause of intellectual disability. Impairment in exploratory motor behaviors (such as reaching and grasping a play object) is a known component of the Down syndrome phenotype and is generally attributed to more generalized motor delays as well as associated hypotonia (Bauer & Jones, 2014). Exploratory motor behaviors are considered a “pivotal skill” in early development, which, when improved, may provide opportunities for increased development of other skills in infancy and early childhood. In 2014, researchers Bauer and Jones published a paper calling for increased behavioral intervention on exploratory motor behaviors (EMB) for infants with Down syndrome; however, to date, no research has been published exploring the efficacy of a behavioral intervention to increasing these critical skills. The purpose of this study was two-fold. First, we investigated the extent to which parents of infants with Down syndrome (ages 5-9 months) were able to use a behavioral intervention as a means for increasing and improving their infants EMBs following telehealth training (BST) and coaching. Second, we examined the efficacy of the parent-implemented play-based ABA method for improving EMBs for the infants. Follow up & generalization are described.

 
108. Picture Exchange Communication System as a Communication System for Individuals With a Diagnosis Other Than Autism: A Systematic Literature Review
Area: DDA; Domain: Theory
TERI GRISWOLD (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology Central Coast ABA), Patricia Weigand (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Amanda Mahoney (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Melissa Hunsinger-Harris (Bay Path University)
Abstract:

Individuals who have limited communication skills often use maladaptive behavior to communicate. In the past 40 years, we have used functional communication to teach individuals a replacement behavior to reduce the challenging behavior. Augmentative and Alternative Communication (AAC) Systems help individuals with limited communication skills use functional communication. One of these communication systems is Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS). A system designed for children with a diagnosis of autism, PECs has been empirically supported for use with this population. However, as the field of applied behavior analysis grows, PECS has been utilized with many other diagnostic populations. However, the research that involves other diagnostic populations outside of autism is limited. The purpose of the current systematic literature was to summarize PECs treatment outcomes for participants who carried a diagnosis outside of autism. The most common treatment outcome was the acquisition of PECS, which most of the participants acquired. Other treatment outcomes were maintenance, acquisition of other language or spontaneous vocalizations, generalization, preference for AAC systems, acquisition compared to other AAC systems, and effect on challenging behavior. However, many of the other treatment outcomes had limited participants to determine the overall effectiveness of these treatment outcomes on populations outside of autism.

 
110. Evaluation of Variable Influencing Physical Activity in Children with Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
HEATHER ANDERSON (University Nebraska Medical Center), Isaac Melanson (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kortlyn Tawney (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Sarah Elizabeth Martinez Rowe (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Cynthia P. Livingston (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Maeve G. Donnelly (Northeastern University)
Abstract: Increasing physical activity for children diagnosed with intellectual or developmental disabilities is essential. Research promoting physical activity in this population is scarce, however, some research suggests physical activity may decrease problem behavior and promote prosocial behavior, in addition to other health benefits (e.g., increase cardiovascular health). Participants included children ages six to 17 who have an intellectual or developmental diagnosis and engage in challenging behavior. The participants were observed in five different contexts (i.e., fixed equipment, open space, exercise video, control, and outdoor toys). Data were collected on participants’ movements (i.e., moderate-to-vigorous physical activity (MVPA), slow movement, stationary, and motionless), activity engagement, and problem behavior. Additionally, a multielement functional analysis of challenging behavior was conducted. The current study aims to identify which variables can increase physical activity in this population and how the variables affect problem behavior. Researchers identified a higher rate of MVPA in one or more conditions when compared to control and other conditions. Challenging behavior did not occur during physical activity sessions for some participants.
 
112. Increasing cooperation in a child with Down syndrome through interview-informed synthesized analyses and treatment
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ANGELA M BRYSON (Building Blocks Behavior Consultants), Mila Zea (Building Blocks Behavior Consultants, Inc.)
Discussant: Maeve G. Donnelly (Northeastern University)
Abstract: Early intervention of challenging behaviors like aggression and self-injury can prevent future and more serious behaviors from becoming established. The interview-informed synthesize contingency analysis (IISCA) was created to determine the establishing operations which evoke an individuals’ problem behavior and the behaviors’ maintaining contingencies. Practitioners utilize the IISCA to develop and implement a systematic skill-building approach teaching functional communication, accepting denials and reinforcing appropriate and cooperative behaviors across various contexts. Past research suggests this combination of a contingency analysis and progressive intervention was a reliable process for decreasing problem behavior. In this single case study, we replicated the IISCA and skill-based treatment to increase cooperation and decrease self-injurious problem behavior in adult-led tasks by an individual with Down syndrome. The results of the study found the IISCA was reliable in assessing the maintaining contingencies influencing problem behavior and the following skill-based treatment significantly decreased self-injurious and aggressive behaviors during adult-led tasks. Social validity of this intervention was achieved through generalizing skills to caregivers and cooperating with self-care tasks in the home.
 
114. An Analysis of Teaching Choice-Making Behavior and Communication Modalities to Individuals with Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ALLISON QUICHO (Endicott College), Kimberly Marshall (University of Oregon; Endicott College), Jessica Piazza (Endicott College), Lisa Tereshko (Endicott College)
Discussant: Maeve G. Donnelly (Northeastern University)
Abstract: When choice is implemented in interventions, interventionists have found a decrease in challenging behavior, increase in affect, and increase in participation in individuals with severe disabilities (Reutebuch et al., 2015). The present literature review evaluated how behavioral technology is being used to teach choice-making behaviors and assessed what communication modalities were helpful in conveying an individual’s choice. A literature review was conducted using the PRISMA model. As a result, 33 articles were analyzed. The researcher evaluated participant characteristics, communication modality, teaching procedures, and general outcomes. Results indicated that the most frequently used teaching procedure was most-to-least prompting. In addition, many interventionists are using High-Tech AAC to teach choice-making behavior. Most of the studies received a rating of fairly effective, in which studies were at least technologically sound and may include one additional measure such as social validity, maintenance or generalization. Implications of these findings were evaluated based on their contribution to the dissemination of behavioral technology and adherence to ethical guidelines.
 
116. Comparing Existing and Novel Functional Communicative Responses on Problem Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ELISE ZARCARO (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center, Salve Regina University), Jesse Perrin (Pathways), Andrea Giacobbe (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center), Cody Morris (Salve Regina University)
Discussant: Maeve G. Donnelly (Northeastern University)
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is a differential reinforcement procedure in which a client is taught a functional communicative response (FCR) that results in the same reinforcer as the problem behavior. Previous research has shown that higher rates of problem behavior are associated when utilizing existing FCR’s during FCT. The purpose of this study is to evaluate the effects of existing and novel FCR’s on problem behavior and client preference for an FCR. A 14-year-old male diagnosed with ASD participated in this study. FCR training sessions were conducted by alternating between the existing and novel FCR’s in a multielement design while measuring the frequency of problem behavior. A concurrent operants schedule (COA) was used to assess client preferences of the FCR. The COA consisted of FCR’s being presented and made available simultaneously. Problem behavior during the existing FCR was highly variable, whereas problem behavior during the novel FCR was significantly more stable. Additionally, the results indicated that the participant selected the existing FCR 100% of opportunities. IOA was calculated for 50% of sessions between FCR training and the COA with a total count agreement to 100%.
 
 
 
Poster Session #104
AUT Saturday Poster Session: Even-Numbered Posters
Saturday, May 28, 2022
2:00 PM–3:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Sarah Slocum (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine)
118. Teaching Mask Wearing Using Shaping, Choice, and Synthesized Reinforcement
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Alicia Zielenski (Upstate Cerebral Palsy), MARA VANDERZELL (Upstate Cerebral Palsy)
Discussant: Anthony Concepcion (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Many children who have developmental disabilities have difficulty complying with and tolerating personal hygiene and healthcare routines such as dental treatment, washing hands, brushing teeth, etc… (e.g., Carter, Harper, & Luiselli, 2018). In the year 2020, acquisition of these skills and toleration of health/hygiene related routines became even more imperative due to the global COVID-19 pandemic. The current study demonstrates a mask toleration intervention that includes an interview with caregivers and teachers to identify reinforcers as well as a functional assessment to assess the individual’s mask wearing repertoire and its relationship with challenging behavior. Following the assessment, treatment consisted of the differential delivery of synthesized reinforcers subsequent to engagement with the mask at a predetermined criterion. The criterion for reinforcement was then gradually increased across a range of response topographies once success was achieved. Results revealed an increase in engagement with the mask and fully wearing it for 10 minutes in the treatment space and up to a full day of intermittent mask wearing in the classroom and residence. In addition, challenging behavior remained at low level levels throughout the intervention.
 
120. Accumulated vs. Distributed Token Exchange Production Schedules
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
EMILY ANN CHESBROUGH (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John Falligant (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Mary Margaret Ruckle (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Brianna Laureano (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Anthony Concepcion (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Token exchange-production schedules specify the number of responses required to produce a backup reinforcer (i.e., a break). Previous research has suggested that individuals prefer accumulated token exchange-production schedules over distributed exchange-production schedules (e.g., Falligant & Kornman, 2019). There is very little research depicting outcomes of using the less preferred schedule after assessing the preference for either accumulated or distributed schedules. In this particular study, preference between schedules was assessed with a 12-year-old male diagnosed with autism, who engaged in escape maintained problem behavior. Results of this preference assessment showed that despite outcomes of previous research, this individual preferred an accumulated schedule to a distributed schedule. However, due to similarities in efficacy of both schedules and feasibility for caregivers, an accumulated schedule was implemented. Although a distributed schedule was preferred, an accumulated schedule was effective in maintaining low rates of problem behavior throughout the demand treatment evaluation including schedule thinning and generalization phases. Clinical recommendations and implications for future research will be discussed.
 
122. Testing for and Inducing Bidirectional Naming: Contrived versus Non-Contrived Stimuli
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LARA SANDYS (Jigsaw Trust)
Discussant: Anthony Concepcion (University of South Florida)
Abstract: This paper looked into testing and later inducing the Bidirectional Naming (BiN) cusp in a 7-year-old male with a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Preliminary baseline probe sessions (using a match-to-sample procedure) suggested that, when using contrived stimuli, Unidirectional Naming (UniN) was present. Following the naming experience the participant demonstrated they still remained to have just UniN present in his repertoire. When moving to non-contrived, a match-to-sample procedure demonstrated UniN present but not BiN. Following the naming experience with the non-contrived stimuli, the participant demonstrated that BiN had been successfully induced. Such results suggest that there could be various levels of BiN. Future research should look at returning to contrived stimuli to test whether the presence of BiN with contrived stimuli can be induced following this procedure.
 
124. An Evaluation of the use of a Behaviour Contract on the Transition Behaviour of a 10-year-old Boy with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
NATALIE LEOW-DYKE (Jigsaw CABAS School)
Discussant: Anthony Concepcion (University of South Florida)
Abstract: For children with developmental disabilities, a change in routine associated with the initiation of a transition can lead to behaviour difficulties such as non-compliance or behaviour that challenges. A need for routine and predictability may mean that some children with autism do not recognize naturally occurring environmental cues which signal a potential transition change. A 10-year-old boy with autism, delayed play, social interaction and social communication skills participated in the study which examined the use of a behaviour contract on occurrences of behaviour that challenges and non-compliance. The contract specifically targeted transitions to and from the PE hall. Contingent upon the participants behaviour a reward was earned as per the contract. The results showed that the behaviour contract was effective in reducing the duration of non-compliance on the transition from the PE hall to the classroom, thus reducing the overall transition time. Despite the behaviour contract only being implemented for transitions to and from the PE hall, a reduction in the target behaviours were also recorded across other transitions during the school day. The findings have implications for the use of written behaviour contracts and how these may be utilized to target transition behaviour.
 
126. Increasing Cooperation with Activity Transitions
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
GEGUEL FEDERICO LANDESTOY (Western New England University; The New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Anthony Concepcion (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Activity transitions are associated with challenging behavior, perhaps especially when transitions are from higher to lower preference activities. We compared effects of 2 methods of prompting activity transitions on cooperation and challenging behavior. Participants were 2 students at a school for children with autism. The two methods, advance notice (AN) and intervening activity (IA), were presented in an alternating treatments design. Higher, moderate, and lower preference activities (HP, MP, and LP) were identified using preference assessments. In the AN condition the participant was informed that he had 1 more min with the HP before he was cued to engage in the LP. In the IA condition the participant was provided with an MP for 1 min before he was cued to engage with the LP. Cooperation was the inverse of pausing, which started when the participant was cued to begin the LP and ended with the first active response. For one participant, the IA condition resulted greater cooperation and fewer instances of challenging behavior. For the other participant there was no difference between the conditions. For some individuals, scheduling a period of engagement with a moderate preference activity may improve cooperation with activity transitions.
 
128. Caregiver Preference for Behavior Interventions
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ESTHER PARK (Marcus Autism Center), Kimberly Nicole Nicole Palmer (Marcus Autism Center), Janae' Pendergrass (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Slocum (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine), Nadrat Nuhu (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine)
Discussant: Anthony Concepcion (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are at high risk of engaging in challenging behavior requiring treatment. Although there is empirical evidence to support the effectiveness of behavioral interventions, identifying caregiver preference for such procedures may further ascertain the social validity of these interventions and improve caregiver adherence. In this study, caregiver preferences for interventions treating escape maintained challenging behavior were assessed. Caregivers were exposed to and taught to implement functional communication training with extinction (FCT+EXT), noncontingent reinforcement with extinction (NCR+EXT), and differential negative reinforcement of alternative behavior with extinction (DNRA+EXT). In study 1, preferences were determined using a paired-stimulus preference assessment prior to training. In study 2, caregivers were trained to implement these interventions and a concurrent-chains procedure was conducted to assess caregiver preference after implementing procedures. The current data indicates one participant preferred the DNRA+EXT (70%) procedure after initial exposure to treatment recordings, as compared to NCE+EXT (50%) and FCT+EXT (25%) procedures. However, a positive correlative trend showed that NCE+EXT was the preferred choice of treatment during our concurrent-chains procedure. By assessing caregiver preference to treatment based on the type of exposure presented (observation vs. implementation), caregiver adherence and treatment integrity may be better understood.
 
130. Evaluation of a Brief, Telehealth PECS® Parent Training
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JEFFREY ESTEVES (York University), Julie Koudys (Brock University), Melissa Elliot (Bethesda Services), Amanpreet Randhawa (Brock University), Krysten Spottiswood (Pyramid Educational Consultants of Canada), Alyssa Treszl (Brock University), Katelyn Rolfe (Brock University)
Discussant: Art Dowdy (Temple University)
Abstract: The Picture Exchange Communication System® (PECS®; Bondy & Frost, 1994) is an augmentative and alternative communication system designed to teach functional communication. The existing body of evidence supports PECS as an evidence-based communication approach for children and youth with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Despite the existence of a substantial amount of PECS research, little is known about how to train natural mediators, such as parents, to teach and support their child’s PECS use. Without parental involvement, system abandonment is likely; reducing the opportunity for socially valid child communication outcomes. This study explored the results of a brief (i.e., two week) telehealth PECS parent training involving didactic training (i.e., PECS Level 1 Training) and behavioral skills training (BST). Six parents of children with ASD participated. A multiple-baseline design across behaviors was used to explore the impact of BST on parents’ PECS teaching accuracy for Phases 1, 2, 3a, and 3b. Results indicate that all parents’ PECS teaching accuracy improved, and these results were generally maintained at follow-up. Overall, results indicate that a relatively brief telehealth training, using BST, may enhance parent PECS teaching skills. Limitations, future research directions, and clinical implications will be shared.
 
132. Application of Crowding Bars in Visual Stimuli to Increase Acquisition and Response Accuracy in Skills Training for Children With Autism and Visual Impairment
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
KENNAN JAY LISTON (Behavior Analysis Support Services)
Discussant: Art Dowdy (Temple University)
Abstract: Individual needs vary greatly in the clinical setting and ethical standards require that programming be specific to these needs. It is critical then to include in the analysis and programmatic treatment of behavior all environmental factors related to the individual. In the current case study the client was displaying a highly variable responding and high rates of problem behavior in the specific demand context of Listener responding with numbers in arrays of any size. Since the client had known visual impairments a consult with an Optometrist was scheduled. Through collaboration with an Optometrist it was revealed that issues specific to numbers or letters in white fields and isolation are common among children with visual impairments and the literature in the field of Optometry recommends the inclusion of crowding bars which can be faded as the individuals eye develops. Once these bars were added to the visual stimuli in session responding was highly accurate and there were no displays of reduction target behavior from the client.
 
134. Implementing An Intervention To Reduce Self-Injurious Behavior In A Child With Austim Using Telehealth Resources During Covid-19 Pandemic
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
VERÔNICA OLIVEIRA DOS SANTOS (Grupo Metodo), Maria Andrade (Grupo Método - Intervenção Comportamental)
Discussant: Art Dowdy (Temple University)
Abstract: The covid-19 pandemic brought incredible challenges for the treatment delivery for people with autism all over the world. This poster presents the results of an intervention based on Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) carried out via telehealth with significant results in reducing self-injurious behavior in an 8-year-old child. The intervention was implemented, in the child’s home, by a therapist trained and supervised by a specialist in ABA. Weekly supervisions lasting 1 hour were carried out and envolved live footage of the therapist working with the child. The target behavior was to tap his finger on hard surfaces, with was causing wounds to the area. A functional assessment was carried out, and indicated that the child’s behavior was maintained by automatic reinforcement. A competing itens assessment was also carried out to identify activities to effectively compete with the child’s behavior. After three weeks of intervention (i.e. giving the child non-contingent access to competing activities and materials) the child’s behavior was reduced by 67%. One reversal probe session was realized and corroborated the intervention effectiveness. The reduction was also related by the family and school teachers after they gave acess to the same activities during daily routine.
 
136. Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Interventions: A Review of Data Collection & Measurement Techniques
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
NOEL E. OTETO (Michigan State University), Allison Nicole White (Michigan State University), Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University), Andrea D Mata (Michigan State University)
Discussant: Art Dowdy (Temple University)
Abstract: Early intensive behavioral interventions based on principles derived from applied behavior analysis (ABA) and developmental psychology categorized as naturalistic developmental behavioral interventions, or NDBIs improve development of children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) (Schreibman et al., 2015). Although earlier literature demonstrates the efficacy of NDBIs, researchers have yet to carefully describe the data collection and monitoring techniques that are utilized by researchers and needed by practitioners to make day-to-day decisions in practical applications of NDBIs in both clinical and community-based intervention settings.These strategies may have an impact on the use and effective implementation of an NDBI in clinical and community settings. We conducted a systematic literature review to evaluate the components of data collection and measurement strategies used in applications of NDBIs between the years 2015-2020.This timeline was chosen specifically to review literature published after the Schreibman and colleagues (2015) article which thoroughly described and coupled interventions as NDBIs for the first time, effectively making NDBIs its own field of intervention research. Results will be discussed as well as implications for future research and the growing field of NDBIs.
 
138. Assessment and Treatment of Self Injury for a Visually Impaired Elementary Student with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SARA SNYDER (University of Georgia), Kevin Ayres (University of Georgia)
Discussant: Art Dowdy (Temple University)
Abstract: Assessment of challenging behavior via functional analyses and subsequent treatment including functional communication training (FCT) is a common approach to treating severe problem behavior for individuals with autism and intellectual disabilities (Iwata et al., 1982, 1994; Carr & Durand, 1985). However, for those individuals that have a comorbid diagnosis of visual impairment and autism, there are assessment and treatment challenges faced with this common approach (e.g. visual symbols vs. tactile symbols, etc.). Visual impairments affect a significant percentage of the population of individuals with an autism diagnosis (Butchart et al., 2016). However, there is minimal research regarding assessment and treatment of challenging behavior for individuals with this comorbid diagnosis. The current study included an 8 year old caucasian male with autism and visual impairment who engaged in self injurious behavior. Researchers conducted a functional analysis within the participants' elementary school classroom. Based on the results of the functional analysis the researchers began FCT with the participant to address the escape function of the individual’s self injury. Results suggest that adaptations to functional communication training may be necessary for individuals with autism and visual impairment to make the communication response more salient to the individual and establish independent communication responses.
 
142. Theory of Psychology: Its application to autism spectrum disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
EMANUEL MERAZ-MEZA MEZA (Universidad Veracruzana), Luis Martell (Universidad Veracruzana), Agustin Daniel Gomez Fuentes (Universidad Veracruzana)
Discussant: Amalix Flores (USF)
Abstract:

The present study purpose to analyze the conditional relationships between an individual with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and his mother in a situation of consumption and play. A mother-child dyad, the child diagnosed with ASD, participated in the study. A design with Exploratory Phase, Intervention Phase and a Follow-up Phase in play and consumption situation were used. The psychological phenomenon was analyzed, as a functional contact in the first two levels of the Taxonomy of functions: coupling and alteration. The modes of the observing-signal language were used as a means of conventional contact between the child, the mother, and the objects of the environment. A catalog and behavioral record were used to observe dyadic interactions in real time. The results indicate that in the follow-up phase the child's stereotyped behaviors decreased in frequency and duration; in addition, the child emitted behaviors that altered his own behavior, that of the mother and the objects of the environment. The results are discussed based on the concept of contingency, the psychological phenomenon as a relationship and the modes of language as the medium that enables interindividual interactions.

 
144. Isolating The Effects of Attention on Problem Behavior During Small Group Instruction
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
MARISSA JEANETT LEWIS (Kenney Krieger Institute), Meagan K. Gregory (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Sara Deinlein (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Amalix Flores (USF)
Abstract: Following the initial functional analysis (FA), modifications to the “standard” procedures are often necessary to determine the function of severe problem behavior (Hagopian, Rooker, Jessel, and DeLeon, 2013). The participant in this study was a 6-year-old boy diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder who attended prekindergarten at a public school and was admitted to an inpatient unit for the assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior. The school staff hypothesized that the problem behavior was maintained by escape from demands. We conducted an initial FA, similar to Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bowman, and Richman (1982/1994), and no problem behavior occurred during demand sessions. We then conducted a modified FA to mimic the small group instruction in the participant’s school. Due to the hospital safety guidelines, a staff member was utilized as a confederate “student.” Academic demands were placed across all conditions. We compared two test conditions, attention and escape, against a control condition in a reversal design. The results of the FA indicated that the participant’s problem behavior was maintained by access to adult attention, even in the context of academic instruction. These results were used to develop a treatment which resulted in a clinically significant reduction in the participant’s problem behavior.
 
146. Effects of Incorporating Multiple Stimulus Without Replacement Preference Assessment into Token Economies: A Preliminary Investigation
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
STEPHANIE HAROOTUNIAN (The Learning Consultants), Jeremy Douglas Steele (The Learning Consultants), Sean Page (The Learning Consultants), Jeffrey Gesick (The Learning Consultants)
Discussant: Amalix Flores (USF)
Abstract: Given that reinforcement effects are idiosyncratic, this study is relevant to improving the value of token economies. The benefits of implementing a token economy within treatment sessions of young children with autism have been established. In addition, multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessment is a validated empirical assessment to identify an individual’s preference for various stimuli. The present study is a preliminary investigation to examine the effects of using various parameters in developing and implementing a token economy on the duration of refusal behavior for one child with autism. An alternating treatment design demonstrates that a token economy developed using MSWO to identify themes as well as token order preference resulted in shorter, less frequent refusals throughout the session compared to the less structured, less preferred token economies. The preliminary data from this study suggest that implementing a token economy using stimuli identified in a MSWO increases the potential reinforcing properties of the tokens.
 
148. Autism Spectrum Disorder Services in The Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
DUAA ALZAHRANI (Umm Al-Qura University), Xiuchang Huang (Duquesne University)
Discussant: Amalix Flores (USF)
Abstract: This poster summarizes a paper that addresses the current landscape of ASD services in the King of Saudi Arabia (KSA) in the light of the new reform agenda “Vision 2030”. The paper addresses the remaining challenges that faces the provision of ASD service in KSA and provides recommendations to combat the challenges.
 
150. Using Video Based Preference Assessments for Vocational Tasks
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ASHLEY RODRIGUEZ (Bancroft; Rider University), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft; Rider University)
Discussant: Amalix Flores (USF)
Abstract: There is limited research to help teachers and adult employment specialists assess learner preferences in vocational training programs. The purpose of the present study was to replicate and extend the procedures of Synder et. al. (2012) by using video based preference assessments to assess preference for vocational tasks. Participants were adult learners with autism and intellectual disabilities between the ages of 18 and 21 in a special education vocational training program. Participants were shown brief looping videos of vocational tasks in a paired choice preference assessment. To assess the validity of the preference assessment, we then presented the highest and lowest preferred tasks simultaneously in a concurrent chain design. Following the selection of a task, participants completed the task for 30 seconds, and the choice was presented again. This procedure was repeated until a clear preference emerged. Clear preferences were identified following the paired choice preference assessments for all individuals. Results of the validity assessment were less clear, as responding in the preference assessment did not accurately predict responding during the choice assessment for all of the participants.
 
Sustainability submission 152. Increasing Accurate Recycling in a Self-Contained Special Education School
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
JOHN DOUGLAS ZANGERLE (The May Institute, Randolph School), Jessica M. Cohenour (The May Institute, Randolph School)
Discussant: Amalix Flores (USF)
Abstract:

Recycling is a common environmentally sustainable behavior targeted by behavioral interventions in various settings. Previous research demonstrated increases in accurate recycling behaviors via manipulations of recycling bin and trash can quantity and placement in combination with different prompting strategies. Multiple studies have implemented recycling interventions in university buildings, office settings, and residential neighborhoods, but few have researched methods to increase this skill in individuals with disabilities. Specifically with this population, recycling represents a vocational training experience that could lead to employment opportunities for individuals with disabilities, including Autism. Research has shown that employment opportunities can provide benefits such as improved cognitive performance for adults with Autism, as well as increased access to advanced skill training. Yet there is a relative lack of research targeting accurate recycling among this population. This research aims to synthesize methods used in previous studies to increase both the frequency and accuracy of recycling within 4 classrooms in a self-contained school for special education. Baseline data show low frequency and accuracy of recycling behavior across all 4 classrooms. Participants include classroom staff and students.

 
154. Teaching Engagement in Safe Behaviors to Respond to Aversive Stimuli
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MALCHIJAH WILLIAMS (Florida Autism Center), Faris R Kronfli (University of Florida), Jeanne Stephanie Gonzalez (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Discussant: Sarah Grace Hansen (30306)
Abstract: Teaching individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) to appropriately respond to common sounds encountered in the community (e.g., children laughing, babies crying) that they tact as aversive is imperative to increase independence and safety. The purpose of the current study was to teach a 19-year-old man diagnosed with ASD to appropriately respond to aversive auditory stimuli which had a history of evoking problem behavior (e.g., elopement, screaming, crying). First, we measured consent to play the aversive stimuli, latency to turn off the stimuli, and appropriate behavior observed when hearing the stimuli. Then we used behavioral skills training to teach appropriate behaviors to mitigate the aversiveness of the stimuli. Last, we provided opportunities for the individual to contact the aversive stimuli to determine if they would emit the appropriate behaviors learned during BST. Results show that the individual had learned to emit the appropriate behaviors. However, they did not provide consent to play the aversive auditory stimuli within our training sessions. Implications regarding ethical considerations during treatment are discussed.
 
156. Improving Daily Living Skills via Telehealth Caregiver Coaching
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
STEPHANIE GEROW (Baylor University), Catharine Lory (Baylor University), Kristina McGinnis (Baylor University), Remington Swensson (Baylor University), Tracey Sulak (Baylor University), Jessica Akers (Baylor University), Stephanie Fritz (Baylor University), Marie Kirkpatrick (University of Texas at San Antonio)
Discussant: Sarah Grace Hansen (30306)
Abstract: Children with autism often experience deficits in daily living skills, such as tooth brushing, hand washing, and picking up toys. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the efficacy of coaching caregivers, such as parents and grandparents, to implement a total task chaining procedure to improve daily living skills for children with autism. Eighteen children participated in the study and 32 daily living skills goals were targeted with these participants. We implemented a multiple baseline across skills design with one child and an AB design for the remaining participants. The data indicated the caregiver-implemented intervention resulted in improvements in daily living skills, with an average Tau-U effect size of 0.82. Based on the treatment fidelity data, most of the caregivers implemented the intervention correctly; the average intervention fidelity was 93% across the targeted skills. We are continuing to work with participants, collect data, and analyze data. We also plan to analyze and present information regarding the length of time required to achieve these improvements and the extent to which there were corresponding improvements on Vineland scores. Implications and directions for future research will be discussed.
 
158. Increasing Mask Wearing Tolerance for Two Developmentally Disabled Individuals
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SANGWEON AUM (Eden II Programs), Holly Weisberg (College of Staten Island, City University of New York), Danielle French (Eden II Programs), Minira Ottiano (Eden II Programs), Stephanie Tafone (Eden II Programs)
Discussant: Sarah Grace Hansen (30306)
Abstract: Two adults with intellectual disability and autism spectrum disorder were taught to be tolerant in wearing a mask as a safeguard during the COVID-19 pandemic period. After the baseline, their wearing the mask for a target duration was followed by a reinforcer during the intervention. Verbal and gestural prompts were also provided during the intervention when the participants attempted to take off the mask before the target duration elapsed. The target tolerance duration for the reinforcer was systematically increased when the participants met a mastery criterion using a changing-criterion design. Both participants showed an increase in the duration of their tolerance in mask wearing over sessions as the duration of the reinforcer criterion increased during the intervention. However, only one participant reached the tolerance duration for more than 10 minutes. One, five, and twelve month follow-up probes showed the maintenance of learned tolerance in wearing the mask but only for one participant.
 
160. Mothers' and Fathers' Stress Over Time in Families of Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SHANEHA PATEL (University of Quebec, Montreal), Mélina Rivard (University of Quebec, Montreal), Catherine Mello (Penn State Berks), Diane Morin (Universite du Quebec a Montreal)
Discussant: Sarah Grace Hansen (30306)
Abstract: Parents raising a child with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) experience greater stress than parents of typically developing children and parents of children with other neurodevelopmental disabilities. While parents' stress has been extensively studied in the literature, there are gaps regarding stress in the mother-father dyad, and how it changes over time, while considering children's clinical profile. The present study assessed parenting stress at three timepoints: upon receiving an ASD diagnosis, immediately after children completed specialized intervention services, and one year following these services. Participants consisted of 265 mothers and fathers and their child with ASD (Mage at the time of diagnosis = 3.8 years). At each timepoint, mothers and fathers completed a measure of three dimensions of parenting stress (related to: the role of being a parent, the level of satisfaction with parent-child interactions, and the demands of caring for their child). Either a parent or professional working with the child completed a measure of children's symptom severity. Cross-lagged panel analyses revealed different transactional and longitudinal links between mothers’ and fathers’ stress, depending on the facet of stress examined. Results are discussed in terms of supports and interventions that can assist parents who have a child with ASD.
 
162. A choice-based approach for schedule thinning treatments for multiply maintained destructive behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HALLE NORRIS (Rutgers University; Children's Specialized Hospital–Rutgers University Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services), Brian D. Greer (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School)
Discussant: Sarah Grace Hansen (30306)
Abstract: The literature lacks best practice recommendations on how to schedule thin when destructive behavior is multiply maintained. Incorporating an individual’s choice behavior and preference may help clinicians better understand one’s relative preference for different, functional reinforcers for destructive behavior while schedule thinning. Participants are individuals attending an outpatient severe behavior program who engage in multiply-maintained destructive behavior. In experiment 1, participants experienced a concurrent chains arrangement which was used to assess preference throughout simultaneous schedule thinning of two functional communication training (FCT) arrangements. Guided and independent presession choices determined which FCT arrangement the participant would experience. Independent choice of one FCT arrangement, in addition to rate of problem behavior and percentage of correct functional communication responses, were the criteria to thin the schedule of reinforcement within that specific FCT arrangement. A clear preference for one reinforcer over the other was shown with both participants when reinforcement rates were matched. However, one participant’s choice behavior did not follow the matching law, that is he repeatedly selected one reinforcer even when the reinforcement rates highly favored the other.
 
164. Heart Rate as a Predictive Biomarker for Severe Destructive Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LIAM MCCABE (Rutgers University; Children's Specialized Hospital-Rutgers University Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services), Brian D. Greer (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School)
Discussant: Sarah Grace Hansen (30306)
Abstract: Though prior studies have examined physiological arousal in relation to severe destructive behavior (Barerra et al., 2007; Goodwin et al., 2018), the conflicting findings on both the patterns of physiological responding and predictive validity of these measures have not improved clinical assessment or understanding the relationship between physiology and destructive behavior (Hagopian et al., 2015). The purpose of this study was to validate the Polar H10 heart rate monitor for research with this population, examine the heart rate waveforms of individuals who engage in severe destructive behavior during a functional analysis, and explore the predictive validity of heart rate in relation to destructive behavior. In Experiment 1, we assessed the reliability of the Polar H10 monitor and examined the feasibility of its use in an analog functional analysis session. In Experiment 2, we examined the patterns of physiological arousal of individuals who engage in severe destructive behavior during a functional analysis and assessed the validity of heart rate as a predictive measure of destructive behavior. Results of Experiment 1 indicated that the Polar H10 monitor is a reliable measure of heart rate, with an average correlation coefficient of .99 across all durations and conditions of physical activity.
 
166. Exploring Factors Influencing Compatibility of Roommates on the Autism Spectrum: A Scoping Review
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
AMANDA MARIE BAILEY (Brock University), Laura E. Mullins (Brock University), Marco Kilada (Niagara College Canada; (Graduate Member of the British Psychological Society))
Discussant: Sarah Slocum (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine)
Abstract: Many adults on the autism spectrum live in group-based settings. While the person should be central to the decision regarding placements, there are limited resources to aid in determining potential roommate compatibility. Challenging behaviors and placement breakdowns can often occur when social and environmental factors are not considered. This scoping review explores the current research on the factors that influence the compatibility of roommates on the autism spectrum. Following the PRISMA-ScR guidelines, 41 resources were reviewed to identify issues that influenced roommate compatibility and living arrangements. A deductive content analysis was used to identify areas within six domains consistent with a behavioral perspective using a bio-psycho-social approach to challenging behavior: general house details, health needs, sensory, lifestyle, social interaction, and behavioral profile. Initial results suggest the highest supported domain was social interaction and the least represented domains include health needs and lifestyle. This scoping review will guide the development of the Group Home Living Compatibility Assessment in partnership with Kerry’s Place Autism Services. The assessment aims to identify environmental modifications and opportunities for skill development that could improve the compatibility of prospective housemates and the transition process.
 
168. Increasing Cooperation in Children with Autism during Play
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CHENGAN YUAN (Arizona State University), Lanqi Wang (University of Iowa), Qiuyu Min (Clover Children Rehabilitation Kindergarten, Shanghai), Zuxuan Huo (Sunshine Special Education Center, Taizhou)
Discussant: Sarah Slocum (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine)
Abstract: Cooperation is one of the critical social skills as it facilitates learning, problem-solving, and social interaction with others. During cooperation, two individuals engage in give-and-take interactions towards a common goal (Luther, 2011). Teaching cooperation skills directly to children with autism should improve their social interactions with their peers. Given the limited studies addressing cooperation skills for children with autism, we examin if systematic direct instruction could improve the multiple cooperation targets of children with autism when paired in dyads during play. We have recruited six children with autism and paired them in three dyads and require our participants to complete a goal during their play (e.g., complete a structure using building block, Potato Head), during which the participants are taught to emit tacts of their own actions, mands for the cooperative actions from their peers, and responses to the mands (i.e., following instruction) from their peers to complete the goal. We also examine the generalization of the target responses using novel toy sets. This study is currently ongoing and anticipated to complete in February 2022.
 
170. Teaching a Learner with Sophisticated Verbal Skills Appropriate Alternatives to Low-Frequency, High-Intensity Undesired Behaviors
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SANDRA R. GOMES (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Jessica Lamb (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Emily Gallant (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Kevin J. Brothers (Somerset Hills Learning Institute)
Discussant: Sarah Slocum (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine)
Abstract: Phoebe is a 15-year-old learner with autism spectrum disorder whose parents expressed concern about profanity use, self-injury, and aggression, all observed only in the home environment. A behavioral contract and modeling and role-play with school instructors were used to teach Phoebe to engage in appropriate alternatives. Phoebe was also taught to self-monitor her own behavior for precursors to self-injury and engage in a competing tactile response (i.e., manipulating a necklace). Initially, the contract was reviewed was every two hours, and tangible rewards were delivered daily. Over three years and 73 intervention phases, reinforcement was faded by extending the contract review interval, thinning the schedule of community trips with instructors, switching to money to spend in the community, and removing instructor feedback. By discontinuation, Phoebe’s contract was reviewed only once at the end of each week, with no money delivered. Appropriate behavior maintained over a 4-month period in the absence of contract review. We hypothesize that critical components of this intervention were: a very conservative phase criterion (i.e., 7 consecutive days with zero occurrence of target behaviors); layered contingencies of reinforcement; a systematic and gradual reinforcement thinning procedure; and the utility of the contract as a contingency management tool for parents.
 
172. Individualized Curricula for Teaching Foundational Reading Comprehension Skills to Learners with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Priya P Patil (Caldwell University), Catherine Collins (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Cassandra McGuirl (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Amber Trinidad (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), EMILY GALLANT (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Kevin J. Brothers (Somerset Hills Learning Institute)
Discussant: Sarah Slocum (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine)
Abstract: Jamie is a 10-year-old girl with autism spectrum disorder whose prerequisite reading and writing skills set the occasion for implementing reading comprehension intervention. Separate instructional programs were implemented to teach two foundational elements of reading comprehension, i.e.: (a) responding to WH-questions and (b) making predictions. Whereas initially, Jamie was required to vocally answer only one or two WH-questions, after 63 phases of intervention over the past three years, she now writes responses to 10 WH- questions on a worksheet after reading a story book. Generalization data are robust across people, settings, and materials. Jamie initially made predictions by via multiple choice in response to two-to-three-sentence passages, and now writes responses following short stories. Generalization across materials is an ongoing goal of intervention for this skill. (Outcome similarities/differences will also be discussed for a second learner, Susie, currently in her second phase of intervention but expected to acquire skills quickly enough for meaningful comparison by time of presentation.) We attribute the success of these interventions to a combination of commercially-available (or individualized, instructor-generated) reading materials with individualized, systematic increases in response requirements. Grade-level performance remains an ongoing goal of intervention and will be discussed further at the time of presentation.
 
174. Surveying Caregivers of Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
KATELIN HOBSON (University of Washington Doctoral Student), Scott A. Spaulding (University of Washington)
Discussant: Sarah Slocum (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine)
Abstract: Social validity has been an area of importance within behavior analysis since the 1970s. Although social validity tools have been created for educators and behavior analysts there has yet to be a social validity tool that has been informed by the caregivers who receive behavior analytic services for their children with autism. Therefore, the purpose of this research is to survey caregivers of children with autism to determine how and what aspects of social validity they find most important. Caregivers of young children with autism were surveyed to determine how important it is to consider treatment outcomes, acceptance of an intervention, empathy from their behavior analyst, and the extent to which behavior analysts consider culture when programming for their child. Items related to empathy, treatment outcomes, and culture were rated by caregivers as moderately to extremely important. Overall, caregivers ranked these aspects from most-to-least important as follows: treatment outcomes, acceptance, empathy, and culture. More specifically, caregivers ranked treatment outcomes as the most important aspect of social validity but equally rated empathy from their behavior analyst and acceptance of the intervention as the second most important aspect of social validity. The results and limitations are discussed, as well as areas of future research to improve the measurement of social validity.
 
 
 
Invited Panel #105
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Reflections on Our Journey Into DEI: A Conversation With the ABAI DEI Board
Saturday, May 28, 2022
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Ballroom Level 3; Ballroom East/West
Area: DEI; Domain: Theory
Chair: Elizabeth Hughes Fong (Pepperdine University), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)
CE Instructor: Elizabeth Hughes Fong, Ph.D.
Panelists: R. WAYNE WAYNE FUQUA (Western Michigan University), JOVONNIE L. ESQUIERDO-LEAL (University of Nevada, Reno), JOMELLA WATSON-THOMPSON (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

This panel represents the third annual DEI Board discussion in a series designed to provide the ABAI membership with: 1) updates on Board activities, 2) opportunities for considering specific topics of relevance to advancing DEI efforts within ABAI and more broadly, and 3) a mechanism for input and ideas from the audience. This year’s panel will focus on the potential contributions of behavior analysis theory and scientific research to improving diversity, equity, and inclusion in ABAI and, more generally, in society. A brief review of the Board’s actions over the past year will be provided by the Co-Coordinators of the ABAI DEI Board, Elizabeth Fong, and Ramona Houmanfar. In addition, ABAI DEI Board members will share perspectives on how DEI issues have impacted our ABA community. Time for questions and comments from the audience will be included to allow for sharing relevant experiences and lessons learned.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

intermediate - good grasp of ABA, some experience or interest in working on DEI issues, some experience or interest in working with diverse populations

Learning Objectives: 1. Name at least one step that behavior analysts are taking to address DEI in the field 2. Identify ways that they can engage in DEI practice 3. Identify ways that DEI issues have impacted our ABA community
R. WAYNE WAYNE FUQUA (Western Michigan University)
JOVONNIE L. ESQUIERDO-LEAL (University of Nevada, Reno)
JOMELLA WATSON-THOMPSON (University of Kansas)
 
 
Invited Paper Session #106
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Using Technology to Extend the Collection and Use of Behavioral Data in Applied Settings
Saturday, May 28, 2022
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 154
Area: AAB; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Erica N. Feuerbacher (Virginia Tech)
CE Instructor: Kathryn L. Kalafut, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: KATHRYN L. KALAFUT (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Behavioral data is necessary in order to make informed decisions about the welfare of humans and animals, but its collection can be challenging--particularly so in animal care facilities. Traditional methods of collecting insightful behavioral data require time, resources, and experts who understand data analysis and visualization. Furthermore, in order for data to be used in-the-moment to make decisions about an animal’s care, it needs to be collected, analyzed, and visualized on a continuous basis. While this is nearly impossible to achieve with the methods frequently used in applied settings, it is not for those used in a basic laboratory. By finding inspiration from the standard operant chamber, and taking advantage of the availability of microcontrollers and sensors, automating data collection in applied settings is more feasible than ever. This presentation will discuss what it takes to provide continuous welfare for animals living under human care, and how we can achieve this with the use of current technologies. Projects involving domestic cats, Asian elephants, and penguins will be used to highlight the current usage as well as future applications.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Anyone interested in 1) how technology can be used to enhance data collection and use; 2) those interested in animal work; 3) those interested in animal welfare.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss the importance and value of using technology in ABA; (2) cite specific examples of how technology has enhanced the knowledge of animal behavior and captive animal environments; (3) find resources to develop and use technology in their own practice; (4) discuss the value and importance of cross-disciplinary collaboration in our field; (5) identify raspberry pi(e) as more than just a delicious dessert.
 
KATHRYN L. KALAFUT (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Katie has published animal research in both applied and basic settings. Her background of basic and applied work carries equal weight in the research she conducts today. Her passion lies in building captive animal environments that enhance animal welfare, from building devices that continuously collect data to developing platforms that facilitate up-to-the-minute, data-based decisions regarding an animal's care. She does this work both as an Associate Professor at the Chicago School of Professional Psychology in Applied Behavior Analysis, as well as CEO of Tracks Technology, a consulting company working with animal facilities to collect, analyze, and interpret behavioral data to ensure the highest welfare for their animals.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #107
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Verbal Behavior and the Emergence of Novel Responses in Children With Autism
Saturday, May 28, 2022
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 256
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Yanerys Leon (University of Miami)
CE Instructor: Andresa De Souza, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: ANDRESA DE SOUZA (University of Missouri St. Louis)
Abstract: Skinner (1957) developed a taxonomy of verbal behavior and referred to the different functional responses as verbal operants. Focused behavior interventions for children with autism and other developmental disabilities typically target each verbal operant individually and increase complexity as children expand their verbal repertoire (Sundberg & Partington, 1999). Considering the extent of a person’s verbal repertoire, it is unrealistic to believe that one can directly teach a child with communication and language delays all topographies of verbal behavior. Therefore, it is important not only to evaluate the effectiveness of verbal behavior interventions but also to identify strategies that can efficiently promote the acquisition of new responses. Research has shown that instructional conditions can be arranged to facilitate the emergence of novel, untrained verbal responses. This presentation will share some of the research about this topic and present strategies to promote the emergence of novel responses when programming verbal behavior instructions for children with autism.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Behavior analysts, speech and language pathologists, psychologists, graduate students, autism service providers
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) explain the importance of programming for the emergence of verbal responses; (2) distinguish between directly taught and emergent responses; (3) describe at least one procedure to facilitate the emergence of verbal operants.
 
ANDRESA DE SOUZA (University of Missouri St. Louis)
Dr. Andresa De Souza is an Assistant Professor at the University of Missouri – St. Louis and currently serves as the Dissemination Coordinator for the Verbal Behavior – Special Interest Group (VB-SIG). She received a Master’s in Behavior Analysis and Therapy from Southern Illinois University in Carbondale under the supervision of Dr. Ruth Anne Rehfeldt and a Ph.D. in Applied Behavior Analysis from the University of Nebraska Medical Center under the supervision of Dr. Wayne Fisher. She completed her Post-Doctoral Fellowship at Marcus Autism Center and Emory University in Atlanta, GA. During her studies, Dr. De Souza gained valuable experience in early-intervention applications for children with autism, the assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior, and the autism diagnostic criteria. She has provided supervision for behavior analysts and worked as a consultant for international sites. Dr. De Souza published several peer-reviewed articles on applications of Skinner’s verbal behavior within the framework of an autism diagnosis, and currently serves on the editorial board of The Analysis of Verbal Behavior. Her research focuses on strategies for teaching verbal behavior, the arrangement of conditions that can facilitate the emergence of novel language and decrease restricted stimulus control, and caregiver training.
 
 
Symposium #108
A Constructional Approach to Parent Empowerment in the Autism Spectrum Disorders Community
Saturday, May 28, 2022
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 104A
Area: CBM/AUT; Domain: Theory
Chair: Lisa Clifton-Bumpass (San Jose Zoo)
Discussant: Anna Linnehan (Endicott College)
Abstract:

Parents/caregivers represent an integral component of the environmental conditions that shape and maintain the behavior of their children. However, many behavioral assessments/interventions focus on presenting problems or disturbing patterns of behavior with less emphasis on familial goals such as spending quality time together or the general happiness of the child. Parents/caregivers facing multiple sources of stress including physical and mental fatigue along with potential lack of support may not possess the requirements for consistent implementation of common behavior analytic programs such as most to least prompting with fading, various differential reinforcement procedures, or extinction. The current symposium offers an alternative approach to parent involvement in programs. The first talk describes using a constructional approach (Goldiamond, 1974) to teach parents/caregivers to ultimately analyze contingencies. The second talk will provide tools for the clinician to incorporate non-linear contingency analysis and the constructional approach to practice.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Caregiver training, Constructional, Nonlinear analysis, Parent training
 
Don’t Blame the Parents: A Constructional Approach to the Personal Lives of Parents
AWAB ABDEL-JALIL (Great Leaps Academy / Eastern Florida Autism Center), T. V. Joe Layng (Generategy, LLC)
Abstract: Parents’ own lives, and the challenges they may face, seem to be an afterthought in most of the parent training literature. If challenges are not directly related to their children, they are not considered in parent directed programs. This dismissal of real-life situations that parents face may contribute to what is called “lack of adherence” to parent training instructions. This talk will present a new direction that clinicians may consider when working with parents of the children they serve. The approach to be proposed is constructional (Goldiamond, 1974), and utilizes a nonlinear contingency analytic lens (Layng et al., 2022) to solve problems the parents may face. Parents are taught to monitor their emotions as tacts or descriptors of events in their environment. The goal is for the parents to detect patterns and find relationships between the emotions and challenges in their lives. They are then coached on problem solving and finding solutions to those challenges. The ultimate aim is for parents to be “their own contingency analysts.” Thus, the parents would have established a self-control repertoire as referred to by Skinner (1974) and Goldiamond (1965).
 
How to Constructional Approachify Parent Trainings: Tips to Move Towards a Nonlinear Approach to Parent Training
LUCERO NERI-HERNANDEZ (University of North Texas)
Abstract: The market for parent training in behavior analysis shows the linear and curriculum-based approaches that behavior analysts often rely on. Often, parent training is a one-way journey, where the focus is on the parent's ability to understand and implement behavior analytic procedures; achieving parent buy-in involves convincing the parents that learning the skills will improve and help with their quality of life, regardless of the goals. The nonlinear approach takes into consideration all of the contingencies at play in the parent/family environment. A Nonlinear approach would help parents to identify personal goals indirectly affiliated with the presenting problem and thus teach them to be their own contingency analyst. During this presentation, we will discuss how to create an inclusive and mutually beneficial parent training relationship by discussing how to incorporate constructional interviews during intakes and meetings, how to identify individualized – and insurance-approved – parent training goals, and how to restructure the way in which parents collect data.
 
 
Panel #109
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Risky Business Reboot: Ethics, Interventions, and Consultation in the Area of Sexuality
Saturday, May 28, 2022
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 252B
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Frank R. Cicero, Ph.D.
Chair: Jessica Demarco (Georgia State University)
FRANK R. CICERO (Seton Hall University)
WORNER LELAND (Sex Ed Continuing Ed)
BARBARA GROSS (Missouri Behavior Consulting; Sex Ed Continuing Ed)
Abstract:

The field of behavior analysis acknowledges our responsibility to ethically provide services that support the autonomy of and maximize reinforcement for our clients, while also maximizing benefit to the community at large. Perhaps in no arena is this responsibility more pertinent than in that of sexual behavior. Cognizance around ethical issues as well as potential legal implications is of highest importance, especially in situations in which our clients have developmental disabilities. This panel will serve as a sounding board for common issues faced in the field as behavior analysts who address potential behavior change surrounding sexual behavior. Panelists will provide anecdotal information to inform best practices, surrounding the ethics of consultation and intervention, and the ethical considerations of each. Past Risky Business panels will serve as a brief touchpoint for this panel, as our panelists continue to bring us new and relevant information in the realm of sexual behavior.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

BCBAs and BCaBAs

Learning Objectives: 1. Identify appropriate scope of competence for assessment and treatment of sexual behavior 2. Identify ethically appropriate goals for addressing sexual behavior 3. Identify the ways that relevant ethical code sections apply to sexual behavior
Keyword(s): developmental disabilities, ethics, sexual behavior
 
 
Symposium #110
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Improving the Use of Applied Behavior Analytic Interventions to Improve Prosocial Functioning in a School District
Saturday, May 28, 2022
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 205B
Area: EDC/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Joyce West (Gardner Public Schools)
Discussant: Erik D Maki (May Institute )
CE Instructor: Erik Maki, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Applied behavior analysis principles have been used to improve numerous behavior problems in schools. However, most of these interventions have been focused on the individual student. This symposium will focus on applying applied behavior analysis at the district, school, and classroom levels to improve student functioning. The first session reviews the implementation of MTSS/PBIS at the district and school level, applied behavior analysis at the systems level with treatment integrity. As a result of this implementation, improvements were seen in prosocial outcomes, including increased attendance, improved mental health scores, increased and on-task behavior of students in the classroom, reduction in office discipline referrals. The second session focuses on implementing high leveraged applied behavior analysis classroom practices to improve academic engagement. Academic engagement is highly correlated to academic achievement. These practices include high rates of both praise to error correction teacher-students interactions, student opportunities to respond, and teacher active supervision practices and how this was scaled up across a district. Implementing an empirical classroom observation system in a small, diverse, high-needs city in Massachusetts will be reviewed. Improved student outcomes were also observed in increased academic engagement and reduced reactive discipline practices.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Intermediate, Competencies of using applied behavior analytical skills in schools.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Be able to describe leadership behaviors including collaborative, facilitative, adaptive and transformative that are critical to the implementation of applied behavior analytic interventions. 2) Be able to describe how to train multi staff members in leadership behaviors using Behavioral Skills Training (BST) 3) Be able to describe the high leveraged applied behavior analytical teacher skills to improve academic engagement.
 

Leveraging Building Leaders to Foster Adaptive Change to Implement District-Wide Applied Behavior Analytic Interventions

AMBER CASAVANT (Gardner Public Schools)
Abstract:

One of the critical drivers of school-based systems change initiatives, particularly in the successful adoption of MTSS, is the buy-in and support of the district and school leadership. For example, McCart et al. (2015), in their review of several fidelity instruments related to MTSS, PBIS, and RTI, found that the common elements of a school leadership role were (a) administrator support with a clear vision to drive implementation forward; (b) decisions about resource allocation including staff responsibilities and professional development; and (f) ongoing monitoring and overall MTSS effectiveness with data. This presentation highlights the effectiveness of applied behavior analytic interventions and training procedures including Behavior Skills Training (BST) & Pyramidal Approach, Multi-Tiered Systems of Support (MTSS), Data-Based Decision Making (DBDM), facilitative, adaptive, and transformative leadership skills and evidence-based classroom practices as outlined in the Classroom Observation System (Putnam & Handler 2020) to improve prosocial functioning across a school district. The data shows improvements in prosocial outcomes including increased attendance, improved mental health scores and on-task behavior of students in the classroom, reduction in office discipline referrals (ODR’s), and improved fidelity.

 
Implementing Applied Behavior Analytic Classroom Practices to Improve Academic Engagement
FINA ROBERTSON (Gardner Public Schools, Behavioral Concepts Inc. (BCI)), Amber Casavant (Gardner Public Schools), Robert F. Putnam (May Institute)
Abstract: This presentation will provide a review of the research on applied behavior analytical practices in classwide behavior support (Simonsen & Fairbanks, Briesch, Myers, & Sugai, 2008; Simonsen et al., 2015; Reinke, Herman & Sprick, 2011). These practices include: 1) antecedent practices; 2) instructional management practices, 3) reinforcement practices and 4) consequence practices. The presentation will go over the use of classwide functional assessment as a method to systematically evaluate the classroom environment to design and implement effective classroom-wide behavioral support practices. Once the environment is assessed, the model incorporates both indirect and direct instruction leading to how teachers participate in a data-based decision-making process to establish more effective practices, procedures, and interactions with students. Finally, a case study of the implementation of MTSS/PBIS in a small, diverse, high-needs city in Massachusetts utilizing the Classroom Observation System (Putnam & Handler, 2020) will be reviewed. In particular, how buy in was obtained, how staff were systematically trained and how these practices were utilized as a tiered system of response to improve implementation fidelity data across schools and teacher implementation of applied behavior analytic classroom practices will be shown. Improved student outcomes were also observed in reduced reactive discipline practices.
 
 
Symposium #111
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Measurement and Analysis of the Relation Between Supervision and Burnout Among Applied Behavior Analysis Professionals
Saturday, May 28, 2022
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 153C
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kate E. Fiske Massey (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
CE Instructor: Isabella Massaro, M.A.
Abstract:

Research indicates that staff members working in the field of applied behavior analysis (ABA) report high levels of burnout associated with variables that include the support they receive from supervisors (Gibson et al., 2009; Plantiveau et al., 2018). However, limitations related to the measurement of burnout and supervisory skills constrain further investigation of this relationship. This symposium will present three related studies that seek to define and measure burnout, quality of supervisory skills, and the relation between the two. We will first explore the psychometric properties of the Stress Diagnostic Checklist (SDC), a measure developed to assess stressors faced by behavior therapists providing intervention to youth with autism spectrum disorders and related populations. We will then consider the measurement of effective supervisory behavior using the Operant Supervisory Taxonomy and Index (OSTI). Finally, we will examine rates of burnout among ABA professionals and the extent to which compassionate supervisory skills influence burnout.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Burnout, Measurement, Supervision
Target Audience:

The symposium is geared toward supervisors in the field of applied behavior analysis. As such, the attendee should possess basic competence in management and supervision of others, including the use of behavioral skills training (BST).

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe burnout using observable environmental variables; (2) identify effective qualities of supervisors according to the Operant Supervisory Taxonomy and Index; (3) list compassionate behaviors that can be utilized in supervisory contexts.
 

Toward Better Understanding of Burnout in Behavior Therapists: A Pilot of the Stress Diagnostic Checklist

SUMMER BOTTINI (May Institute), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center), Lawrence Scahill (Emory University)
Abstract:

Behavior therapists are at high risk for experiencing burnout. Burnout is a pressing concern given its negative consequences on the therapist, recipients of behavioral intervention, and the service delivery system at large. To date, burnout is predominantly measured as a mentalistic construct through self-reported surveys of current stress level. Alternatively, a functional-approach whereby burnout is measured via identifiable environmental variables associated with work may yield important information for intervening. We propose the Stress Diagnostic Checklist (SDC), a novel measure that assesses stressors facing behavior therapists providing intervention to autistic youth and related populations. This symposium will present initial psychometric properties of the SDC and commonly reported stressors. A total of 44 behavior therapists took an online survey including the SDC, traditional measures of burnout level, and measures of psychological flexibility and organizational commitment. Findings suggest the SDC has appropriate internal consistency across hypothesized environmental stressors and adequate test-retest reliability across two months. Comparison with other measures also suggest the SDC has promising convergent and discriminant validity. Taken together, the SDC may be a viable tool for identifying stressors in behavior therapists and potential targets for burnout prevention within behavioral service delivery settings.

 
A Proposed Framework to Identify and Measure Supervisor Behavior
ALYSSA R MCELROY (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Van Stratton (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: With the recent increase in demand for behavior analysts (BACB, 2021), the field has begun to discuss how to define, measure, and improve supervisor behavior. The special section on supervision in Behavior Analysis in Practice (2016), authors postulated a myriad of important supervisory behaviors; however, to date, no distinct measurement system has been adopted fieldwide. Komaki and colleagues (1986) described and validated the Operant Supervisory Taxonomy and Index (OSTI) with a primary purpose to identify and classify behavior of effective supervisors. Komaki’s OSTI may provide a parsimonious framework to describe and analyze supervisor behavior and guide future research to further identify and validate best practices for behavior analytic supervision. Thus, the purpose of this study was to conduct a descriptive analysis of two supervisors’ behaviors during meetings with trainees using the OSTI. Specifically, videos of supervision meetings were analyzed, and supervisors’ behaviors were coded using a partial interval scoring method to determine how much time each supervisor engaged in specific categories of behavior. Results of this analysis and future directions of behavior analytic supervision, research, and practice, including the utility of this framework, will be discussed.
 
Compassionate Supervisory Practices as Predictors of Burnout in Applied Behavior Analysis Providers
AMANDA AUSTIN (Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Kate E. Fiske Massey (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract: Recent position papers have called for a focus on compassion in the training and practice of board certified behavior analysts (BCBAs; LeBlanc et al., 2019; Taylor et al., 2018). Much of this preliminary effort emphasizes the importance of compassion in behavior analysts’ work with families of individuals with autism and other developmental disabilities, highlighting research from other fields that demonstrates a relation between practitioner empathy and patient outcome. However, some research in burnout among applied behavior analysis (ABA) professionals indicates that supervisory relationships play important roles in the well-being of ABA professionals (Gibson et al., 2009). This presentation will report on findings from a survey of approximately 200 ABA providers that measures burnout and BCBA engagement in 29 supervisory practices. Descriptive analyses will highlight staff perceptions of BCBAs’ engagement in each practice. Multiple regression analyses will be conducted to determine the extent to which the use of compassion in supervision predicts staff burnout. Preliminary descriptive findings reveal several supervisory practices that BCBAs are not currently practicing regularly, notably the provision of feedback and use of praise. Implications for the training of BCBAs in supervision and for behavior analytic organizations will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #112
Constructing an Interbehavioral Science of Cultural Studies
Saturday, May 28, 2022
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 156C
Area: PCH/CSS; Domain: Theory
Chair: Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Mitch Fryling (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract: The current trajectory of culturo-behavioral science (CBS) warrants a discussion on interbehavioral orientations toward understanding cultural events. While Skinnerian protopostulates of mainstream CBS—namely that there are different selection processes for behavior and behavioral contingencies—have led to increasingly productive scientific activity in the domains of theory and experimental research, they are not congruent with non-causal, interbehavioral orientations. Constructing a science of culture on non-causal premises allows for a more naturalistic, less dualistic approach to describing events, but it is not without its own limitations and problems to solve. The purpose of this symposium is to elaborate on contemporary interbehavioral perspectives and debates surrounding analyses of cultural functional relations, including those concerning units of analysis, methods of investigation, and interdisciplinary work. By doing so, we hope to extend the interbehavioral wing of CBS in a way that is useful for the enterprise at large as it continues to evolve into a science of its own.
Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): cultural-reaction systems, culturo-behavioral science, interbehaviorism
 

On Seeing Cultural Reaction Systems and Related Constructs

JOSE ARDILA (University of Nevada), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Facts are not simply given to scientists while they stroll by the lake. Scientists construct facts that are coherent within a system of more facts. For example, researchers working under culturo-behavior science study cultural selection and culturants and the relations therein. In parallel to this endeavor, interbehavioral scientists propose to study a different sort of facts grounded on interbehavioral postulates regarding the nature of psychological events. This presentation will address the postulational system that should underlie any interbehavioral approach to cultural studies. Some discussion as to the difference between postulates and definitions, systems and metasystems of science, the development scientific facts, and progress in science will be included. The implications of a set of interbehavioral postulates for understanding human behavior, language, and social systems in behavior science are also addressed.

 

On Defining Cultural Reaction Systems and Related Constructs

WILL FLEMING (University of Nevada, Reno), Jose Ardila (University of Nevada), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

While the culturant may be a unit of analysis well-suited for the selectionist, Skinnerian-based wing of the culturo-behavior science (CBS) enterprise, it is not compatible with interbehavioral proto- and metapostulates. The purpose of this presentation is to define an alternative unit of analysis amenable to an interbehavioral orientation to cultural events, namely cultural reaction systems, and constructs implied therein. As the logic of cultural reaction systems departs from that formalized by J. R. Kantor and contemporary interbehaviorists, this presentation will address (1) how reaction systems differ from integrated fields, (2) what characterizes cultural reaction systems as a distinct class of reaction systems, (3) processes related to the transformation and extension of cultural reaction systems, such as culturalization, diffusion, and reference substitution, (4) how power is conceptualized as a cultural reaction systems, and (5) how logic is defined by and within a cultural reaction system. In doing so, an evolving systematization of an interbehavioral orientation toward cultural studies will be offered that is both coherent with behavioral thinking and conducive to investigation of events that are difficult to describe using current behavior-analytic and culturo-behavioral science frameworks.

 
 
Invited Tutorial #113
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
SQAB Tutorial: What Is MPR and How Has It Evolved?
Saturday, May 28, 2022
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 151A/B
Area: SCI; Domain: Theory
PSY/BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Peter R. Killeen, Ph.D.
Chair: M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University)
Presenting Authors: : PETER R. KILLEEN (Arizona State University)
Abstract:

Galileo’s “book of nature is written in the language of mathematics.” What are the mathematical sentences for reinforcement schedules? Good theories are based on principles, or axioms, so you know what they assume. Those in the Mathematical Principles of Reinforcement (MPR) are: Reinforcers: 1) excite, and 2) direct, responding, which 3) takes time. Baum’s and Catania’s theories have similar principles. I describe the data that motivate each principle, and the mathematics that animate those principles and their interactions. Each of the principle-models were specific enough to be tested, and to evolve into more precise, or more general ones. The first, for example, is A = ar, where A is activation, a motivation, and r rate of reinforcement. I describe two of the basic schedules to give a sense of the machinery; and then note its extension to adjunctive behaviors, contrast, progressive ratio schedules, and behavioral momentum theory. I show data that required refinement of the models. Finally I shall relate MPR to a recent general theory of time perception, and bridge that to Shahan and Gallistel’s information theoretic approach to reinforcement, sketching the blueprint of a grand theory of perception and action

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

All conference attendees curious about a principled approach to theory construction in the realm of reinforcement schedules.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) explain why a principled approach to theory construction is valuable; (2) describe the three principles in MPR, and note the similarities to either Baum’s or Catania’s models; (3) describe how the presenter distilled one of the principles into a model; or how he applied that model to a reinforcement schedule; or how you would go about that yourself; (4) explain how the “coupling coefficient” (viz. strength of contingency) may be related to the new “Trace Theory of Time Perception;” (5) describe similarities and differences from other theoretical approaches (e.g., Baum, Catania, Hull).
 
PETER R. KILLEEN (Arizona State University)
Peter received his doctorate in 1969 under the perplexed gazes of Howie Rachlin, Dick Herrnstein, and Fred Skinner. His only position was at Arizona State University (arriving as the department Previously-Known-As Fort Skinner in the Desert fell to the nativists). He has studied choice behavior, schedule-induced responses like polydipsia, reinforcement schedules, interval timing, and delay discounting. His reinforcers include the Poetry in Science Award; the APA Div. 25 Med Outstanding Researcher Award; the Hilgard Award for the Best Theoretical Paper on Hypnosis (!); the F. J. McGuigan Lecture on Understanding the Human Mind (!!); Presidents of the Society of Experimental Psychologists, the Society for the Quantitative Analysis of Behavior, and the 3rd International Seminar on Behavior (SINCA). A year at the Institute for Advanced Studies in Oslo birthed a behavioral energetics theory of ADHD, which received The Faculty of 1000’s “Must Read”. His statistic prep was an Emerging Research Front Feature on Thomson Reuters Sciencewatch. He has written oodles of screeds on choice and on timing; his first, now receiving social security, showed that pigeons were indifferent between free food and schedules where they had to work for it; his latest is a deep dive into the perception of sequential stimuli in the context of timing. He has also urged our field to turn some of their efforts to understanding the role of emotions in behavior, and to bridging to the field at large through study embodied cognition. In his golden years, family and friends; the health of behavior analysis; admiring nature; and thinking deep thoughts, are foremost in his life.
 
 
Panel #114
PDS: Culturo-Behavior Science Experiential Learning: Analyses and Intervention Informed by Community Behavioral Psychology
Saturday, May 28, 2022
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 204A/B
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Rita Olla (University of Nevada, Reno)
MARK P. ALAVOSIUS (Praxis2LLC)
RICHARD F. RAKOS (Cleveland State University)
BRETT GELINO (University of Kansas)
JENNA MRLJAK (Association for Behavior Analysis International)
Abstract:

The Association for Behavior Analysis International established a Verified Course Sequence (VCS) for Culturo-Behavior Science (CBS) covering core concepts, procedures, and methodologies to analyze and intervene in system-level social problems. However, the experiential practicum component lacks defined competency criteria; not surprisingly, the handful of current CBS practica also lack clear markers. This panel considers Behavioral Community Psychology (BCP) as a workable framework for developing learning opportunities to demonstrate core competencies. BCP’s core values stress community-researcher collaboration and the development –including systematic evaluation– of sustainable, pragmatic, empirically supported interventions that are replicable and contribute to fundamental social change. Work in BCP suggests a way that competency criteria in the VCS BCS practica can be articulated rationally, inform instructional design of practica, and help evaluate how learners demonstrate competence in terms of applying CBS principles at the prevention level. Among the critical competencies are interpersonal skills necessary to conduct effective collaborative research, assessment, and systems intervention. We discuss how CBS concepts, measures, and procedures can be applied in the organization and evaluation of VCS practicum learning experiences and in the selection of practicum sites to create new opportunities to transfer behavior science to socially significant issues. The intended audience for this panel are students seeking the CBS VCS certificates, as well as faculty designing and evaluating experiential learning, and personnel in host sites that offer venues for practica.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): BCP, CBS, student practicum, VCS
 
 
Symposium #115
CE Offered: BACB
Skill-Based Approaches Toward Teaching Children to Tolerate Delays to Reinforcement
Saturday, May 28, 2022
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 254B
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Javid Rahaman (University of Nebraska Medical Center; Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
CE Instructor: Javid Rahaman, M.A.
Abstract: Teaching children skills known to be effective under a variety of situations may be a proactive approach to mitigate (Hagopian et al. 2011; Tiger et al., 2008) or prevent (Luczynski & Hanley, 2013) problem behavior. However, the complexities of the natural environment can require learning a combination of skills. For example, situations may arise where a child must communicate to access reinforcement. Other situations may require the child to wait patiently or do something else for a period of time before accessing reinforcement. This symposium comprises four studies that sought to evaluate the efficacy of teaching specific skills to assist children with tolerating delays to reinforcement. The overall goal of these studies is to provide evidence for using skill-based approaches with children and their parents to reduce problem behavior and teach tolerance skills. This was done by teaching children some combination of communication, compliance (cooperation), engagement with other activities, or waiting patiently.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Delay Tolerance, Functional Communication, Parent Training, Skill-Based Approach
Target Audience: The target audience for this session includes students of behavior analysis, practicing behavior analysts who oversee behavior change programs that treat problem behavior, and behavioral scientists who would like to learn more about skill-based approaches that address delay tolerance.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify skill-based approaches to teaching tolerance skills and treatment problem behavior; (2) Discuss the potential generality of these treatment approaches; (3) Identify socially valid methods to include parents in treatment approaches.
 

Feasibility and Acceptability of a Function-Based Compressed Parent Training Program to Treat Child Behavior Problems

MATTHEW L. EDELSTEIN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jessica L Becraft (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Alicia Sullivan (VelaMar Behavioral Health)
Abstract:

Early childhood externalizing behavior problems are both highly prevalent and predictive of significant conduct problems later in life. One frequently used intervention to address these types of problems is Behavioral Parent Training (BPT), wherein caregivers are trained as the primary change agents for their children. While effective, BPT programs face criticism due to high attrition and their reliance on parent report measures as their primary dependent variables. The current study examined the feasibility, acceptability, and outcome of an intensive behavior treatment program (120 minute sessions for 5 days/week over the course of 2 weeks) designed to teach caregivers to increase children’s frustration tolerance via a wait training procedure. Using a changing criterion single case experimental design, 12 children (M child age = 4.9 years) and their primary caregivers completed the two week function-based intervention procedure based on the principles of applied behavior analysis. Using both direct observation and standardized measures, results indicated that the treatment was effective in reducing childhood behavior problems, both within and between appointments (ds = 3.2 and 1.37, respectively). Overall, preliminary evidence suggests that a condensed treatment package designed to train caregivers in function-based intervention strategies is feasible, acceptable, and effective.

 

Delivering Preschool Life Skills via Telehealth With Parents of Preschool Children

CIARA GUNNING (National University of Ireland Galway), Jennifer Holloway (National University of Ireland, Galway), Helena Lee (National University of Ireland Galway), Jolyene Xuan Ai Leow (National University of Ireland Galway)
Abstract:

Incorporating parent training and telehealth technologies with evidence-based intervention can increase accessibility, generate more learning opportunities, and support positive outcomes. Recently, disruption of services due to the COVID-19 pandemic has highlighted the importance of evaluating intervention delivery via online formats. Two research projects evaluated the delivery of a parent-mediated implementation of the Preschool Life Skills program (PLS; Hanley et al., 2007) via telehealth. The PLS program is a preventive program aimed at teaching important skills to ameliorate risk factors for problem behaviour at preschool stage and set children up for success within this context. Four parents completed the parent PLS program with their neurotypical children (5 males, aged 3-5 years) and four parents completed the program with their children with diagnoses of autism spectrum disorder (ASD, 4 males, aged 3-5 years). Parents were taught to deliver the PLS program at home via behavioural skills training within weekly video conferencing sessions. Results indicated increases in children’s preschool life skills and parental use of teaching strategies, decreases in children’s behavioural difficulties, and positive social validity outcomes. The findings of this research are important in informing future research and development of parent training via telehealth and adaptation of interventions across contexts and populations.

 

An Extension of "Balance": A Parent-Implemented Problem Behavior Prevention Program Implemented via Telehealth

KARA LACROIX (Western New England University; TACT, LLC; FTF Behavioral Consulting), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University; FTF Behavioral Consulting), Alexandra Beckwith (FTF Behavioral Consulting), Shana Rodriguez (FTF Behavioral Consulting), Kelsey Ruppel (FTF Behavioral Consulting)
Abstract:

The American Academy of Pediatrics (2014) recommends individuals with a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) receive applied behavior analysis (ABA) services as soon as they are diagnosed. Ruppel et al. (2021) demonstrated that a parent-implemented problem behavior prevention program, Balance, was effective in reducing problem behavior and increasing social, communication, and cooperation skills in all four participants under the age of six. Access to effective intervention, like Balance, is critical, but waitlists for early intervention services can be long or the individual may reside in an area where ABA services are not readily available (Antezana et al., 2017). In these instances, the use of telehealth may be useful for supporting caregivers as they implement behavior-change programs. This study evaluated the effects of Balance implemented via telehealth using a multiple baseline design nested within a randomized control trial with children aged three and six years. Preliminary results indicate that emerging problem behavior remained high and skills were not acquired for the children randomly assigned to the control group (i.e., delayed intervention). By contrast, children in the test group who received immediate intervention engaged in zero to low levels of problem behavior and social and communication skills were high. Strategies for supporting caregivers attempting to prevent the development of problem behavior via telehealth will be discussed.

 

Teaching Protective Skills Toward Addressing Risk Factors Associated with Emerging Problem Behavior

JAVID RAHAMAN (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kevin C. Luczynski (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract:

Teaching individuals to tolerate times when preferred toys, materials, and social interactions are delayed or unavailable is essential in preparing them to manage everyday challenging situations. Ruppel et al. (2021) demonstrated the efficacy of an approach to teach children who exhibited deficits in communication and tolerance of delays and denials to reinforcement. Their approach could protect individuals from emerging problem behavior toward the same goals as other prevention programs (e.g., Preschool Life Skills, Hanley et al., 2007). However, a potential limitation of Ruppel et al.’s approach is the omission of diverse situations (risk factors) shown to influence problem behavior based on the assessment and treatment literature (Hanley et al., 2014; Slaton & Hanley, 2018). The primary aim of this study was to systematically extend Ruppel et al. by including primary challenging situations and risk factor (generalization) tests that expand the application of protective skills. Four children were taught protective skills using a multiple probe design across primary challenging situations. Risk factor tests were evaluated following the acquisition of all protective skills. Results indicated that acquiring the target skills protected children from a variety of challenging situations and risk factors. Moreover, children were protected from situations mediated by caregivers.

 
 
Symposium #116
CE Offered: BACB
Innovations to Increase Efficiency of Skill Acquisition Programming
Saturday, May 28, 2022
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 254A
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Maria Clara Cordeiro (Marquette University)
Discussant: Tom Cariveau (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
CE Instructor: Maria Clara Cordeiro, M.A.
Abstract: The current symposium includes four investigations in which a range of skills were taught to learners with developmental delays that demonstrate technological advances in skill acquisition programming. The first presenter will show findings for participants who learned novel noun-verb combinations via graphical interchange format (GIF) images in a matrix training arrangement. The second presenter will present data demonstrating sight words taught in groups with less similarities (i.e., higher disparity) were acquired more efficiently, suggesting that discrimination with similar stimuli (i.e., low disparity) may be more challenging to acquire. The third presenter will present data for participants who acquired responses for both tact and auditory visual discriminations (AVCD) more efficiently when a mastery criterion was applied to individual targets rather than stimuli organized into sets. The final presenter will show participants acquired responses more efficiently under a constant mastery criterion and that responses under a descending mastery criterion maintained with higher accuracy. These findings demonstrate innovative refinements to skill acquisition programming to teach a variety of skills.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): efficiency, mastery criterion, matrix training, skill acquisition
Target Audience: Professionals and researchers in behavior analysis. Prerequisite skills include familiarity with skill acquisition programming for individuals with developmental delays and knowledge of behavioral principles.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) describe how to use GIF’s to teach verb-noun combinations via matrix training; (2) describe at least one arrangement to promote more efficient teaching using behavior analytic instruction; (3) describe ways to arrange mastery criteria in skill acquisition programs.
 

Using Matrix Training With GIFs to Teach Noun-Verb Tacts to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

MARCUS DANIEL STRUM (University of North Texas), Haven Sierra Niland (University of North Texas), Samantha Bergmann (University of North Texas), Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas), Marla Baltazar (University of North Texas), Ella Alvarez (University of North Texas), Araceli Luna (University of North Texas), Rachel Lai (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) may require behavior-analytic instruction to acquire noun-verb tacts, and intervention may be efficient if the speaker can tact novel noun-verb combinations, which may be facilitated through matrix training. Matrix training involves teaching some combinations and assessing generalization. We arranged nouns and verbs in three matrices and included graphical interchange format (GIF) images. A GIF may be well-suited to teaching noun-verb tact combinations because the nonverbal stimulus is a dynamic image of a person or thing (i.e., a noun) engaging in a particular action (i.e., a verb). We used a multiple probe design across matrices and a constant prompt delay to teach noun-verb tacts to two children diagnosed with ASD during their center-based intervention services. Both participants could tact the nouns and verbs individually prior to the study and correct noun-verb tacts increased following training. Correct tacts of novel combinations increased in generalization probes. Following training with two matrices, one participant emitted correct noun-verb tacts without direct training. The results suggested that noun-verb tacts can be acquired with a matrix-training arrangement that included GIFs.

 

Efficiency of Teaching Sight Words in Similar Versus Dissimilar Sets

JENSEN CHOTTO (Louisiana State University), Erica Lozy (Louisiana State University), Rachel Marin (Louisiana State University), Jeanne M. Donaldson (Louisiana State University)
Abstract:

We compared the effects of creating sets of sight words with the same starting letter (3 words per set, 3 total sets) versus distributing words with the same starting letter across sets when assessing acquisition of the combined set (9 words) in five 4-to-6-year-old children using a combined adapted alternating treatments design and pre-posttest design. All participants mastered the 3-word sets in both teaching conditions but did not master the control sets. With the exception of one 9-word set for 1 participant, all participants required teaching of the 9-word sets as a set (interspersed teaching). The total number of sessions to mastery of the 9-word sets varied across participants: two participants required substantially more sessions in the similar condition, two participants required approximately the same number of sessions in both conditions, and one participant required more sessions in the dissimilar condition. For the two participants who required substantially more teaching sessions in the similar conditions, they not only responded incorrectly more often during teaching but also made errors that suggest behavior was controlled by the first letter of the word rather the whole word. These findings are consistent with stimulus disparity research demonstrating that discrimination training is generally less efficient when comparison stimuli are similar.

 
Comparison of Mastery Criterion Applied to Individual Targets and Stimulus Sets on Acquisition of Tacts and Listener Responses
MARIA CLARA CORDEIRO (Marquette University), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University), Andrea Jainga (Marquette University), Jessi Reidy (Marquette University), Abigail Stoppleworth (Marquette University), Karly Zelinski (Marquette University)
Abstract: Mastery criterion can be applied to individual targets or stimuli organized in sets. Wong et al. (2021) found that participants with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) learned to read sight words more rapidly when an individual target mastery criterion was applied. A follow-up study by Wong and Fienup (in press), replicated these findings with a more stringent mastery criterion. The current study sought to replicate and extend these findings across novel skills. In the first experiment, five children diagnosed with ASD participated in tact training. In Experiment 2, two participants with ASD were exposed to AVCD training. In both experiments, a mastery criterion applied to individual targets resulted in more rapid acquisition of both tact and AVCD targets. However, some false positives for mastery were observed in the individual target criterion condition during AVCD training. The current findings suggest a mastery criterion applied to individual targets produces more efficient tact and AVCD training, but false positives for mastery should be considered when selecting a criterion for service delivery. Maintenance was undifferentiated across conditions and experiments, replicating findings from Wong and Fienup.
 
The Effects of Constant and Changing Criterion-Level Frequencies on Skill Acquisition Outcomes
ANNA BUDD (The Graduate Center, CUNY), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University), Sarah M. Richling (Auburn University)
Abstract: Higher levels of performance during skill acquisition predict higher levels of response maintenance, but less is known about how many observations of high levels of performance are needed to produce this effect of criterion levels. Across two experiments, we analyzed multiple criterion-level frequency values, or the number of observations of criterion-level performance during teaching. In Experiment 1, we taught children with disabilities target skills to 90% accuracy using constant criterion-level frequencies: one day versus three consecutive days. Across three participants and five comparisons, participants required fewer sessions to meet the terminal acquisition performance criterion when the frequency value was set to one and response maintenance outcomes were comparable between conditions. However, we observed a large drop in accuracy in the 1-Day condition when fading prompts. This was addressed in Experiment 2. In Experiment 2, we compared the constant criterion of one session to a descending criterion that required three consecutive days in the initial teaching phase followed by one day in subsequent phases. Additionally, Experiment 2 investigated if the constant (1-Day) and descending criterion had a varied effect on generalization, accuracy in responding when the prompt was faded. We were able to determine that the descending criterion condition mitigated the drop in accuracy when the prompt was faded. We replicated the 1-Day condition efficiency and effectiveness outcomes in Experiment 2. We did not find the 1-Day nor the Descending criterion to be effective in producing generalization.
 
 
Symposium #117
CE Offered: BACB
Strategies for Teaching Play Skills and Appropriate Social Behaviors to Young Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Saturday, May 28, 2022
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 257B
Area: AUT/DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jessica Anna Osos (Utah State University)
Discussant: Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University)
CE Instructor: Sharon A. Reeve, M.A.
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorders often have marked deficits in social communication and social interaction skills. Additionally, some children with autism do not naturally develop play skills. This symposium includes three applied research presentations related to teaching play skills and appropriate social behaviors to children with autism and one literature review presentation of behavior analytic procedures for teaching play to children with autism. One applied research presentation examined the effects of a caregiver-implemented digital activity schedule with virtual coaching on independent play behaviors of children with autism. The second applied research presentation evaluated a treatment package including multiple exemplar training to teach pretend play skills to toddlers with autism. The third applied research presentation examined the establishing honesty and teaching alternative behaviors on transgressions and lying for two young children with and without autism.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): activity schedules, multiple exemplar, play skills, social skills
Target Audience:

Researchers and practicioners

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Summarize the main findings from a literature review of the behavior analytic procedures for teaching play to this population will be reviewed and discussed, (2) Name and define activity schedules, (3) Name and define multiple exemplar training as a strategy to teach pretend play skills, (4) Name and define at least two strategies for teaching play skills, and (4) Name and define transgressions and lying.
 

Caregiver-Implemented Digital Activity Schedule With Virtual Coaching

JULIANA AGUILAR (Utah State University), Sara Peck (USU), Stephanie Mattson (Utah State University), Kassidy Reinert (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
Abstract:

During the COVID-19 pandemic, many insurance companies approved the funding of telehealth-based behavior analytic services for both training and direct-care purposes. Activity Schedules are a simple and effective intervention that can be used in the home environment to improve independence for children with ASD. Recent efforts have shifted the format of activity schedules from paper-based schedules to digital platforms that make the schedules more portable and provide easier access for both the caregiver and the Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA). Google is a readily available web-based platform that has been used to design and deliver behavior analytic instruction during the COVID-19 pandemic. A non-concurrent multiple baseline across participants design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of a caregiverimplemented digital activity schedule intervention on the independent play behaviors of children with ASD. The activity schedule was created and shared on the Google Slides platform and caregivers received telehealth-based coaching from practitioners to implement the intervention. Preliminary results demonstrated the effectiveness of the digital platform and coaching intervention were effective in increasing independent schedule following. We hope that the results of this study provide BCBAs with additional guidance on effective interventions and procedures for remote service delivery.

 
Teaching Pretend Play
LAURA WILHELM (The New England Center for Children: Western New England University), William H. Ahearn (The New England Center for Children: Western New England University)
Abstract: Pretend play is a social skill that emerges early in typically developing children and has been shown to be an important contributor to the development of a child’s social and language skills (MacDonald et al., 2005, 2009). Unlike typically developing children, children with autism often exhibit persistent deficits in social communication and social interaction across multiple contexts, in addition to engaging in restricted, repetitive patterns of behavior, interests, or activities. This study evaluated in-vivo modeling, least-to-most prompting, and multiple exemplar training on the quality of pretend play skills with three toddlers diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder. The toddler participants observed their teachers model a play scenario, then had an opportunity to complete the scenario independently, and the teachers used least-to-most prompting. Each participant was taught nine play scenarios, three scenarios per play theme (e.g., firefighter, chef, and doctor play themes). Test probes were systematically conducted throughout to determine whether generalization within and across play sets had occurred. Interobserver agreement (IOA) was scored for a minimum of 33% of sessions with 90% or higher agreement. Preliminary results of this study indicate an increase in scripted and pretend play following training.
 
Teaching Play Skills: Review of the Literature
ELIZABETH MESHES (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology at Los Angeles), Adel C. Najdowski (Pepperdine University), Angela M. Persicke (Pepperdine University), Emma Isabel Moon (Endicott College)
Abstract: Play engagement is highly correlated with educational, physical, and socio-emotional success. Some autistic children do not naturally engage in play, and this may serve as a barrier in advancement in other areas as well as be socially stigmatizing. Behavior analysis has been effective in teaching various forms of play using a range of interventions. An overview of the behavior analytic procedures for teaching play to this population will be reviewed and discussed.
 

Establishing Honesty and Minimizing Transgressions With Young Children

ROBERT K. LEHARDY (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kevin C. Luczynski (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Maya Fallon (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Javid Rahaman (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract:

From ages 2-4, children learn to transgress by touching or taking items without permission and how to tell simple lies to avoid discipline (Wilson et al., 2003). Through age 7, children learn to lie more convincingly (Lee, 2013) and by age 11 learn to maintain their lies despite adult’s attempts to uncover them (Talwar et al., 2007). If one’s transgressions and lies are not addressed, existing peer or familial relationships may be damaged and forming future relationships may be disrupted. We evaluated a treatment package composed of rules (Blakely and Schlinger, 1987) and reinforcement for do-say correspondence (Sauter et al., 2020) to increase honest reports for one 6-year-old child without and one 7-year-old child with autism, both of whom were reported to transgress and lie. After establishing honesty, we then taught children self-control behaviors they could do instead of transgressing. Functional control over increased honesty was demonstrated using a nonconcurrent multiple-baseline design across children and control over reducing transgressions was demonstrated using a reversal design. The results support practitioners using the intervention to first teach children how to be honest and then teach children alternative behaviors they may do instead of transgressing.

 
 
Symposium #118
CE Offered: BACB
Shifting Organizational Intervention Philosophy: Integrating Skills Based Training Into Organizational Practices
Saturday, May 28, 2022
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 258A
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Sara White (Sendan Center)
Discussant: Sara White (Sendan Center)
CE Instructor: Sara White, Ph.D.
Abstract: In October 2019 several of the Behavior Analysts from Sendan Center attended a training on Skills Based Treatment. Following that presentation and through significant management team discussion, the decision was made to begin company wide implementation of this methodology starting with a small number of clients under the supervision of each Behavior Analyst. Over the course of the year Sendan has shifted to using Skills Based Treatment as our primary means of intervention for all clients with severe behavior issues, including several within local school districts. This symposium will cover several case studies, including that of the first client within our organization to shift to Skills Based Treatment and one for whom we have implemented a blended program with some more structured programming integrated with specific Skills Based Treatment work periods. Presentations will also include an analysis of company wide data on the reduction of holds, restraints and isolation and perspectives from school district partners on the value of implementation of Skills Based Treatment in the school setting.
Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): ethical treatment, organizational change, SBT
Target Audience: Intermediate - familiarity with basic principles and the process of implementation of Skills Based Treatment
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Describe advantages of implementation of Skills Based Treatment 2. Describe institutional benefits in organizational implementation of Skills Based Treatment 3. Describe potential barriers to organizational implementation of Skills Based Treatment
 

Client Zero: The Success Story That Sparked an Organizational Shift

HILLARY LANEY (Centria)
Abstract:

Shifting organizational practice to be more comprehensive, compassionate, and effective is a necessary undertaking that requires grit, determination, passion, and convincing data. The literature supporting the use of Practical Functional Analysis and Skills-Based Treatment (PFA/SBT) to treat severe problem behavior shows it can be effective and generalizable. Client Zero was the first client within our region and agency to access the efficacy of PFA/SBT. His outcomes sparked the initiatives which fundamentally shifted our organization and therefore our region. Client Zero began his treatment in October 2019 in his school placement and November 2019 in his home environment. The utilization of the SBT process opened pathways previously thought to be inaccessible to this client due to the severity and complexity of his behavioral profile. We will demonstrate the overall outcomes from his treatment plus maintenance and generalization data spanning 18 months across multiple contexts and people who support him. The demonstrated outcomes influenced agency-wide implementation as well as the consultation models utilized to support local school districts. This model of behavioral intervention has increased successful outcomes across a vast array of contexts and implementers in our region. Client Zero paved the way for this shift to occur regionally.

 
How Teaching from Joy is Igniting Revolutionary Outcomes: Changing Student Trajectories in Public Schools
BETH NELSON (Bellingham School District)
Abstract: Inspired by one teacher who said “I need your help. We need to do something different.” The search for “something different” led us to Practical Functional Assessment (PFA) and Skills-Based Treatment (SBT). Inspired by one, we are now on a path to shift the long-term outcomes for an increasing number of students with severe problem behavior. The shift to implementation of SBT is resulting in socially valid, measurable gains for an increasing number of students. Functional outcomes include decreases in contextually inappropriate behaviors and, as a result, decreases in the use of restraint and isolation to maintain safety as well as decreases in staff injuries and the need to teach in isolated settings for staff and student safety. Multiple case studies document increased engagement in instructional activities, increased participation in group settings, increased attendance, and increased time in general education. The session will include a review of the barriers to implementation and the activities and structures that resulted in successful implementation over a 2-year period. Case studies include several different applications of school-based implementation with successful outcomes, including partial and full-day implementation spanning grade levels and examples of differentiation based on environmental context and student performance.
 

Reduction of The Use of Holds, Restraints and Isolations Through Implementation of Skills Based Treatment

SARA WHITE (Sendan Center), Aneesa Shaikh (Sendan Center)
Abstract:

Maintaining client and staff safety when working with clients who exhibit severe problem behavior has remained a paramount concern in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis. Literature has identified that the Practical Functional Assessment and Skills Based Treatment (PFA/SBT) approaches are effective in significantly reducing rates of problem behavior. This presentation sought to evaluate the relative frequency of aggression toward staff, restraint, and isolation before and after implementing Skills Based Treatment on an organizational level where clinically indicated. A review of company-wide Critical Incident Report data was conducted to determine the frequency of these incidents during the year prior to the organizational shift to SBT, as well as in the year following the shift to SBT. The presenters hypothesized that there would be a considerable decrease in the frequency of aggression, restraint, and isolation following the implementation of SBT with clients exhibiting severe problem behaviors. Preliminary data analysis supported this hypothesis.

 

What if Skills Based Treatment Isn't Exactly Working: Evolution of a Hybrid Applied Behavior Analysis Programming for a Client That Includes a Structured Schedule and Skills-Based Treatment

HAILEY BABIN (Sendan Center)
Abstract:

This case study will examine a client who's services began approximately one year into the organization implementation of Skills Based Treatment. Given the severity of his behavioral profile and his lack compliance with virtually all adult directions his program initially consisted of full sessions of Skills Based Treatment. However, the client continued to have frequent episodes of extended non-compliance and tantrums. During a session in which the client was completing an assessment it was observed that his behavior appeared be decreased when he had increased periods of structure. As such, it was hypothesized that increasing periods of structure would contribute to the client's ability to remain happy, relaxed and engaged. A shift was then made in his programming to intersperse structured activities with periods of Skills Based Treatment trials. In doing so, not only did progress improve for the Skills Based Treatment branches that were implemented, but there was also a significant decrease in problematic behaviors.

 
 
Symposium #119
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Advancements in Assessment, Treatment, and Outcomes for Challenging Behavior
Saturday, May 28, 2022
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 258C
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Fabiola Vargas Londono (Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center)
CE Instructor: Fabiola Vargas Londono, Ph.D.
Abstract: Challenging behaviors (CB) in individuals with autism and intellectual disabilities can have serious deleterious consequences on the individual’s health, social interaction, and quality of life (e.g., Emerson & Einfeld, 2011). Therefore, research must continue to evaluate the efficacy and reliability of applied behavior analysis (ABA) interventions on reducing levels of CB in this population. This symposium consists of four presentations, followed by comments from Dr. Nathan Call. The first two talks examine the effectiveness and consistency of Functional Analysis. Holehan and colleagues examine isolated versus synthesized contingencies in functional analyses of precursor and target CB. Deshais and colleagues evaluate the sensitivity to environmental events and response allocation of CB on a longitudinal functional analysis of young children with autism. Follow by the evaluation of reinforcement durations in treatment of escape maintain CB. Kastner and colleagues compare fixed and incrementing reinforcement durations during task chaining in children with autism and CB. Last, Nuhu and colleagues evaluate the outcomes of ABA intervention through a retroactive chart review of individuals with severe CB. Overall, results will show the advances and understanding of assessment, treatment, and long-term outcomes of ABA intervention for reducing CB in individuals with autism and intellectual disabilities.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): challenging behavior, developmental disabilities, functional analysis, treatment outcome
Target Audience: The individual should have previous knowledge on: Functional Analysis Schedule of reinforcement Single-case design Establishing operation Functional Communication Training Extiction
Learning Objectives: 1. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to describe the difference between using isolated versus synthesized contingencies during a Functional Analysis of precursor and target challenging behavior. 2. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to explain fixed reinforcement duration during task chaining for treatment of escape maintain problem behavior. 3. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to list behavior analytic interventions used to reduce challenging behavior in children and adolescents with autism spectrum disorder and other related developmental disabilities.
 
Further Examination of Isolated Versus Combined Contingencies in Functional Analyses
KATHLEEN HOLEHAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), Marissa E. Kamlowsky (The University of Kansas), Ky Clifton Kanaman (University of Kansas)
Abstract: A major challenge of functional analysis (FA) methodology is the safety and efficiency of FAs (Iwata & Dozier, 2008). Therefore, researchers have proposed procedural and methodological refinements to FAs. A recent methodological refinement involves synthesized (i.e., combined) contingency analyses (SCAs; Hanley et al., 2014). We replicated and extended Holehan et al. (2020) by comparing the outcome of isolated versus synthesized contingencies in functional analyses of precursor and target problem behavior while using a reversal design to replicate effects, as well as to analyze potential iatrogenic effects (Retzlaff et al., 2020) for four young children. In addition, we examined within-session analyses of FA data to assess under what context precursor behavior or target problem behavior occurred (i.e., establishing operation on, establishing operation off) for isolated and synthesized contingencies. Next, we extended Tsami and Lerman (2019) by evaluating the extent to which FCT+EXT under synthesized contingencies generalized to the isolated contingencies shown to maintain precursor or target problem behavior for participants from Study 1. Results showed synthesized contingencies were not necessary to show functional relations between precursor or target problem behavior and environmental events for three of four participants. Additionally, intervention results showed synthesized FCRs did not generalize to all isolated variables.
 

Longitudinal Functional Analyses With Young Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Pilot Investigation

MEGHAN DESHAIS (Rutgers University), Eliana M. Pizarro (Our Lady of the Lake Children's Health Pediatric Development & Therapy Center), Brandon C. Perez (Trinity Christian College), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract:

A primary focus of the clinical treatment of young children with ASD is reducing problem behavior and increasing appropriate behavior. Longitudinal analysis of these responses in this population has not yet been accomplished. The goal of the current study was to pilot a method for conducting FAs on a longitudinal basis using an experimental arrangement consistent with ethical guidelines. More specifically, we sought to evaluate sensitivity to common environmental events and response allocation to problem or appropriate behavior over time in young children with ASD. To do so, we conducted trial-based FAs every 6-8 weeks with nine children diagnosed with ASD receiving early intervention services at a community-based clinic. Our proposed solution to the ethical concerns posed by conducting repeated FAs was to reinforce the first instance of either problem behavior or appropriate behavior during trial-based FAs. Findings and clinical implications will be discussed.

 

A Comparison of Fixed and Incrementing Reinforcement Durations During Task Chaining for Individuals With Escape Maintained Problem Behavior

KENDALL MAE KASTNER (Marquette University), Jeffrey H. Tiger (Marquette University), Margaret Rachel Gifford (Louisiana State University Shreveport)
Abstract:

Differential reinforcement of compliance (DRC), a common treatment for escape-maintained problem behavior, is typically initiated by reinforcing compliance on a dense schedule. The schedule of reinforcement for compliance is then progressively leaned via task chaining such that the individual is required to complete more work overtime, up to some socially acceptable terminal goal, before earning a break and access to reinforcement. Two variations of this procedure appear in the literature but have not been directly compared. One variation involves maintaining a fixed reinforcement duration as the work requirements increase; the other involves increasing the reinforcement duration incrementally, coinciding with increases in work requirements. The current study compared these procedures with three children with intellectual and developmental disabilities who exhibited problem behavior maintained by escape from instruction. Task chaining evoked less problem behavior when reinforcement durations increased incrementally for all three participants. These reductions in problem behavior allowed more rapid progress toward terminal goals.

 
Comprehensive Evaluation of an Intensive Outpatient Program for Challenging Behavior
NADRAT NUHU (Emory University), Alexis Constantin Pavlov (Marcus Autism Center), Alec M Bernstein (Emory University School of Medicine and Marcus Autism Center), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Behavior analytic interventions have substantial evidence supporting their use in reducing challenging behavior exhibited by children and adolescents with autism spectrum disorder and other related developmental disabilities. However, these studies often have relatively small sample sizes primarily consisting of younger children. In addition, research studies typically provide limited characterization data on participants. To date, few studies have provided large scale data on the impacts of behavior analytic interventions on addressing treatment resistant severe challenging behavior exhibited by older children. The purpose of the current study was to conduct a case review of patients seen in an intensive outpatient program over five years. The current study examined participant characterization data (e.g., adaptive functioning, cognitive functioning), indirect data (e.g., Behavior Problem Index) and direct observational data from treatment evaluations to assess the overall effectiveness of the treatment program. The clinical implications of study findings and the importance of participant characterization data will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #120
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Sustainability Action to Research
Saturday, May 28, 2022
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 156A
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Theory
Chair: Jonathan W. Kimball (Behavior Development Solutions)
Discussant: William L. Heward (The Ohio State University)
CE Instructor: William L. Heward, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Climate change is a problem that is growing exponentially and is already changing life as we know it. Influencing Pro-environmental behavior (PEB) has concerned behavior analysts for decades, and research on the topic of sustainability has increased in recent years. In this symposium, three presentations will describe a different intervention package that targeted, respectively, littering, fuel economy, and diversion of food waste; these packages employed tactics such as feedback, public posting, and social norms. The fourth will present the experience of the Ohio Association for Behavior Analysis in "gamifying" its annual conferences-both live-and virtual- in order to promote a variety of PEB both within and beyond its event. Each presenter is a clinician whose project grew from their personal values and efforts to act locally in response to a global problem; notably, two of the projects were supported by a Behavior Change For A Sustainable World research award from the Berkshire Association for Behavior Analysis and Therapy. In addition to sharing their findings, then, presenters will discuss opportunities and barriers for securing support of research involving PEB, the importance to their efforts of community-based collaboration, and ideas for expansion and replication

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): climate change, proenvironmental behavior, sustainability
Target Audience:

Intermediate

Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to identify opportunities for support and collaboration in conducting sustainability research. Participants will be able to identify research design and measurement tools for sustainability related problem. Participants will be able to identify opportunities and methods for broadening the scope, settings, and scale of sustainability interventions.
 
Diversity submission 

The Differential Effects of Feedback and Prompting on Waste Reduction Through School-Wide Composting

MOLLY BENSON (Berkshire Association for Behavior Analysis and Therapy), Jonathan W. Kimball (Behavior Development Solutions)
Abstract:

Food waste that ends up in landfills contributes directly to climate change when it decomposes into greenhouse gases. Composting is one means of diverting food waste from landfills, but in terms of empirical study it is something that has received negligible direct attention from behavior analysts. We conducted this study of waste diversion—expressed as percentage by weight of trash not sent to a landfill—in the cafeteria of a suburban high school; using a reversal design to compare the results of prompting to those of feedback, and subsequently to assess any differential impact of feedback added to prompting. Schools don’t uniformly compost, though they remain the biggest municipal waste producers in the city, second to the local hospital. The results were presented to City Council as a basis for their consideration of whether and how to expand diversion efforts in 7 additional schools. Grants were awarded to defer costs, and High School Life Skills Program managed composting and research to reduce effort, and as part of a rigorous vocational training and life skills curriculum.

 
Diversity submission 

An Examination of the Differential Impacts of Signage and Response Effort on Litter Reduction on a Public Bike Path

KAITLYN ARNOLD (Vivant Behavioral Health)
Abstract:

Litter that is left unattended degrades releasing chemicals that can pollute the soil, seep into our freshwater sources and even pollute the air. This pollution contributes directly to climate change by the emission of greenhouse gases. One low-cost strategy to reduce litter is through social norms to influence pro-environmental behavior. Another method that has received attention by behavior analysts is the manipulation of response effort. This is a study of litter reduction on a local 3-mile bike trail, using a reversal design to compare the results of signage and availability of plastic bags to assess any differential impact of including a means for carrying out trash of the trail. The results will be presented to the City’s Environmental Compliance Division as a basis for their consideration whether and how to expand the program to other bike and walking trails throughout the city.

 
Diversity submission The Use of an Onboard Diagnostic Device to Provide Feedback on Driving Behaviors Related to Fuel Economy
BRIAN JADRO (ABAeCARE)
Abstract: Despite the link between greenhouse gases and climate change, drivers in the United States continue to operate vehicles that consume more fuel per mile and emit higher levels of greenhouse gases than the vehicles driven in other developed nations. Intervention packages that include feedback and goal setting are common in behavior analytic research, specifically in the Organizational Behavior Management literature, but are also used to establish and maintain sustainable human behaviors such as recycling and energy reduction. The current study examined the effects of a treatment package utilizing feedback and goal setting to increase fuel economy in three participants who drove a minimum of 15 consecutive miles at least once per day. Feedback regarding average miles per gallon (MPG), moment-to-moment MPG, and MPG in relation to the participants’ goal were provided by the Scangauge-eTM, a small onboard diagnostic-2 device that connects to the vehicles’ electronic control unit and mounted within the car. Results indicated that treatment effects were noticeable in 2 of the 3 participants for increasing overall MPG.
 
Diversity submission 

Gamifying a Conference to Promote Environmental Sustainability

NICOLE M. POWELL (National Youth Advocate Program)
Abstract: Human behavior must change in order to respond to a warming climate. Unfortunately, climate change often does not effectively motivate change because, apart from extreme weather, its effects are diffuse, delayed, and indeterminate. What if uncertainty itself could induce us to act on behalf of the future? What if the indiscriminable contingencies of games of chance could help promote pro-environmental behavior (PEB) in congregate settings? Conferences provide an ideal setting for exploring these ideas. In 2020, the Ohio Association for Behavior Analysis was the first chapter to gamify an annual live conference; in 2021 we gamified our virtual event. In a game called ConClue, attendees earned points when they were "caught being green," such as bringing reusable cups, selecting sustainable food, or demonstrating behavior outside the event such as evidence of activism or use of public transit. We awarded a variety of prizes to winners who were selected throughout the event by using drawings and spinners; under the contingencies of the game, the chances of producing reinforcement were increased by engaging in PEB with greater frequency and variety. This talk will share the positive experiences of the Ohio Association for Behavior Analysis, in terms of lessons learned and future directions.
 
 
Symposium #121
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Creating Action Circles to Advance the Use of Evidence-Based Practices
Saturday, May 28, 2022
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 156B
Area: CSS/EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Elizabeth Virginia Krulder (California ABA; Values to Action)
CE Instructor: Anthony Biglan, Ph.D.
Abstract: In recent years, behavior analysts have increasingly been concerned to extend the application of behavior analysis to problems that have traditionally not gotten as much attention as they deserve, given their deleterious impact on human well-being. This symposium consists of a set of presentations that describe how Action Circles can be used to foster the dissemination of evidence-based practices. Over the past two years, members of Values to Action, a nonprofit organization that was created to further the evolution of nurturing practices, have organized multiple Action Circles. An Action Circle Consists of 6 to 10 people who agree to work over a limited time-- 2 to 3 months-- to produce a product that will contribute to the solution of a specific problem. This symposium will present descriptions of the results of action circles working on the following problems: (a) the reform of juvenile justice; (b) reducing disparities in reading proficiency; (c) getting behavioral health services integrated into hospitals and clinics; (d) advocating for an increase in funding for research on reducing greenhouse gas emissions.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: People who are trained in behavior analysis. Specifically, people who are BCBAs
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to 1. Describe how action circles are organized to achieve specific objectives 2. Describe: the key features for reforming criminal justice, a strategy for reducing disparities in reading proficiency, a strategy for getting BCBA's placed in hospitals and healthcare clinics, the deficiencies in federal support for research on reducing greenhouse gas emissions. 3. Describe the Values to Action model for using action circles the widely disseminated evidence-based practices.
 
Diversity submission The Design of Action Circles to Reduce Disparities in Reading Proficiency
(Service Delivery)
ANTHONY BIGLAN (Oregon Research Institute; Values to Action)
Abstract: Children who are not proficient in reading by fourth grade are unlikely to ever become proficient readers. This makes it likely that they will fail academically and become consigned to low-paying jobs and lifelong poverty. Yet currently in the United States 52% of black children and 45% of Hispanic children lack basic skills in reading by fourth grade. Only 19% of Native American children are proficient in reading. This presentation will report on the design of a strategy that was developed by an Action Circle created by Values to Action. The strategy calls for the creation of local action circles in disadvantaged communities to reduce disparities in reading skill. These action circles will begin by organizing community support for a comprehensive effort to improve reading skill. Teachers who aspire to improve the reading skill of their students will be assisted in strengthening their instructional approach. At the same time, parents and local community organizations will be encouraged to test the proficiency of children in kindergarten and first grade and to provide supplemental instruction in reading using one of two well-established aids to instruction: the computerized system Funnix and the book, Teach Your Child to Read in a Hundred Easy Lessons.
 
Diversity submission Action Circles to Address the Problem of Climate Change
(Applied Research)
KYLEE DRUGAN-EPPICH (Insight Behavior Partnership, LLC)
Abstract: Climate change is a problem of human behavior. While comprehensive community-based initiatives are currently taking place to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, experimental evaluations of such initiatives do not exist. The climate change Action Circle, organized through Values to Action, has focused on investigating how much behavioral research has been done to reduce greenhouse gas emissions and begin advocacy for more federal funding for such research. Recent analyses have shown that the majority of studies aiming to curb the climate crisis involve the development of technologies (i.e. to measure and predict the changing climate). Consequently, our analyses have revealed an appalling lack of funding for behavioral science research that could reduce greenhouse gas emissions. This presentation will summarize the findings of the most recent reviews of behavioral research and its federal funding, as well as describe the current steps being taken by the action circle to continue addressing climate change from a behavior analytic perspective.
 
Diversity submission An Action Circle Guide to Reforming Juvenile Justice
(Service Delivery)
JULIANNE DICOCCO (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology/ Union School District)
Abstract: This presentation will describe the development of a guide to reforming the juvenile justice system in communities. Such reforms are vital to reducing the school to prison pipeline that harms the lives of many Black and Hispanic children. The guide was created by an Action Circle composed of members of Values to Action. The guide reviews the evidence on the high cost of incarcerating juveniles, the iatrogenic effects of traditional approaches to juvenile offenders, and the availability of more effective and less punitive approaches to reducing recidivism. But more than that, the guide makes the case for investing more in the prevention of offending. There are at least three types of programs that can prevent delinquency: family interventions, school programs, and community programs that engage youth in activities that promote prosocial behavior. Our guide to preventing juvenile delinquency was developed with the hope that communities and organizations will use this as a tool to begin addressing the issue in localized action circles in various geographic regions across the United States. Our next step will be to assist local communities in creating local action circles to promote the reforms that our guide calls for.
 
Diversity submission An Action Circle to Increase the Availability of Behavior Analysts in Healthcare Settings
(Service Delivery)
TONI ROSE AGANA (Caldwell University; Values to Action)
Abstract: Accessing quality healthcare is imperative for every individual’s health status, quality of life, and life expectancy. However, individuals with developmental and intellectual disabilities may have medical fears and phobias compared to their typically developing peers. These fears and phobias are typically demonstrated by increased emotional reactions and avoidance behavior in the presence of healthcare providers in the healthcare setting. Emitting these behaviors poses difficulties for receiving quality healthcare services (e.g., routine-check-ups, dental cleaning). An Action Circle was created to devise a solution to increase behavioral services in the healthcare system. This presentation will discuss the following: (1) empirical evidence of behavioral strategies with proven benefit, (2) how applied behavior analysis (ABA) has successfully been integrated into medical practice, and (3) policies that can be implemented to expand ABA practices to improve healthcare delivery to individuals with developmental and intellectual disabilities.
 
 
Symposium #122
CE Offered: BACB
Use of Response Prompting Procedures with Students Who Are Deafblind
Saturday, May 28, 2022
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 251
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: MaryAnn Demchak (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Robert C. Pennington (University of North Carolina-Charlotte)
CE Instructor: MaryAnn Demchak, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Intervention research targeting students with impairments in both vision and hearing is limited. Ferrell et al. (2014) concluded that there is a "dire need" for research to improve educational practices for this population. Systematic instruction comprised of attention cues, response prompting, reinforcement, and corrective feedback is recommended for teaching various skills to this population. However, there is little current, well-developed research that meets requirements of quality research as specified by the What Works Clearinghouse (2020). The system of least prompts (Shepley et al., 2019), comprised of a prompting hierarchy, and constant time delay (Browder et al., 2009) are methods of systematically fading prompts that are well-researched with other populations (e.g., intellectual disabilities, autism). However, there is no current research demonstrating the effectiveness of these response prompting procedures with students who are deafblind. This session contributes to the evidence for the efficacy of these procedures with students who are deafblind. Four studies will be presented; two using the system of least prompts and one using constant time delay. The final study is a national survey of federally-funded providers in the state deafblind technical assistant project network, with the aim of gauging their use and knowledge of the system of least prompts.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Practicing BCBAs, researchers, graduate students

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) the need for experimental intervention research to inform instruction of students with impairments in both vision and hearing; (2) identify the components of the system of least prompts and applying them to students who are deafblind; (3) identify the components of constant time delay and apply them to teaching students who are deafblind.
 

An Evaluation of the System of Least Prompts for Symbol Acquisition for Students With Deafblindness

CHEVONNE SUTTER (University of Nevada, Reno), MaryAnn Demchak (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

This study evaluated the system of least prompts, consisting of a prompt hierarchy comprised of touch, partial physical, and full physical prompts, to teach tangible symbols for preferred activities to three children with complex support needs and multiple disabilities, including deafblindness. A multiple probe design across three symbols and replicated across participants was used to evaluate the response prompting procedure for skill acquisition. Intervention sessions were conducted in the children’s typical home or school settings. The system of least prompts resulted in increased skills for participants. Although there were mixed results overall, all three children increased their independent use of tactile symbols. Two participants increased symbol use for all symbols. The third increased use of one symbol. There was a functional relation between the systems of least prompts intervention package and symbol use for two of three children. This study extends the recent body of research on the system of least prompts to include individuals with deafblindness and grows the limited research-base in the field of deafblindness.

 

Using the System of Least Prompts to Teach Self-Help Skills to Students Who Are Deafblind

Jill Grattan (University of Nevada, Reno), MARYANN DEMCHAK (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

To date, few evidence-based practices (e.g., in orientation and mobility, communication, literacy) have been identified for working with students who are deafblind (Ferrell, Bruce, & Luckner, 2014). No evidence-based practices have been identified for teaching basic self-help skills such as dressing (Ferrell et al., 2014; Parker, Davidson, & Banda, 2007). The present study examined the efficacy of the system of least prompts (least-to-most prompting) to teach three functional self-help skills (i.e., hand washing, hand drying, and an entry routine) to four school-aged students with vision and hearing impairments and multiple disabilities. The participants received individualized instruction in each of their classrooms as part of ongoing classroom routines (i.e., routines in which the targeted student was not independent and required prompting). A multiple probe across participants design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of the system of least prompts to teach the aforementioned self-help skills. Though mastery criterion was not achieved, all participants increased the level of independence within the targeted self-help skills. Effect sizes, both PND (Range 73 to 100%) and Tau-U (Range 0.6818 to 1.0), indicated the system of least prompts was an efficacious instructional practice.

 

Use of Constant Time Delay to Teach Sight Words to Students With Deafblindness

MARYANN DEMCHAK (University of Nevada, Reno), Chevonne Sutter (University of Nevada, Reno), Nina McCartney (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

A multiple probe design across three word sets was used to investigate constant time delay to teach reading sight words. The design was replicated across participants, including an elementary-age student with impairments in vision and hearing and a middle school-aged student with dual sensory impairments and intellectual disability. Participants were required to have documented impairments in both vision and hearing, have sufficient vision to read printed words, be involved with the federally funded state deafblind project, and be below grade level in sight word reading. The research question was: Will students who have impairments in both vision and hearing, and other disabilities, increase sight word reading when taught using constant time delay? The dependent variable was correct reading of sight words across three balanced word lists. Baseline consisted of five initial data points with an additional three data points immediately prior to intervention in the later baselines of the multiple probe design. Introduction of constant time delay resulted in immediate improvement in reading all word sets across both participants. Interobserver agreement and procedural reliability were collected for a minimum of 30% of sessions across all conditions and participants (exceeding 80%). Social validity measures contribute to the generality of the results.

 

State Deafblind Technical Assistance Project Staffs' Reported Use and Perceived Skill of Implementing the System of Least Prompts With Students Who Are Deafblind

CHEVONNE SUTTER (University of Nevada, Reno), MaryAnn Demchak (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

This study evaluated state deafblind project technical assistance providers reported use of systematic instruction, specifically a prompting hierarchy, and whether they taught its use to families and educators of children with deafblindness. We examined providers’ perceptions about their correct implementation of prompting and accuracy of describing key components of a prompting hierarchy. In a survey of 151 possible providers, those who reported not using systematic instruction were asked to report which instructional methods they used or taught. A majority of respondents reported using systematic response prompting historically. Fewer than half reported providing assistance with the goal of increasing use by others; of this group, 78.9% rated themselves as confident or very confident that they could coach others in correct use of a prompt hierarchy. However, only one accurately answered all questions about key components of a prompt hierarchy; two others answered all questions, but one, correctly. Survey responses indicated that providers in the field of deafblindness reported focusing on child-guided instructional methods and modifications to the environment, including materials, based on child characteristics. Responses suggested systematic instruction is uncommonly and inaccurately used and providers listed few instructional methods, of any type. We discuss implications of limited use of response prompting.

 
 
Symposium #123
CE Offered: BACB
Synthesizing Research on the Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior
Saturday, May 28, 2022
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 252A
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Megan A. Boyle (Missouri State University)
Discussant: S. Shanun Kunnavatana (Easterseals UCP North Carolina & Virginia)
CE Instructor: Megan A. Boyle, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Applied behavior analysts have developed a variety of methods to successfully address problem behavior (Carr et al., 2000; Tiger et al., 2008). Although much is known about best practice in assessment and treatment of problem behavior (e.g., develop treatments based on results of functional behavior assessments, program for generalization, progress from a less to more intrusive treatment approach), many questions remain unanswered. For example, how prevalent is multiply controlled problem behavior, and how does inclusion of multiple topographies in the functional class influence the identification of multiple control? Further, although behavior analysts have amassed over 40 years’ worth of research on assessing and treating problem behavior, it is difficult to make broad statements because of the general lack of synthesis of research. For example, to what extent do the effects of interventions consisting of functional communication training generalize across settings, individuals, time, and conditions that consist of less favorable reinforcement situations than during treatment? Thus, the purpose of this symposium is to present the audience with four talks that synthesize research on the assessment and treatment of problem behavior, with topics including multiple control, caregiver involvement, generalization and maintenance, and punishment.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Caregiver involvement, Generalization, Literature review, Multiple control
Target Audience:

Audience members should be familiar with functional analysis, the functions of behavior, and common approaches to treating problem behavior.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify issues with combining multiple topographies into a single response class during a functional analysis (2) Describe the importance of and the current state of research on functional communication training in regards to including data on maintenance and generalization (3) Describe the importance and prevalence of caregiver involvement during treatments for problem behavior (4) Discuss the state of the use of punishment in behavior-analytic treatments for problem behavior
 
Multiply Controlled Problem Behavior: An Update on Prevalence and Response-Class Conventions in Functional Analysis
MEGAN A. BOYLE (Missouri State University), Laurn Gaskill (Ozark), Taylor Annalise Janota (Missouri State University)
Abstract: It is best practice in the field of behavior analysis to treat problem behavior based on outcomes of a functional behavior assessment. At least some portion of problem behavior is multiply controlled, or maintained by more than one reinforcement contingency. Beavers and Iwata (2011) found that 17% of participants’ problem behavior was multiply controlled and further reported that the majority of cases of multiple control (87.5%) consisted of inclusion of multiple topographies in the functional class during functional analysis (FA), compared to 12.5% of cases of multiple control with a single response in the functional class. When behavior is multiply controlled, clinicians are faced with logistical challenges in terms of incorporating all functions into treatment. Thus, it is important to continue to investigate the prevalence of multiple control and the degree to which it may be artificially identified in FAs due to including multiple members in the functional class. We identified and coded 143 articles that conducted FAs that allowed for the assessment of multiple control. The majority (68%) of FAs in our review combined topographies in the FA, while only 18% assessed a single topography. Unlike Beavers and Iwata (2011), we found a higher prevalence of multiple control (33%).
 
Parental Involvement in Problem Behavior Research: A Scoping Review
Jessica L Becraft (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Samantha Hardesty (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lesley A. Shawler (Southern Illinois University), Matthew L. Edelstein (Kennedy Krieger Institute), KISSEL JOSEPH GOLDMAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Parents are often a critical element in developing treatments for the problem behavior of children. Parents implement treatment components at home, provide measurements or updates to clinicians, and decide ultimately whether to continue with treatment. Given that treatments to reduce problem behavior should be evidence-based, clinicians likely consult similar research for guidance on parent involvement. To determine recommendations and procedures clinicians are likely to encounter, studies published in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA) from 2009-2020 that included children as participants and the assessment and/or treatment of problem behavior as a dependent variable were reviewed. Studies were coded on child age, presence of an intellectual/developmental disability, setting, type of parent input, implications for parents, level of direct parent involvement, and social validity measures. Parent input and implications for parents were included in about 50-60% of studies. However, parent implementation, data collection, social validity, training, and data were included in fewer than 13% of studies, suggesting key parent-related variables are underrepresented in JABA. Informed by these results, considerations for parent inclusion and future areas for related research are discussed.
 
A Systematic Review of the Use of Punishment
KELSIE WRIGHT (McNeese State University), Jennifer Nicole Haddock (University of Kansas)
Abstract: The Behavior Analyst Certification Board’s Professional and Ethical Compliance Code (“The Code”) for Behavior Analysts requires behavior analysts to conduct functional assessments prior to implementing behavior-reduction procedures (section 3.01) and cites four considerations for the use of punishment (section 4.08). The latter can be summarized as defaulting to and exhausting all reinforcement-based procedures before implementing punishment (except in severe cases); supplementing punishment with reinforcement; and, increasing training, supervision, oversight, and termination criteria when punishment is used. The current systematic review examined individual participant data from studies that evaluated the use of punishment for socially maintained problem behavior using within-subject designs. Twenty-seven datasets (from 25 participants in 16 studies) met inclusion criteria. Participant characteristics, topographies of problem behavior, treatment parameters, and outcomes were examined. Often, reinforcement-based procedures supplemented the use of punishment, and the most commonly reported punishment procedures included response blocking, overcorrection, contingent restraint, and timeout from positive reinforcement. The small, diverse sample precluded analysis of mediating or moderating effects of any given independent variable on outcomes. Overall, results suggest that, to date, the Code’s considerations have been inadequately modeled in the research literature. Recommendations for research and practice will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #124
CE Offered: BACB
Basic and Translational Investigations of Resurgence and Renewal
Saturday, May 28, 2022
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 153A
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Carla N Martinez-Perez (Auburn University)
Discussant: Brian D. Greer (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School)
CE Instructor: Brian D. Greer, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Laboratory models of resurgence and renewal effects examine factors contributing to treatment relapse, which is a return of problem behavior that had been previously extinguished. Resurgence is a relapse phenomenon that occurs when a previously extinguished target response increases following a worsening of conditions for an alternative response (e.g., schedule thinning). Contrastingly, renewal occurs when a previously extinguished behavior increases following a contextual change (e.g., setting change). This symposium encompasses recent basic and translational investigations of resurgence and renewal from rodent research to humans in clinical settings and Amazon Mechanical Turk (MTurk). To start, Carla Martinez-Perez will present data collected from MTurk on increased resurgence effects with between-phases blackouts. Next, Dr. Charlene Agnew will present data from a study with rats evaluating relapse and voluntary abstinence following alcohol self-administration. After, Dr. Sarah Haney will present on the prevalence of resurgence and renewal of inappropriate mealtime behavior in a pediatric sample. Lastly, Dr. Colin Muething will present a study focusing on the retrospective analysis of within-participant relation between renewal and resurgence in a clinical sample. Dr. Brian Greer will serve as discussant.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): relapse, renewal, resurgence
Target Audience:

The audience should have some knowledge on treatment relapse and its clinical implications. Additionally, the audience should have a basic understanding of resurgence and renewal procedures.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe recent research on laboratory models of treatment relapse (i.e., resurgence and renewal); (2) compare the different studies and their methods; (3) identify and define the differences between the resurgence and renewal procedures used across each study.
 
Blackouts Can Serve as a Contextual Feature and Enhance Resurgence
CARLA N MARTINEZ-PEREZ (Auburn University), Carolyn Ritchey (Auburn University), Toshikazu Kuroda (Advanced Telecommunications Research Institute International), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Auburn University)
Abstract: Resurgence occurs when a worsening of conditions for an alternative response (e.g., extinction) increases a previously reinforced and subsequently extinguished target response. In contrast, renewal is an increase in a response previously eliminated by extinction following a contextual change. Moreover, arranging contextual changes during resurgence tests has enhanced relapse compared with the absence of contextual changes. Several laboratory studies evaluating resurgence in humans have included interruptions of operant tasks by presenting instructions or “blackouts” immediately prior to phase changes in which reinforcement contingencies change. Such interruptions could enhance relapse during testing similarly to changes in contextual stimuli. We tested this possibility in the present study with human participants recruited via Amazon Mechanical Turk by interrupting the task across groups with 1-s blackouts every 12 s, 60 s, between phases, or by arranging no blackouts in a control group. We found that blackouts prior to phase changes increased resurgence effects relative to no blackouts, suggesting that blackouts between phases are a type of contextual manipulation serving to increase the salience of contingency changes.
 

A Model of Relapse and Voluntary Abstinence With Alcohol Self-Administration

CHARLENE NICOLE AGNEW (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Kate Elizabeth Derrenbacker (SUNY Upstate Medical University), William Sullivan (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Emily L. Baxter (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Abstract:

Excessive alcohol consumption is a prevalent health crisis in the United States (National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism, NIAAA, 2021). Contingency management (CM) is an approach to treating alcohol and other substance use disorders in which reinforcement is provided for alternative behaviors to drug or alcohol consumption. Despite promising outcomes, after abstinence has been established, discontinuation of alternative, non-drug reinforcement may lead to resurgence of consumption. Though resurgence is widely studied in laboratory analyses, these studies lack face validity with respect to the CM treatment contingencies in place as abstinence from drug taking is voluntary within CM but involuntary in laboratory studies. The first goal of the present study was to determine experimental parameters for studying voluntary abstinence in rats by establishing an alcohol self-administration baseline, then giving rats the choice to respond for either alcohol or non-drug alternative reinforcers repeatedly within sessions. The second goal was to evaluate resurgence of alcohol seeking following voluntary abstinence by suspending alternative reinforcement while alcohol reinforcers remained available. In this way, we characterized relapse of alcohol seeking under the conditions of drug availability likely to be encountered in the real world by individuals experiencing CM treatment for excessive alcohol consumption.

 
Relapse During the Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders
SARAH D HANEY (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Brian D. Greer (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School), Daniel R. Mitteer (Rutgers University - Children's Specialized Hospital Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services), Kayla Randall (Georgia Southern University)
Abstract: Resurgence and renewal are treatment-relapse phenomena in which previously extinguished behavior returns after the conditions for an alternative response worsen or the context changes, respectively. Recently, researchers have evaluated the prevalence of resurgence and renewal when treating destructive behavior with functional communication training. However, resurgence of inappropriate mealtime behavior has yet to be evaluated; perhaps because treatments involve qualitatively different resurgence opportunities (e.g., increased bite presentation rate). We evaluated the prevalence of resurgence and renewal of inappropriate mealtime behavior across 25 applications of extinction-based treatments. Resurgence occurred in 41% (9/22) of applications, most often following presentation-rate increases. Renewal occurred in 52% (13/25) of applications, most often following feeder changes from therapist to caregiver. We discuss these findings in terms of their ability to inform relapse-mitigation strategies for resurgence and renewal of inappropriate mealtime behavior.
 

Retrospective Analysis of Within-Participant Relation Between Renewal and Resurgence in a Clinical Sample

COLIN S. MUETHING (Marcus Autism Center), Alexandra Hardee (Marcus Autism Center), Courtney Mauzy (University of Georgia), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Laura Suzanna Coleman (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

Recurrence of previously extinguished problem behavior poses a threat to maintaining treatment gains both in the clinic and in generalization settings. Resurgence and renewal are both examples of recurrence phenomena that may occur independently, but little is known about their potential relationship. We conducted a retrospective chart review of 32 participants who were admitted to an intensive outpatient program to examine the relationship between the potential for resurgence when increasing the S? interval of multiple schedules of reinforcement and renewal observed during context changes. Results indicate that the likelihood of renewal was the same whether or not resurgence was observed during thinning steps of the multiple schedules. However, when resurgence was observed, the magnitude of renewal was considerably high than when resurgence was not observed (see Figure 1). These preliminary results suggest that clinicians should anticipate a considerable increase in problem behavior when there is a context change later in treatment (i.e., renewal) when resurgence is observed earlier in treatment.

 
 
Symposium #125
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
If You Have to Rely on Coercive Practices, You Are Not a Behavior Analyst
Saturday, May 28, 2022
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 205A
Area: EDC/PCH; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Adam Michael Peal (The Behavioral Education Research Initiative; The Walden Learning Collective)
Discussant: Janet S. Twyman (blast)
CE Instructor: Janet S. Twyman, M.A.
Abstract:

Coercive practices can be damaging for the individuals who behavior analysts serve, inflict harm on the reputation of and trust in the scientific and applied endeavors of the field, and negatively impact desired clinical and education outcomes. Despite the growing awareness among practitioners, scientists, community members, and clients to classify coercive practices as harmful and undesirable, these practices persist all too frequently in the application of behavior analysis. The persistence of coercive practices can be examined and understood from a behavior analysis perspective, and thus may be used to help practitioners develop and strengthen new skills for treatment and instruction. Basic and applied behavior analysts can offer clinical and instructional techniques based in positive reinforcement to bypass the use of coercion and instead provide methods for teaching and shaping new behavior.This symposium will discuss historical, theoretical and scientific accounts for coercion rooted in behavior analysis, methods for constructing positive alternatives to coercive parenting, the integration of Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) to increase learner engagement in academic settings, and a description of a model that builds the skills of learners and practitioners in the absence of coercive practices.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): coercion, instruction, positive reinforcement, punishment
Target Audience:

Certified BCBAs and BCaBAs must be able to determine the contingencies (e.g., DRA) to develop desirable repertoires and weaken undesirable repertoires. In addition, they must have the ability to select and implement the most appropriate data collection procedures to be able to monitor the outcomes of the programming.

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to select positive alternative contingencies (e.g., DRA and Thinning of reinforcement over time) instead of relying on coercive practices. 2. Participants will be able to describe and implement brief, low-effort exercises and tools focused on the core processes of ACT with both staff and consumers. 3. Participants will learn about the “Rights to Effective Education” as developed by the ABA Education Task Force in 1998.
 

A Theoretical Conceptualization of Coercion Rooted in Behavior Science

Abstract:

Israel Goldiamond’s account of coercion, which is empirically and philosophically based in behavior science and theory, has existed in the literature for nearly 60 years. Even though such an account exists, it appears to have not been widely adopted by behavior analysis professionals when determining the degree to which coercion occurs in clinical or education settings. By analyzing behavior-environment relations using Goldiamond’s formulation of coercion, clinicians and educators may be able to achieve a better understanding of the variables that impact the degree to which coercion occurs in a variety of treatment settings. A more detailed and robust account of coercion is likely necessary for behavior analysis professionals to avoid and mitigate deleterious outcomes of coercive practices. This talk will detail Israel Goldiamond’s lesser-known formulation on degrees of coercion (and thus freedom) as well as provide examples and recommendations for clinicians and educators.

 

Constructing Positive Alternatives to Coercive Parenting

GLADYS WILLIAMS (CIEL)
Abstract:

The purpose of this intervention was to intervene in a situation in which given the high rate of aversive exchange between mother and child that was observed, both emotional and physical abuse were potentially probable, although not observed during sessions. The mother was an immigrant of Hispanic origin from a low socio-economic status. The child was a language delayed five-year old boy, who attended a special needs preschool in a large metropolitan area. The pre-school had a strong component of parent training. We provided this intervention at home, and it consisted of a treatment package to build positive alternatives to coercive parenting. The treatment package included prompting, modeling, training in new rules (in part using readings and quizzes), positive reinforcement, fading of instruction, thinning of reinforcement over time, and feedback over video-taped sessions. We used a multiple baseline design across three different settings: (1) Putting toys away, (2) Playing with brother, and (3) Mealtime. The results indicated that child compliance improved substantially, as did the mother’s ability to provide appropriate commands - occasions for compliant behavior, as well as changes in consequences provided by the mother (see Fig, 6). The unexpected results indicated multiple benefits, including breaking the existent coercive pattern of exchanges, and increasing reciprocal positive transactions, including physical affection (see Fig 7). The child became more compliant, the rate of aversives from the mother decreased remarkably while the rate of positive reinforcement increased, leading to a significantly altered relationship.

 

Integrating Acceptance and Commitment Training to Increase Learners’ Willing Engagement in Academic Programming

KENDRA B. NEWSOME (Fit Learning), Donny Newsome (Fit Learning)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts have a responsibility to design interventions that are non-coercive and promote willing engagement from the individuals they serve. Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) is a contemporary behavioral approach that focuses on several core processes that produce psychological flexibility and valued living. Psychological flexibility can be defined as a repertoire of awareness with respect to thoughts and their functions that gives rise to adaptable and effective responses in the presence of those private events. By promoting psychological flexibility in those we serve, we can increase an individual’s engagement in a non-coercive way that accepts an individual’s history and humanity. In this presentation, Fit Learning will share the inductive process and resulting data from our journey in integrating ACT into our organization with staff and the learners we serve to create an empowering context that promotes willing engagement and assent.

 
Developing Competent Learners and Practitioners in the Absence of Coercive Practices
VICCI TUCCI (Tucci Learning Solutions, Inc.)
Abstract: The Competent Learner Model (CLM) implements evidenced-based practices (i.e., ABA, DI, and PT) in the absence of coercive practices with educators and parents all over the world. The CLM Standards were derived from the “Rights to Effective Education” by ABA Education Task Force in 1998. Examples of the standards for practitioners are: 1) Utilize validated curricula and instructional materials to develop learners’ missing repertoires, 2) Instructional conditions are arranged that promote the development of desirable learner social behaviors, 3) Caring and supportive interactions with learners, and 4) Educators/Parents motivate learners to participate in instructional conditions. There are four components of the Big CLM Ideas (i.e., Develop the Missing Learner Repertoires, Just Teach, Keep Learning Environments in Balance, and Keep Learning Environments in Motion by Using the CLM Tool Kit). The Practitioners are taught to formulate, deliver, and monitor the evidenced based programming via an online Teaching Machine. Once each of the 17 Units are completed, the Certified CLM Coach conducts a supportive checkout to assure that the practitioners can apply the content learned in each unit.
 
 
Invited Symposium #126
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Organizational Behavior Management, and Leadership: A Discussion of Definitions and Best Practice Among Three Vital Areas of Professional Emphasis in Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 28, 2022
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 253A-C
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Jacob A Sadavoy (Committed Behavior)
Discussant: Lina M. Slim (ASAP - A Step Ahead Program, LLC; Endicott College; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
CE Instructor: Jacob A Sadavoy, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium brings together several important and interrelated topics in the field of behavior analysis. The first talk will discuss how supervision and organizational behavior management (OBM) overlap and address some common misunderstandings in the field. The next presentations will discuss best practice in both leadership behavior and applying supervision principles to the development of behavior analysts. The final presentation will discuss in detail how the principles of supervision, leadership, and OBM generalize outside of clinical training.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) explain how they can work smarter, not harder, as supervisors; (2) state at least three skills an effective leader must gain; (3) state exactly the steps they need to take to improve at least three skills.

Learning Objectives: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.
 

Individualized Supervision of Students and New Behavior Analysts in Human Services

BYRON J. WINE (The Faison Center; University of Virginia)
Abstract:

This presentation will discuss best practices for training behavior analysts. Specifically, we will examine a mentorship model, where aspiring behavior analysts are trained as junior colleagues. During the formal accumulation of hours, we will discuss how to gain both the skills necessary to practice as a behavior analyst in general, but also to function in the specific role for an organization. Then, after certification we will discuss how behavior analysts can continue with the mentorship model and grow based upon their individualized goals.

Dr. Byron Wine is the vice president of operations at the Faison Center, as well as an assistant professor at the Florida Institute of Technology and visiting assistant professor at the University of Virginia. He completed his doctoral degree from Temple University under the guidance of Drs. Saul Axelrod and Donald Hantula. Dr. Wine has published over 20 peer-reviewed publications primarily in the area of organizational behavior management. Currently, he serves on the editorial boards of the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management and Behavior Analysis in Practice.
 

The Application of Supervision Competencies in Sports, Health and Fitness

LAURIE BONAVITA (Positive Behavior Supports Corporation; Bay Path University)
Abstract:

This presentation and discussion will examine all information presented and relate information to health, fitness, and sports performance. We will examine how supervision competencies can be trained and generalized to applications that may be considered atypical to our science. Consideration will be given to our ethical obligations in this type of supervision, and how our trainees and our science may benefit if we embrace these competencies and opportunities.

Dr. Bonavita has worked in the field of applied behavior analysis for over 20 years. Her experience includes working in home, school, and residential settings and she has served as an expert witness on autism spectrum disorders for the Massachusetts department of children and families. Dr. Bonavita is an avid sports fan, and her love of sports has guided several research projects surrounding increasing sports performance in athletes of all ages and abilities as well as the area of health and fitness. She is currently working with her students on research projects on the topic of building culturally sensitive behavior analysts. Dr. Bonavita is the Regional Clinical Training Coordinator for Positive Behavior Supports Corporation, Massachusetts where she oversees the Student Mentor program working with staff BCBA’s to provide quality supervision for those team members enrolled in an ABA graduate programs. Dr. Bonavita also serves as an adjunct faculty member at Bay Path University.
 

Supervision and Organizational Behavior Management: How They Interrelate and Why Distinguishing Between the Two is Important

SHARLET RAFACZ (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract:

Supervision in applied behavior analysis (ABA) has become more and more important to the field. This is reflected in several ways, including an increasing number of published articles on Supervision and changes to the coursework, training, and continuing education requirements for Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA). However, there may be some issues with respect to conflating Supervision with Organizational Behavior Management (OBM), a commonly recognized subfield of ABA. The primary objective of this talk will be to help clarify where the two areas overlap and where they are distinct. We will begin by defining both OBM and Supervision. We will then discuss how specific elements of OBM are present in Supervision, but also how Supervision when utilized in ABA encompasses several additional components. Several examples of how this looks across different supervision roles will be presented. Why this distinction is important and how it informs course curriculum, training, and continuing education in both Supervision and OBM will then be discussed.

Dr. Sharlet Rafacz received her Ph.D. in Psychology with an emphasis in Behavior Analysis and Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) from the University of Nevada, Reno. Dr. Rafacz was an Assistant Professor at Savannah State University and is currently an Associate Professor in the Psychology Department at California State University, Fresno. She teaches undergraduate and graduate courses in learning, applied behavior analysis, research methods, ethics, health behavior, and OBM. Her research in OBM focuses on utilizing motivating operations to alter employee behavior, component analyses of performance scorecards, and on cooperation and countercontrol in organizational settings. She also conducts research on increasing healthy eating behavior by children, college students, and consumers in a variety of settings. Dr. Rafacz has published her research in several behavioral journals, including Perspectives on Behavior Science and the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management. She also serves on the editorial board for the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management. She is the Past-President for the Organizational Behavior Management Network and has served on the California Association for Behavior Analysis Board as the Northern California Academic Liaison.
 
Common Skills of Effective Supervisors and Great Leaders
ELLIE KAZEMI (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract:

Supervisors, as individuals in positions of leadership, need to be decisive, productive, dependable, and efficient at the same time of being caring and understanding. Great leaders are not born with such skills, but they do have common characteristics that are a set of skills they have gained in their lifetime. In this talk, I will discuss the core skills every great leader possesses and offer practical tips for supervisors looking to become strong leaders.

Dr. Kazemi is the Chief Science Officer at Behavioral Health Center of Excellence (BHCOE), where she oversees standard development, evaluation methodology, and measurement science. She is also a professor at CSUN, where she has developed and teaches undergraduate and graduate coursework in behavior analysis. She founded the M.S. in Applied Behavior Analysis program in 2010 and has collaborated with the CSUN community to provide graduate students high quality supervision experiences. Her research interests involve identification of efficient, effective strategies for practical training, supervision, and leadership. She is also invested in leveraging technology (e.g., A.I., robotics, V.R) for efficient training and feedback using simulations. She has worked on several nationwide large projects (e.g., with FEMA and NASA) with a focus on effective training and behavioral outcomes. She has received several mentorship awards including the ABAI Best Mentor Award, the Outstanding Faculty Award, the Outstanding Teaching Award, and the Outstanding Service Award. She has published articles and book chapters on a variety of topics including training, staff turnover, and the use of technology in behavior analysis. She is the leading author of a handbook written for both supervisors and supervisees that is titled, Supervision and Practicum in Behavior Analysis: A Handbook for Supervisees.

 
 
Symposium #127
CE Offered: BACB
Demonstrating the Versatility of Behavioural Skills Training
Saturday, May 28, 2022
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 205C
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: J Turner (Butler) Butler Braren (University of Kansas)
Discussant: Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University)
CE Instructor: Claire C. St. Peter, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium includes four talks that demonstrate the effectiveness of behavioral skills training (BST) in teaching skills to individuals in a variety of social contexts ranging from one-on-one conversations to presentations in front of an audience. Roberts will share findings of an experiment evaluating the effects of BST on conversational skills and body language of adolescents with autism. Mazza will describe the results of an experiment evaluating the effects of BST with in situ training on children and adolescent safety responses to lures during online gaming. Campanaro will present three experiments in which computer-based instruction was used to teach discrete-trial training and to teach participants to use BST to train new staff. Finally, Laske will discuss the results of an experiment evaluating the effects of BST on public speaking skills.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): BST
Target Audience:

Presentations during this symposium will be delivered at an intermediate instruction level. Target audience members should be able to identify the common components of behavioral skills training (i.e., instruction, model, rehearsal, feedback) to maximize learning during this symposium.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Discuss how BST can be applied to teach individuals with ASD to engage in appropriate conversation skills (2) Describe how to design BST with in situ training procedures to teach adolescents safety responses to lures (3) Explain how computer-based instruction can be used to teach BST training procedures to staff (4) Apply BST to train public speaking behaviors to students or staff
 

Behavioral Skills Training to Teach Adolescents With Autism How to Respond to Conversational Interest of Others

KATRINA ROBERTS (Alpine Learning Group), Nicole Torrone (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

Previous research has shown that individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) experience deficits in social skills and can have restricted interests. While many individuals with autism report the desire to have friendships, they also report difficulty making and maintaining friendships as they are unsure how to relate in some social contexts. We used a multiple baseline design across responses to evaluate the effects of behavioral skills training on engagement in conversational exchanges around topics focused on the partner’s interests as well as appropriate body language. Both adolescent participants improved responding over baseline and social validity interviews with both participants revealed that they found the procedures worthwhile.

 
Using Behavioral Skills Training to Keep Children and Adolescents Safe from Online Gaming Dangers
KIRSTYN MAZZA (Hunter College; City University of New York), April N. Kisamore (Hunter College), Lauren K. Schnell (Hunter College), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University)
Abstract: Children and adolescents spend a lot of their free time engaged in online activities. One of the more prevalent online activities for this group is online gaming. While playing games online, children are possibly exposed to cyber-bullying, requests for personal information, and a variety of other predatory lures. Previous research has demonstrated the efficacy of behavioral skills training with in situ training for teaching safety responses to abduction and sexual abuse lures. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effects of behavioral skills training with in situ training to teach safety responses to lures that might occur during online gaming. Our participants were two neurotypical children who regularly played online games. We taught both participants a three-component safety response that included denying the requested information, escaping the dangerous situation, and reporting the dangerous situation to an adult. We programmed for generalization of the strategy across lures by including multiple exemplars of four types of lures commonly associated with abduction but modified these lures to make them specific to requests for personal information that might be made during online gaming. Results indicated that behavioral skills training with in situ training resulted in acquisition of the three-component safety response, and that the response generalized across novel lure exemplars.
 
Using Computer-Based Instruction to Teach Behavioral Skills Training
ALEXANDRA MARIE CAMPANARO (May Institute), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Meghan Deshais (Rutgers University), Christopher Manente (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services, Rutgers University)
Abstract: Behavioral skills training (BST) is considered one of the most effective staff training techniques to implement a wide variety of programs; however, research has found a lack of implementation of this technique across human service settings due to a shortage of organizational time and resources. The purpose of the present study was to first teach participants a behavioral technology (i.e., DTI), and then teach the same participants how to train others to implement that same behavioral technology using BST. More specifically, in Experiment 1 we used computer-based instruction (CBI) to teach participants to implement DTI, then we evaluated the impact of CBI to teach participants to use BST to train new staff to implement DTI in Experiment 2. Finally, we evaluated generalization of the training by having three trainees from Experiments 1 and 2 use BST to train relevant staff how to implement DTI in Experiment 3. The results of the present experiments not only demonstrate the effectiveness of CBI to teach DTI and BST, but also demonstrate the generality of the BST to teach behavior therapists.
 
Um, So, Like: The Effects of Behavioral Skills Training on Public Speaking Behaviors
MATTHEW M LASKE (University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Public speaking is a relevant skill for career advancement. Despite the importance of public speaking, it is the most common social phobia reported by Americans. Because of the discomfort it may cause and the potential impact on careers, identifying ways to teach effective public speaking is worthwhile. The current study sought to address this issue by using a multiple-baseline design across behaviors to evaluate the effects of behavioral skills training (BST) in a Zoom environment on public speaking behaviors. BST was effective in teaching three sets of public speaking behaviors. Participants' self-ratings of effectiveness increased and reported anxiety decreased following the intervention. Additionally, external experts rated the participants as more effective speakers. Last, despite teaching public speaking behaviors participants' rate of speech disfluencies remained high throughout the study. Implications of these findings for future behavior-analytic research on public speaking will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #128
CE Offered: BACB
Exploration of Several Practice-Oriented Training Applications
Saturday, May 28, 2022
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 203
Area: TBA/OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jennifer Ruane (Melmark)
Discussant: Amy J. Henley (Western New England University)
CE Instructor: Amy J. Henley, M.S.
Abstract:

Behavior analysts support behavior change in many capacities, often through training procedures. Examples include training parents to implement behavior change programs; training employees in expected job performance; and training pre-service behavior analysts in defined professional expectations. The purpose of this symposium is the presentation of various practice oriented training applications. The presentations cover the following information: 1) Training parents to utilize crisis management strategies; 2) Training new supervisors in active listening, feedback, and training others; 3) Evaluating various training procedures with newly hired staff learning to secure wheelchairs in a motor vehicle; and 4) Training an interdisciplinary team professional expectations for medication management interdisciplinary meetings.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Professionals with experience training

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Describe several training procedures used with new hires 2. Describe effective practices for feedback and supervision 3. Describe the training methods used within an interdisciplinary team
 

Randomized Controlled Pilot Study of a Crisis Prevention Institute Training Program Designed for Parents of Children With Autism

NICOLE ABENAIM SIMON (Lurie Center for Autism), Lisa Nowinski (Lurie Center for Autism, Massachusetts General Hospital, Harvard Medical School), Kirstin Birtwell (Lurie Center for Autism, Massachusetts General Hospital, Harvard Medical School), Ann Giauque (Lurie Center for Autism, Massachusetts General Hospital), Carol Stamm (University of Massachusetts Chan Medical Center), Alison Tassone (Lurie Center for Autism, Massachusetts General Hospital), Christopher J. McDougle (Lurie Center for Autism at Massachusetts General Hospital and MassGeneral Hospital for Children), Caitlin Ravichandran (Lurie Center for Autism, Massachusetts General Hospital, Harvard Medical School, McLean Hospital)
Abstract:

Aggression, self-injury, and property destruction are among the most impairing and severe behaviors in individuals with autism (Doehring et al., 2014), yet a lack of evidence-based and accessible physical management training exists for the parents managing these behaviors. This study (NCT number NCT03537261) investigated the feasibility, acceptability, safety and efficacy of a novel Crisis Prevention Institute one-day parent training (P-CPI) facilitated by a Board Certified Behavior Analyst. Eighty parents (90% female, 88% White, 97% high school or equivalent) of children 5-12 years old with autism and irritability were randomized to P-CPI (n=41) or waitlist control (WLC; n=39), with 60 (33 P-CPI, 27 WLC) remaining two weeks post-training. All 34 parents completing training rated the course very good or excellent overall. Relative change in safety-related event rates following training did not significantly differ between P-CPI and WLC. Change scores for parental self-efficacy, which was the primary outcome measure, parenting stress, and quality of life, also did not differ significantly. The estimated standardized effect size for parental self-efficacy was 0.25 (95% confidence interval: -0.06, 0.57), with positive effect size favoring P-CPI. Data from this pilot study support the acceptability and safety of P-CPI but do not demonstrate short-term improvement in parental self-efficacy.

 
Increasing Supervisory Performance Skills via Group Instruction
BRAD STEVENSON (Melmark New England), Keri Stevenson Bethune (James Madison University), Jill Harper (Melmark New England), Helena L. Maguire (Melmark New England), James Luiselli (Melmark New England), Silva Orchanian (Melmark New England)
Abstract: Moving into a supervisory role can be a challenging transition for professionals. Managing direct care staff involves a number of skills that are rarely taught to new supervisors. To address this, Melmark has developed a structured training program to teach supervisory skills explicitly. Titled “Supervision Series,” it uses behavioral skills training to teach targeted skills within a curriculum based on an organizational behavior management framework. This presentation will review results from a study designed to assess the effectiveness of Supervision Series. A multiple baseline across behaviors design was used to evaluate its effects on increasing the supervisory skills of three staff who recently moved into their first supervisory role. Targeted dependent variables were active listening, training direct care staff on new skills, and providing feedback. Results and discussion points will be reviewed based on the final data being collected.
 

An Evaluation of Organizational Training Processes and Performance Standards

ALYSSA RAFTOVICH (Melmark), Nikolaos Tsolakidis (Melmark), Shawn P. Quigley (Melmark), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College), Lindsay McEntee (Melmark)
Abstract:

Many staff training programs focus primarily on the knowledge component of a skill, which is not optimally effective when trainees are expected to perform certain job duties (Parsons, Rollyson, & Reid, 2012). Behavioral Skills Training (BST) is a procedure that is utilized to focus primarily on teaching the performance aspect of skills that an employee needs to do complete their job duties. While Behavioral Skills Training has been an effective approach to training a wide variety of skills, there is not extensive research that discusses the use of behavioral skills training with training safety skills. This study will examine whether or not the use of additional practice opportunities and the attainment of fluency has an effect on the accurate implementation of a wheelchair securement system. While behavioral skills training is shown in the literature to be effective in teaching a variety of skills, there is limited research that analyzes its application to this skill set. Due to the lack of literature, this study examines Behavioral Skills Training as means to train staff to properly secure an individual who utilizes a wheelchair during transportation. The study hopes to determine whether Behavioral Skills Training will result in a better outcome.

 

Interdisciplinary Review Team: Training Effective Presentation Skills Across Professional Members

JILL HARPER (Melmark New England), Frank L. Bird (Melmark New England), Maria Wizboski (Melmark New England), Haley Steinhauser (Melmark New England; Regis College), James Luiselli (Melmark New England)
Abstract:

Behavior skills training (BST) has become a common method to establish professional competencies through instruction, modeling, rehearsal and feedback. This study examined the effects of BST on the effective presentation skills of multiple professionals within an interdisciplinary review team (IRT) using a multiple baseline design. BCBA clinicians and registered nursing staff served as participants. All participants were active members of the IRT prior to the start of the study. During baseline, unique integrity checklists were developed to assess the accuracy of presentation skills for each department. Supervisors of each department then implemented BST. During the instructional component, the rational for the IRT process was reviewed and a written description of the expectations around preparation and presentation was provided. Video models specific to preparation and presentation were then viewed. Training ended with a rehearsal session during which participants were observed preparing for and presenting a case example. Feedback was provided throughout the training process. During baseline, moderate levels of accuracy were observed across all participants. Accuracy increased across both all participants following BST. Participants and other members of the IRT completed social validity measures following the training. This study provides another example of the effectiveness of BST in the establishment of professional competencies, in this case effective presentation skills.

 
 
Invited Tutorial #129
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
The Camouflaged Reinforcer for Learning to Talk, Read, Write/Think
Saturday, May 28, 2022
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 102B
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: R. Douglas Greer, Ph.D.
Chair: Jo Ann Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Presenting Authors: : R. DOUGLAS GREER (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Abstract: Research that identified how children develop verbal behavior from experience located some of the stimulus control for learning names, their functions, and their many attributes as the network of relations expand. The learned reinforcers for the sequence of verbal developmental cusps evolve into bidirectional verbal operants. One of these (i.e., Incidental Bidirectional Naming or Inc-BiN) allows children to learn language relations without instruction or the delivery of reinforcement, rather the reinforcer resides in the effects of the behavior. Once this veiled reinforcement for relating stimuli crossmodally (i.e., overarching reinforcement for parity across listening and speaking) becomes part of the child’s community of reinforcers, EXPOSURE ALONE results in the accumulation of more complex relations. Some more complex relations include incidentally learning unfamiliar stimuli relations along with learning them from exclusion, including arbitrarily applicable relations. When this cusp joins reading and writing, contact with print results in listening and writing is speaking. Recent research found that children’s difficulties with reading, writing, or computing are often traceable to the lack of, or weak, stimulus control with the lnc-BiN cusp and is fixable by addressing reinforcement stimulus control for this or a developmentally earlier cusp.
Instruction Level: Advanced
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify three bidirectional operant verbal developmental cusps; (2) identify the source of reinforcement for Incidental Bidirectional Naming (Inc-BiN); (3) identify levels of complexity for Inc-BiN and how the complexity expands from exposure alone; (4) identify the relation of Inc-BiN to reading, writing/thinking/computing; (4) identify how Inc-BiN is complementary to derived relational responding and RFT.
 
R. DOUGLAS GREER (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
Doug Greer is Professor of Psychology and Education at the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences and Teachers College of Columbia University. He has served on the editorial boards of 10 journals, published over 200 research and theoretical articles in more than 21 journals and is the author or coauthor of 14 books. Two of his most recent books are translated into Korean, Spanish, Chinese, and Italian. Greer has sponsored 252 doctoral dissertations, taught over 2,000 teachers and psychologists, originated the CABAS? model of schooling used in the USA, Ireland, Italy, England and founded the Fred S. Keller School (www.cabasschools.org). He has done basic and applied experimental research in schools with students, teachers, parents, and supervisors as well as pediatric patients in medical settings. He and his colleagues have identified verbal behavior and social developmental cusps and protocols to establish them when they are missing in children. He is a recipient of the Fred S. Keller Award for Distinguished Contributions to Education from the American Psychology Association, a Fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI), the ABAI award for International Contributions to Behavior Analysis, and is recipient of May 5 as the R. Douglas Day by Westchester County Legislators and the Jack Michael Award for Contributions to Verbal Behavior. He has served as guest professor at universities in China, Spain, Wales, England, Japan, South Korea, India, Ireland, Germany, Italy, USA, and Nigeria.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #131
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Diversity submission Getting Unstuck: How Behavior Analysts Can Talk to Marginalized Communities, Behave Flexibly, and Change the World
Saturday, May 28, 2022
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Ballroom Level 3; Ballroom East/West
Area: SCI; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Jeanne M. Donaldson (Louisiana State University)
CE Instructor: Matthew Capriotti, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: MATTHEW CAPRIOTTI (San Jose State University)
Abstract: As behavior analysts, we know the potential of our science to change the world. Behavior analysis points to powerful interventions for a range of individuals’ challenges and societies’ ills, without assigning stigmatizing diagnoses of personal or cultural deficits, such as character problems and broken brains. Our beloved science has made enormous impacts in a few areas. And yet, behavior analysis’ reach is far from what Skinner imagined possible. At the same time, we behavior analysts often bemoan feeling misunderstood by colleagues and by society. Our science, and our reputations, tend to get stuck within our research and practice communities, and within tried-and-true applications. I propose that we can get our science “unstuck” through thoughtful collaboration with underserved and oppressed communities, and with the professionals who have long served them. As an exemplar of a recent (and ongoing) success story that has leveraged these principles, I will discuss how behavior analysts have changed the landscape of treatment for people with tic disorders across the world. To exemplify an unfulfilled opportunity for such progress, I will discuss potential applications of behavior analysis into LGBTQ+ health and wellness. I will present my own work in these two areas, with particular attention to intentional professional actions outside the traditional bounds of behavior analysis. This will include honest discussion of both “wins” (wherein such work has led to increased impact) and “misses” (wherein such projects have led down the rabbit holes of mentalism). I will conclude with practical suggestions for behavior analysts looking to expand the scope of their work into new areas.
Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience: faculty researchers, university educators, applied practitioners, graduate students
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss research strategies and tactics that enable pragmatic scaling of behavior analysis; (2) describe how non-behavior-analytic research approaches contributed to the successful dissemination of behavior-analytic treatments for tic disorders; (3) identify steps that may aid early career researchers in conducting community-partnered research in new areas.
 
MATTHEW CAPRIOTTI (San Jose State University)
Dr. Matthew Capriotti is an Associate Professor of Psychology at San Jose State University. He completed his BS in Psychology at the University of Florida in 2010, and he then earned his Ph.D. in Clinical Psychology at the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee in 2015. Prior to joining the faculty at San Jose State University, Dr. Capriotti completed predoctoral and postdoctoral fellowships in the Department of Psychiatry at the University of California San Francisco. His research interests lie in the behavioral treatment of Tourette Syndrome and in the study of processes that drive health and wellness among LGBTQ+ people. Dr. Capriotti has employed varied methodological approaches to conduct research across the basic-to-applied continuum. His earliest work investigated rats’ responding on multiple schedules. His subsequent programs of research on tic disorders and LGBTQ+ health have employed a range of methodological approaches and content foci, including within-case laboratory studies on behavioral processes in clinical populations, clinical trials, dissemination and implementation projects, phenomenological and epidemiological investigations of neurobehavioral and psychiatric conditions, experiments evaluating environmental determinants of stigma, survey- and interview-based qualitative research on facilitators and barriers of psychosocial treatment, and community-based participatory research. Dr. Capriotti is the author of 46 peer-reviewed publications and over 70 conference presentations.
 
 
Invited Panel #132
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Mathematical Principles of Reinforcement: A Panel with Discussion
Saturday, May 28, 2022
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 151A/B
Area: SCI; Domain: Theory
Chair: M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University)
CE Instructor: M. Christopher Newland, Ph.D.
Panelists: M. CHRISTOPHER NEWLAND (Auburn University), JOHN FALLIGANT (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), BRENT KAPLAN (University of Kentucky)
Abstract:

This session, a follow-up to Peter Killeen’s tutorial on Mathematical Principles of Reinforcement, will offer examples of MPR’s application and thoughts about potential uses. Why consider applying MPR? It is a comprehensive theory of behavior that is derived from three elementary, common-sensical principles. The data required for model fitting, which come from a series of fixed-ratios or a progressive ratio schedule, are acquired quickly. The ability of its parameters to distinguish reinforcer efficacy, how reinforcers select recent behavior, and motor characteristics of behavior can yield insight into behavioral determinants. Chris Newland will describe its application in characterizing the actions of drugs and contaminants that act on the nervous system, John Michael Falligant will explore its potential applications to applied behavior analysis, and Brent Kaplan will describe how it might address issues in substance abuse.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Basic and translational investigators interested in applying MPR, board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe what the parameters of the MPR model say about behavior; (2) describe how it has been applied in several arenas; (3) describe potential areas where MPR might be applied.
M. CHRISTOPHER NEWLAND (Auburn University)
Chris Newland directs a laboratory to investigate drugs and contaminants that affect behavioral and brain development using experimental models. With his students, he has reported troubling impairments in behavioral plasticity, choice, and learning that can be traced to low-level methylmercury exposure during the prenatal and adolescent periods or drug exposure during adolescence. For example, he reported that methylmercury during gestion accelerates aging long after exposure ends. He is also involved in a project to reduce the use of psychotropic medicine among children in foster care. Dr. Newland has served on numerous panels guiding federal environmental policy as well as grant review panels for the NIH and the EPA. He has played leadership roles in the Society of Toxicology and the Association for Behavior Analysis International. He teaches courses at all levels in behavioral neuroscience, psychopharmacology, conditioning and learning, and clinical psychopharmacology in developmental disabilities.
JOHN FALLIGANT (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Dr. Falligant is an Assistant Professor in the Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences at the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine and a Senior Behavior Analyst in the inpatient Neurobehavioral Unit at the Kennedy Krieger Institute. The Neurobehavioral Programs at the Kennedy Krieger Institute serve individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities who suffer from severe behavioral dysfunction, including self-injury. Dr. Falligant’s clinical work and research is focused on the assessment and treatment of behavioral dysfunction in individuals with neurodevelopmental disorders. He is also interested in translational behavioral research involving models of choice behavior and impulsivity, reward sensitivity, behavioral persistence, and the identification and quantification of predictive behavioral markers. Dr. Falligant is a clinical psychologist and Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA-D). He received his Ph.D. from Auburn University. He completed his Doctoral Internship and a Postdoctoral Research Fellowship at the Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine.
BRENT KAPLAN (University of Kentucky)

Brent Kaplan received his Ph.D. in behavioral psychology at the University of Kansas and subsequently completed his postdoctoral training at the Fralin Biomedical Research Institute at Virginia Tech. He is currently an Assistant Professor in the Department of Family and Community Medicine at the University of Kentucky College of Medicine and a member of the Healthier Futures Laboratory. Brent’s research focuses on applying behavioral economic concepts and methodology to better understand alcohol and cigarette substance use and treatments. His interests also include developing and disseminating tools for analyzing and interpreting behavioral economic data. He has served on the editorial boards of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and Perspectives on Behavior Science and currently serves on the executive committee for Division 28 Psychopharmacology and Substance Abuse of the American Psychological Association.

 
 
Symposium #133
Rethinking Reinforcement: Moving Beyond Response Strength
Saturday, May 28, 2022
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 156C
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
Chair: Carsta Simon (University of Agder, Norway)
Discussant: Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Behavior interacts with its environment both during an organism’s lifetime, through operant selection and, across generations, through natural selection. The radical behaviorist’s attempt to explain operant selection usually both depends upon and denies the implicit, hypothetical process of reinforcement by response strengthening. In this symposium, we discuss what is problematic about strengthening by reinforcement and suggest how the interaction between behavior and the environment is better described without this unfalsifiable concept. In our talks, we put forward an assembly of alternatives, all replacing response strengthening by approaches questioning the traditional distinction between consequences and antecedents. These alternative explanatory approaches, namely, induction, signaling, and selection, not only explain food-maintained behavior, but also shock-maintained behavior. They explicitly connect behavior analysis and evolutionary theory and do not rely on hypothetical constructs. We will show data supporting our conceptual arguments and indicating that our alternatives to strengthening by reinforcement might not only improve conceptual cohesiveness but might also benefit both our basic science and our technology of behavior.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): avoidance, induction, response strength, selection
 
Avoidance, Induction, and the Illusion of Reinforcement
WILLIAM M. BAUM (University of California, Davis)
Abstract: Environmental events that impact reproductive success may be called phylogenetically important events (PIEs). Some promote reproductive success, like mates and food; others threaten reproductive success, like predators and injury. Beneficial PIEs induce activities that enhance them, and detrimental PIEs induce activities that mitigate or avoid them. Free-operant avoidance relies on electric shock as a proxy for injury, a PIE. A popular theory takes avoidance behavior to be reinforced by its reducing shock rate. An alternative explanation is that avoidance is induced by the PIEs it usually prevents. Four parametric data sets were analyzed to show that avoidance is maintained, not by shock-rate reduction, but by received shock rate. Avoidance is not reinforced at all; avoidance is induced by its failures. Induction explains not only avoidance itself, but also phenomena unique to avoidance, like warmup and unavoidable shock. The concept of induction explains behavior more generally than reinforcement, because induction explains not only food-maintained behavior, but also shock-maintained behavior. Received shocks induce operant avoidance, and received food induces operant activity producing food. Not only negative reinforcement, but reinforcement in general fails to explain behavior when reinforcement is defined as due to consequences. Induction erases the distinction between consequences and antecedents.
 

Control by Past, Present, and Potential Depends on Generalization Across Multiple Dimensions

SARAH COWIE (University of Auckland, New Zealand)
Abstract:

Research suggests that behavior depends on likely future environmental conditions, as generalized from past experience and present environment. We assessed how generalization across the various dimensions of important events – reinforcers – affects the degree to which behavior tracks changes in likely future reinforcer availability. Pigeons worked on a concurrent-choice task in which one response was more likely to produce a reinforcer before a stimulus change, and the other was more likely after the stimulus change. We manipulated the nature of the stimulus (time or number) and the nature of the response (e.g., to a location, color, or flash duration). Regardless of the nature of the stimulus and response, choice was well described by a model that assumes that control by the structure of the environment is weakened by generalization across the various dimensions of a reinforcer (or other important events). We suggest that generalization contributes substantially to the degree of control by likely future events.

 

Reinforcement in Action: A Disequilibrium Theory of Reinforcement With Practical Aims

KENNETH W. JACOBS (Salem State University)
Abstract:

There are no “reinforcers” or “punishers” as we colloquially know them in practice – there are only reinforcement and punishment effects. Response Disequilibrium Theory (RDT) is an approach to reinforcement that makes no assumptions about response strengthening or the value of stimuli to reinforce. RDT is the culmination of Timberlake and Allison’s (1974) response deprivation hypothesis and should be differentiated from motivating operations. The disequilibrium approach to reinforcement is a general theory of behavior that asks the following question: What do individuals usually do during their free time—without any constraints on their behavior—and what would happen if we disrupted that behavior with a contingency? Unlike other theories of reinforcement, RDT predicts the direction and magnitude of behavior change. RDT a priori specifies the necessary conditions for reinforcement, which makes it testable and practicable. Response Disequilibrium Treatment (RDTx) is an emerging application that can compete with the expediency of calling a stimulus a reinforcer. RDTx is defined by (1) the assessment of unconstrained activities in context and (2) the scheduled disruption of activities to induce socially significant behavior change. The current presentation aims to describe RDT’s terms, methods, and applications.

 
How the Conceptualization of Behavior-Environment Interaction as a Selectionist System Relates to Material Reality
JACK J MCDOWELL (Emory University)
Abstract: Conceptualizations of behavior-environment interaction, and the theories that are developed from them, may be more or less readily related to material reality. To take examples from another discipline, the relation between Newtonian mechanics and the material world is readily apparent for the most part, whereas the relation between quantum mechanics and the material world is problematic. In this symposium presentation, behavior-environment interaction will be conceptualized as a selectionist system that consists of three processes: selection, reproduction, and mutation. A computational theory based on this conceptualization, and the evidence supporting it, are presented in detail in a SQAB tutorial at this conference. In the present symposium, this computational theory will be described briefly, but the focus will be on the theory’s material interpretation. It will be argued that the algorithmic operation of the theory’s three elements supervenes on, but is not necessarily identical to, material operations of the brain. In other words, if the theory agrees fully with experiment, then whatever the material operations of the brain may be, they must be functionally equivalent to selection, reproduction, and mutation. Other examples of this type of supervenient realism will be presented to support the plausibility of the argument.
 
 
Panel #134
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
In Consideration of Social Validity: Do Others Like What We Do, and Does It Matter?
Saturday, May 28, 2022
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 255
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Meka McCammon, Ph.D.
Chair: Meka McCammon (University of South Florida)
JOEL ERIC RINGDAHL (University of Georgia)
AMY GRAVINO (A.S.C.O.T Consulting)
Abstract:

The social validity of an intervention encompasses (a) whether consumers/stakeholders believe that the intended outcome of the intervention is desirable, (b) the extent to which consumers/stakeholders consider the procedures for changing behavior to be acceptable in terms of ethics, cost, and feasibility, and (c) whether consumers/stakeholders are satisfied with the outcomes produced by these procedures. Behavior analysts typically assess social validity, at the conclusion of the intervention, by interviewing or asking care providers (e.g., parents, teachers) questions the research team generated for that purpose. This approach limits input to primary care providers, the input of the recipient of the intervention is not gathered, nor is input from the broader community (e.g., other autistic people). In addition, whether the intervention was viewed as acceptable or needed at the start of the intervention (or during intervention) is not known. In this panel we will explore whether typical methods of evaluating social validity are appropriate and if our field should broaden its conceptualization of social validity to include input from others and/or occur at multiple timepoints.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

NA

Learning Objectives: (1) Participants will describe the significance of assessing social validity; (2) State various tools and methods for assessing social validity; (3) Account for the contextual variables that might inform when and how to assess social validity; and (4) State the implications failing to assess social validity throughout service delivery
 
 
Symposium #135
CE Offered: BACB
Using Telehealth to Train Parents of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Saturday, May 28, 2022
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 254B
Area: AUT/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Nouf Alzrayer (King Saud University )
Discussant: Nouf Alzrayer (King Saud University )
CE Instructor: Nouf Alzrayer, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Telehealth has been shown to be effective in providing behavioral services to families of individuals with disabilities, including autism spectrum disorder (ASD; Unholz-Bowden et al.,2020). In addition to telehealth, behavioral skills training (BST) has been used to teach caregivers to implement several strategies, such as functional behavioral assessment (Shayne & Miltenberger, 2013), incidental teaching procedures (Hsieh, Wilder, & Abellon, 2011), and social skills (Hassan et al., 2018). However, due to the novelty of this approach, there is a critical need to examine the effects of using telehealth in training parents of children with ASD to implement strategies to develop skills or reduce challenging behaviors. Therefore, this symposium will include two presentations that will (a) evaluate the effects of BST in training parents to implement augmentative and alternative communication (AAC)-based intervention in naturalistic context via telehealth (b) evaluated the effects of BST on parents to implement behavioral toilet skills training package with their children with autism via telehealth technology.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): BST, Parents training, Telehealth
Target Audience:

The target audience include a variety of levels of ABA practitioners, including BCBAs and BCaBAs.

Learning Objectives: 1.The participants will be able to identify the components of behavior skills training to apply to parents training via telehealth 2.The participants will be able to identify ways to train parents to conduct toilet and mand training via telehealth 3.The participants will be able to summaries strategies to use to conduct parent training via telehealth
 

Training Parents to Implement Augmentative and Alternative Communication-Based Intervention in Naturalistic Context Via Telehealth

NOUF ALZRAYER (King Saud University)
Abstract:

The study aimed to evaluate the effects of behavioral skills training (BST) in training parents to implement augmentative and alternative communication (AAC)-based intervention in naturalistic context via telehealth. Three parent-child dyads participated in the study. All participants were diagnosed with ASD and their age ranged between 4 and 6 years. Concurrent multiple probe design across parent–child dyads was used to evaluate the effects of the intervention. Parents were trained to teach their children augmented and non-augmented mand skills in a natural context via internet-based service delivery. The findings of the study revealed that parents were successful at using AAC-based intervention in teaching communication skills to their children with ASD during snack time. Further, participants were able to generalize acquired mands across other communication partners (i.e., siblings) and during other routine situations (i.e., playtime). Future studies should examine the effects of BST to train parents on the implementation of other behavioral strategies via telehealth.

 

Training Parents in Saudi Arabia to Teach Toilet Skills to Children With Autism Via Telehealth Technology

AHMAD KHAMIS EID (Center For Autism Research), Sarah Mohammed Aljaser (CFAR), Katelyn Craig (CFAR), AlAnoud Al Saud (CFAR), Mashail Alaql (CFAR), Mitch Fryling (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract:

The present study evaluated the effects of a behavioral skills training on parents to implement behavioral toilet skills training package with their children with Autism via telehealth technology. Two dyads (mother – child) participated in the study. Effects were demonstrated using multiple baseline design. All sessions were conducted via ZOOM technology. The behavior skills training of both mothers resulted in achieving continence for both children. Both children demonstrated maintenance of their toileting skills at follow - up. One child improved significantly in initiation of toileting. Social validity evaluations were strong. Implications for future and further researches are discussed.

 
 
Symposium #136
CE Offered: BACB
Reducing Applied Behavior Analysis Agencies' Administrative Burdens Through Technology and Multi-Component Intervention on Insurance and Governmental Requirements
Saturday, May 28, 2022
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 258C
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Shannon Ballinger (Positive Behavior Supports Corporation)
CE Instructor: Shannon Ballinger, M.A.
Abstract:

As the number of funding sources which are managing applied behavior analysis services has expanded, so too have the unique requirements to initiate or maintain services. Specifically, organizations attempting to scale face many unique training, treatment protocols, data submissions, and credentialing requirements dictated by funding sources or government entities. This session explores how processes to meet requirements can be improved through identification of business opportunities, pinpointing specific provider and consumer behaviors needed, and implementing technology innovations to support required changes. Examples include: developing contingencies that ensure providers and families complete requirements so that ABA services can occur with reduced administrative burdens, working with funding sources to modify requirements, and automating processes to reduce time consuming requirements. Several interventions will be presented that occur in combination and are hypothesized to be directly related to reduced latency in "days to begin services from client application" and "days to begin working from employee application."

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): government, insurance
Target Audience:

Participants are recommended to be experienced in managing aba services at a medium to large sized agency

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to 1) identify at least one proactive, replacement, and consequence based strategy that will reduce barriers to services presented by insurance companies 2) identify automated antecedent manipulation and prompting strategies that can be used to reduce latency in caregiver compliance to required documentation 3) identify strategies that will establish momentum to increase likelihood that practitioners will complete and maintain required credentialing documentation
 

Antecedent, Replacement and Consequence-Based Interventions for Agency Leaders in Reducing Burdensome Requirements From Private Funding Sources and Governmental Agencies

TAHRA JOLENE CESSNA (F.I.T.)
Abstract:

The requirements for agencies to provide aba services are numerous and, as agencies grow and expand, these requirements grow exponentially and are affected by each funding sources and additional geographic coverage area. Often, agencies are left to navigate complex requirements with very little guidance from the funding source and without an understanding of which rules are open to negotiation and which steps within the authorization and management process can be reduced, combined, or eliminated. This symposium will offer antecedent, replacement and consequence-based interventions used to successfully increase collaboration with funding source partners. The discussion will focus on results of effecting insurance company requirements that are burdensome by a combination of reducing the requirements, teaching alternative ways to access required information, or providing the information with the assistance of technology to make the effort less burdensome. The effect of reducing administrative burdens is also hypothesized to benefit the recipients who receive behavior services resulting in less latency in the days to begin services and less gaps in services due to administrative problems.

 
Improving Caregiver and Provider Responses to Requests for Required Information to Reduce Latency in Access to Services
NINA MALAGIC RAYNOR (Positive Behavior Supports)
Abstract: Delays in clinical staff and consumer responses to requests for required information may result in gaps in service or delayed access to ABA treatment. An administrative limitation of in-home services includes low levels of administrative interaction with consumers to prompt/obtain timely documentation. Low-Tech methods to prompt responses are resource intensive and include many barriers. Through automated antecedent manipulations, prompting strategies were improved to target timely submission and signing of behavior treatment plans. Notification systems created for regional leadership provided visual feedback system and reduced number of actions required to send reminder notifications. This presentation will discuss the results of a project that targeted on-time submission and signing of behavior plans using technology enhancements.
 

Helping New Individuals Considering a Career in the Field of Applied Behavior Analysis Complete Complex Requirements in Order to Reduce Latency to Provide Services and Maintaining Credentialing Requirements

MICHAEL NOLAN (Positive Behavior Supports Corporation)
Abstract:

Large agencies working with multiple funding sources often create long list of requirements to enter the field and often many potential practitioners will not complete these requirements and may be dissuaded by the ever-increasing list of requirements to practice in the field. These lengthy requirements are derived from satisfying local, state, an funding source specific credentialing requirements and can quickly become aversive. Systematic attempts to task analyze, reorder, and display steps in a visual pleasing way help ensure reinforcement throughout the process and can lead to completion. Other interventions include using technology to provide frequency notifications, and action links to prompt their completion. The measurable effect examined is the reduction in the number of days it takes for potential practitioner to become fully compliant and credentialed and working in the field. This session will examine specific strategies can an aba agency can implement to engage a potential practitioner and establish momentum that will lead to providing services in the field.

 
 
Symposium #137
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Teaching Social Skills Repertoires to Children With Autism
Saturday, May 28, 2022
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 254A
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Jacquelyn M. MacDonald (Regis College)
CE Instructor: Jacquelyn M. MacDonald, Ph.D.
Abstract:

There is a growing body of research on teaching individuals with autism to engage in social skills repertoires that involve observing others including helping others, observational learning, social referencing, and joint attention. The first paper in this session describes an approach to teaching a child with autism to offer help to others in natural contexts. A multiple probe design across helping scenarios was used to assess the effects of multiple exemplar training, an instructional matrix, and video modeling. The child learned to offer help in training contexts, and those skills generalized across settings. The second paper in this session describes approaches to assessing and teaching observational learning skills in a group instructional arrangement with three children with autism. A multiple probe design across participants and a multiple baseline within participants across motor, object-motor, and vocal modalities were used to assess the effects of consequence discrimination training and differential observing response training. Two out of three children showed significant improvements in observational learning in a group instructional arrangement. Findings from these studies have implications for teaching social skills repertoires to children with autism which could lead to greater inclusion of individuals with autism in learning environments and to other positive outcomes.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Intermediate

Learning Objectives: 1) learner will be able to describe strategy for teaching helping using multiple exemplar training. 2) learner will be able to describe the role of observational learning in group instruction 3) learner will be able to explain role of consequence discrimination in observational learning
 

Teaching Helping to a Child With Autism Using a Multiple-Exemplar Matrix Model and Video Modeling

SHEMARIAH ELLIS (New England Center for Children), Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

The purpose of the current study was to teach a child with autism to offer help and engage in appropriate helping responses in the presence of relevant stimuli using multiple exemplars, a matrix model, and video modeling. A concurrent multiple probe design was used across helping categories of cleaning, carrying items, and obtaining objects out of reach. A matrix was used to organize the relevant stimuli encountered in helping scenarios, such as fallen objects, vocalizations, and facial affect. Training targets were taught with video models depicting a known adult verbally offering an individual help and engaging in helping responses during situations where help was required (i.e., spilled water needs to be cleaned). The multiple exemplar matrix model and video modeling were effective in establishing a repertoire of helping across categories that generalized to novel settings and contexts. Interobserver agreement averaged 94% agreement across all trials with a range of 85% - 100%.

 

The Effects of Consequence Discrimination Training and Differential Observing Response Training on Observational Learning During Group Instruction

SYDNEY J BERKMAN (New England Center for Children), Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Many individuals with autism spectrum disorder do not demonstrate observational learning (OL), a repertoire that aids in learning during group instruction. Few studies have evaluated strategies for teaching individuals to engage in OL, and none have evaluated the effects of such strategies on individuals’ learning during group instruction. In this study, OL during group instruction was evaluated using a within-participant multiple probe design across motor, object-motor, and vocal modalities and using a concurrent multiple probe design across participants. Interventions included consequence discrimination training and differential observing response training consisting of differential reinforcement and rule statements following errors. Training sessions were conducted with one student participant and one adult participant acting as a confederate student. Observation sessions were conducted with two or three student participants and one adult participant acting as a confederate student. Data were collected on primary dependent variables during test sessions conducted with each student participant shortly following observation sessions. Following training, participants demonstrated improvements in OL across modalities during test sessions. Interobserver agreement during training and probe sessions was above 90%.

 
 
Symposium #138
Clinical Adaptations of the Picture Exchange Communication System: Innovative Responses to Barriers in Clinical Care
Saturday, May 28, 2022
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 258A
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Brittany Ann Juban (May Institute)
Abstract:

Establishing effective and functional communication repertoires is of utmost importance for our learners. Strategies for acquisition of communication exist along a continuum from general protocols to manualized program. The Picture Exchange Communication System (Bondy & Frost, 2001) is an example of one such program. During the first two phases a second instructor delivers a controlling prompt to evoke the communication response from the speaker to the listener. In this symposium we explore adaptations to the Picture Exchange Communication System. Specifically, Sansing and colleagues present an adaptation in which they eliminated the second instructor to address novel corona virus social distancing recommendations. In their case example, the listener provided the controlling prompt to evoke the communication response from the speaker and the second prompter was eliminated. A changing criterion design was employed to systematically fade the distance the speaker traveled to communicate with the listener. Layman et al., provide a clinic-wide demonstration of a similar accommodation (i.e., removal of the second instructor) to address staffing limitations. Layman et al., evaluate the level of correct independent card exchanges and correct independent vocalizations using the adapted protocol. Dr. Brittany Juban will provide comments and considerations for future practice in this line of research.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): adaptations, COVID-19, PECS
 

Evaluation of the Picture Exchange Communication System Without a Second Instructor

ELIZABETH M. SANSING (University of North Texas), Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas), Gabriel Luke Armshaw (University of North Texas), Samantha Bergmann (University of North Texas), Alli Horton (University of North Texas), Oluwabukola Elizabeth Akinwale (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

In response to the coronavirus pandemic, behavior analytic practitioners must consider how to provide intervention services while also implementing strategies that reduce virus transmission. The Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) is a communication program that requires a second instructor to deliver physical prompts, as needed, to help the learner engage in the communication response. As a result, three individuals (the speaker, listener, and prompter) are in close proximity to one another. This is contraindicated with recommended protective practices, including limiting the number of individuals in direct contact with each learner and maintaining physical-distance requirements. Thus, modifications to the PECS training protocols were necessary. We evaluated a modified PECS protocol with a young female diagnosed with autism. We eliminated the second instructor and taught the communication response using physical prompts delivered by the listener. Next, we taught the learner to travel to the listener and the communication book by gradually increasing the distance requirements. We evaluated the effects of increased distance requirements using a changing criterion design. The learner acquired the card exchange with few errors. We evaluated the PECS program using a multiple-baseline design across phases. Limited generalization was demonstrated across untrained PECS phases. Limitations and future directions are discussed.

 

Picture Exchange Communication System Administration Using a Single Clinician

LAUREN LAYMAN (University of Southern Mississippi), Brittany Alysse Pigg (University of Southern Mississippi), Tiffany Harris (University of Southern Mississippi)
Abstract:

The current study aims to rectify one common barrier to effective interventions: low staff-to-client/student ratios. The Picture Exchange Communication System (Bondy & Frost, 2001) is a well-researched augmentative and alternative communication system used to teach functional communication. The Picture Exchange Communication System program is divided into six phases, with the first two phases requiring two adults to implement (i.e., one communication partner and one shadow). However, many clinics, schools, and other settings where Picture Exchange Communication System may be helpful do not have two staff members to run the intervention. In the current study, the therapists modified Phases 1 and 2 to be implemented with one clinician. Clients (ages 2 to 6) with little to no vocal behavior went through these modified Picture Exchange Communication System procedures. Therapists collected data on each client’s independent PECS exchanges and target vocalizations. Preliminary data shows that clients’ skill acquisition of the PECS exchanges using the modified Picture Exchange Communication System procedures mirrors the data of clients going through the standard Picture Exchange Communication System procedures (Ganz & Simpson, 2010).

 
 
Symposium #139
Behavior Analysis Integration Within the Deaf/Hard of Hearing Autistic Population and Other Community Considerations for Practitioners
Saturday, May 28, 2022
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 258B
Area: AUT/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Holly Barszcz (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Stephanie L Dille-Huggins (Cornerstone Autism Center)
Abstract:

Access to communication, especially in one’s native language, remains a critical component in providing quality and ethically sound Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA)-based intensive therapy. Research has shown that there is a considerable disconnect between the Deaf/Hard-of-hearing (D/HH) community and their ability to access ABA resources and therapies. Although specific assessment tools do not exist for D/HH children with autism, research is being developed to customize programming that aligns with the Verbal Behavior and Milestones Placement Program (VB-MAPP) to guide teaching skills and abilities across the verbal operants, as well as listener responding, social, and daily living skills in American Sign language (ASL). In addition, other programs have been created to support D/HH clients’ social customs and norms specifically related to Deaf culture and their community. Specifically, in three children diagnosed with autism, implementation of a modified VB-MAPP through discrete trial training (DTT) and natural environment training (NET) has aided in developing skills and abilities thus establishing substantial positive changes and increasing overall autonomy of these clients.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
 

VB-MAPP Integration Within the Deaf and Hard of Hearing Autistic Population

STEPHANIE L DILLE-HUGGINS (Cornerstone Autism Center)
Abstract:

Access to communication, especially in one’s native language, remains a critical component in providing quality and ethically sound Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA)-based intensive therapy. Although specific assessment tools do not exist for Deaf and hard of hearing (D/HH) children with autism, research is being conducted to customize programming derived from the Verbal Behavior and Milestones Placement Program (VB-MAPP) to guide teaching skills and abilities across the verbal operants, as well as listener responding, social, and daily living skills in American Sign language (ASL). Three children diagnosed with autism that were either D/HH received program instruction based on a modified VB-MAPP that aided in developing skills and abilities across D/HH clients thus establishing substantial positive changes and increasing overall autonomy of these clients.

 
Behavioral Analytic Considerations When Working With the Deaf/Hard-of-Hearing Autistic Community
HOLLY BARSZCZ (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: As practitioners, we have an ethical responsibility to learn of behavioral analytic considerations when working with the Deaf/Hard-of-hearing (D/HH) community to ensure that long-term, meaningful, and effective change is occurring across the individuals we serve from this community. The goal for any client upon starting intensive treatment within Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA)-based therapy, is to transition that individual back to a less restrictive environment where they will thrive with the skills and abilities developed during hundreds of hours of individualized treatment; however, for D/HH individuals this is incredibly challenging without registered behavior technicians (RBT) and board certified behavior analysts (BCBA) proficient in American Sign Language (ASL), Deaf culture, and the Deaf community to provide quality and effective therapy and services. Through promoting access to effective treatment methods, it is critical that practitioners make accessible treatments, interventions, and methods of instruction designed for hearing autistic individuals accessible to the Deaf and autistic community. Through identifying and exploring these behavioral analytic considerations we align with our duty of cultural responsiveness. Through implementation of effective treatment methods, three children diagnosed with autism and that are D/HH have been taught deaf culture constructs in an effort to transition to a less restrictive setting.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #140
CE Offered: BACB/PSY/QABA
Positive and Negative Reinforcing Effects of Opioids: The Opponent Process Theory From a Clinical Perspective
Saturday, May 28, 2022
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Ballroom Level 3; Ballroom East/West
Area: BPN
Chair: Sally L. Huskinson (University of Mississippi Medical Center)
CE Instructor: Sandra Comer, Please Select...
Presenting Author: SANDRA COMER (New York State Psychiatric Institute, Columbia University)
Abstract:

Over 92,000 drug-related overdose deaths, the majority of which were due to opioids, were reported in the U.S. in 2020 (https://www.cdc.gov/nchs/nvss/vsrr/drug-overdose-data.htm). This increase in opioid-related overdose deaths occurred despite the availability of several effective treatment medications. Both positive and negative reinforcing effects of opioids may underlie the initiation of opioid use and development and maintenance of opioid use disorder (OUD). Some investigators suggest that the negative reinforcing effects of opioids become more prominent with repeated use. Evidence for this position will be presented using clinical data from a variety of sources. While both processes appear to be supported by the data, the relative contribution of positive and negative reinforcing effects in maintaining opioid use is unclear. Additional research should be conducted to directly address this issue because it has relevance for the development of more effective pharmacotherapeutic and behavioral treatment strategies for OUD.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Basic researchers and clinicians
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) examine clinical laboratory data using self-administration paradigms and subjective reports of drug effects and opioid withdrawal symptoms to assess the positive and negative reinforcing effects of opioids; (2) characterize opioid self-administration among individuals who are maintained on medications for treating OUD; (3) evaluate self-reported reasons for using heroin among a large cohort of individuals with OUD.
 
SANDRA COMER (New York State Psychiatric Institute, Columbia University)

Dr. Sandra Comer is Professor of Neurobiology in the Department of Psychiatry at Columbia University. She received her BS at Vanderbilt University and Ph.D. at the University of Michigan for her research on the effects of drugs using preclinical models. Dr. Comer is Director of the Opioid Laboratory in the Division on Substance Use Disorders and her current research focus is on the clinical testing of medications for treating opioid use disorder, methods to maximize the use of naloxone by opioid users, and evaluations of the comparative abuse liability of prescribed pain medications. Dr. Comer served as President of the College on Problems of Drug Dependence, the longest standing scholarly society in the U.S. devoted to research on substance use disorders, and currently is the Public Policy Officer for CPDD. Dr. Comer is a member of the Expert Advisory Panel on Drug Dependence for the World Health Organization and has over 160 publications on substance use disorders.

 
 
Panel #141
CE Offered: BACB
Overcoming Challenges Associated With Conducting Behavior Analytic Research in Neurorehabilitation Settings
Saturday, May 28, 2022
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 103
Area: CBM/EAB; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Christina M. Peters, Ph.D.
Chair: Christina M. Peters (Brock University)
JEFF KUPFER (University of Colorado Denver)
MICHAEL P. MOZZONI (Mozzoni & Associates LLC)
KARL FANNAR GUNNARSSON (The National University Hospital of Iceland)
Abstract:

Brain injury is the leading cause of death and disability worldwide (IBIA, 2021). Applied behavior analysis (ABA) is demonstrated to be effective in addressing several of the behavioral challenges associated with acquired brain injury (Jacobs, 2000). However, a recent comprehensive literature review demonstrates that additional research, especially research with high methodical rigor, is still needed (Heinicke & Carr, 2014). The lack of research in acquired brain injury presents vast opportunities for behavior analysts who wish to pursue this important line of investigation. Several unique circumstances associated with brain injury and its treatment may pose challenges to researchers, including but not limited to: difficulty recruiting participants, the need to balance rehabilitation efforts with research participation, and issues related to obtaining informed consent. This panel will bring together three top experts who have successfully conducted research in this domain. Discussion will focus on the challenges associated with this line of research and efforts to support future growth in this important area.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Beginner

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe at least 3 challenges with conducting behavior-analytic research in neurorehabilitation settings; (2) differentiate between behavioral interventions that are considered evidence-based vs. experimental for those with brain injury; (3) describe at least two strategies for addressing barriers associated with conducting behavior-analytic research in neurorehabilitation settings.
Keyword(s): brain injury, neurorehabiliation, research ethics
 
 
Symposium #142
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Diversity submission Why So Racist? A Function-Based and Organizational Assessment and Interventions for Policing
Saturday, May 28, 2022
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 156B
Area: CSS/OBM; Domain: Theory
Chair: Shawn Capell (Covenant 15:16 LLC )
Discussant: Ryan Sain (Mary Baldwin University )
CE Instructor: Ryan Sain, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The racial differentiation of policing in America has been widely researched and documented (Walker et al., 2008; Wilson et al., 1982; Eck et al., 1987; Braga et al., 1999). While these discrepancies have been largely documented, few changes have been made to the policies, procedures and law governing police officers, leading to the continuation of racist acts displayed by police officers across the country. The reasons for this are plentiful and the issues are symptoms of the larger problems of individual and institutional racism that increases the likeliness any police officer will engage in violence against a person of color. This symposium describes how individual racism is learned and strengthened and a functional perspective of the historical development of policing in America followed by suggestions about how these systems can be redeveloped and improved.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): police functions, racism
Target Audience:

This is appropriate for any level of behavior analyst or behavior analyst trainee who is interested in systems theory and how functional assessment can play a role in system and reinforcement of individual behavior.

Learning Objectives: 1. The learner will identify the common functions of policing in the United States. 2. The learner will identify how differential responding of officers to different groups of citizens develops and is maintained. 3. The learner will identify at least three ways behavior analysis can address the behavior of police officers to decrease differential responding between groups of individuals. 4. The learner will identify at least one organizational behavior management (OBM) strategy that can be used to decrease differential responding of police officers.
 
Diversity submission 

The Function of the Police Force: A Behavior Analytic Review of the History of How Policing in America Came to Be

NATALIE A. PARKS (Behavior Leader Inc.; Saint Louis University), Beverly Kirby (Team ABA LLC)
Abstract:

While the racial differentiation of policing in America has been widely researched and documented (Walker & Katz, 2008; Wilson & Kelling, 1982; Eck & Spelman, 1987; Braga, et al., 1999), there have been few changes within the policies, procedures and laws governing police officers. This has resulted in the continuation of individual acts of racism of police officers across the country and has upheld the systemic racism that results in the discrepancies between Black people and White people. To fully understand and develop effective interventions that will change policing behaviors and the racism observed within the police force, one must first understand the historical development and functional variables that maintain policing in America.

 
Diversity submission Solutions Addressing the Vulnerability of Individual and Institutional Racism in Police Departments
BEVERLY KIRBY (Team ABA LLC), Natalie A. Parks (Behavior Leader Inc.; Saint Louis University)
Abstract: Understanding the history and function of policing brings insight into the main areas to target for intervention when attempting to eliminate racism within policing and the the police force. This presentation focuses on suggestions regarding how to change and redevelop the system and functions of policing in America to decrease and eliminate specific and systemic acts of racism.
 
 
Symposium #143
CE Offered: BACB
Health, Sport and Fitness SIG Grant Recipients: Exciting New Areas of Research
Saturday, May 28, 2022
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 156A
Area: CSS/TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Rocky Perez (Western Michigan University PhD IOBM Candidate)
Discussant: Sharlet D. Rafacz (California State University, Fresno)
CE Instructor: Sharlet D. Rafacz, Ph.D.
Abstract: This symposium will include two recently completed projects by the 2021 Behavior Analysis in Health, Sport, and Fitness Special Interest Group (HSF SIG) research grant recipients. The purpose of the HSF SIG Small Research Grant is to support experimental research that demonstrates the application of behavior analysis to address human behavior in the areas of health, sport, or fitness. Additional goals of this program are to disseminate behavior analytic research and practice and to expand research opportunities for students of behavior analysis. The first presentation will describe a study that evaluated and compared technology-based interdependent, dependent, and independent group contingencies for increasing daily steps in adults using a percentile schedule of reinforcement. The second presentation will describe a study that evaluated the outcomes of a virtual training informed by the behavioral skills training framework on dance instructors’ implementation of a behaviour analytic coaching package. Discussion following the presentations will focus on the use of technology in health, sport, and fitness research, along with how this research informs those in both the basic and applied communities. Recipients of the 2022 HSF SIG Small Research Grant will be announced at the end of the session.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): behavioral coaching, dance, group contigencies, physical activity
Target Audience: Graduate students, researchers, and practitioners interested in applications of behavior analysis to health, sport, and fitness
Learning Objectives: (1) describe how group contingencies can be used to increase physical activity; (2) describe how the behavioral skills training framework can be applied to virtual training methods; (3) describe at least two implications of the findings of these students for future research and practice.
 
Evaluating Group Contingencies for Increasing Daily Steps in Adults
CASEY IRWIN HELVEY (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Carole M. Van Camp (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: Research has suggested that contingent rewards or added researcher intervention may be necessary to increase physical activity in adults, though this can be costly in terms of time and money. Arranging group contingencies for increasing physical activity may be one way to limit some of these costs and may have additional benefits of peer-arranged social consequences. Recent studies have shown that interdependent group contingencies, or a version called the Good Behavior Game (GBG), can be used to increase physical activity among children. No within-subject studies have compared all three types of group contingencies for increasing physical activity. Additionally, behavior-analytic studies evaluating group contingencies for increasing physical activity in adults are limited. The purpose of the current study is to evaluate and compare technology-based interdependent, dependent, and independent group contingencies for increasing daily steps in adults using a percentile schedule of reinforcement. Additionally, the current study will evaluate participants’ relative preference for the three group contingency interventions using a concurrent-chains paradigm. The results will be discussed within the context of implications for physical activity interventions and areas for future research.
 

Evaluation of a Virtual Training for Dance Instructors to Implement a Behavioral Coaching Package

SARAH DAVIS (Brock University), Kendra Thomson (Brock University), Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University), Melina Passalent (Brock University), Tricia Corinne Vause (Brock University), Brittney Mathura Sureshkumar (Brock University), Nicole Bajcar (Brock University)
Abstract:

Most dance instructors are not provided with formal training to teach dance skills and it has been reported that they often employ an authoritarian teaching style with a focus on corrective feedback, which can adversely impact dancers’ experiences. A behavior analytic approach to dance education may provide dance instructors with positive strategies that increase the accuracy of dance movements and the satisfaction of dancers. Using a concurrent multiple-baseline design across five participants, we evaluated the outcomes of a virtual training informed by the behavioral skills training framework (i.e., instructions, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback) on dance instructors’ implementation of a behaviour analytic coaching package consisting of four elements (i.e., task analyzing dance skills, emphasizing correct performance with focus points, assessing performance through data collection, and providing optimal feedback). The dance instructors’ performance was scored as a percentage of correctly implemented behavioural coaching elements. While data collection is on-going, the virtual training shows promising results. To date, three participants have met mastery criteria (i.e., implemented the elements of the behavioural coaching package with 100% accuracy, across two consecutive sessions). Dance instructors’ perceived acceptability of the virtual training and the utility of the behavioural coaching strategies will also be obtained through social validity questionnaires.

 
 
Symposium #144
CE Offered: BACB
Feasibility of Wearable Technology: First Steps Towards Automatic Measurement of Challenging Behavior
Saturday, May 28, 2022
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 251
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Emory University; Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: Griffin Rooker (Mount St. Mary's University)
CE Instructor: Mindy Christine Scheithauer, Ph.D.
Abstract: Challenging behaviors, such as aggression, self-injury, and disruption, are generally measured using either direct observation or caregiver-report. Unfortunately, both of these measures have limitations and do not comprehensively measure the impact or severity of behavior. Wearable technology, including devices that include accelerometer, gyroscope, and magnetometer technology, have shown promise in their ability to automatically detect movement and behavior. The purpose of this symposium is to present research on the feasibility of using this technology to automatically detect challenging behavior. The first presentation (Neely) demonstrates the feasibility of this technology with typically developing adults and children, before generalizing findings to children with developmental disabilities during a functional analysis context. The second talk furthers evaluates accelerometer use during functional analyses with 33 children referred for very severe challenging behavior and evaluates the ability of caregivers to apply accelerometers in a home setting (N=10). Results are discussed in the context of importance of feasibility analyses and ways in which results set the stage for future large-scale studies that can evaluate the efficacy of automatically detecting challenging behavior using this technology.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Accelerometers, Challenging Behavior, Measurement, Problem Behavior
Target Audience: Attendees should have a basic understanding of the measurement of challenging behavior and limitations of current measurement strategies.
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to do describe limitations in current measurement systems for challenging behavior. 2. Participants will be able to explain the feasibility of using wearable technology with children with ASD. 3. Participants will be able to describe the benefit of using wearable technology to automatically detect challenging behavior in children with ASD.
 

Feasibility of Wearable Technology to Supplement Measurement During Functional Analysis

LESLIE NEELY (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Sakiko Oyama (University of Texas at San Antonio), Jordan Wimberley (Autism Treatment Center of San Antonio)
Abstract:

The intensity of a target behavior (severity/magnitude) may correspond to the social significance and priority of behavior for intervention. However, the extent to which researchers measure this dimension is unclear. Inertial measurement units (IMUs) are small portable motion capture systems that incorporate three types of sensors: accelerometer, gyroscope, and magnetometer. The data from the three sensors can be incorporated to calculate inclination angle of the sensor in space, and data from its components (gyroscope and accelerometers) provide data on angular (rotation) velocity and acceleration of the sensors about three axes. By fixing the units on the body segment, the sensor can measure human movement. This study investigates the feasibility of utilizing IMUs to quantify the occurrence and intensity of behavioral events by identifying peak acceleration and angular velocity of the segments. This study contains three experiments. Experiment one investigates the validity of the IMUs to capture common topographies of problem behavior (e.g., hitting, kicking, self-injury) with adults without disabilities. Experiment two investigates the validity of the IMUs to capture common topographies of problem behavior with children without disabilities. Experiment three investigates the validity of IMUs within the context of a functional analysis with two children diagnosed with a developmental disability.

 

Using Accelerometers With Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder and Challenging Behavior: A Feasibility Analysis

MINDY CHRISTINE SCHEITHAUER (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University), Shruthi Hiremath (Georgia Institute of Technology), Audrey Southerland (Georgia Institute of Technology), Agata Rozga (Georgia Institute of Technology), Thomas Ploetz (School of Interactive Computing, Georgia Institute of Technology), Chelsea Rock (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University)
Abstract:

Behaviors such as aggression, self-injury, and disruption are common among individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Most research on these behaviors has relied on retrospective caregiver-report or direct observation, both of which have limitations. There is preliminary evidence that direct detection of these behaviors using accelerometers is a promising alternative, but additional research is needed to determine the feasibility during actual clinical assessment times and times when a therapist cannot be present for direct observation, as measurement during these times has the most applied significance. This study addressed these gaps by evaluating the feasibility of accelerometer use with children with ASD and severe aggression, self-injury, and disruptive behavior (N=33). We found that most passed habituation procedures (93.94% of participants) intended to promote tolerance with wearing accelerometers and continued to tolerate accelerometers during behavioral assessments (e.g., functional analyses). However, the necessary duration of habituation varied across individuals, an important consideration for planning future studies. Additionally, we identified that it is feasible for caregivers to apply sensors in the home-setting (N=10) but found variable fidelity in data-collection and wear-time duration. This study sets important groundwork for future large-scale studies to automatically detect aggression, self-injury, and disruption.

 
 
Panel #145
CE Offered: BACB
What Applied Behavior Analysis Has to Offer Trauma Assessment and Intervention
Saturday, May 28, 2022
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 252A
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Saundra Bishop, M.S.
Chair: Saundra Bishop (BASICS ABA Therapy )
JEANNIE GOLDEN (East Carolina University)
TERESA CAMILLE KOLU (Cusp Emergence)
GABRIELLE MORGAN (Bay Path University)
Abstract:

The field of Behavior Analysis has grown over the last few years to recognize the necessity of Trauma Informed Interventions. However, providers often are finding it difficult to expand their competency in this area. This panel will bring together pioneers in this field and focus on assessments that can be directly applied to immediate interventions that are behavior analytic and within our scope of practice.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

intermediate, BCBAs. Skills: comprehensive knowledge of FBA process.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify formal tools that can be used to assess trauma events (2) Identify how these tools can be used behavior analytically (3) Identify real life examples of how these tools have been used and applied in the field of ABA
Keyword(s): ACES, assessment, trauma informed
 
 
Symposium #146
Social Discounting: A Review of the Research and Current Directions
Saturday, May 28, 2022
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 152
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Abstract:

The COVID-19 pandemic has elucidated the everyday tension between acting for oneself (e.g., a young, healthy individual not getting vaccinated out of fear of side effects) versus acting in the interest of others (e.g., receiving the vaccine to prevent the spread of COVID-19 to vulnerable groups). Social dilemmas such as these range in risk level. In the case of COVID-19, there is a high risk whereby many people can be negatively affected by one’s choice. In the case of Influenza, though, the risk is considerably lower if one chooses not to get vaccinated. Social discounting describes the decline in value of an outcome as the recipient increases in social distance. Thus, social discounting measures evaluate the tension between acting for oneself versus acting for others. This symposium has two primary aims: (1) Inform the audience about the field of social discounting and its uses and (2) share ongoing research. Specifically, a review of social discounting will be presented followed by two presentations on ongoing research in the field. Connections will be drawn to the current social environment and directions for future basic research on social choice will be shared.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Altruism, Cooperation, Social Choice, Social Discounting
 
Social and Risky Choice: The Role of Reciprocation
NATALIE BUDDIGA (University of Nevada, Reno), Matt Locey (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Throughout the COVID-19 pandemic, it has become more apparent that social and risky choice are linked. Previous studies have found commonalities and correlations between measures of altruistic and risky choice. Social discounting—a measure of altruistic choice—describes the devaluation of an outcome as the recipient of the outcome increases in social distance. This devaluation has been quantitatively described by the hyperbolic formula that describes probability discounting (risky choice) and both social and probability discounting demonstrate a reverse magnitude effect. Moreover, other research has highlighted a potential link between social choice and reciprocation through a Prisoner’s Dilemma Game and reciprocal discounting questionnaire. The present study sought to explore the role of reciprocation in altruistic and risky choice by comparing the results of a reciprocal discounting questionnaire with social discounting with probability discounting. Like previous research, a moderate correlation between probability and social discounting was found, but there was a weak correlation between probability and reciprocal discounting. A novel probability indication task yielded a hyperbolic decline in the likelihood of giving from other people to the participant. These results reveal that probability and reciprocation play an important role in social decision-making, with reciprocation playing a key role in understanding altruism.
 
Evaluations of Trust, Likability and Social Distance Based on Fictional Vignettes
VASILIY SAFIN (Reed College)
Abstract: We surveyed ~60 students about their sense of community at Reed College and asked them to respond to vignettes about hypothetical Reed students. There were 4 vignettes and they were accompanied by avatars that appeared white or black. Participants were asked to play hypothetical economic games and rate the vignettes on likability and likelihood of friendship. Some participants rated different vignettes at different social distances, while others put all of them at the exact same social distance. Overall, the medians for three vignettes were identical (15 feet), but the fourth vignette was consistently rated as closer than others. We found no effect in economic games (specifically trust game and dictator game), but there was an overall effect of race on friendship scores. Participants expressed marginally more interest in being friends with characters accompanied by a black avatar than a white avatar. However, there was also a significant interaction such that some vignettes were rated higher with a black avatar and others were rated higher with a white avatar.
 
A Review of Social Discounting
BRYAN A. JONES (Kent State University, Ashtabula)
Abstract: Social discounting describes how the value of a relationship to another person is reduced as a function of how close one feels toward them. In the Social Discounting Task participants are asked to imagine their friends and family are ordered from most important to least important, and are then given a series of choices between keeping money for themselves or sharing it with a person selected from the list by distance. The choices vary in amount until a point of indifference between the selfish and altruistic option is found for each distance, and those points are used to calculate an overall rate of discounting. Previous work has found that the task is meaningful and that participants have no trouble with the psychophysical measurement of social distance, and that the further the social distance is the less money a person is willing to give away to another. The social discounting task and social distance prompt has been applied to a number of altruistic behaviors ranging from laboratory simulations of social dilemmas to real world kidney donations. Further work has examined the neurocorrelates of the task. This talk will introduce the basics of the SDT and review some of the ongoing areas where social discounting is being applied. Novel data examining the makeup of social networks will be presented.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #147
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Disordered Behavioral Processes and Diet-Induced Obesity
Saturday, May 28, 2022
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 154
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption University)
CE Instructor: Kimberly Kirkpatrick, Ph.D.
KIMBERLY KIRKPATRICK (Kansas State University), Travis Ray Smith (Kansas State University)
Abstract: No one chooses to become obese, yet obesity rates have risen steadily over the past 40 years and obesity is now one of the most widespread behavioral diseases. Obesity does not emerge from any one choice, but from the accumulation of many poor dietary and lifestyle choices. Many everyday choices can be impulsive choices, such as choosing to eat convenient fast-food items instead of taking the time to prepare a healthy meal. Research with rodent pre-clinical models has found that a diet high in processed saturated fat and/or sugar increased impulsive choices, impaired temporal discrimination, altered food reward value, and modified food choice and consumption behaviors. Dietary schedules that may simulate food insecurity, such as intermittent access to fat and sugar, also increased impulsive choices and altered food reward value. This suggests that an HF diet can impair self-control and related behavioral processes that are needed to avoid future intake of unhealthful foods, thus leading to a vicious cycle that may promote diet-induced obesity. The rodent model controls for dietary history so that specific causal mechanisms can be identified. Research pinpointing core behavioral mechanisms of diet-induced obesity can supply important insights for guiding the development of future obesity treatments.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students
Learning Objectives: PENDING
 
KIMBERLY KIRKPATRICK (Kansas State University)
Dr. Kimberly Kirkpatrick is a University Distinguished Professor of Psychological Sciences at Kansas State University. She directs the Reward, Timing, and Decision laboratory which is funded by a $1.9M grant from the National Institutes of Mental Health. She also directs the Cognitive and Neurobiological Approaches to Plasticity (CNAP) Center of Biomedical Research Excellence which was founded in 2017 through a $10.6M grant from the National Institutes of General Medical Sciences. Kirkpatrick received the Kansas State Distinguished Graduate Faculty Award in 2018 and became a University Distinguished Professor in 2019. She currently serves on the ABAI Science Board. Dr. Kirkpatrick studies everyday choices which can lead to long-term health problems such as obesity, substance abuse, and other impulse control disorders. She has found that diets high in processed sugar and saturated fats can undermine self-control and lead individuals to develop a pattern of problematic daily choices, known as impulsive choices. She has also developed interventions to promote self-control as a treatment for impulsive choices, which is the topic of her current R01 grant. Kirkpatrick graduated with a bachelor’s in Psychology from Iowa State University. She completed her PhD at the University of Iowa in Psychology with a focus on Behavioral Neuroscience and then subsequently completed her post-doctoral training at Brown University. She started her career as a faculty member at the University of York (UK) before joining the faculty at Kansas State in 2008.
 
 
Symposium #148
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/NASP
Remote Behavior Skills Training and Prompting to Increase Teacher Use of Evidence-Based Practices
Saturday, May 28, 2022
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 205A
Area: EDC/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Sara S. Kupzyk (University of Nebraska Omaha)
Discussant: Brenda J. Bassingthwaite (Munroe-Meyer Institute; University of Nebraska Medical Center)
CE Instructor: Sara S. Kupzyk, Ph.D.
Abstract: Quality training and supportive feedback are essential for increasing teachers’ use of evidence-based practices. Remote training and prompting may offer a flexible, effective, and efficient training approach to meet teacher needs. This symposium will include two presentations that used remote training and feedback methods to enhance teachers’ skills and treatment integrity. Participants included teachers and pre-service teachers completing student teaching. The studies used single-case designs to evaluate the effectiveness of (a) remote behavioral skills training (BST) on teachers’ skills in collaborating with parents to support learning at home and (b) emailed prompts on teacher’s use of behavior specific praise. The results indicated that (a) teachers’ confidence and skills increased following remote BST, (b) teachers were more likely to use skills taught when emailed prompting was used, and (c) teachers rated the implementation supports as acceptable. Collectively, remote BST and prompting appear to be valuable and feasible methods for increasing teachers’ use of evidence-based practices.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): academic interventions, consultation, teacher training, treatment integrity
Target Audience: School-based consultation Effective communication Intervention development in schools
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe elements of effective remote teacher and parent training, (2) discuss remote strategies to enhance treatment integrity, and (3) describe methods for evaluating acceptability of interventions in school settings.
 

Training Teachers to Provide Opportunities for Parents to Support Learning at Home

SARA S. KUPZYK (University of Nebraska Omaha), Lindsey Aberle (University of Nebraska Omaha), Madison Schaller (University of Nebraska at Omaha), Maria Juarez (University of Nebraska at Omaha)
Abstract:

Home-school partnerships are valuable and associated with improvements in students’ academic success. However, teachers often do not receive sufficient training to confidently collaborate with families. Furthermore, parents report feeling unsure of how to support learning at home and dissatisfaction with the special education process. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the use distance behavioral skills training on special educator’s use of evidence-based parent training to teach parents how to support individualized education programs at home. A multiple probe design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of the training. Pre and post data were also collected on teacher practices and confidence with working with families. All participants demonstrated a significant increase in steps completed following the training. The teachers reported high levels of satisfaction with the training and improved confidence in working with parents. Future research should examine parent perceptions of teachers’ use of the skills taught.

 
Emailed Prompts to Promote Early Childhood Educators’ Rates of Behavior Specific Praise
ZACHARY CHARLES LABROT (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Chelsea Johnson (University of Southern Mississippi), Terreca Cato (University of Southern Mississippi), Emily Maxime (University of Southern Mississippi), Emily DeFouw (University of Southern Mississippi)
Abstract: Although several implementation supports (e.g., prompts, performance feedback) delivered through school-based behavioral consultation have been found to be useful for improving early childhood educators’ treatment integrity, some research suggests that face-to-face consultation may not always be feasible. To overcome barriers to feasibility, school-based behavioral consultants may consider delivering implementation supports through email. There is some research to support the effectiveness of emailed supports for improving intervention integrity, but these studies have been limited to elementary school teachers. As such, the purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of emailed prompts for increasing early childhood educators’ rates of behavior specific praise (BSP). Participants included three early childhood teachers who were self-referred for behavioral consultation to learn effective classroom management strategies. Using a multiple baseline across participants design, this study provided an experimental demonstration of the effectiveness of emailed prompts for increasing rates of BSP. Specifically, results indicated that emailed prompts resulted in increases in all three teachers’ rates of BSP that maintained over time and generalized to settings in which consultation did not occur. Implications for practice and research in behavioral consultation in early childhood settings will be discussed.
 
 
Panel #149
CE Offered: BACB
Perspectives on Building and Maintaining a Sustainable Applied Behavior Analysis Business Model and Work Culture
Saturday, May 28, 2022
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 153B
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Molly Ann McGinnis, M.Ed.
Chair: Helena Maguire (Melmark New England)
PAULA RIBEIRO KENYON (Kadiant)
RITA GARDNER (Melmark New England)
MOLLY ANN MCGINNIS (Butterfly Effects)
Abstract:

Successful and positive ABA companies are built on a strong foundation of intentional Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) design, mutual respect, shared mission, and passion for clinical quality. As the business of behavior analysis is rapidly changing and evolving, this solid foundation must be reinforced to ensure all aspects leading to success. This panel is focused on sharing perspectives, offers research to practice recommendations, and includes operational strategies for building successful service settings and experiences in the field of behavior analysis to improve clinical as well as business outcomes (Luiselli, Gardner, Bird and Maguire, 2021). The panelists will describe how company cultures focused on alignment of company mission and collaborative vision are utilized to improve outcomes. This foundation is imperative to build collective morale and improve employee retention. Ideas will be shared on how to marry OBM practices and clinical knowledge along with business operations to support teams of clinicians and the management systems used to support employees to produce best outcomes for the individuals served. Finally, the panelists will discuss the successes as well as the setbacks, including lessons learned during the pandemic, that have helped shape their leadership styles and management systems.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Prerequisite skills include leadership positions in an ABA company. The audience should be in positions of drving policy and process changes in their organization.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe intentional OBM strategies to support successful clinical and operational outcomes; (2) develop company systems focused on mission and vision to produce best service outcomes and support employees; (3) implement management systems based on current research and best practices to improve staff retention and company morale.
Keyword(s): Business, Leadership, OBM
 
 
Invited Paper Session #150
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Current Landscape of the Global Dissemination of Applied Behavior Analysis: Perspectives on Supervision and Beyond
Saturday, May 28, 2022
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 253A-C
Area: OBM; Domain: Theory
Chair: Lina M. Slim (ASAP - A Step Ahead Program, LLC; Endicott College; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
CE Instructor: Jacob A Sadavoy, M.S.
Presenting Author: JACOB A SADAVOY (Committed Behavior)
Abstract:

The field of behaviour analysis is growing exponentially in North America (Carr & Nosik, 2017; Deochand & Fuqua, 2016) however, there exists many barriers that impede similar expansion of the field internationally. This presentation will share survey results related to those barriers from six regions: Africa, Asia, Australia/New Zealand, Europe, the Middle East, and South America. We will compare and contrast the behaviour analytic landscape in these regions with a focus on challenges related to supervision (e.g., access, financial constraints, infrastructure, etc.). We will examine the respondents' answers to gain greater insights into these barriers and discuss national initiatives and action steps to respond to this crisis.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; graduate students

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify five barriers that impede effective, sustainable international dissemination; (2) identify areas of need per region and develop individualized recommendations informed by respondent data; (3) describe the three ways in which the international behaviour analytic community can be supported domestically, in North America.
 
JACOB A SADAVOY (Committed Behavior)
Jacob A. Sadavoy is a Board Certified Behaviour Analyst with over 20 years of experience applying the principles of applied behaviour analysis in home programs, clinical center-based programs, school environments as a teacher and educational consultant, businesses, and hospitals throughout North America. To date, Jacob has travelled to fifteen different countries to collaborate with local practitioners to develop culturally-informed, socially significant, behaviour analytic strategies dynamic to the local environment and culture. The ethical challenges and barriers of disseminating ABA effectively throughout the world culminated in Understanding Ethics in Applied Behavior Analysis: Practical Applications. Jacob also sat as the 2019 Vice President of the Ethics and Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group, Teamwork Healthcare's Clinical Board, and a member of the Behaviour Analysis Supervision Special Interest Group addressing international supervision. Jacob’s key areas of interest are ethics, supervision, sustainable dissemination, social justice, and services across the lifespan. Jacob's interest in social justice and compassionate care has culminated in a 2021 tome, A Scientific Framework for Compassion and Social Justice: Lessons in Applied Behavior Analysis.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #151
CE Offered: BACB
From Standardized Measurements to Biomarkers: The Emerging Science of Treatment Outcomes in Applied Behavior Analysis and Autism Research
Saturday, May 28, 2022
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 256
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Kaston Dariel Anderson-Carpenter (Michigan State University)
CE Instructor: Javier Virues Ortega, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: JAVIER VIRUES ORTEGA (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid)
Abstract:

Applied behavior-analytic (ABA) interventions have traditionally relied on frequent samples of operationally-defined performances compounded with unstandardized social validity measures as the sole basis of treatment evaluation. While this approach has served the field well for decades, it has faced fierce opposition from non-behavioral scientists who often rely on group-based studies and standardized outcomes as their lingua franca. This protracted conflict questions the very nature of scientific evidence and alienates behavior analysis from mainstream autism science. The conflict has an impact on how behavior analysis is viewed and portrayed, and has far reaching consequences on research funding, health and education policies, and, ultimately, availability of services. Yet, behavior analysts have failed to take up this generational challenge. With examples from his own work, the presenter will look at ABA research through the lens of an array of established and emerging clinical research outcomes including behavioral markers, standardized assessment coresets, biomarkers, and selected medical metrics. We will also discuss the contexts under which these various outcomes could be complementary to the behavioral dimension of ABA. Finally, we will lay a plausible roadmap of strategic research that could help to establish ABA intervention as a widely accepted evidence-based service for autism.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Autism professionals, certified behavior analysts, students of all levels, active ABA researchers

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the key differences in outcome research traditions in ABA and mainstream autism science; (2) discuss in the context of an ABA study the notion of treatment behavioral marker; (3) discuss in the context of an ABA study the notion of standardized outcomes coreset; (4) discuss in the context of an ABA study the notion of treatment biomarker.
 
JAVIER VIRUES ORTEGA (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid)
Javier Virues-Ortega is a Ramón y Cajal senior research fellow at the Universidad Autónoma de Madrid (Spain) and honorary associate professor at The University of Auckland. Previously, he has been assistant professor of psychology at the University of Manitoba (Canada) and postdoctoral researcher at the Instituto de Salud Carlos III (Spain). His research focuses on the evaluation of interventions based on applied behavior analysis (ABA) for people with and without disabilities. He has an interest in transferring mainstream outcome research methods into ABA. He is author of over one hundred specialized publications. His work has been cited thousands of times and has been featured in the health coverage policies and authoritative advice of international organizations including UnitedHealthcare, Blue Cross Blue Shield, ICHOM, and others. Virues-Ortega has served as associate editor or member of the editorial board for eight leading behavioral journals and has serve as member of the board of directors and executive committees of leading professional organizations including the Behavior Analyst Certification Board and the European Association for Behavior Analysis.
 
 
Symposium #152
CE Offered: BACB
The Impact of Behavior Analysis Jargon on Dissemination: Increasing the Accessibility of Our Terminology
Saturday, May 28, 2022
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 203
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Paul D. Neuman (Independent Scholar)
Discussant: David P. Jarmolowicz (The University of Kansas, Cofrin Logan Center for Addiction Research and Treatment)
CE Instructor: Kimberly Marshall, Ph.D.
Abstract:

As behavior analysts, we have a responsibility to disseminate the science of applied behavior analysis (ABA) in an accessible manner. It has been asserted that the use of behavior analysis jargon makes our science inaccessible to those outside of the field because technical terms obscure behavior analysts’ intelligibility and are off-putting to the general public (Friman, 2006, 2021). Previous research has shown that the use of technical terminology has negatively impacted the general public’s perceptions of ABA (Becirevic et al., 2016) and negatively impacted therapist performance of behavior analytic procedures (Jarmolowicz et al., 2008). The studies within this symposium extended the previous research on the impact of technical jargon by evaluating the acceptability and effective training of behavior analytic procedures with two novel populations with whom behavior analysts frequently collaborate, community mental health providers and parents of individuals with disabilities. The potential detrimental impacts of using technical terminology with these populations and recommendations for practitioners to improve their dissemination of behavior analysis will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Intermediate level audience. Participants will require existing knowledge of behavior analytic terminology and a basic understanding of statistical analyses.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Participants will be able to identify methods for analyzing technical jargon on an individual basis. (2) Participants will be able to identify specific behavior analytic terminology that may be problematic in interactions with stakeholders. (3)Participants will be able to identify the detrimental impacts of jargon on interactions with stakeholders.
 
The Impact of Behavior Analysis Jargon on the Effective Training of Stakeholders
KIMBERLY MARSHALL (University of Oregon; Endicott College), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College), Thomas S. Critchfield (Illinois State University), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College)
Abstract: There has been a long-standing debate in the field of behavior analysis about the impact and value of behavior analytic technical terminology. Some have argued that jargon negatively impacts the dissemination of the science while others have asserted that technical terminology is necessary for precise descriptions of behavior. Previous research has shown that technical terminology elicits negative emotional reactions in the general public (Critchfield et al., 2017; Critchfield & Doepke, 2018) and has a detrimental impact on the implementation of behavior analysis procedures by therapists (Jarmolowicz et al., 2008). A total of 17 parents of individuals with disabilities participated in the present study. The parents completed a pre-evaluation, allowing for jargon to be individually determined for each participant, based on their existing knowledge of the technical terms. Parents were asked to implement discrete trial teaching (DTT) both prior to and after accessing written instructions with high or low percentages of jargon. Parents who received instructions with a low percent of jargon increased their correct implementation of DTT significantly more than parents who received instructions with a high percent of technical terms. These findings show that technical terminology does have a deleterious effect on the dissemination of behavior analysis.
 
The Social Validity of Behavior Analytic Interventions: Descriptions Versus Jargon
STEVEN PAUL SPARKS (Sparks Behavioral Services)
Abstract: Behavior analysts working in professional settings often find themselves misunderstood when collaborating with professionals from other disciplines. Aside from the problems this creates in disseminating our science to non-behavior analysts, problems also frequently arise when behavior plans based on functional behavior assessments are reviewed by other professionals. In community mental health settings, multi-disciplinary committees made up of psychologists, psychiatrists, social workers, and recipient rights experts are often responsible for reviewing behavior plans that include restrictive measures. The primary goal of these reviews is to ensure that if restrictive interventions are recommended, they are necessary for safety and are the least restrictive measures likely to be effective. Without a behavior analytic background, these professionals often will choose whether to approve a plan based on how restrictive the term sounds rather than what it entails. The data in this study were gathered through surveys sent to community mental health professionals. Participants were asked to rate the acceptability of technical terms for behavior analytic interventions in hypothetical behavior plans as well as descriptions of those same interventions without the use of behavior analytic terminology. Results suggest descriptions of interventions were often more acceptable than terminology without description.
 
 
Panel #153
CE Offered: BACB
Developing Supervision Strategies That Maximize Sessions to Create Critical Thinkers, Shape Practical Skill-Sets In The Field, and Adhere to the 2022 BACB Requirements, All While Utilizing Five Practices
Saturday, May 28, 2022
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 204A/B
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Heather Francisco, M.Ed.
Chair: Heather Francisco (Brett DiNovi )
JOHN STEEN (07726)
VERONICA DEPINTO (Brett DiNovi and Associates, LLC)
SAMANTHA MOLLICA (07726)
Abstract:

Providing quality and impactful supervision for aspiring Board-Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA) is vital for the advancement of our field: Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). Designing a model for quality supervision is a demanding experience for BCBAs. Limited published resources on how to structure supervision and a responsibility to uphold changing requirements for supervisory practices instituted from the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) create quite the task for a supervisor. Sellers, Valentino, & LeBlanc (2016) outline five practices that allow for effective supervision. The five practices include (1) Establish an effective supervisor-supervisee relationship, (2) Establish a structured approach with specific content and competencies, (3) Evaluate the effects of your supervision, (4) Incorporate ethics and professional development into supervision, and (5) Continue the professional relationship post-certification. Supervisors should seek to maximize their supervision sessions with supervisees to achieve professional goals, improve interpersonal skills, develop clinical practice and conceptual knowledge, and most importantly cultivate critical thinkers. The panelists from Brett DiNovi and Associates will offer their respective expertise to answer audience questions about the BACB supervision requirements and how to use the five practices to assess service delivery.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

BCBAs or BCaBAs with 1-2 years experience

Learning Objectives: Learning objectives are required and should take the following format: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe supervision requirements based on the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) 2022 guidelines; (2) identify 5 key evidence based practices for delivering quality supervision for Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA) (3) develop an effective supervision service delivery model.
Keyword(s): BACB 2022, Effectice Practices, Supervision
 
 
Special Event #154
CE Offered: BACB/PSY/QABA
Presidential Scholar Address: Giant Rats to the Rescue! Applied Principles Shape Behaviors and Communities
Saturday, May 28, 2022
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Ballroom Level 3; Ballroom East/West
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
CE Instructor: Carol Pilgrim, Ph.D.
 
Presidential Scholar Address: Giant Rats to the Rescue! Applied Principles Shape Behaviors and Communities
Abstract: Adopting fundamental principles of behavior, the Belgian NGO, APOPO, developed a hero out of the most unlikely of creatures, the African giant pouched rat (Cricetomys ansorgei). The rats are native to Tanzania where they have historically been viewed as pests. APOPO established operational headquarters in Tanzania in 2000 to train the rats to use their keen sense of smell for locating buried landmines in former conflict zones. Landmines not only pose serious safety and psychological risks, they also hamper economic development by blocking access to agriculture and displacing communities. To date, APOPO’s rats have safely located more than 140,000 landmines and unexploded ordnances (UXOs) to help return more than 65 million m2 of safe land to local communities in Africa and Southeast Asia. Research that began in 2003 has successfully trained the rats to also detect tuberculosis (TB). Until recently, TB stood as the world’s deadliest infectious disease. Working in partnership with local health authorities in Sub-Saharan Africa, TB-detection rats screen upwards of 100 sputum samples from suspected TB patients in under 20 minutes. To date, the rats have efficiently identified more than 20,000 patients that had otherwise been misdiagnosed, effectively increasing case detection by 40%. Ongoing research continues to inform training techniques by revealing the universal nature of behavioral principles. For example, recent results suggest interventions developed to prevent extinction in scent detection dogs and laboratory rats may reduce the need for routine maintenance training of deployed landmine-detection rats. Applying standardized training procedures in additional lines of research provides insights for optimizing how the rats are deployed and where. Recent results show they can be trained to detect other pathogens posing health and economic risks, contribute to various environmental initiatives by detecting contaminated soil and illegally trafficked wildlife, and even support search and rescue efforts following natural disasters. Through the process of training scent detection rats, APOPO’s collective work continues to shape behaviors, perspectives, and livelihoods.
 
CYNTHIA FAST (APOPO)
 
Dr. Cynthia Fast is the Head of Training and Innovation at APOPO, a Belgian NGO that trains African giant pouched rats (Cricetomys ansorgei) for scent detection of humanitarian targets. Cindy has more than twenty years of experience training a variety of animals, including rats, mice, pigeons, and hermit crabs, in addition to family cats, dogs, birds, and horses. She holds a Ph.D. in psychology from UCLA where her research focused on comparative cognition and behavioral neuroscience. While a member of the Behavioral and Systems Neuroscience department at Rutgers University, she investigated the neurobiology of rodent olfaction including how learning influences olfactory sensation and perception. Her research has received numerous professional awards, including the prestigious James McKeen Cattel Gold Medal from the New York Academy of Sciences. She is a member of the Pavlovian Society, Society for Neuroscience, Women in Learning, Association for Chemoreception Sciences, and Comparative Cognition Society and has served as a mentor in both Women in Learning and the STEM Alliance Next Scholars program.
 
Target Audience:

All convention attendees are welcome and encouraged to attend.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) consider shaping strategies tailored to the experiential factors of the individual; (2) evaluate methods for objectively quantifying behavioral changes and their feasibility; (3) explain broader societal and environmental impacts of a project applying behavior analysis; (4) discuss the breadth of applications for the science of behavior analysis.
 
 
 
Business Meeting #155
Behaviorists for Social Responsibility (BFSR) Business Meeting
Saturday, May 28, 2022
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 251
Chair: Sarah M. Richling (Auburn University)
Presenting Authors:
BFSR is the oldest SIG in ABAI. BFSR members engage in theoretical, conceptual, and empirical analyses of significant social issues related sustainability, economic and social justice, violence, health and wellness, political systems, culture, among others. In the business meeting, the BFSR planners will report on our active projects, including (a) the Matrix Project which is oriented toward increasing preparation and opportunities for behavior analysts to engage in work related to major social issues, (b) international outreach, (c) social media presence, (d) education initiatives, and (e) sustainability initiatives. Discussion of opportunities for participation will follow these brief reports.
Keyword(s): Activism, Culture, Social Issues, Sustainability
 
 
Business Meeting #156
Behavior Analysis in Military and Veteran's Affairs
Saturday, May 28, 2022
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 205B
Chair: Abigail B. Calkin (Calkin Consulting Center)
Presenting Authors:
This year's meeting's agenda will present the recent projects of John Borgen and Emily Leeming and request information from others on other people doing behavior analysis work, however large or small, with any military branches.
Keyword(s): military projects
 
 
Business Meeting #158
History of Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 28, 2022
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 205A
Chair: Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas)
Presenting Authors:
The purpose of this meeting is to review, vote on, and thereby establish the SIG’s by-laws, given its aim, mission, objectives, and purview. Its aim is to advance behavior analysis nationally and internationally through its history and historiography. Its mission is to cultivate and nurture, enrich and improve, and disseminate the field’s history and historiography. Its objectives are to enhance (a) teaching: course content and pedagogy; (b) research: presentations, publications, and workshops; and (c) service: leadership, governance, and communications. Its purview is the field’s long past, short history, and recent origins. It audience includes behavior analysts, other scientists and humanists, and the public at large. The by-laws will establish positions, policies, and procedures for the SIG’s governance and the succession of its governance (e.g., an Executive Council, Treasurer, Secretary) and for its committees and their succession (e.g., an awards program, bibliographies, communications, syllabus bank; identifying and creating archives; membership and website committees). These will be developed and vetted, in part, on the HoBA ListServ prior to the meeting. To become a member of the ListSev and part of the process, contact Pat Williams at WilliamsP@uhd.edu. SIG members interested in election to its governance and service on its committees should attend (or inform the SIG president prior to the meeting of their interests).
 
 
Business Meeting #159
Behavioral Gerontology Special Interest Group
Saturday, May 28, 2022
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 206A/B
Chair: Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University; Center for the Advancement of Neurobehavioral Health)
Presenting Authors:
The Behavioral Gerontology SIG (https://bgsig.abainternational.org/) provides an open forum for students, practitioners, and researchers who have an interest in applying the science, practice, and philosophy of behavior analysis to wellbeing in later life, typically referring to ages 65 and older. The goal is to promote the development, implementation, and evaluation of behavior analytic approaches to a wide variety of topics with high public health significance in this population, such as self-management for health promotion and disease prevention, and functional assessments of and interventions for behavioral changes commonly associated with neurocognitive disorders (e.g., due to Alzheimer's disease). The meeting will explore attendees’ interests and needs and foster collaborations and the sharing of information, to encourage education, training, practice, and research. The new website, member access to training materials, outreach, and organizational issues are central to the meeting agenda.
Keyword(s): aging, dementia, gerontology, older adults
 
 
Business Meeting #160
Neuroscience Special Interest Group
Saturday, May 28, 2022
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 207
Chair: Suzanne H. Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University)
Presenting Authors:
Discussion of future initiatives and how to grow membership, visibility and relevance to ABAI members.
Keyword(s): Biological bases, Brain circuitry
 
 
Business Meeting #161
Sexual Behavior: Research and Practice Special Interest Group
Saturday, May 28, 2022
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 205C
Chair: Barbara Gross (Missouri Behavior Consulting; Sex Ed Continuing Ed)
Presenting Authors:
All individuals attending the ABAI convention who have an interest in sex research, sex education, and/or procedures used to change sex-related behaviors are invited to attend the Sexual Behavior: Research and Practice Special Interest Group's annual meeting. Items of business will include a discussion of current SIG activities occurring both at and outside the ABAI convention, the sharing of relevant research findings, and plans for the next year of SIG activities.
Keyword(s): sex education, sex research, sexual behavior, sexuality
 
 
Business Meeting #162
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA) Business Meeting
Saturday, May 28, 2022
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 203
Chair: Linda A. LeBlanc (LeBlanc Behavioral Consulting LLC)
Presenting Authors:
This business meeting is for all current and former editorial board members and authors who are interested in learning more about publishing in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA). The editor of JABA will present on recent trends in the journal.
 
 
Business Meeting #163
Organizational Behavior Management Network and Journal of Organizational Behavior Management Annual Meeting
Saturday, May 28, 2022
7:00 PM–8:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 252A
Chair: Lori H. Ludwig (Performance Ally)
Presenting Authors:

This joint meeting will present information related to both the OBMNetwork and the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management. Founded in 1982, the Organizational Behavior Management Network exists to develop, enhance, and support the growth and vitality of Organizational Behavior Management through research, education, practice, and collaboration. The Journal of Organizational Behavior Management, edited by Dr. David Wilder, is the flagship journal for the publication of research and discussion articles related to the practice of behavior analysis in business settings. All attendees interested in OBM are invited to hear updates and network with practitioners and researchers.

Keyword(s): OBM
 
 
Business Meeting #370
The Analysis of Verbal Behavior Business Meeting
Saturday, May 28, 2022
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 252B
Chair: Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University)
Presenting Authors:

We will review the annual report for the journal, discuss upcoming initiatives in the journal, and address questions from the audience.

Keyword(s): Verbal behavior
 
 
Special Event #163A
Friends of SABA Reunion
Saturday, May 28, 2022
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
Chair: Erin B. Rasmussen (Idaho State University)

ABAI members who donated to the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis (SABA) in 2021 and 2022 are invited to a reception in honor of their contributions and commitment to the field. We are grateful for the generosity of those who support the activities of ABAI and SABA.

 
 
Expo Poster Session #164
Associate Chapters
Saturday, May 28, 2022
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
 
Expo Poster Session #165
ABAI Accredited Behavior Analysis Training Programs
Saturday, May 28, 2022
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
1. ABAI Accreditation Board
JENNA MRLJAK (Association for Behavior Analysis International)
Abstract: This poster will provide an update on the Association for Behavior Analysis International Accreditation Board's standards and activities.
 
2. Master’s Program at Jacksonville State University in Alabama
C. RENEE RENDA (Jacksonville State University), Rusty Nall (Jacksonville State University), Paige M. McKerchar (Jacksonville State University), Makenzie Williams Bayles (Jacksonville State University), Todd L. McKerchar (Jacksonville State University)
Abstract: Jacksonville State University is located in Jacksonville, AL, midway between Atlanta, GA and Birmingham, AL at the foothills of the Appalachian Mountains. The master’s program in applied behavior analysis is the only ABAI-accredited program in Alabama, and it offers an ABAI-verified course sequence. Since 2019, our BCBA® Exam pass rate has been 100%. Our students complete eight required courses in the conceptual, experimental, and applied analysis of behavior, two required practicum or thesis courses, and three related elective courses. Our overarching goals are (a) to teach future applied behavior analysts to think critically about the conceptual and experimental basis of the field, and (b) to train our students to implement scientifically validated behavioral procedures effectively and ethically. Our students study basic behavioral processes in our sophisticated animal research facility, and they can practice applying behavioral principles in basic and applied settings. Visit our poster to learn more about our faculty, coursework, and practicum/research opportunities.
 
3.

Florida State University Master's Program in Applied Behavior Analysis

Amy Polick (Florida State University Panama City), Jon S. Bailey (Florida State University), Harry Allen Murphy (Florida State University Panama City)
Abstract:

Florida State University's master's program in Applied Behavior Analysis will be completing its 23rd year with over 300 graduates. This is a terminal, non-thesis, program specifically designed to prepare students to become ethical, competent Board Certified Behavior Analysts who can work across a variety of settings and populations. Classes are taught face-to-face by BCBA-D faculty. Students have the option of living in Panama City or Tallahassee. All students have paid assistantships with approved behavior analytic agencies and receive a tuition waiver.

 
4. Master of Arts in Applied Behavior Analysis and Clinical Science at Rollins College
APRIL MICHELE WILLIAMS (Rollins College), Stephanie L. Kincaid (Rollins College), Kara L. Wunderlich (Rollins College)
Abstract: The master's program in applied behavior analysis and clinical science at Rollins College involves a junior-colleague model to ensure high-quality mentoring of students. Upon entering the program, students work collaboratively with the faculty in every aspect of professional development, including professional networking, fieldwork experience, conducting research, publications/presentations of research, and goal setting for doctoral study or job placement. Students are matched with one primary advisor for the thesis/capstone process in their final year.
 
5.

Behavior Analysis Programs at the Florida Institute of Technology

DAVID A. WILDER (Florida Institute of Technology), Jonathan K Fernand (Florida Institute of Technology), Kaitlynn Gokey (Florida Institute of Technology), Mark T. Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology), Katie Nicholson (Florida Institute of Technology), Kimberly Sloman (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment/ Florida Institute of Technology), Rachael Tilka (Western Michigan University), Bryon Neff (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

FL Tech offers four different on-campus graduate degrees in behavior analysis, each incorporating core elements from the different branches of behavior analysis: We offer three Master of Science (M.S) degrees and one Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) degree. The M.S. degrees are in (1) Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA), which focuses on clinical and educational applications; (2) Organizational Behavior Management (OBM), which focuses on business and industry applications; and (3) ABA plus OBM, which focuses on both. The Ph.D. degree is in Behavior Analysis. In addition to our on-campus programs, we also offer an online Behavior Analysis Practice M.A. program. Our ABA M.S. and OBM M.S. degree programs at the main campus (MLB) include an option for a thesis or a capstone project. If students elect to do a thesis and they are not making satisfactory progress by the end of the fall semester (i.e., they have not satisfactorily proposed their topic to their committee members in a formal meeting), their faculty advisor may require that they switch to a capstone project and not complete the thesis. If this is the case, students may lose up to 3 credits of thesis and will be required to take 3 additional credits (beyond the total credits required for the degree) in order to graduate.

 
6. Applied Behavior Analysis Programs at the University of South Florida
RAYMOND G. MILTENBERGER (University of South Florida)
Abstract: The Applied Behavior Analysis program in the Department of Child and Family Studies at the University of South Florida offers the ABAI accredited master of science degree in applied behavior analysis. This is a 2-year program with a VCS that focuses on research and practice so graduates can get certified as a BCBA or apply to a doctoral program in behavior analysis upon graduation. The University of South Florida Applied Behavior Analysis program also offers a master of arts degree in applied behavior analysis that is fully online. This 2-year program also has a VCS so students can get certified upon graduation. The USF program also has a doctoral program in applied behavior analysis that focuses on developing effective teachers and researchers so students are prepared for academic careers upon graduation. The doctoral program has a mentorship model in which students are accepted to work with faculty mentors who share research interests. Finally, the USF program offers an ABA minor with a VCS for students interested in becoming a BCaBA.
 
7. Southern Illinois University Carbondale
Ryan N. Redner (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Natalia Baires (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Eric A. Jacobs (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Camilo Hurtado-Parrado (Southern Illinois University), LESLEY A. SHAWLER (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale)
Abstract: The kind of life we make for ourselves is very much dependent on the options we exercise and the resources we mobilize now and in the future. The basic assumption that guides our Behavior Analysis program has been stated as follows: We share the conviction that higher education must assume a vital and active role in integrating social and economic challenges in society.
 
8.

Behavior Analysis at The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Chicago Campus

CAMERON MITTELMAN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Kaius Ward (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Chicago), Shannon Ormandy (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Ashley Whittington-Barnish (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Rocco G Catrone (The Chicago School Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

Come stop by our poster and learn about Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in Downtown Chicago! We offer MS and PhD degrees in ABA, as well as a Graduate Certificate Program. Our MS program is ABAI accredited and includes a Verified Course Sequence and diverse practicum training opportunities. Our PhD program has weekend classes and prepares students to teach and conduct research in university settings, as well as become lead practitioners, consultants, and supervisors in the field. We also have a bachelor’s completion program with an undergraduate minor in ABA. Our programs provide a solid foundation in the science and philosophy of behavior analysis. We have faculty with diverse interests and expertise, and we encourage our students to apply behavior analysis and analyze behavior in novel ways. The school is located right on the river in downtown Chicago, easily accessible by public transportation. There are numerous opportunities to learn and apply behavior analysis, enjoy views from the river and downtown Chicago from the classrooms, and take advantage of all that Chicago has to offer!

 
9. Applied Behavioral Science at the University of Kansas
DEREK D. REED (University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), David P. Jarmolowicz (The University of Kansas, Cofrin Logan Center for Addiction Research and Treatment), Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas), Jomella Watson-Thompson (University of Kansas), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas)
Abstract: The Department of Applied Behavior Science is housed in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences at the University of Kansas. It comprises 16 regular faculty members, 55 adjunct and courtesy faculty members, more than 200 undergraduate majors, and over 40 doctoral students. The Department exists because a natural science of behavior uniquely helps us understand and improve the human condition locally, nationally, and globally. Our graduate mission is to train scientist-practitioners and researchers in the discovery, production, translation, application, and communication of knowledge for the same purposes. These missions entail four domains of teaching, training, and research: 1. Basic principles of a natural science of behavior; 2. Research methods in basic and applied research, the latter including prevention and intervention research; 3. Historical, conceptual, and comparative foundations; and 4. The extension and application of these domains for understanding and improving the human condition. What makes our missions unique is their foundation in a science of behavior, dedication to rigorous standards of experimental proof, and applications of the science and these standards to solving socially relevant problems. Rigor and relevance, together, are the Department's hallmark, both in making knowledge and taking it to practice.
 
10. McNeese State University's Applied Behavior Analysis Master of Arts Program
Kayla Kimble (McNeese State University), Cameron L. Melville (McNeese State University), JOANNA B THOMPSON (McNeese State University)
Abstract: McNeese State University’s Applied Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) accredited on-campus terminal master’s graduate Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) program emphasizes a scientist-practitioner training model to provide our students with rigorous training in the conceptual foundations of behavior analysis. Students participate in a consistent program model where coursework, research, and intensive practica experience in our on-campus ABA clinic, The McNeese Autism Program, are of equal importance. An online-only program is also available with supervised, off-campus practicum placement. Both programs hold Verified Course Sequence (VCS) status. Each student partners with a core faculty member mentor on at least one publication quality research project as part of the Thesis requirement. Our faculty hold diverse research specialties and areas of expertise. Merit based graduate assistantships and tuition reductions are available. Out of state tuition waivers can be granted. Students from our program are immediately eligible to sit for credentialing to become Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA®s). Moreover, our coursework facilitates eligibility to apply for licensure as Licensed Behavior Analysts in several states. Graduates often pursue doctoral degrees in behavior analysis, psychology, or other closely related disciplines.
 
11. M. A. in Applied Behavior Analysis at the University of Maryland, Baltimore County
JOHN C. BORRERO (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Mirela Cengher (UMBC), Adithyan Rajaraman (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: The M. A. program provides coursework in basic and applied behavior analysis with an emphasis on essential aspects of Applied Behavior Analysis while also ensuring exposure to core areas of psychology. This coursework is designed to remain consistent with the Behavior Analysis Certification Board® standards. As part of the degree requirements, students complete a capstone project that is designed and conducted in collaboration with a designated committee chair and two other committee members. The student is expected to extend the research literature by asking an experimental question rather than simply applying known principles and procedures to a problem. Upon completion of the program, graduates are prepared to enter the workforce as well-trained clinicians and sufficiently prepared to initiate doctoral training in behavior analysis, should they choose.
 
12. Western Michigan University: MA and Ph.D. Programs in Behavior Analysis
JESSICA E. VAN STRATTON (Western Michigan University), Sacha T. Pence (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University), Cynthia J. Pietras (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis (BA) masters and doctoral programs at WMU provide intense training in the conceptual, basic, and applied foundations of behavior analysis. In addition to giving students substantial training in a core specialty area (e.g., autism and developmental disabilities, health or safety, behavioral pharmacology, experimental analysis of behavior), the program exposes students to a broad range of applied and experimental areas through coursework, research, and applied experiences. The masters program prepares students for doctoral study or employment at the M.A. level in autism/developmental disabilities, mental health, substance abuse, education, government, and business and industry. The Ph.D. program prepares students for roles as professors and researchers in college or university settings, or systems-oriented applied positions in the human services.
 
13. Applied Behavior Analysis at St. Cloud State University
MICHELE R. TRAUB (St. Cloud State University), Odessa Luna (St. Cloud State University), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University), Kimberly A. Schulze (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract: Located on the banks of the Mississippi in central Minnesota, St. Cloud State University offers an undergraduate minor, accredited campus-based and fully distance Masters of Science degrees, and a new Doctor of Psychology degree in Applied Behavior Analysis. Students have the opportunity to gain clinical and research experience with faculty, obtain clinical mentorship at several area partner agencies, and study with classmates from across the country and around the world. Ask us about the exciting new developments and why now is the best time to be a Husky!
 
14. University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute: Doctoral Training in Applied Behavior Analysis
CHRISTY WILLIAMS (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Nicole M. Rodriguez (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Regina A. Carroll (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Keith D. Allen (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Behavior analysis began as a subfield of psychology and over time has developed a number of unique assessments and treatment procedures that are not routinely covered in traditional psychology training programs. Behavior analysis has three primary branches: (a) behaviorism, which focuses on the world view or philosophy of behavior analysis; (b) the experimental analysis of behavior, which identifies and analyzes basic principles and processes that explain behavior; and (c) applied behavior analysis (ABA), which analyses and solves problems of social importance using the principles and procedures of behavior analysis. Our doctoral program provides instruction and training in all three of these areas, with a primary focus on applied behavior analysis with children, adolescents, and families. The guiding philosophy of the program is that learning is maximized by integrating didactic and experiential instruction such that principles and concepts are introduced in the classroom and immediately applied in coordinated clinical and research practica.
 
15. Behavior Analysis Programs at the University of Nevada, Reno
RAMONA HOUMANFAR (University of Nevada, Reno), Bethany P. Contreras Young (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Steven C. Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Matthew Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno), Matt Locey (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: This year marks the 31st Anniversary of the Behavior Analysis Program at UNR. We look forward to providing an overview of our program updates including the areas of training, faculty scholarly interests, application requirements for those who are interest in our Masters and Ph.D. degrees, and graduate funding opportunities. The update will reflect the following accomplishments: We were awarded the “Organizational Enduring Contribution to Behavior Analysis” by the Society for Advancement of Behavior Analysis in May 2010; the program has conferred over 80 Ph.D. degrees; the on-campus Masters program has conferred over 80 Masters degrees; the satellite Masters program has conferred over 100 off-campus Masters degrees in multiple national and international locations; our undergraduate specialization in Behavior Analysis has provided training to over 200 undergraduate students since its accreditation in 2016. Our coursework requirements for taking the Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analyst for BCBA and BCaBA examinations have remained verified by the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI). Moreover, the Culturo-Behavior Science (CBS) course sequence from the University of Nevada, Reno has remained verified by ABAI.
 
16.

University of Nevada, Reno Satellite Programs in Behavior Analysis

Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Laura Barcelos Nomicos (University of Nevada, Reno), COURTNEY SMITH (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

This poster describes the Satellite Programs in Behavior Analysis offered by the University of Nevada, Reno. Three online programs are offered. The first of these is a full Master of Science degree in Behavior Analytic Psychology. This program is the only online Master's Degree Program separately accredited by the Behavior Analysis Accreditation Board of the Association for Behavior Analysis International. The other two programs include course sequences at the graduate and undergraduate levels. The curriculum for all three programs is verified by the Association for Behavior Analysis International as meeting the course requirements for students pursing certification with the Behavior Analysis Certification Board. This poster describes the curricula for each of these programs, timelines for completion, admission requirements, and other information. The aim of this presentation is to recruit students who do not otherwise have access to behavior analytic training in their home regions. The University of Nevada, Reno has been delivering satellite programs in behavior analysis for more than 20 years, serving students in multiple US states as well as in other areas including Canada, China mainland, Jordan, Taiwan, and Saudi Arabia.

 
17. Caldwell University’s Ph.D. Program in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABAI Accredited)
KENNETH F. REEVE (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University)
Abstract: Caldwell University, a private liberal arts university located in a quiet suburban New Jersey community near New York City, offers a 90-credit Ph.D. in applied behavior analysis degree program that is accredited by the Behavior Analysis Accreditation Board of ABAI. The core of the program consists of Caldwell University’s ABAI-accredited 45-credit Master of Arts degree program in applied behavior analysis. Students in the Ph.D. program are required to complete a behavior analytic research dissertation mentored by a faculty member. The Ph.D. program prepares students to work in a variety of applied and academic settings. Caldwell University’s on-campus Center for Autism and ABA provides a BACB-approved practicum experience, with both basic and applied research opportunities, while serving the community. Assistantships and tuition remission for working in the Center for Autism and ABA are available to Ph.D. students on a competitive basis. New Jersey also boasts many successful private agencies and public school programs that work with Caldwell University to support training in behavior analysis and to provide additional practicum experience and employment opportunities.
 
18. Caldwell University’s Master of Arts in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABAI Accredited)
SHARON A. REEVE (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract: Caldwell University, a private liberal arts university located in a quiet suburban New Jersey community near New York City, offers a 45-credit Master of Arts degree program in applied behavior analysis that is accredited by the Behavior Analysis Accreditation Board of ABAI. The core of the program consists of an 8 course BACB verified course sequence (VCS; 24 credits). Students in the MA program are required to complete a behavior analytic research thesis mentored by a faculty member. The MA program prepares students to work in a variety of applied settings and for further doctoral study. Caldwell University’s on-campus Center for Autism and ABA provides a BACB-approved practicum experience, with both basic and applied research opportunities, while serving individuals with developmental disabilities in the community. Assistantships for working in the Center for Autism and ABA are available to M.A. students on a competitive basis. New Jersey also has many successful private agencies and public school programs that work with Caldwell University to provide employment opportunities for graduates of the program.
 
19. The Programs in Teaching as Applied Behavior Analysis at Teachers College, Columbia University
JESSICA SINGER-DUDEK (Teachers College, Columbia University), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), Jo Ann Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: We will present the MA, Ph.D., and Advanced Certificate programs in teaching as applied behavior analysis at Teachers College, Columbia University. We will outline the requirements for each degree and focus on the critical features of our graduate training programs. We will present our three-tiered module system of teacher training program that incorporates verbal behavior about the science (content area expertise), contingency-shaped repertoires (application expertise), and verbally mediated data analysis (analytic expertise). In addition, we will highlight our research and demonstration (R & D) CABAS® model schools, where our students and graduates work and train.
 
20. The Ohio State University's ABAI Accredited Graduate Programs in Special Education
SHEILA R. ALBER-MORGAN (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: The Ohio State University's ABAI-accredited graduate programs in special education have been advancing the study of applied behavior analysis and special education for almost 50 years. The greatest contributions of OSU's special education program are the program graduates whose work has helped bring evidence-based instructional practices to teachers and students around the world. The Ph.D. program, ABAI-accredited since 1995, prepares leadership personnel for special education whose research, teaching, and professional practice are grounded in the philosophy of behaviorism and the methodological and technological principles of applied behavior analysis. The master’s degree program emphasizes the design, implementation, and evaluation of curricular and instructional interventions to improve academic, social, self-care, and vocational skills for individuals with disabilities. Master's program graduates work as licensed classroom teachers, behavior analysts, or program supervisors in public schools, private schools, or community agencies. Both programs offer an ABAI pre-approved verified course sequence to fulfill the course requirements for the Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) credential.
 
21.

University of North Texas, Department of Behavior Analysis

MANISH VAIDYA (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

The Department of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas offers 4 degree programs: Bachelor of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis, Master of Science in Behavior Analysis, Master of Arts in Applied Behavior Analysis, and Ph.D. in Health Sciences with a concentration in Behavior Analysis. This poster will present information on the MS program, which is an ABAI accredited program. For more information on the other degree programs, please see our other poster.

 
22. Behavior Analysis Ph.D. Program at West Virginia University
KAREN G. ANDERSON (West Virginia University), Rebecca Chalmé (West Virginia University), Olivia Harvey (West Virginia University), Kathryn M. Kestner (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University), Michael Perone (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University)
Abstract: The behavior analysis program trains students in basic research, theory, and applications of behavior principles. Students develop skills in the experimental analysis of animal and human behavior, as well as a strong methodological and conceptual background for developing behavioral technologies. The basic, conceptual, and applied areas are integrated in the curriculum; however, students may emphasize basic, applied, or both types of research.
 
 
Expo Poster Session #166
Behavior Analysis Training Programs
Saturday, May 28, 2022
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
23.

Behaviour Analysis at the University of South Wales

EMILY GROVES (University of South Wales), AIMEE GILES (University of South Wales), Jennifer Austin (University of South Wales), Ioannis Angelakis (University of South Wales), Richard James May (University of South Wales)
Abstract:

With close to 100 years of experience in higher education, the University of South Wales has played a significant role in the economic, social and cultural advancement of Wales. The university’s Centre for Behaviour Analysis, housed with the School of Psychology, includes undergraduate and postgraduate programmes, as well as our research-led Behaviour Analysis Clinic. Verified by the ABAI, our academic programmes are designed to equip students with a solid foundation in cutting-edge behaviour analytic research and clinical skills, while our supervised practice programme ensures students have opportunities to apply and refine their skills across a range of populations and settings. Our on-campus clinic provides a variety of services, including early intervention, parent training, behaviour therapy, and fluency-based academic intervention. In addition to the opportunities at our clinic, close linkages with local schools, charities, prisons, and the National Health Service ensure that students have ample settings for both research and clinical practice. Our faculty have a range of specialisations, helping students contact the scope of behaviour analytic science and applications.

 
25. Reykjavík University MSc in Applied Behavior Analysis
BERGLIND SVEINBJORNSDOTTIR (Reykjavik University), Hanna Steinunn Steingrimsdottir (Reykjavík University), Simon Dymond (Reykjavík University)
Abstract: Reykjavik University (RU) is located in Reykjavik, Iceland. The University´s vision is to create and disseminate knowledge so as to improve the quality of life for individuals and societies with ethics, sustainability, and responsibility. In the fall of 2019 we started a MSc program in Applied Behavior Analysis. The MSc in Applied Behavior Analysis is a full time masters program including the 5th edition of the VCS. This is the only approved VCS program in Iceland and is an important step towards developing a critical mass of behavior analysts in Iceland. This poster will describe the key features of the program, the faculty, and the opportunities for international study in the land of fire and ice.
 
26.

The University of Iceland Applied Behavior Analysis Program

ZUILMA GABRIELA SIGURDARDOTTIR (University of Iceland), Helga Gunnlaugsdóttir (University of Iceland), Silja Guðjónsdóttir (University of Iceland), Helga Maggý Magnúsdóttir (University of Iceland), Anna-Lind Petursdottir (University of Iceland), Harpa Óskarsdóttir (University of Iceland), Iris Arnadottir (ICEABA)
Abstract:

The University of Iceland offers an interdisciplinary graduate program in applied behavior analysis since 2020. The aim is to disseminate the science and to prepare students to apply it in schools with special needs children. The program offers a one-year graduate diploma and a two-year master’s degree that takes note of ABAI´s VCS criterion and rules. The master’s program includes a 30-credit (ects) applied research project in the last school term and fulfills the requirements to enter a PhD program. Practical experience and training are a big part of the program. Diploma students receive 450 hours of training in two of the three emphasis areas and masters’ students receive 900 hours of internship across all three fields. To be accepted in the program the students need a bachelor’s degree in psychology, education, or pedagogy and a first-class GPA. The program has been popular from the beginning and has already received a total of over 120 applications for the 20 spaces available each year which depend on the supply of internship places. A variety of job opportunities are available after graduation as there is a demand for specialists in the area. The official language of the program is Icelandic.

 
27. M.A. in Applied Behavior Analysis, Kinneret Academic College, Israel
ELIAN ALJADEFF-ABERGEL (Kinneret College on the Sea of Galilee), Shiri Ayvazo (Kinneret Academic College; David Yellin Academic College), Amos E. Rolider (Kinneret Academic College, Israel)
Abstract: The MA in Applied Behavior Analysis is the first and only graduate program currently available in Israel. The first cohort of students began in Fall 2020 and are due to graduate in June 2022. The program of study includes 48 credit hours and takes two years (four semesters) to complete. The curriculum consists of courses that are aligned with the BACB 5th edition task list and additional courses to expand knowledge beyond the basic requirements. The program’s mission is to provide students with an up-to-date theoretical and applied knowledge base in the field of behavior analysis and its applications in clinical, educational (both special and regular education), rehabilitative and organizational settings. Students in the program gain knowledge on behavior analysis through coursework, research, and applied experiences and via close mentorship provided by faculty members. In addition to the excellent academic experience, students who join the program also enjoy studying in one of the most beautiful locations in Israel, on the shores of Lake Kinneret – The Sea of Galilee.
 
30. Behavior Analysis Program at California State University, Sacramento
DENYS BRAND (California State University, Sacramento), Megan R. Heinicke (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento), Becky Penrod (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract: The program at Sacramento State prepares students to practice as M.S.-level board certified behavior analysts, as well as enter doctoral programs in Applied Behavior Analysis or Experimental Analysis of Behavior. Our program is known for its focus on training a small group of highly qualified scientist practitioners. Most of our graduate students publish their research in peer reviewed journals. Our facilities include human and animal (rats) operant laboratories, and a clinical suite for treatment research. Students obtain clinical experience at approved paid internship sites providing early intervention services to children with autism. Our coursework fulfills the requirements to sit for the national certification exam in Behavior Analysis (BCBA).
 
31. Pepperdine: Master of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis
ADEL C. NAJDOWSKI (Pepperdine University), Lusineh Gharapetian (Pepperdine University), Elizabeth Hughes Fong (Pepperdine University)
Abstract: Pepperdine’s Master of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis (MSABA) program is a verified course sequence (VCS) as identified by the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI). In addition to rigorous academic study, we incorporate three semesters of practicum in which students begin accruing the experience hours required for certification. The MSABA program prepares students to become board-certified behavior analysts (BCBA®), working with individuals with diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder and other developmental disabilities. Students obtain fieldwork at off-site locations in which supervision is provided by a BCBA. The 37-unit program can be taken in-person in Los Angeles, California or online and takes 1.5-2 years to complete if attending the program full time. Courses are offered in the evenings Monday – Thursday and include applied behavior analytic courses (34 units) and one elective course (3 units) within Pepperdine's other psychology programs. Students can apply for paid assistantship opportunities such as research assistant and teaching assistant positions.
 
32.

Behavior Analysis Training Program and California State University, Stanislaus

SHRINIDHI SUBRAMANIAM (California State University, Stanislaus), William F. Potter (California State University, Stanislaus), Bruce E. Hesse (California State University, Stanislaus), Katie Wiskow (California State University Stanislaus)
Abstract:

The behavior analysis Masters of Science (MS) and Masters of Arts (MA) at California State University, Stanislaus provide broad training in research methods, conceptual foundations, the experimental analysis of behavior, and applied behavior analysis that fulfills academic requirements to become a Board Certified Behavior Analyst. The MS program also fulfills academic requirements to become a licensed California Marriage and Family Therapist and provides further training in trauma and domestic violence, child clinical interventions, advanced counseling, and substance use disorder counseling. The program highlights include a pigeon lab, thesis funds available for every student, an on-campus Child Development Center, and a Student Organization for Behavior Analysis.

 
33. Applied Behavior Analytic Studies at the University of Colorado at Denver
PATRICK ROMANI (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus)
Abstract: This poster will describe Applied Behavior Analysis programs at the University of Colorado at Denver. We have two programs for prospective students to consider: a master's program in Special Education and a certificate program. Both programs fulfill coursework requirements to become a board-certified behavior analyst and completion of both programs can occur in under 2 years. Course content is delivered remotely, but each class offers synchronous learning experiences for students. Thus, students have numerous opportunities to interact with our highly qualified faculty members who are leaders in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis. The University of Colorado at Denver is part of the broader University of Colorado system and offers students exceptional resources, including access to online libraries and course organization systems, to enhance their learning experience. Visitors to our poster will learn about the course sequence, faculty educators, application process, and costs for participating in these programs at the University of Colorado at Denver.
 
34. Savannah State University Behavior Analysis Program
SHERRY L. SERDIKOFF (Savannah State University), Kimberly N. Frame (Savannah State Univeristy), Katherine Stewart (Savannah State University)
Abstract: Savannah State University (SSU) is the oldest public historically black college or university (HBCU) in the state of Georgia and the oldest institution of higher learning in the city of Savannah. Graduates can begin a career helping people live better lives or pursue graduate studies in behavior analysis, a variety of subfields of psychology, and related fields. Students learn the fundamental principles of behavior and the science of behavior change in a context of ethical responsibility. The Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) has verified the following courses (BEHV 3103, BEHV 3104, BEHV 3105, BEHV 3117, and BEHV 3740) toward the coursework requirements for eligibility to take the Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analyst Examination®. Applicants will have to meet additional requirements to qualify. SSU is one of a small number of universities in the United States to offer an undergraduate major in behavior analysis and the only HBCU with an ABAI VCS.
 
35. Nicholls State University
DEREK JACOB SHANMAN (Nicholls State University), Grant Gautreaux (Nicholls State University), Xin Dong (Nicholls State University)
Abstract: Nicholls State University program in High Incidence Disabilities with a concentration in Applied Behavior Analysis.
 
36. Behavior Analysis at Louisiana State University Shreveport
Margaret Rachel Gifford (Louisiana State University Shreveport), ROSIE NICOLE COOPER-NEARY (Louisiana State University at Shreveport), Seth W. Whiting (Louisiana State University Shreveport)
Abstract: Louisiana State University Shreveport houses both undergraduate and graduate courses in behavior analysis. Faculty across the psychology, school specialist, and education departments are experienced behavior analysts with a variety of different specialties. With one of the largest concentrations of behavior analytic faculty in the state, we are well versed in many areas of behavior analytic research and practice. Currently we offer the following undergraduate courses: Introduction to Behavior Analysis; Behavioral Observation and Assessment; Application of Applied Behavior Analysis; Ethical, Legal, and Professional Issues in Psychology; and Evaluating Practice in Applied Behavior Analysis. Our graduate offerings include a series of courses focused on principles and application with special education populations, children, and within the education system. We are working diligently to improve the quality of behavior analytic services in our community, schools, and clinics. Our goal is to train high quality science-practitioner clinicians to deliver services to those who need them most. Stop by and say hello to learn more about what our university has to offer.
 
37. LIU Post MA in Behavior Analysis
BENIGNO ALONSO-ALVAREZ (Long Island University)
Abstract: Behavior analysis is a well-developed approach to solving social/emotional, behavioral, and learning problems. The processes of behavior analysis are used most widely with clinical populations in the area of developmental disabilities, including clients diagnosed as being on the autism spectrum and/or intellectually impaired. The Department of Psychology's 33-credit M.A. in Behavior Analysis focuses on the experimental, theoretical, methodological, and analysis of behaviors of individuals and how these behaviors denote different types of learning processes or problems. The program is designed so all requirements can be met within 1.5 years. Affiliation agreements exist with local service agencies for experience hours. Upon successful completion of the program, students can be eligible to take the Board Certified Behavior Analyst Examination. Graduates of the program can apply to New York State to become license-eligible. Apply at liu.edu/apply. Official transcripts (all undergraduate and/or graduate) are required, as well as two professional and/or academic letters of recommendation, and a personal statement.
 
38. Graduate Programs in Applied Behavior Analysis at Cambridge College
JOSEPH M. VEDORA (Evergreen Center), Daniel Almeida (Beacon Services), Robert F. Littleton Jr. (Evergreen Center)
Abstract: This poster will describe the graduate programs located at Cambridge College in Massachusetts. Cambridge College’s main campus is located in Charlestown, Massachusetts with an additional campus located in Springfield, Massachusetts. The Cambridge College program offers a Master's in Education with specialization in Autism Spectrum Disorders incorporating an ABAI-verified course sequence (VC) and a post-master's certificate program in Applied Behavior Analysis. Cambridge College also offers a program with an initial teacher licensure in Moderate Disabilities in Massachusetts, combined with the VCS. The ABA courses are delivered in a hybrid-learning model that includes 15 hours of synchronous (live) instruction and 30 hours of online coursework. Cambridge College offers these programs in collaboration with the Evergreen Center and Beacon ABA Services.
 
39. Ph.D. Program in Applied Behavior Analysis at Cambridge College
DANIEL ALMEIDA (Beacon Services)
Abstract: This poster will describe the Ph.D. in Applied Behavior Analysis program located at Cambridge College in Massachusetts. Cambridge College’s main campus is located in Charlestown, Massachusetts with additional campuses located in Springfield, Massachusetts and Rancho Cucamonga, California. The Cambridge College program offers a Ph.D. program with specialization in Autism Intervention. The program is a 3 year, 48 credit program that follows a hybrid model. There are two 1-week residencies during the summer terms of years 1 and 2. All other courses are offered on-line. The program has two primary points of emphasis: clinical leadership training and advanced research and dissemination of Applied Behavior Analysis. Cambridge College offers these programs in partnership with the Evergreen Center and Beacon ABA Services.
 
40. Applied Behavior Analysis at Assumption University
KAREN M. LIONELLO-DENOLF (Assumption University)
Abstract: The Master of Arts program in Applied Behavior Analysis at Assumption University provides students with a strong foundation in all areas of behavior analysis. The program includes coursework in basic, applied and conceptual behavior analysis and is designed for students who wish to become scientist-practitioners. The program has a multi-disciplinary focus, and students will have the opportunity to work with faculty in the Psychology, Human Services and Rehabilitation Studies, and Education departments. The program includes practicum courses so that students may obtain fieldwork experience under the supervision of Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA) and a seven-course sequence that has been verified by the Association for Behavior Analysis International. Assumption University is located in Worcester, MA, which has a number of agencies that provide behavior-analytic interventions. Assumption University faculty have developed close collaborations with colleagues at Behavioral Concepts Inc., Seven Hills Foundation, the Central Massachusetts Collaborative, the Applied Behavior Institute, and the New England Center for Children, among others. Students who complete this program will have met the coursework and fieldwork experience requirements to apply for licensure as applied behavior analysts in Massachusetts and to apply to sit for the BCBA exam.
 
41. University of Massachusetts Lowell Programs in Behavior Analysis
JACK FRANCIS BLAKE (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Rebecca A. Markovits (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Laurel M. Ciavarri (Bridgewell; University of Massachusetts Lowell), Ivy M Chong (May Institute; University of Massachusetts Lowell), Peter Girolami (Kennedy Krieger Institute; University of Massachusetts Lowell), Renee Hartz (FH Behavior and Learning Services), Emily D. Shumate (University of Massachusetts Lowell)
Abstract: The Psychology Department at the University of Massachusetts Lowell offers programs in Behavior Analysis at all academic levels: 1) an undergraduate concentration in behavior analysis; 2) a graduate certificate in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA); 3) a Master of Science in ABA and Autism Studies; and 4) a focus area in ABA within the Applied Psychology and Prevention Science (APPS) doctoral program. The behavior analysis programs at UMass Lowell began in 2005 with the ABA Graduate Certificate Program, which is a collaboration with the Eunice Kennedy Shriver Center at UMass Chen Medical School. The M.S. degree was launched in 2012, followed by the development of the undergraduate concentration in 2017, and most recently approval of the ABA focus within the APPS Ph.D. program in 2021. UMass Lowell brings in experts in behavior analysis from across the country to help develop and teach courses and to support students in the certificate and master’s degree program. Students preparing to become Board Certified Behavior Analysts® leave their respective program well-prepared to sit and pass the exam and receive specific training on how to be compassionate and culturally responsive in their practice. Stop by to learn about the programs in behavior analysis at UMass Lowell!
 
42. Online Graduate Applied Behavior Analysis Programs at Northeastern University
NICOLE M. DAVIS (Northeastern University), Laura L. Dudley (Northeastern University), Maeve G. Donnelly (Northeastern University)
Abstract: Northeastern University has provided quality graduate instruction in applied behavior analysis for 45 years. Our graduate verified course sequences include a Master of Science, CAGS, Certificate, and a concentration for our School Psychology students. In addition to our core courses in behavior analysis, we also offer optional courses for concentrated supervised fieldwork. All courses are currently delivered in an online format. Hundreds of our graduates have gone on to become Board Certified Behavior Analysts, working to improve the lives of clients and consumers all over the world. To learn more about our programs, please visit us at the Exp
 
43. Graduate Programs in Applied Behavior Analysis at William James College
RONALD LEE (William James College)
Abstract: William James College (formerly the Massachusetts School of Professional Psychology) began offering graduate education in applied behavior analysis in January 2017. Now, William James College offers 2 graduate programs in Applied Behavior Analysis - the Master of Arts in Applied Behavior Analysis and the Certificate program in Applied Behavior Analysis. Both programs are delivered in either online or traditional on-ground formats. The MA program consists of 34-credits of verified coursework and courses designed to teach future behavior analysts the practical skills required for the profession. The Certificate program consists of 21 credits of verified coursework for graduate-degree holders interested in expanding their training and practice to include applied behavior analysis. As an institution, William James College is dedicated to training clinicians and practitioners who prioritize social responsibility, personal growth, cultural responsiveness, and social justice. William James College is dedicated to promoting an increasingly diverse workforce in the field of behavioral and mental health.
 
44.

Department of ABA at Endicott College: Program Descriptions

MARY JANE WEISS (Endicott College), Anna Linnehan (Endicott College), Lisa Tereshko (Endicott College)
Abstract:

The Applied Behavior Analysis Department at Endicott College offers a Master of Science degree in Applied Behavior Analysis. Concentrations are available in Autism, Child Clinical, Mental Health, and Organizational behavior Management. The program is entirely online, with both asynchronous and some synchronous courses available. students are supported to do either an experimental project or a systematic literature review for their thesis. The Department also offers a Ph.D. in Applied Behavior Analysis. The program is designed to train scientist-practitioners, and focuses on the development of skills to do applied research and to teach in higher education. The model used is a mentorship model, and the student works closely with an advisor from the beginning of the program. The Institute for Applied Behavioral Science/Department of ABA sponsors three annual conferences- a conference for parents of children with autism in April, a Cambridge Center co-sponsored conference on Ethics in August, and a Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion Conference in June. The Department is deeply involved in the broader professional community, with faculty and students regularly presenting at regional, national, and international conferences and publishing in both scholarly books and peer-reviewed journals. The Department is deeply committed to creating a welcoming, inclusive and vibrant educational community.

 
45.

Industrial/Organizational Behavior Management M.A. and Ph.D. Programs at Western Michigan University

HEATHER M. MCGEE (Western Michigan University), Douglas A. Johnson (Western Michigan University), Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Western Michigan University Department of Psychology offers M.A. and Ph.D. programs in Industrial/Organizational Behavior Management. At the M.A. level, students can choose between a practicum track, which prepares students to enter the workforce, and a thesis track, which prepares students to enter a Ph.D. program. Our Ph.D. program prepares students for human resource and organizational development positions in business, consulting, and human service organizations; as well as for teaching and research positions.

 
46. Northern Michigan University Behavior Analysis Program
CORY TOEGEL (Northern Michigan University), Jacob H. Daar (Northern Michigan University)
Abstract: Located in the scenic Upper Peninsula of Michigan on the shores of Lake Superior, Northern Michigan University offers students a 5th Edition Verified Course Sequence that integrates the basic, applied, and conceptual areas of behavior analysis. Additionally, students can build competence through practicum and research experiences, which are available through the state-of-the-art Behavior Education Assessment and Research (BEAR) center and laboratories in the Department of Psychological Science. The comprehensive coursework and high-quality experiential training are designed to produce students who have demonstrated academic excellence in the basic science of behavior and in clinical applications of behavior analysis. Our faculty and staff have a range of specializations which helps students contact a wide range of behavioral science research and clinical programming. Graduates of Northern Michigan’s Master of Science program are prepared to sit for the exam to become Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) and pursue doctoral degrees in behavior analysis and psychology. Graduate assistantships, paid clinical positions, and other forms of financial assistance may be available to qualifying students.
 
47. University of Mississippi Applied Behavior Analysis Program
KAYLA CROOK (University of Mississippi), Denise A. Soares (University of Mississippi)
Abstract: The Master of Education (M.Ed.) in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) enables students to join and excel in the field of ABA and behavioral science. Our program prepares students for leadership roles in the implementation, evaluation, and administration of ABA principles and methods. Our program at Ole Miss offers students the opportunity to study evaluation, assessment, and intervention techniques necessary to help children, adolescents, and adults with behavioral needs both in and out of the classroom.
 
48. University of Nevada, Reno College of Education & Human Development Applied Behavior Analysis in Special Education Graduate Program
MaryAnn Demchak (University of Nevada, Reno), CHEVONNE SUTTER (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The Special Education Graduate Program in the College of Education and Human Development at the University of Nevada, Reno has a Verified Course Sequence, emphasizing applied behavior analysis in special education. This 33-credit M.Ed. program prepares students to develop, implement, and evaluate effectiveness of applied behavior analytic interventions for learners with various disabilities receiving services in educational or clinical settings. Students enrolled in this program can participate in a distance learning format in which they attend class in real-time using Zoom simultaneously with students attending on-campus. Real-time distance learning allows students from any location to enroll and to participate with on-campus students for interactive learning experiences. The master’s program is designed to be completed in two years, including summers. Students who already possess an appropriate master’s degree can complete the Verified Course Sequence without pursuing a degree. Supervision of field-experience hours is provided for master’s degree students within the program by program faculty. Doctoral students also have the option of enrolling in the Verified Course Sequence through the Ph.D. in Education. Research opportunities and applied experiences are possible for masters and doctoral students. Upon completion of courses and field experience hours, graduates are eligible to sit for the BCBA exam.
 
49. Seton Hall University Applied Behavior Analysis Programs
FRANK R. CICERO (Seton Hall University)
Abstract: Seton Hall University, located in South Orange New Jersey, has several ABAI Verified Course Sequence options. We are housed within the College of Education and Human Services, Department of Educational Studies. We have a stand alone post masters course sequence which leads to a Seton Hall certificate in behavior analysis as well as aligning with the BACB 5th edition task list. For applicants who do not yet hold a masters degree, we offer a full masters degree in behavior analysis as well as have the VCS course sequence infused into existing masters degrees in psychological studies, school psychology, and special education. We also have a 5-year BSE/MA Program in education/special education with applied behavior analysis. All programs include practicum courses where students are placed in local ABA programs in order to obtain partial supervised experience hours. Program faculty are active in the field both in the academic and applied realms and frequently conduct presentations, research posters and publications. Students are encouraged to participate in these research projects.
 
50. Manhattanville college's graduate programs in applied behavior analysis
ANTONIA R. GIANNAKAKOS- FERMAN (Manhattanville College)
Abstract: Manhattanville College’s Applied Behavior Analysis programs prepare students to be highly skilled individuals who strive to provide high quality behavior analytic interventions. Our course work prepares students to sit for Board Certification (BCBA credential) and to obtain New York licensure for Behavior Analysts (LBA-NY). Manhattanville College has fieldwork opportunities toward New York Licensure built into our Masters and Advance Certificate programs and assists in finding paid and unpaid fieldwork placements. Courses are offered in person and online. Courses are offered evenings and during Fall, Spring and Summer semesters.
 
51. Science, Skinner, and Surf: Behavior Analysis at the University of North Carolina Wilmington
DEVON BIGELOW (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Paige Ellington (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Elizabeth Katherine Garcia (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Alanna Ferguson (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Jaya Perentis (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Elizabeth Paige Thuman (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Emily L. Baxter (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: At the University of North Carolina Wilmington, we are dedicated to providing a well rounded educational experience in the experimental analysis of behavior whether your subjects are human or nonhuman, in the lab or in the natural setting, engage in excessive behavior or need behavior shaped. We have three tracks (ABA, Psychological Science, Neuroscience & Behavior) in our Master's and in our PhD program in psychology in which students can study behavior analysis. All students take core courses in psychology, including statistics and research methods, and in behavior analysis, including learning, small-n design, applied behavior analysis, and conceptual foundations. Students in our applied behavior analysis tracts take additional courses in clinical psychology and complete ABA practica. After graduating, the ABA students are eligible to sit for both the BACB certification exam and the NC licensure as a psychological associate (MA) or as a psychologist (PhD). Students also participate in a weekly graduate seminar in advanced topics in behavior analysis, regional and state conferences, and in ABAI.
 
52.

Applied Behavior Analysis Specialization in the Pediatric School Psychology Doctoral Program at East Carolina University

JEANNIE A. GOLDEN (East Carolina University), Danielle Webb (East Carolina University)
Abstract:

East Carolina University has an Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) specialization in their Pediatric School Psychology doctoral program. Doctoral students in this program are able to become licensed practicing psychologists, gain expertise in school psychology and pediatric psychology, and become board certified behavior analysts (BCBA). Opportunities exist for them to complete practicum experiences in schools, hospital settings, medical centers, psychiatric facilities, fitness and health promotion programs, and homes and centers for children with autism and other developmental disabilities and their families. Students also have the opportunity to develop an extensive research agenda with a faculty member who shares their research interests, such as interventions for trauma and autism and function behavioral assessments for psychiatric disorders. Doctoral students practice university teaching, apply for grants, and complete an American Psychological Association (APA) approved internship (e.g., Geisinger, Milton Hershey School). Faculty at East Carolina University have expertise in ABA, school psychology, and pediatric psychology.

 
53.

Temple University Applied Behavior Analysis Training Programs

Matthew Tincani (Temple University), Donald A. Hantula (Temple University), Art Dowdy (Temple University)
Abstract:

Temple University has been a leader in providing graduate training in applied behavior analysis (ABA) for over 25 years. Beginning under the leadership of Saul Axelrod and Phil Hineline, students received training in the foundations of behavior analysis, conducted research, and learned about application. Temple University ABA training programs have grown to include an M.S.Ed. in ABA, a graduate certificate in ABA, an undergraduate concentration in ABA, and an undergraduate certificate in ABA. Students get training in the science of behavior analysis, a variety of applications, including autism and other intellectual/developmental disabilities, and receive the coursework required by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board for the national certifications: BCaBA or the BCBA. Students in the M.S.Ed. program complete supervised fieldwork as well as an empirical thesis project. The students are mentored by 3 full time faculty and enjoy all the city of Philadelphia has to offer including cultural and culinary arts, and our very own Philly Metro chapter of ABAI!

 
54.

Master of Science in Behavior Analysis at Salem State University

DARLENE E. CRONE-TODD (Salem State University)
Abstract:

Why should you enroll in our Master of Science in behavior analysis program? We offer a flexible program that provides students the choice to focus their studies on experimental analysis of behavior (EAB) or applied behavior analysis (ABA), or a combination of both. Our expert faculty provide students with unique opportunities to conduct basic or applied research. Our program includes an ABAI verified course sequence to meet coursework requirements for eligibility to apply to the BACB for examinations related to certification, as well as conceptual and experimental seminars in behavior analysis. Housed in the Department of Psychology, this program requires a total of 37.5 credits, and students enrolled full-time can complete this program within two years. Students may also enroll part-time to complete this program in three or four years depending on the number of courses taken per semester.

 
55. We are... Online. We are... World Class. We are... Penn State.
KELLY MERCORELLA (Penn State University), Katie Endicott Harris (Penn State University), Rick M. Kubina (Penn State), David L. Lee (Penn State)
Abstract: The Special Education Program at Penn State University offers several graduate training options in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). Our online M.Ed. in Special Education gives students the opportunity to choose an emphasis in ABA, Autism, or Academic and Behavioral Supports. The ABA emphasis includes Penn State’s 21-credit verified course sequence, which can be taken as a stand alone certificate, in order to become eligible for certification as a Board Certified Behavior Analyst®. In residence programs on Penn State’s main campus in State College, Pennsylvania include M.S., M.Ed., and Ph.D. degrees. Our dedicated faculty have a diverse range of research interests including mild disabilities, severe disabilities, behavior disorders, school-based prevention, and augmentative and alternative communication. The faculty to student ratio is low, allowing students individualized attention and the ability to work with advisors and mentors who have similar research and training goals. Information on all graduate programs, both online and on campus, and associated funding opportunities will be available.
 
56. Salve Regina University
CODY MORRIS (Salve Regina University), Emma Grauerholz-Fisher (Salve Regina University), Stephanie Hope Jones (Salve Regina University)
Abstract: Salve Regina University is a private liberal arts college located in Rhode Island that offers graduate training at the master’s level in applied behavior analysis. The curriculum for the applied behavior analysis program at Salve Regina University is the only Verified Course Sequence (VCS) approved by the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) in the state of Rhode Island. Students interested in pursuing a Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) credential will be provided the necessary coursework and supervision experiences to meet the standards set by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) and to be successful practitioners of applied behavior analysis. Salve currently offers a variety of practicum sites to allow students to obtain specialized experience. In addition to courses and practica experiences, students who are admitted to Salve Regina University will have opportunities to engage in and contribute to research conducted by faculty and site supervisors. Thesis options are available for interested students.
 
57. University of North Texas, Department of Behavior Analysis
MANISH VAIDYA (University of North Texas)
Abstract: The Department of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas offers 4 degree programs: Bachelor of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis, Master of Science in Behavior Analysis, Master of Arts in Applied Behavior Analysis, and Ph.D. in Health Sciences with a concentration in Behavior Analysis. This poster will present information on the BS and MA programs, both of which contain a VCS, and our Ph.D. program. For more information on the accredited MS program, please see our other poster.
 
58. Applied Behavior Analysis/BCBA Training Programs at the University of Utah
ROBERT E. O'NEILL (University of Utah), Aaron J. Fischer (University of Utah), John Mercer (University of Utah), Anne Malbica (University of Utah)
Abstract: The poster will describe the various ABA/BCBA training program opportunities in the Departments of Special Education and Educational Psychology at the University of Utah. Information will be provided on program faculty, publications, and degree and funding opportunities.
 
59. Behavior Analysis Graduate Programs at Utah State University
SARAH E. PINKELMAN (Utah State University), Katherine Brown (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), P. Raymond Joslyn (Utah State University), Gregory J. Madden (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University), Timothy A. Slocum (Utah State University)
Abstract: The behavior analysis doctoral programs at Utah State University are offered through the Special Education and Psychology departments and prepare graduates for leadership careers in academia and applied settings. Cross specialization coursework is taught by leaders in the field, including former JABA and JEAB editors and associate editors. Courses cover a variety of topic including evidence-based practice (EBP), systems change in applied settings, behavior theory and philosophy, verbal behavior, relational responding, translational research in behavior analysis, behavioral economics, and assessment and treatment of problem behavior. Applied behavior analytic research and clinical opportunities are available in the areas of early intensive behavioral intervention, assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior, and the implementation of EBP in schools. Basic behavior analytic research opportunities are available in the areas of behavioral economics, behavioral momentum, delay discounting, operant variability, resurgence, and other relapse phenomena. Doctoral students complete coursework, research, and applied activities to prepare them for success in academia or clinical settings. In this session, faculty and current students from the doctoral programs will be available to talk about the program and answer questions.
 
60. M Ed in ABA at Utah Valley University
JANE I. CARLSON (Utah Valley University), Caleb Stanley (Utah Valley University)
Abstract: Utah Valley University's M Ed in ABA program is a two-year, cohort model program with a focus on preparing students for careers supporting individuals with autism. The program includes a practicum in which students work with a supervisor at a local agency and receive group supervision through UVU. This collaborative approach to supervision provides students with the opportunity to gain experience while receiving support from experienced practitioners. Applications are accepted through January 10th and each new cohort begins the program in May.
 
61.

The University of Washington Applied Behavior Analysis Program

ILENE S. SCHWARTZ (University of Washington), Scott A. Spaulding (University of Washington), Nancy Rosenberg (University of Washington), Yevgeniya Veverka (University of Washington), Elizabeth Kelly (University of Washington), Kaitlin Marie Kloes Greeny (University of Washington)
Abstract:

The Applied Behavior Analysis program at the University of Washington offers on-campus and fully synchronous online options for study. Our highly-rated program provides options for students to complete all required coursework and fieldwork in an integrated manner, and our program is successful. Last year 85% of our students passed the BCBA exam on their first attempt.

 
 
Expo Poster Session #168
ABAI Boards and Committees
Saturday, May 28, 2022
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
62.

ABAI Science Board

SUZANNE H. MITCHELL (Oregon Health & Science University)
Abstract:

Promoting research in behavior analysis is one of ABAI's central goals and the primary purpose ofits Science Board. The long-term development of behavior analysis, its strength, and its success depend much on both basic and applied research. ABAI works with several research organizations under the leadership of this board. In addition, ABAI provides grant writing information to members on the web and through articles and workshops.

 
63. ABAI Student Committee
STEPHANIE VALENTINI (University of Kansas), Rita Olla (University of Nevada, Reno), Allyson R Salzer (University of Kansas)
Abstract: ABAI Student members, composed of undergraduate and graduate level individuals, constitute a significant portion of the association's total membership. The ABAI Student Committee's mission is to provide organizational support for ABAI Student members in order to promote participation in ABAI, as well as professional growth, and to enable members to contribute to the science of behavior analysis. The ABAI Student Committee is organized by three elected Student Representatives who serve on the ABAI Executive Council for a 3-year term (current, past, elect). The Student Committee is comprised of three subcommittees made up of students representing their respective ABAI accredited behavior analysis university programs. Student program representatives serve on one of the three subcommittees: the events subcommittee, the dissemination subcommittee, or the awards subcommittee. The purpose of this poster is to update students on current activities, facilitate conversation on professional development, and attract nominees for student committee and subcommittee positions.
 
64. ABAI Verified Course Sequence Board
EMILEE NICOLE BUCCI (Association for Behavior Analysis International), Jenna Mrljak (Association for Behavior Analysis International)
Abstract: This poster will provide an update on the Association for Behavior Analysis International Verified Course Sequence Board’s standards and activities for the Behavior Analyst Certification Board sequences and the Culturo-Behavior Science sequences.
 
65. ABAI Practice Board
SUSAN WILCZYNSKI (Ball State University)
Abstract: The objective of the ABAI Practice Board is to develop, improve, and disseminate best practices in the application of behavior analysis. This poster will provide an update on the board's activities.
 
66. ABAI Affiliated Chapters Board
GORDON BOURLAND (Trinity Behavioral Associates)
Abstract: The objective of the ABAI Affiliated Chapters Board is to strengthen, support, and coordinate ABAI affiliated chapters. This poster will provide an update on board activities over the last year.
 
67. ABAI Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion Board
ELIZABETH HUGHES FONG (Pepperdine University)
Abstract: The mission of the ABAI Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion (DEI) Board is to foster and develop an inclusive, equitable, and just environment for all individuals and groups, within the science and practice of behavior analysis and beyond. This poster will provide updates on board activities.
 
69. ABAI Membership Board
WENDY DONLIN WASHINGTON (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: The objective of the ABAI Membership Board is to recruit, retain, and recognize members. This poster will provide an update of recent board activities.
 
 
Expo Poster Session #169
Affiliate Chapters
Saturday, May 28, 2022
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
70. Association for Behaviour Analysis Australia
ERIN S. LEIF (Monash University)
Abstract: The Association for Behaviour Analyis is over 7 years old and rapidly growing. We are a nationwide association, proud to be an affliated chapter of ABAI. Each year our association has grown both in membership and community involvement. Our organisation continually develops new methods to disseminate behaviour analysis and lay the groundwork to make more systemic changes within funding agencies. As our community of behaviour analysts increases, we are seeing the demand for high quality behaviour analytic services continue to grow. However, meeting this demand is a challenge so we must continue to increase the number of behaviour analysts and quality training institutions. We are pleased to report that we now have two course sequences within Australian tertiary institutions. Navigating the process of self-regulation of behaviour analysts is our primary activity at present.. We are looking forward to the next conference, and hope that this one will be in-person.
 
71. The Icelandic Association for Behavior Analysis
BERGLIND SVEINBJORNSDOTTIR (Reykjavik University;IceABA), Hanna Steinunn Steingrimsdottir (Reykjavík University; IceABA), Steinunn Hafsteinsdottir (ICEABA)
Abstract: The Icelandic Association for Behavior Analysis (ICEABA) is a young association with a diverse membership. Since ICEABA´s establishment in 2004, we have grown in numbers and in ambition. ICEABA activities are numerous throughout the year. One of the main event is a conference that is held every other year and in November of 2021 we had our sixth conference. The conference is a two day event where we offer presentations in Icelandic and English. Presentations are delivered by researchers in Iceland as well as by renowned invited speakers from abroad. Attendance at the conference has grown considerably, from approximately 30 attendees at the first conference to over 100 attendees in 2018. In addition to hosting a conference we offer workshops and events for students where we introduce behavior analysis graduate and doctoral programs available to them. The members of ICEABA are excited for the future. We aim to continue working on promoting the science of behavior in Iceland and being a professional reference group for scientists and practitioners in the field of behavior analysis.
 
72. Japanese Association for Behavior Analysis (Japanese ABA)
KENJI OKUDA (Educational Foundation of Nishi Karuizawa Gakuen), Yumiko Sasada (Academy of Behavioral Coaching)
Abstract: This poster describes the history and current status of the Japanese Association for Behavior Analysis. The Japanese ABA was established in 1983 as the primary membership organization to promote the science of behavior and its application. The membership reached 1057 as of August 2021. The Japanese ABA holds annual convention, publishes the Japanese Journal of Behavior Analysis twice a year and J-ABA Newsletters four times a year, provides a grant for students who attend ABAI/SQAB conventions, supports seminars and workshops on behavior analysis, and more.
 
73. Norwegian ABA
MONICA VANDBAKK (Norwegian Association for Behavior Analysis/Oslo Metropolitan University), Jon Arne Løkke (Østfold University College), Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Abstract: Norwegian ABA is a registered non-profit organization. Membership is open to anyone interested in behavior analysis and its application. At present it has 900 members, and its steadily growing. The organization is run by a Board of nine members with full executive powers, chaired by a president. There are several regional affiliated chapters. The Board is elected at the annual General Assembly. The Norwegian Association is an affiliated chapter of ABA international.
 
74. Swedish Association for Behavior Analysis
DAG STRÖMBERG (Stockholm University; Swedish Association for Behavior Analysis), Elin Mellgren (Swedish Association for Behavior Analysis), Magnus Starbrink (SWABA), Ulrika Langh (Habilitation and Health Stockholm)
Abstract: The Swedish Association for Behavior Analysis (SWABA) is devoted to supporting behavior analysts in Sweden, as well as promoting the internationalization of behavior analysis. SWABA was founded in 1996, and currently has about 200 members in Sweden and approximately 100 virtual members (members who support the association, and do not live or work in Sweden). SWABA is an affiliate chapter within the Association for Behavior Analysis International since 2001. Please visit our poster and become a virtual member, for free, or renew your membership from last year. As usual, bids are accepted on a unique SWABA T-shirt, the proceeds of which are donated to the SABA unrestricted fund.
 
75. Association for Behavior Analysis- United Arab Emirates
MICHELLE P. KELLY (Emirates College for Advanced Education (ECAE))
Abstract: The Association for Behavior Analysis- United Arab Emirates (ABA-UAE) became an affiliated chapter of the Association for Behavior Analysis International in 2020. ABA-UAE was created with the mission to disseminate behavior analysis across the seven emirates of the UAE; Abu Dhabi, Dubai, Sharjah, Ras Al Khaimah, Fujairah, Ajman and Umm al Quwain. The current poster describes the numerous achievements of ABA-UAE since its creation. These accomplishments include the provision of English and Arabic workshops, guest lectures on the only ABAI Verified Course Sequence in the UAE and the creation of a chapter website. Objectives for the upcoming year are also outlined, which includes work towards national licensure and the creation of a taskforce to translate pivotal behavior analytic literature into Standard Arabic.
 
76. Alabama Association for Behavior Analysis
SARAH M. RICHLING (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University), Mary Katherine Carey (Glenwood, Inc)
Abstract: The Alabama Association for Behavior Analysis (ALABA) serves as a scientific and professional reference group that embraces the principles and practices of behavior analysis. ALABA's primary goals are (a) to promote the profession of behavior analysis in the community, (b) to disseminate information responsibly to our communities about best practices in the field of behavior analysis, and (c) to provide high-quality continuing education opportunities to members. Our poster will announce the keynote speakers for our annual convention to be held in Birmingham, AL in October 2022 and will introduce you to our Executive Committee members. Our membership includes behavior analysts, affiliated professionals (e.g., teachers, SLPs), and students from Alabama and neighboring states. We encourage anyone interested in ABA who is living in or moving to Alabama or a surrounding state to visit our poster to learn more about how to become involved.
 
77.

Alaska Association for Behavior Analysis

RACHEL L. WHITE (Good Behavior Beginnings), Emily Ice (BCBA)
Abstract:

The Alaska Association for Behavior Analysis (AKABA) was created in 2014 with the mission to promote the science and theory of behavior analysis through the support of research, education, and practice. Specifically, the organization serves as a scientific and professional reference and networking group for its members, disseminates information to promote its mission to a wider audience, and organizes an annual business meeting to provide a forum for discussion of the affairs of the chapter. It is an affiliate chapter of the Association for Behavior Analysis International and the Association of Professional Behavior Analysts. AKABA sponsors a variety of events, including an annual conference and professional development opportunities for its membership.

 
78. Colorado Association for Behavior Analysis
ALISON M. BETZ (ABA Technologies), Ken Winn (Advanced Behavioral Resources), Jeff Kupfer (University of Colorado Denver)
Abstract: COABA is a nonprofit membership association with the mission of advancing the awareness, development, and access to the science and practice of behavior analysis in Colorado by: (1) encouraging the understanding of behavior analysis; (2) supporting the implementation of behavioral procedures; (3) serving as a professional reference group for behavior analysts;(4) informing political, legislative, and policy-making bodies about behavior analysis; (5) organizing presentations about behavior analysis; (6)publishing and disseminating information about behavior analysis; and (7) developing a culture to support ethical problem-solving and decision-making.
 
79. CTABA: The Voice of Applied Behavior Analysis in Connecticut
TRACY EILEEN SINCLAIR (The University of Connecticut), Melissa Saunders (Creative Interventions), Elizabeth Closius Smith (BCBA)
Abstract: Connecticut Association for Behavior Analysis (CTABA) is the state-level professional organization representing applied behavior analysis in Connecticut. CTABA seeks to promote and advance the science, research, and practice of applied behavior analysis in the state of Connecticut. With over 1000 licensed behavior analysts in the state, CTABA is committed to being the voice of ABA is a variety of settings with various audiences from legislators in the state Capitol to school-based personnel to the general public in community settings. CTABA holds an annual conference drawing preeminent figures in the field of behavior analysis to provide continuing education and professional development to practitioners in Connecticut and greater New England. In 2022, CTABA will host the 18th Annual Conference! CTABA offers both committees and special interest groups focusing on: (a) home services; (b) public schools; (c) diversity, inclusion, and social justice; (d) public policy & legislative outreach; and much more. Come and visit with Board of Director members to discuss disseminating behavior analysis in the state of Connecticut!
 
80. Delaware Association for Behavior Analysis
KAORI G. NEPO (NeurAbilities)
Abstract: Delaware ABA chapter was founded in 2010 for clinicians, researchers, Board Certified Behavior Analysts, and stakeholders in the practice of behavior analysis in Delaware. The purpose of the organization is to promote the science, understanding, and practice of behavior analysis by: encouraging cooperation among local behavior analytic organizations; Advising political, legislative, and policy-making bodies with respect to all matters pertaining to behavior analysis in the state of Delaware; Arranging an annual meeting to discuss aspects of behavior analysis; maintaining a website containing information about the chapter and behavior analysis in Delaware and elsewhere (still in development); functioning as a contact for and affiliate of ABAI.
 
81.

The Florida Association for Behavior Analysis

Amy Polick (Florida State University Panama City), Nikki Dickens (Florida State University- Early Childhood Autism Program), Kim D. Lucker-Greene Greene (Behavioral Solutions Consulting, Inc.), Leigh Stehlik (Florida Association for Behavior Analysis)
Abstract:

The Florida Association for Behavior Analysis was founded in 1980 to promote the ethical, humane, and effective application of behavior principles in all segments of society, including education, business, rehabilitation facilities and government.

 
82. Four Corners Association for Behavior Analysis
PATRICK ROMANI (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus), Casey J. Clay (Children's Hospital of Orange County)
Abstract: The Four Corners Association for Behavior Analysis is an independent, non-profit, professional organization affiliated with the Association for Behavior Analysis International, an organization dedicated to promoting the experimental, theoretical, and applied analyses of behavior. Our members reside, teach, conduct research, and practice primarily in the Four Corners region of the United States.
 
83. Illinois Association for Behavior Analysis
NATALIA BAIRES (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Nasiah Cirincione-Ulezi (ULEZI, LLC; Pivot 2 Inclusion; Capella University), Brigid McCormick (Precision ABA, LLC), Alison Beauvais Carris (LifeSpeed: Behavioral Support Services), Melinda Miller (ChicagoSchool of Professional Psychology), Rocco G Catrone (The Chicago School Professional Psychology), Zhihui Yi (Univeristy of Illinois at Chicago)
Abstract: Since 2011, the Illinois Association for Behavior Analysis (ILABA) has continuously served Illinoisan behavior analysts and their consumers through education and advocacy for the science and practice of behavior analysis. Rooted in organizational values of an inclusive community, service and support, learning, and openness, ILABA works to curate a collaborative space committed to belonging, security, and acceptance; serve as an invaluable resource to membership and the community at large; engage in reflective practice to create opportunities for growth through knowledge; and practices flexible thinking and willingness to move the field, organization, and individuals served in a forward and bidirectional manner. This poster will highlight our various initiatives including our 2021 annual conference, ongoing events, various committees, and more.
 
84. Kansas Association for Behavior Analysis
EDWARD K. MORRIS (University of Kansas), Kelley L. Harrison (The University of Kansas)
Abstract: The Kansas Association for Behavior Analysis (KansABA) was founded in 2000. Its mission is to advance the science and practice of behavior analysis; address current topics relevant to its science and practice; expand disciplinary, professional, and ethical standards; and recruit interest and diversity in behavior analysis (e.g., through special interest groups or SIGs). KansABA is governed by an Executive Council: a president and president-elect; a Professional Development Committee Chair; Secretaries; a Treasurer; an Adjunct Member Representative; Student Representatives; Full Member Representatives; and Legislation Committee Chairs. The EC members and SIGs will be listed in the poster. KansABA has held full-day conferences for the past 15 years. They include invited speakers, posters, an awards program, and Continuing Education Credits. Conference themes, presenters, and awards will be listed in the poster. Our membership is 120-150, as is conference attendance. Our members are drawn mainly from the Kansas City metropolitan area, Kansas and Missouri, and their contiguous states. Members include faculty and students at colleges and universities, practitioners and program administrators, and consumers and friends of behavior analysis, for instance, in autism, brain injury, clinical behavior analysis, community health and development, gerontology, regular and special education, organizational behavior management, pediatrics, and sustainability.
 
85. Louisiana Behavior Analysis Association
JANICE L. HUBER (Private Practice)
Abstract: The Louisiana Behavior Analysis Association (LABAA) is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice, and to promote access to responsible behavior analytic services by professionals sufficiently trained in the discipline of behavior analysis and compliance with relevant ethics standards. LaBAA focuses efforts on practitioner and consumer advocacy and public dissemination of the science of behavior analysis in Louisiana. LaBAA is governed by a board of directors with representatives from each geographical location of the state and a parent and student representative. LaBAA hosts an annual conference in the fall of each year in New Orleans, Louisiana. LaBAA membership is open to practitioners, affiliates, and students of behavior analysis. LaBAA is proud to be an ABAI affiliate chapter since 2013. To learn more, visit www.labaa.net.
 
86. Behavior Analysis Association of Michigan
JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University), Eleah Sunde (Eastern Michigan University), Elise Pearl (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis Association of Michigan (BAAM) has been organized to support and promote scientific research on the basic principles of behavior and the extension of those principles to create demonstrably effective and humane outcome-based therapies with the primary goal of establishing and enhancing functional independent living skills.BAAM conducts an annual convention supporting all aspects of behavior analysis in Michigan and the surrounding region. BAAM's growing website offers a variety of resources for behavior analysts and all those interested in behavior analysis.
 
87. Berkshire Association for Behavior Analysis and Therapy: Massachusetts Professional Behavior Analysts
REBECCA A. MARKOVITS (University of Massachusetts Lowell; Berkshire Association for Behavior Analysis and Therapy), Stacie Bancroft (New England Center for Children), Aimee Courtemanche (New England Center for Children), Helena L. Maguire (Melmark New England; Berkshire Association for Behavior Analysis and Therapy), Tracey Toran (New England Center for Children), Maureen Kelly (New England Center for Children; Berkshire Association for Behavior Analysis and Therapy)
Abstract: The Berkshire Association for Behavior Analysis and Therapy (BABAT) supports and promotes the professional practice of applied behavior analysis in Massachusetts. To accomplish this goal, we conduct an annual conference of international scholars, researchers, and practitioners, as well as provide other continuing education opportunities for behavior analysts. Additionally, we disseminate professional practice advisory policies and alert members to regional and national issues affecting the practice of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). BABAT also encourages the advancement of ABA by promoting student scholarship and research along with recognizing the leaders in the field and their enduring contributions. Finally, BABAT supports legislative advocacy for the professional practice of ABA.
 
89.

Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis (NABA)

MEGAN MCGREW (Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis), Kimberly Henkle (Renown Pediatrics Behavioral Health), Will Fleming (Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis), Tiffany Aninao (Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis)
Abstract:

The continuing mission of the Nevada Association of Behavior Analysis is to promote intellectual exchange and professional development in the field of behavior analysis in all its facets to include: philosophical, theoretical, experimental, applied, and practice.

 
90. New York State Association for Behavior Analysis (NYSABA)
TRICIA MOSS-LOURENCO (New Perspectives ABA, P.C.)
Abstract: As a chapter affiliate of ABAI, NYSABA is dedicated to promoting and protecting the integrity of the science of behavior analysis in New York State. This poster will present the history of NYSABA, current activities, and future goals of the association. All are welcome to attend and learn more about ABA in New York.
 
91. Philadelphia Metropolitan Association for Behavior Analysis (PMABA)
ART DOWDY (Temple University), Amanda Guld Fisher (Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine), Beth J. Rosenwasser (Fairmount Pediatric & Adolescent Medicine Affiliate), Jessica Kendorski (Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine (PCOM))
Abstract: The Philadelphia Metropolitan Association for Behavior Analysis (PMABA) is the regional chapter of the Philadelphia and surrounding areas, formerly known as the Delaware Valley Association for Behavior Analysis (DVABA). The objective of the Philadelphia Metropolitan Association for Behavior Analysis (PMABA) is to provide continuing education and networking for behavior analysts in an informal setting that has the atmosphere of a social gathering. Another primary goal of the Philadelphia Metropolitan Association for Behavior Analysis is to increase cohesiveness among local behavior analysts who might otherwise be isolated as a result of working in diverse settings with service providers and researchers who are not behavior analytic, as many of our members are the only behavior analysts at their places of employment. Our email list serve provides announcements on local workshops, conferences, events, as well as employment opportunities and recent legislative or advocacy issues relevant to local behavior analysts.
 
92. Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis (SEABA)
Kent D Bodily (Georgia Southern University), Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Katherine Stewart (Savannah State University), Kathryn M. Kestner (West Virginia University), KAREN G. ANDERSON (West Virginia University)
Abstract: The Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis (SEABA) is a regional affiliate of the Association for Behavior Analysis (ABAI). Like its parent organization, SEABA seeks to promote scholarly discourse within and about Behavior Analysis. SEABA membership and convention registration are open to anyone with a scholarly interest in Behavior Analysis. Current members include both academic and professional people; psychologists and persons in related disciplines such as education, psychopharmacology, and social work.
 
93.

The Virginia Association for Behavior Analysis

CHRISTINE EVANKO (Virginia Association for Behavior Analysis)
Abstract:

The mission of the Virginia Association for Behavior Analysis is to promote and support the practice, research and dissemination of behavior analysis throughout the Commonwealth of Virginia. To accomplish this mission, the organization has four goals, Improve Viability and Sustainability of the Organization, Provide Quality Service to Our Members, Strengthen the Diversity and Cultural Competence within Our Organization and the Behavior Analysis Profession Across the Commonwealth, and Advocate for the Science of Behavior Analysis in the Commonwealth. Our organization has over 600 members. We engage in lobbying efforts for our program and put on a conference annually. This year, we are expecting to host an in-person conference in Richmond, VA.

 
93A.

Texas Association for Behavior Analysis (TxABA)

JEFFREY E. DILLEN (Texana Center), Zachary Harrison Morford (Texas Association for Behavior Analysis)
Abstract:

The Texas Association for Behavior Analysis (TxABA) is an affiliate chapter of ABAI. Founded in 1986 by a small group of behavior analysts, the organization has grown to include over 1,000 members. This past year, TxABA expanded our membership categories to include RBTs, providing membership at the same discounted rate as students. TxABA still functions primarily as a volunteer organization with 4 part-time staff. The Executive Council is elected by voting members and serves to guide the organization as the Board of Directors. TxABA currently has 9 standing committees, 1 ad hoc committee, and 6 active Special Interest Groups (SIGs). The TxABA Public Policy Group (PPG) is a sister organization that focuses on legislative issues and lobbying. Officers of the TxABA PPG are appointed by TxABA Executive Council. TxABA held its 37th Annual Conference April 21-24, 2022 in Dallas, TX, and virtual (hybrid). TxABA has expanded CEU offerings to include a webinar speaker series available for free to TxABA Members and for a fee to non-members.

 
 
Expo Poster Session #170
Affiliate Special Interest Groups
Saturday, May 28, 2022
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
100.

Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group

DANIELLE LAFRANCE (Elemy Autism Care; Hunter College - City University of New York), Andresa De Souza (University of Missouri St. Louis), Mirela Cengher (UMBC)
Abstract:

The mission of the Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group (VB SIG) is to disseminate theory, research, and practice to all those interested in Skinner’s (1957) analysis of verbal behavior and a behavioral approach to language. Our dedicated group of elected council members carry out the many functions of the VB SIG. VB News, the SIG’s newsletter, is published three times annually with featured labs, interviews, and articles by both students and influential researchers. The VB SIG Student Group is a forum for students to discuss verbal behavior and write article summaries for our website and newsletter. Students can apply to two annual research awards: one for a completed research project in verbal behavior, and one for a grant proposal for a study in verbal behavior. These awards are presented at the annual business meeting at ABAI, as is the Jack Michael Award for enduring contributions to the study of verbal behavior. There are many ways to interact with others interested in verbal behavior, such as through our website, our listserv, Facebook, emails, and other outlets. The VB SIG Expo poster is a wonderful way for people to learn about the VB SIG and get involved.

 
101.

Open Educational Resources ABAI Special Interest Group

Veronica Howard (University of Alaska Anchorage)
Abstract:

The Open Educational Resources SIG aims to promote the adoption, creation, and dissemination of open educational resources in behavior analysis. We build a community of passionate advocates, providing a forum for OER creators to collaborate on new projects, highlight new resources, and reduce the individual workload required to create and manage OERs. We also work to disseminate news about OER and the empirical benefits of these resources within and beyond our membership. Join us to learn more about the benefits of open educational resources for promoting student success and aiding in equity, diversity, and inclusion efforts.

 
102.

Standard Celeration Society

SALVADOR RUIZ (University of West Florida), Kent A. Corso (NCR Behavioral Health, LLC), Mary Kathryn Reagan (Jacksonville State University)
Abstract:

Standard Celeration Society By the SCS Board of Directors The Standard Celeration Society (SCS) became an ABAI special interest group in 1995. The mission of the SCS states to uphold and advance the defining features and conventions of the standard celeration chart. The SCS aims to function as a friendly and enduring forum, supporting application and dissemination of standard celeration charting across an expanding range of practitioners and other stakeholders. The values of the SCS that guide behavior in fulfilling the mission include acknowledgement and appreciation of the founding principles and applications of our science (e.g., “standing on the shoulders of giants”), authenticity, inclusivity, legacy, community, and kindness. Since 2015, the SCS has employed an organizational structure composed of a board of directors and volunteer leadership teams that actively work toward implementing new and maintaining current initiatives designed to further the organization’s mission. We have an active board of directors comprised of five members, each on 3-year terms. In addition to the board, the organization also consists of an executive director, vice presidents, and associate vice presidents. The board of directors provides guidance and decision-making for the SCS executive director, who carries out board initiatives with vice presidents, associate vice presidents, and other volunteers. Current leadership teams include finance, programs, membership, scientific and academic relations, public relations, operations, international relations, diversity, and website services. Since the beginning of 2015, our leadership teams have actively developed the underlying systems to support the SIG’s structure and facilitate institutional memory as there is transition in our leadership roles, an important component for voluntary leadership teams to maintain productivity. Current priority initiatives include providing more free continuing education opportunities for members, publication resources, and training program locations for students interested in academic training, internships, and externships, among others. The SCS offers membership for a low cost and includes discounted rates to annual conference each year, access to the historical publication database of the Journal of Precision Teaching and Celeration, and soon to be announced web-based continuing education events (annual fees: sustaining, $100; full, $50; student, $25). Current initiatives also aim to highlight our organization’s entrepreneurial members. The skills of the members, including insights and strategies developed over decades of business development in the area of precision teaching, are made available to others looking to start their own businesses. This is an exciting opportunity to become involved with the SCS, as this organization has a long history of entrepreneurs creating successful operations that provide clinical/educational services outside the mainstream of applied behavior analysis. Finally, as in many prior years, new and seasoned precision teachers gathered to learn and share research and clinical data at the SCS Annual Conference in November 2021 with both live and virtual attendance options. The society was honored to have Dr. Kent Corso and Kirk Kirby as keynote speakers along with an array of invited addresses, panels, and paper symposia. The SCS awarded Stuart Harder with the Ogden R. Lindsley lifetime achievement award. Additionally, the conference offered a poster session and the annual chart share. This year, we celebrate our 35th Annual Conference November 3 – 5 in Denver, Colorado at the Curtis Hotel. Please visit www.celeration.org for more information regarding the conference. The SCS eagerly welcomes new charters and members into our community. This nurturing group is full of brilliant and seasoned professionals who are always willing to offer advice or mentorship. Simply become a member and see the opportunities accelerate!

 
103. Clinical Special Interest Group
EMILY THOMAS JOHNSON (Behavior Attention and Developmental Disabilities Consultants, LLC), Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: The Clinical Special Interest Group of ABAI is dedicated to facilitating collaboration of researchers and clinicians in further development and application of applied behavior analysis in clinical populations. We will be distributing the latest issue of our newsletter at the ABAI Expo. Please stop by and get connected with others in this exciting field.
 
104. Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group (SPABA)
NIKIA DOWER (Dower and Associates, Inc.), Tracie L. Lindblad (Tracie Lindblad Consulting), Lina M. Slim (ASAP - A Step Ahead Program, LLC; Endicott College; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Deirdre M. Muldoon (The College of Saint Rose), Heather Forbes (The University of Kansas - PhD Student ), Barbara E. Esch (Esch Behavioral Consultants, LLC), Sophie Millon (Portland Public Schools; Portland State University), Sari Risen (Action Potential Services)
Abstract: The Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis (SPABA) SIG poster will provide information about the SIG’s mission, the composition of membership, the treatment and research areas applicable to the members of the SIG, and finally the various benefits of membership in and donation to the SIG. The SIG's mission is to promote the dissemination of behaviorally oriented speech and language research as well as, the application of evidence-based practices relevant to the full range of services provided by speech and language professionals. The SIG is also committed to interprofessional collaboration and practice and as such, works to provide pertinent information to both SLPs and BCBAs regarding related services, scope of practice, and scope of competence. Expo attendees will also receive information about resources available on the SIG's website and various social media platforms. Opportunities to serve on the SIG's committees will be discussed and members of the SIG's Executive Committee will be present to answer visitor questions.
 
105. Behavior Analysis in Health, Sport, and Fitness Special Interest Group
SHARLET D. RAFACZ (California State University, Fresno), Rocky Perez (Western Michigan University), Julie M. Slowiak (University of Minnesota Duluth; InJewel LLC), Natalie Juhlin (U.S. Army Reserves), Gabrielle Trapenberg Torres (Capella University), Rachel Nicole Sobol Foster (University of Kansas, Applied Behavioral Science Department)
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis in Health, Sport, and Fitness Special Interest Group's purpose is to educate, coordinate, and provide resources to behavior analysts and other members of society seeking to address human challenges in health, sport, and fitness through the application of the science of behavior analysis.The purpose of the organization is fulfilled through: (1) Educating behavior analysts and other members of society and increasing awareness, visibility, and understanding of the application of the science of behavior analysis to health, sport, and fitness; (2) Disseminating information about the practice of behavior analysis and educational and training opportunities relevant to practice of behavior analysis in the areas of health, sport, and fitness; (3) Providing a professional network and access to educational and training resources (e.g., continuing education events, mentorship opportunities) for its members; (4) Obtaining financial resources to support research grants for behavior analysts who seek to conduct research with the objective to develop or evaluate behavior analytic interventions to resolve human challenges in health, sport, and fitness; and (5) Collaborating with other non-profit organizations, healthcare agencies, and health, sport, and fitness professionals to maximize our impact on current efforts. Members of the Behavior Analysis in Health, Sport, and Fitness Special Interest Group have the opportunity to learn how to become competent practitioners in the areas of health, sport, and fitness as behavior analysts, as well as opportunities to network and collaborate with one to increase the current research base within these areas of practice.
 
106. Organizational Behavior Management Network
SHANNON BIAGI (Chief Motivating Officers)
Abstract: Founded in 1982, the Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) Network exists to develop, enhance, and support the growth and vitality of Organizational Behavior Management through research, education, practice, and collaboration. The OBM Network accomplishes this mission through networking, journal publications, newsletters, online resources, CEU events, and a bi-annual conference.
 
107. Behavior Analysis in Military and Veterans' SIG
ABIGAIL B. CALKIN (Calkin Consulting Center), Kent A. Corso (NCR Behavioral Health, LLC)
Abstract: The MilVet SIG continues to pursue gaining more traction in the use of applied behavior analysis within the military. The primary areas of use continue to be Tricare's ECHO program for Autism and small portions of the Department of Veteran Affairs. For millennia, with or without the use of behavioral terminology and deliberate planning, the military has practiced the tenets and technology of respondent and operant behavior conditioning and concepts while training troops. Through an analysis of the military’s use of respondent and operant techniques, this poster examines ways in which the military of various countries across time have employed these principles. The authors provide a summary and analysis of how these principles change the behavior of service members, while also summarizing the existing use of practices and terms. The authors include a potential method for re-training service members who have suffered trauma based on the military’s current training models. This could reduce the incidence of the personal, military, and financial costs of PTSD and suicide. The recent projects of John Borgen and of Emily Leeming aid in our knowledge.
 
108.

Your Brain on Behavior… Neuroscience Special Interest Group

SUZANNE H. MITCHELL (Oregon Health & Science University)
Abstract:

The Neuroscience SIG brings together researchers, academics, clinicians, and students interested in the intersections of behavior analysis and neuroscience and has four primary missions: (1) to introduce behavior analytic research to the neurosciences and introduce neuroscience research to behavior analysis; (2) to serve as both a meeting place and training environment for students and professionals alike interested in basic and applied neuroscience research; (3) to serve as a forum for collaborative relationships, funding applications, and the sharing of best practice; and (4) to advocate for and promote high standards in the application of behavior analytic treatments for individuals with neurological dysfunction.

 
109. Sexual Behavior: Research and Practice Special Interest Group
BARBARA GROSS (Missouri Behavior Consulting; Sex Ed Continuing Ed)
Abstract: The Sexual Behavior: Research and Practice Special Interest Group exists to help disseminate empirically verified information regarding sex education and sex research to behavior analysts working in applied settings. The Sexual Behavior SIG also supports basic and applied research on the emergence and maintenance of human sexual behavior in typically developing individuals, individuals with autism and developmental disabilities, and other populations. Members or this special interest group include professionals, teachers, direct service providers, parents, and consumers who are concerned with issues of sex therapy, sex education, and sex research. Sexual Behavior SIG was founded in 2007 as STEP SIG and has been providing a symposium at the annual convention of ABAI since its inception, sharing both conceptual and empirical presentations with conference attendees.
 
110. History of Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group
EDWARD K. MORRIS (University of Kansas)
Abstract: The History of Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group (SIG) of the Association for Behavior Analysis International was founded in 2011. Our aim is to advance behavior analysis nationally and internationally through its history and historiography. Our mission is to cultivate and nurture, enrich and improve, and disseminate the field’s history and historiography. Our objectives are to enhance teaching: course content and pedagogy; research: presentations, publications, and workshops; and service: leadership, governance, and communications. Our purview is the field’s long past, short history, and recent origins. Our audience includes behavior analysts, other scientists and humanists, and the public at large. This year, the SIG’s goals have been to establish By-Laws and a governance and committee structure. This poster will describe how. The By-Laws will include positions, policies, and procedures for the SIG’s governance (e.g., an Executive Council) and its committees (e.g., awards, bibliographies, communications, syllabus bank, archives, membership, website). To become a SIG member, contact Pat Williams at WilliamsP@uhd.edu. To participate in its governance and committees, contact the SIG president (Edward K. Morris at ekm@ku.edu).
 
111. Behavior Analysis for Sustainable Societies (BASS) Special Interest Group
JULIA H. FIEBIG (Ball State University; AGI), Jessica Ghai (Boston University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Elizabeth Meshes (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology at Los Angeles)
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis for Sustainable Societies (BASS) Special Interest Group was established to advance applications of behavior analysis to environmental issues that contribute to the development of solutions to climate change, pollution, over-consumption of resources, imbalances of environmental sustainability. Information on BASS mission, events, membership, and other pertinent information will be presented in poster format.
 
112. Rehabilitation and Independent Living Special Interest Group
CHRIS PERSEL (Centre for Neuro Skills), Anneka Hofschneider (Centre for Neuro Skills)
Abstract: The Rehabilitation and Independent Living Special Interest Group (R.a.I.L.), established in 1981, has continued to support the integration of Behavior Analysis in the field of rehabilitation, neurorehabilitation and related areas, especially for those individuals that have experienced a brain injury. Patients with acquired brain injuries or other neurological disabilities require behavior analysts to develop treatment programs in settings such as hospitals, free-standing clinics and private rehabilitation facilities with multidisciplinary teams. These individuals may also be dealing with complex, related medical conditions, intense psychosocial challenges and significant disruption to their lives. The R.a.I.L. Special Interest Group meets provide information, support and connections for those interested in this population.
 
113. Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group
GRETCHEN A. DITTRICH (Simmons University)
Abstract: The Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group of the Association for Behavior Analysts International focuses on the application of behavior analytic methodology to the prevention and treatment of behaviors associated with chronic illness and disease, and the promotion of behaviors associated with improved health and treatment adherence. The role of behavior analysis is important in the field of behavioral medicine. It is the mission of the Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group to encourage interdisciplinary research in the areas of behavioral health promotion, emphasizing the need for function-based and empirically validated treatments for chronic health disorders. The Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group offers students, researchers, practitioners, and consumers opportunities to discuss issues related to public health promotion and disease prevention. All are welcome to join the Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group. We hope that the Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group will help consumers and practitioners better understand the role of behavior analysis in the field of behavioral medicine, and provide an outlet for discussions of current and developing research within the field.
 
114. Behavior Analysis SIG on Supervision (BASIGS)
LINA M. SLIM (ASAP - A Step Ahead Program, LLC; Endicott College; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Susan Ainsleigh (Bay Path University), Kasey Gerhart (A New Leaf Therapeutic Services PLLC)
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis SIG on Supervision (BASIGS) was approved by ABAI on November 23, 2020. BASIGS The mission is to develop, promote, and advocate for exemplary training of behavior analysts as supervisors; promote competence in cultural humility, diversity awareness, and cultural responsiveness; and promote best practices in the supervision of behavior analysts that lead to improved quality of health and education for all those served. BASIGS vision is to transform the provision of supervision through education, mentorship, and coaching to promote the professional and personal development of Behavior Analysts achieving elevated standards of performance and execution in the field. BASIGS goals are to develop and design a standardized curriculum for supervision and collaborate with other SIGs and behavior analytic organizations for integrity measures and dissemination efforts. The grand strategy of BASIGS to include three objectives: Create a Unified Purpose, Reach Academia, and develop a Mandate.
 
115. Gambling Special Interest Group
RYAN C. SPEELMAN (Pittsburg State University)
Abstract: Goal: The goal of the gambling special interest group is to foster the growth of gambling research in behavior analysis through collaborative research efforts, the coordination of presentations, and the sharing of resources to the mutual benefit of the field, its adherents, and those who are impacted by such endeavors. Membership: Membership to the gambling special interest group is to open to any Association for Applied Behavior Analysis (ABAI) member and all professionals interested in gambling. All members are encouraged to participate, give input, and contribute to the G-SIG community of researchers and practitioners. Gambling Research Software: Gambling Special Interest Group (GSIG) members enjoy access to several custom-made, dynamic software programs used in gambling research. Custom software includes roulette, dice rolling, and slot machine configurations.
 
116. Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Intervention (NDBI) Special Interest Group
SOPHIA R D'AGOSTINO (Utah State University)
Abstract: The Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Intervention (NDBI) Special Interest Group shares their mission, resources, and opportunities to connect and collaborate.
 
 
Expo Poster Session #171
Associate Special Interest Groups
Saturday, May 28, 2022
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
94.

Behavioral Development Special Interest Group

GLADYS WILLIAMS (CIEL), Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

The Behavioral Development SIG of the Association for Behavior Analysis was created with the mission to promote and support research and theory designed to identify environmental variables that establish and interact with behavioral development, and show how these variables relate to behavioral principles and instructional procedures in other areas, and how they can be manipulated to promote desirable developmental outcomes. Specifically, the organization shall: (a) Serve as a scientific and professional reference and networking group for its members, (b) Disseminate information to promote its mission to a wider audience, (c) Organize an annual business meeting to provide a forum for discussion of the affairs of the chapter, and (d) Recognize individuals or groups of individuals who have made significant contributions to further the cause of this SIG. Conference attendees are invited to come and meet the members of the Dev SIG and learn more!

 
96. Behaviorists for Social Responsibility
RICHARD F. RAKOS (Cleveland State University), Jose Ardila (University of Nevada), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas), Kendra Combs (Sparks Behavioral Services), Jovonnie L. Esquierdo-Leal (University of Nevada, Reno), Sarah M. Richling (Auburn University), Kathryn M. Roose (University of Nevada, Reno), Holly Seniuk (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Abstract: Behaviorists for Social Responsibility is the Association for Behavior Analysis International's oldest Special Interest Group, dating back to 1977 as Behaviorists for Social Action. The group offers behavior analysts the opportunity to meet other behavior analysts with progressive social and political perspectives, to develop programming in the convention and field that advances progressive social problem solving, and to provide prompts that facilitate research and applied interventions that address progressive solutions to a wide range of social problems and issues. Behaviorists for Social Responsibility recently transferred the peer-reviewed open-access journal Behavior and Social Issues to ABAI, so now concentrates on presenting symposia, workshops, and papers at the annual ABAI convention. It also initiated its Matrix Project about five years, an effort to foster pragmatic, concrete problem-solving interventions in 26 societal sectors, such as education and politics. A goal of the Matrix Project is to interest additional behavior analysts to join Matrix teams working in the initial sectors. Behaviorists for Social Responsibility is an affiliated SIG of ABAI and welcomes all ABAI members to join the discussions and contribute to progressive social change..
 
97. Applied Animal Behavior Special Interest Group
LINDSAY RENEE MEHRKAM (Monmouth University), Erica N. Feuerbacher (Virginia Tech)
Abstract: The Applied Animal Behavior (AAB) SIG brings together individuals who specialize in or have an interest in the application of behavior analysis to the appreciation, understanding, and management of animal behavior across species. The AAB SIG has three primary purposes: 1) To promote behavior analytic research and the exchange of scientific information in the area of animal behavior; 2) To advocate for and promote high standards in the application of methods and techniques of behavior change with animals in applied settings; and 3) To support and promote excellence in the education and research practices of individuals dedicated to the study and management of animal behavior in applied settings. Membership of the AAB SIG is diverse and includes academicians, researchers, and practitioners from a variety of disciplines dedicated to, affiliated with or interested in animal behavior in applied settings. We welcome new members who share our interest in animal behavior and applied behavior analysis. The AAB SIG offers an annual student research award in honor of Marian Breland Bailey. This competition is open to all graduate and undergraduate students presenting their research during the annual ABAI conference.
 
98. Behavioral Gerontology Special Interest Group
PEIQI LU (Eastern Michigan University), Zoe Lucock (Positive Ageing Consultancy & Training), Hanna Steinunn Steingrimsdottir (Reykjavík University), Jacqueline Pachis (Eastern Michigan University), Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University; Center for the Advancement of Neurobehavioral Health)
Abstract: The Behavioral Gerontology Special Interest Group (BGSIG) (https://bgsig.abainternational.org/) applies the science and philosophy of behavior analysis to wellbeing in later in life, typically referring to ages 65 and older. The Expo poster and its presenters will offer information about current areas of special interest to behavior analysts, such as prevention of ageist practices, self-management for health promotion and disease prevention in later life, staff or family training, individual clinical interventions, and human operant studies. The poster will detail the goals of the SIG, its activities, and the benefits of SIG membership along with social media links and contact information.
 
99. ABAI Special Interest Group: Crime, Delinquency, and Forensic Behavior Analysis
TIMOTHY TEMPLIN (Hoosier ABA)
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has been useful in addressing societal problems related to the criminal justice field. For example, the role of working with families in reducing recidivism as well as prison drug programs. An important impact has been on the treatment of adolescents and children regarding conduct disorder and methods to reduce aggressive behavior in school. Our mission is to ensure that those in the criminal justice fields have access to appropriate, evidence-based, behavior analytic, therapeutic resources to reduce crime and delinquency. Special Interest Group (SIG) members have testified on behavioral interventions to reduce crime. Continued advocacy and research are needed to make behavior analytic services available to criminal justice, mental health, military and veterans fields and to document the efficacy of behavior analysis in these applications. In the last year, SIG members have been part of a special webinar series: Novel Uses of Applied Behavior Analysis - currently available to view online. Podcasts and other public events have helped disseminate this specialty of behavior analysis to a wider audience.
 
 
Expo Poster Session #172
Other Organizations
Saturday, May 28, 2022
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Exhibit Level; Exhibit Hall A
117. Applied Behavior Analysis at Glenwood, Inc.
CORY EVAN JOHNSON (Glenwood, Inc.)
Abstract: Glenwood seeks to become the premier provider of autism and behavioral health services in Alabama – through professional collaboration, superior programming and evidence-based services for children and adults. Delivering care to meet each individual’s needs, we will be the treatment program of choice through access, integration, outcomes and research. Glenwood’s mission is to enable individuals to live life to their fullest potential. We provide an array of comprehensive services devoted to the protection of individual rights, anchored in the support and person-centered treatment of children and adults impacted by autism and other behavioral health needs. Outcome-focused services are provided through positive interactions, centered in dignity and respect of the individual’s rights. Glenwood has developed a Research Review Committee to approve ethical applied behavior analytic research studies to advance the field and disseminate best practice to underserved communities with a BCBA-D on staff to oversee the process. Visit www.glenwood.org to begin your journey in ABA at Glenwood!
 
119. Melmark, Inc.
MERCY MUTINDWA (Melmark New England ), Jill Harper (Melmark New England), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College), Frank L. Bird (Melmark New England), Rita M. Gardner (Melmark New England), James K. Luiselli (The North East Educational and Developmental Support Center), Helena L. Maguire (Melmark New England), Shawn P. Quigley (Melmark)
Abstract: Melmark is offering an exciting opportunity to grow in the field of Human Services. We are seeking talented, enthusiastic professionals to join us. Melmark is a multi-state human service provider with premier private special education schools, professional development, training and research centers. We are committed to enhancing the lives of the individuals with autism intellectual and developmental disabilities, and their families by providing exceptional evidence-based and applied behavior analytic services to Every Individual, Every Day. Melmark specializes in training and mentoring teachers and therapists at all stages of their careers. Our specialized training coupled with on-site graduate training is a very strong foundation for a special education teaching career in Applied Behavioral Analysis (ABA). We also offer tuition reimbursement for those seeking to advance their educational degrees (Associate, Bachelor, Master, PhD, and Certificate). Onsite BCBA supervision to those currently pursuing their BCBA. Opportunities to conduct research in the areas of assessment and treatment of challenging behavior, teaching strategies, organizational behavior management, and more. Supported attendance to regional, national, and international conferences to share research and organizational systems. We offer our employees competitive benefits including Medical, Dental, Retirement plan, Time-off benefits, Loan Repayment Plan and Free BACB CE events. AA/EOE Employer
 
121. Hammond Associates: Communicate Well, Hear Well, Live Well.
NICHOLAS HAMMOND (Hammond Associates Inc), Brianna Crocker (babat), Daniel Frost (Hammond Associates Inc), Johanna Kopp (Hammond Associates Inc)
Abstract: Located in Portland, Hammond Associates, a family run agency since 1989, provides services derived from the principles and practices of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) throughout the beautiful state of Maine. Work with children and adults in home, school, community and clinic settings. Wrap around services include Speech-language Pathology, Audiology, and ABA in three locations throughout Southern Maine. Hammond Associates has immediate openings for individuals looking to utilize their skills on a large array of presenting problems in a variety of settings. Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) and those seeking their Supervised Independent Fieldwork experience are encouraged talk to our staff about opportunities at Hammond Associates. Outdoor enthusiasts will love skiing in the mountains in the winter and beaches in the summer. While foodies will love Portland’s vibrant nightlife and restaurants. Come live and work in Maine, at a fun, fast growing, and hardworking company. Communicate well, hear well, live well.
 
123. ProgressCharter: Evaluate, Analyze, Change
GUY S. BRUCE (Appealing Solutions, LLC)
Abstract: ProgressCharter is a software application that changes how providers work together so that every student or client will make efficient progress towards mastery of the behaviors necessary for success. ProgressCharter will make it easy to design and implement the EARS process of Organizational Performance Engineering, which is the application of behavior analysis to improve the performance of organizations such as schools and therapy centers for individuals with learning difficulties. EARS is an acronym for the following steps in the Organizational Performance Engineering process: 1) Evaluate student or client progress using frequent, accurate, sensitive measures of behavior change, 2) Analyze provider performance problems using data to identify “Can-Do” problems due to inadequate resources, “Know-How” problems due to inadequate training, and “Want To” problems due to inadequate management. 3) Recommend changes in provider resources, training, and management, and 4) Solve provider performance problems by designing and implementing recommended solutions. ProgressCharter allows administrators to monitor the implementation of recommended changes and their effects on subsequent student and client progress. Thus, allowing the organization to use a pragmatic change process to ensure that every student or client makes efficient progress.
 
125.

Brett DiNovi & Associates: Expanding the World's Collective Wisdom of Behavioral Science to Change the Landscape of Government, Education, Industry, and Society at Large

HEATHER FRANCISCO (Brett DiNovi), Katelynn Wiamer (Brett DiNovi and Associates, LLC), Brianna Snyder (Brett DiNovi and Associates, LLC), Alyssa Kinkade (Brett DiNovi and Associates, LLC)
Abstract:

Brett DiNovi & Associates (BDA) is the largest award-winning behavioral consultation group on the East Coast of the U.S. and deploys more than 600 consultants that provide Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) services & Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) in over 300 school districts/agencies in New Jersey, Pennsylvania, New York, Delaware, California & Maine. We are currently looking to expand our operations to Florida, Texas, and several other states. We have a worldwide presence through the use of remote consultation technology. We have multiple You Tube channels where we disseminate the science of behavior analysis around the world. We offer school-based, home-based, and clinic-based services where master’s and bachelor’s level staff can take advantage of our unique executive coaching system, leadership meetings, or other mentoring opportunities routinely offered by BDA. We are currently hiring for multiple locations in multiple states at the Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) and Registered Behavior Technician (RBT) levels.

 
126. Applied Behavior Analysis at the Virginia Institute of Autism
EINAR T. INGVARSSON (Virginia Institute of Autism), Ethan S. Long (Virginia Institute of Autism), Jessica L. Doucette (Virginia Institute of Autism), Lauren Haskins (Virginia Institute of Autism), Ashley Stonemetz-Walding (Virginia Institute of Autism), Kathleen Kariel (Virginia Institute of Autism), Rachel Metras (Virginia Institute of Autism)
Abstract: Virginia Institute of Autism (VIA) is a nonprofit organization providing evidence-based services that help people overcome the challenges of autism. VIA offers a wealth of opportunities for service provision with diverse clients. At the James C. Hormel School, VIA partners with school districts to provide comprehensive, state-of-the-art education and clinical programs. VIA’s Outpatient Behavioral Services support school readiness, social skills and language development, and management of difficult or aggressive behavior. VIA’s Adult Services programs focus on independent living skills, vocational capabilities, and community engagement for individuals ages 18 and above. VIA’s services are built around the principles of Applied Behavior Analysis and offer opportunities for multidisciplinary collaboration with experts in the fields of behavior analysis, special education, speech-language therapy, clinical psychology, and occupational therapy. VIA has an active research team that collaborates with neighboring University of Virginia (UVA) and other organizations. Research areas include: 1) Practical functional assessment and skill-based treatment of challenging behavior, (2) Skill acquisition and independent engagement, and (3) Use of technology in service provision. VIA also offers a variety of professional development opportunities for staff, and partners with UVA and James Madison University in providing internship and training opportunities for prospective behavior analysts.
 
127.

B. F. Skinner Foundation

JULIE S. VARGAS (B. F. Skinner Foundation)
Abstract:

B. F. Skinner Foundation is a non-profit organization with a specific mission: to disseminate behavioral science by providing information, education, and digital platforms. The Foundation is lead by our board of directors and officers. In 2020 and 2021, we launched extended edition of Verbal Behavior, a study guide for Verbal Behavior, and the Behavior of Organism. In addition, we hosted our very first Skinner Session (a CEU event). We continued to publish a quarterly magazine, the Operants, and fund for research awards. We have many more exciting projects and announcements for 2022.

 
128. Division 25 (Behavior Analysis) of the American Psychological Association
STEPHANIE A. HOOD (Marquette University)
Abstract: The mission of Division 25 is to promote behavior analysis within American Psychological Association (APA) and beyond. Exemplary activities of the Division include sponsoring a program within APA’s annual convention, maintaining an awards program to recognize excellence in the field, and participating in APA’s fellows program to recognize those division members who have made enduring and outstanding contributions to behavior analysis. We encourage clinicians/researchers to address behavior as a subject matter in its own right. We support the experimental analysis of behavior, applied behavior analysis, and other fields/divisions with similar interests. In addition, division members frequently serve on standing and ad hoc committees within APA, lending a behavior analytic perspective to the proceedings. Early Career and Student members are encouraged to interact with Division leaders and members as a resource for networking and career development. This poster will highlight the benefits of APA membership and will allow conference-goers to meet members of the executive committee.
 
129.

Mexican Organization of Practitioners of Applied Behavior Analysis

MARIANA DE LOS SANTOS (Bloom Childrens Center), Varsovia Hernandez Eslava Eslava (Universidad Veracruzana), Tania Catalina Catalina Pasillas Salazar (Bloom Children's Center), Janet Sanchez Enriquez (The University of North Carolina at Charlotte)
Abstract:

The Mexican Organization of Practitioners of Applied Behavior Analysis was established in 2021. OMPAC is a non-profit newly-formed organization focused on pushing recognition of Applied Behavior Analysis as an effective scientific discipline to support Mexican society. Our mission is to guide professionals interested in practicing Applied Behavior Analysis by setting standards and specialized training to treat socially significant behaviors. Among our goals are 1) to disseminate the practice of ABA in Mexico with the highest standards, 2) to provide reliable resources for people looking to deepen their understanding in ABA , 3) to facilitate communication among professionals in ABA in México and 4) set practice standards and specialized trainings. We plan to conduct regular events (workshops, trainings, webinars, etc.) with the purpose to disseminate and provide training in specific subspecialities of ABA. Our long term goal would be to set the standards to establish a Mexican Certification of Behavior Analyst.

 
130. The Foundation for a Strategic Science of Teaching
GRANT GAUTREAUX (Foundation for the Advancement of a Strategic Science of Teaching)
Abstract: The Foundation for a Strategic Science of Teaching (FASST) is a 501(c)3 non-profit corporation that operates exclusively for educational and charitable purposes to support, enhance, develop, and expand the strategic science of teaching and other behavior analytic initiatives committed to a science of teaching for all learners through research, application, dissemination, and replication, of the science of behavior analysis. Our mission is to contribute to the well-being of society by promoting teaching, professional education, collaboration, research, and competency driven applications of the science of behavior analysis to solve problems in the home, school, community, and workplace through application in settings that include public, charter and private schools; clinics; learning centers; and in the context of tutoring. FASST strives to create, promote, and otherwise enhance domestic and global dissemination of scientifically sound and otherwise reliable information on behavioral services and science, and to promote collaboration that advances this goal. FASST is committed to the dissemination of a strategic science of teaching through professional education, teacher training, and collaborative initiatives with interested parties.
 
131. The May Institute
JENNIFER R. ZARCONE (The May Institute), Alice Shillingsburg (May Institute), Cynthia M. Anderson (May Institute), Ivy M Chong (May Institute), Sarah Weddle (May Institute)
Abstract: The May Institute is a national nonprofit company that provides services for individuals with autism and other neurodevelopmental disorders across the life span using the values and principles of behavior analysis. We have three divisions including: Home, School, and Center-based Services; Educational Services; and Adult Services. Our corporate offices and several programs are in the Randolph, MA area, but we provide services in CA, NC, GA, VA, FL and across the state of MA. We are actively recruiting for clinical positions for BCBAs and RBTs and are an APA accredited internship and postdoctoral fellowship site.
 

BACK TO THE TOP

 

Back to Top
ValidatorError
  
{"isActive":false}